mal trent ners ait siemif
Le abdeabacantertiondds ak
SS ie mre ie

aha t phn he ie dine bat net enaheie
rE end teh
fee py te

Bound 1939

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

6382

CAAA, Cas

JOLY 17, 1B 76

PAPERS AND PROCEEDINGS

oF

THE ROYAL SOC IETY

or

VAN DIEMEN'’S LAND.

>

——— OO Se

VeOrbc ob b hee ART. 1,

JANUARY 1855. |

el a i tee A te a a

TAS MANTA :

BY

WALCH AND SONS, AND HUXTABLE AND DEAKIN,
BOOKSELLERS, HOBART TOWN; AND BY OTHER
oe

Soy

3 1855.

2

Price—Four Shillings and Sixpence.

ane
os

1.—On the Heavy Fall of Rain in Hobart Town, on the
26th and 27th of February, 1854, with reference to the
Sewerage, Drainage, éc., of the City. By His EXxce-
LENcY Srr W. T. Denison, F.R.S., de. [Read 8th
March, 1854. ]

In laying before the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land
the accompanying return of the amount of rain which fell
on Sunday and Monday, the 26th and 27th February, I
wish to draw attention to the bearing of the facts thus
brought prominently under notice, upon the question of
the Sewerage of the Town, to which allusion was made
in a paper read by me at the meeting of the Society in
November 18538.

In that paper I pointed out the necessity of proportioning
the size of the sewer to the maximum amount of water
which wouid have to pass through it, and I also drew at-
tention to the fact, that the water would be discharged more
rapidly into the main sewer from a surface properly drained
than when it was left to find its own way through narrow,
tortuous, and imperfect channels, and, therefore, that the
more perfect the system of drainage, the larger must be the .
main outlet.

I own, however, that I never anticipated the probability
of such a fall of rain as has lately taken place, amounting,
as it appears, to 8% inches in thirty-four hours; and it is
principally with a view of placing this fact upon record,
for the guidance of those who may hereafter be called upon
to carry out a system of drainage for the town, that I sub-

mit the following remarks, which may be considered as
VOL. III.—PART I. A

2 Heavy Fall of Rain

supplementary to those contained in my former paper, having
a special reference to the drainage of Hobart Town.

It appears by the table submitted, which shows in the
first page the rate at which the rain fell from 9 a.m. on the
Sunday, to 8°50 p.m. on Monday, a period of thirty-four
hours, that the total amount of the discharge was 8°68
inches.

On comparing this with the returns on the second page
of the maximum amounts which have fallen in any day
since 1842, when the records were first kept, we find that
im November 1842, 4°05 inches fell in eighteen hours ;
that in November 1849, 4:0 inches fell in twenty-two
hours, while on the present occasion, 6°25 inches fell in
thirteen hours; so that while in November 1842, the average
discharge was °225 inches per hour, on Sunday, 26th
February, 1854, the discharge was ‘416 inches per hour,
or not much less than double the former quantity.

It is evident that, in considering the size of the sewer
required to discharge a given quantity of water, the abso-
lute quantity is not of so much importance as the rate
of delivery, and that a sewer which might be quite capable
of discharging 8 inches of rain, if spread over forty-eight
hours, would be altogether insufficient to pass the same in
twenty-four hours.

Tf, then, we assume that the rate of ‘416 of an inch per
-hour is the maximum amount which is likely to fall in the
area, of which the Hobart Town rivulet is the outlet, we
have next to approximate to this area, so as to get an ex-
pression for the quantity which will have to be passed through
any given part of the rivulet during the same period.

Iam not possessed of a survey detailed enough to ena-
ple me to give even a guess at the area, neither indeed
would it be possible to deduce any yery accurate conclusions

at Hobart Town, 26th and 27th February, 1854 3

from such a survey, for the quantity discharged into the
ereek at the different points would vary in proportion to the
greater or less slope of the ground, and the solution of the
problem would therefore be so complicated as to be practi-
cally useless.

It is, however, possible to arrive at an approximation to
a mean area, in a much shorter, simpler, and, with relation
to the subject under consideration, a much more accurate
way, by ascertaining the quantity of water passing through
the creek at a given spot during any period, say an hour;
and assuming this to be the amount which fell during a
similar period antecedent to that at which the experiment is
made, it is obvious that in this manner some practical
result could be arrived at, by which the area of drainage
could be ascertained with every necessary degree of accuracy.

At present we are not in possession of any accurate
observations by which the quantity of water passing
down the creek, at any given period, can be estimated ;
under such circumstances the following approximation
may be admitted rather as indicating the mode of arriving
at the area, than as affording more than a guess at its
dimensions. -

Levels and sections of the rivulet were taken at two points,
one above Wellington Bridge, and the other above the Bridge
in Campbell-street; the depth of water in these sections was
assumed from my reéollection of its height at the points
in question, on Monday, February 27th, about 11 a.m.,
when the obstructions at these bridges were cleared away:
from the elements thus obtained, it would appear that the
velocity of the current above the Wellington Bridge was 14°8
feet per second, and above the Campbell-street Bridge 9°6
feet per second, and the quantity of water discharged per
hour at the former was 5559840 feet, while the quantity

A Heavy Fall of Rain

discharged at Campbell-street was 3248640 cubic feet
during the same period. It is evident I have either over-
rated the depth above Wellington Bridge, or under-estimated
that above the Campbell-street Bridge ; but the mean of the
two, or 4404240 feet, may be taken as the average dis-
charge.

If then we assume that the rain falling upon the drainage
took any given period, say four hours, to reach the Victoria
Bridge, the quantity above determined would be the amount
which fell on the area during one hour, say from seven to
eight on Monday morning.

On reference to the Table, we find that from 6°50 to 7°50
it raed heavily,—-that from 6°50 to 7°10 one-fourth of an
inch of rain fell,—that from 7:10 to 7:50 another one-fourth
of an inch; so that the total fall amounted to half an inch.
If, then, we multiply the number of cubic feet per hour
discharged by the rivulet by 24, we shall get the number of
square feet contained in the area of drainage =105701760
= 2426 acres.

As I said before, this can only be taken as a very rough
approximation, for I have been obliged to assume, first, the
average depth of the current at the points where the levels
were taken, and again to guess at the time which the water
takes to flow from the hills to the bridge. It must be evident
that this latter element must be taken as a mean between
the shortest and longest period for which the rain, falling in
the vicinity of the bridge, would be discharged in a very
short time ; that falling on the mountain side would, of
course, take much longer to reach the outlet, the steepness
of the slope of the hill side would, by adding to the velocity
of discharge, lessen this difference; but it is obviously
impossible to attain to anything like certainty in such a
question.

at Hoburt Town, 26th and 27th February, 1854. 5

It would be very desirable to institute a series of experi-
ments during the course of next winter for determining the
area of discharge more accurately ; the experiments would
require but very little preparation or attention : it would be
desirable to clear the bed of the creek at two points above
Wellington Bridge and the Campbell-street Bridge, at, say
100 feet apart, so as to give the water a fair run over the
bottom, to determine accurately the section of the creek at
these two points, and the difference of level or fall of the
bed between them; a scale of feet and inches being then
marked plainly on the sides of the creek at those points, any
ordinary observer could note down, from hour to hour, the
rise or fall of the water, and thus obtain the necessary data
for obtaining not only the quantity of water passing, but,
when taken in connection with the observations of the rain
guage, of forming a very fair approximation to the length of
time which the water takes to reach the point of observation.

When a sufficient number of experiments have been made
to justify the assumption of the average of the results as a
mean to be depended upon, it may become a matter of con-
sideration whether steps might not be taken to intercept a
large portion of the water which is forced through the
rivulet in winter, and to retain it for the use of the inhabi-
tants during the dry summer months.

A scheme of this kind, if carried out with judgment and
boldness, would not only relieve the lower parts of the town
from the risk of being flooded, but would afford an ample
supply of water, available at all times for the extinction of
fires, or for the more ordinary purposes of domestic economy.
This, however, is a matter for future consideration, and I
will not enlarge upon it at present. I propose to take steps
to record the observations to which I have alluded above,

and shall submit the results to the Society when they have
been determined.

Il.—On the Best Method of Relaxing the Dried Skins
of Birds and other Animals. By WILLIAM SWAINSON,
fisq., F.R.S.,LS., de. [Read 8th February, 1854.]

OBSERVING in the Museum of the Royal Society of Tasmania
a valuable and not an inconsiderable collection of bird
skins from different countries, which will require, eventually,
to be mounted or set up in their natural attitudes, I think
it very desirable to lay before the Society the method of
relaxing such skins, as pursued by the best animal preservers
in Europe, and the efficiency of which I have repeatedly
proved.

Let a common box be made of any seasoned wood, about
three-quarters of an inch thick, with the cover or lid made
to lift off and on, but without hinges. The size is not material,
but that which is most generally convenient may be about
two and a half feet long by one and a half feet broad in
the clear. ‘This will be sufficiently large to contain the skins
of nearly all the birds under the size of a goose or eagle ;
and for those which are larger other methods, which I will
subsequently allude to, should be used. Let the sides and
bottom have an internal lining of plaster of Paris, at least
two inches in thickness; the Jid also should have a similar
coating, leaving only a margin all round for receiving the
edges of the box itself. When this internal coating of plaster
becomes dry, itis hard, but perfectly porous.

When it is required to relax the skins of any birds, (three,
four, or five at once), let a sufficient quantity of hot water
be poured into the box to saturate the whole of the plaster,
not only on the bottom, but that which lines the sides and

Method of Relaxing Dried Skins, cdc. 7

the lid: this must be done effectually, and more water added
so long as it is absorbed by the plaster, after which, if any
water remains at the bottom, it should be poured out, that
none of the feathers of the birds to be relaxed may become
wet. The specimens are then to be laid in the bottom, and
the lid immediately put over, so that the steam arising from
the plaster does not escape, or the external air enter, to
counteract its effects.

The time necessary for the proper softening of a bird’s
skin depends very much on circumstances, arising either
from its size or the mode in which the skin has been
originally prepared ; generally speaking, however, twenty-
four hours will be sufficient for birds not larger than a thrush,
if the skin has only been washed with common arsenical
soap. But it sometimes happens that the natives of India,
not being acquainted with any other composition, use one
of their own, which, being chiefly composed of spices, not
only injuriously contracts the skin, but hardens it con-
siderably.

In such cases the operator should cut the original sewing
where the orifice for extracting the body and soft parts has
been made, take out the original stuffing and insert a
fresh one, composed of any soft substance, saturated (but
not dripping) with warm water: this additional process will
be found necessary with many species of the anatide or
duck family, whose skins are much thicker than those of the
generality of birds; butif, after being again replaced in the
box, and left for another twenty-four hours, the skin is not
found to be sufficiently pliable, it may be rendered much
more so by applying the thumb-nail, moistened with saliva,
and working it sufficiently long to produce the necessary
degree of softness.

Great care, however, should be observed in not distending

8 Method of Relaxing Dried Skins, ce.

the skin beyond its apparent natural size, particularly that of
the neck, for however much the skin can be enlarged by this
process, it can never be contracted, and an undue length
of neck is the general fault of all preserved specimens,
whether mounted or otherwise.

Birds of a size too large for being relaxed in a box of the
dimensions above specified may be enveloped in two or three
folds of damp cloths, from which the warm water has been
well wrungo ut, the inside being also stuffed, as already
directed. Wetted cotton or tow should likewise be inserted
in the orbits or hollow of the eyes, and should the bill not
be closed, an additional piece of wet tow, inserted in the
mouth, would much facilitate the object to be attained.

Skins of quadrupeds are much more difficult to be relaxed
than those of birds.

Tn these the whole of the original stuffing should be taken
out, well saturated with warm water, and the animal en-
veloped in wet cloths, over which another, quite dry, will
prevent, in a great degree, the evaporation of the steam.

When it is considered how much more attractive an
Ornithological collection, well mounted, becomes to ordinary
observers, I cannot deem these few remarks to be unworthy
the attention of our Society, as they may ultimately be
found very useful, when a fit and proper building is erected
for the display of our many specimens now remaining in
skins, and which number is continually augmenting by the
liberality of our members, and other well-wishers to Zoo-

logical Science.

Til.— Observations on Tasmanian Statistics for the
Decennial Period 1844 to 1853, (compiled from Official
Sources, and published by Authority). By JAMES
BaRnarD, Hsg. [Read 11th October, 1854.]

Since the date of the last published statistics of this colony
in 1849, upwards of four years ago, the changes that have
taken place in the fortunes of Australasia, by the magnificent
gold discoveries in New South Wales and Victoria, and
slightly shared in by Tasmania, have invested the authentic
records of the progress made by even the smallest and
weakest of the group with an interest, not only in the eyes
of those locally concerned, but in the estimation of the whole
civilized world.

Secondary as she may be in point of size, and compara:
tively insignificant as she certainly is in extent of population,
yet it may be affirmed that, of all the colonies planted in
this’ hemisphere, Tasmania more fully displays the veri-
similitude which would justify the appellation of the Britain
of the South. The parallel is close and striking. In insular
position,—bold and picturesque scenery,—sheltered harbours,
—ciimate and soil adapted to agriculture,—forests of splendid
timber, scarcely, if at all, inferior to the English oak,—ship-
building,—whale fisheries,—an unlimited supply of the best
quality of coal for steam, gas, and domestic manufactures,
besides immense beds of iron ore, limestone, freestone, &c.,—
all these, with other advantages superadded of free insti-
tutions and universal education, combined with mental
energy and industry of character, comprise the elements of
national wealth and prosperity, which cannot fail in their

B

10 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

ultimate development to acquire a renown for commercial
and manufacturing and moral greatness, and for the culti-
vation of the arts of peace, second only to her English
prototype.

The object of the present paper is to tread closely in the
footsteps of those which have been previously submitted on
the same subject; and to present an analysis of the statis-
tical returns for the decennial period referred to, with
especial reference to the modifying effects of the Gold-fields
upon the condition and interests of Tasmania.

Table 1 exhibits the population of Tasmania, exclusive
of the military and their families, as ascertained by census
taken on 3lst December, 1841, and 1847, and March, 1851.
The population is also shown on the 3!Ist December of
each of the three years ending 1853,—which has been cal-
culated by adding to the census last taken the births and
arrivals, and deducting therefrom the deaths and departures,
for the intervening periods respectively.

The aggregate population, then, at the last authentic
registration in March, 1851, was 69,187, of whom 34,070
or 49°2 per cent. were adult males, 15,996 or 23°1 per cent.
adult females, and 19,121 or 27°6 per cent. children. This
census, it must be borne in mind, was taken about two
months prior to the rise of the gold discoveries in the sister
colonies; and the disturbing effects produced upon the popu-
lation, and upon the ratio of the sexes, will be seen by a
comparison of the figures in the subsequent returns. ‘Thus
the arrivals in 1851 were in all 6076, and the births 1840 ;
while the departures were 6613, and the deaths 9938,
making the total number of souls in the colony at the end
of that year 69,497, in the several proportions of 46°3 per
cent. men, 23°8 per cent. women, and 29°9 per cent. children.
During 1852 the births were 2114, and the arrivals 15,208 ;

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. ial

while the deaths were 1452, and the departures 21,917,—
making the total 63,445, in the respective proportions of
39°2 men, 25°5 women, and 35:2 children, being a deficiency
of 6052, or nearly 9 per cent. of the whole, upon the year.
During 1858 the births were 2,238, and the arrivals 14,977,
while the deaths were 2017, and the departures 12,684,—
making the total 65,954, or 4 per cent. increase upon the
year preceding, but still a decrease of 5 per cent. as com-
pared with 1851; the proportion of adult males being 39°3
per cent., adult females 24°7, and of children 86 per cent.

The disastrous effect upon our labour market in dimi-
nishing the adult male population of this colony, thus de-
priving it of its thews and sinews, is strikingly apparent from
the figures in this table; for, while there is a steady pro-
gressive increase in the per-centage of women and chil-
dren, there appears a positive decrease in the number of
men of 23 per cent. at the end of 1853 as compared
with the census of 1851. The disturbing influence this
must have exercised upon the social and domestic con-
dition of the Colony, and the check upon its industrial
prosperity and advancement, is too plain to need remark.
It is most satisfactory, however, to notice the considerable
increase in the number of children, constituting as they do
the germ of a future people.

Of the ageregate population the convicts constituted, in
1851, 28°8 per cent.; in 1852, 30 per cent.; and in 18538,
25°3 per cent.; and the proportion of the males to females
was, upon the average, as 3 to l.

The stain upon the Tasmanian escutcheon of being a
penal settlement having, happily, been effaced by Her
Majesty’s Order in Council, the existence of a servile
class in the community is fast diminishing, and must, in

12 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

the very nature of things, cease altogether within a com-
paratively short time.

Table 2 shows the number and distribution of the con-
victs in the colony, and spreads over a period of ten years.
In 1844, the total number which arrived in the colony
amounted to 4966; in 1850 it was 2910; and in 1858, when
transportation had finally ceased, 1480. In 1851, the total
of both sexes was 20,069 ; in 1852 it was 19,105; and in
1858 it had gradually declined to 16,745, with the pros-
pect, as before remarked, of a rapid diminution annually in
the numbers of this class until its total extinction. The
proportion of males to females is, upon the average, as
8to1. The total number of convicts is divided into
those who maintain themselves, averaging 77 per cent., and
those who are maintained by the Government, 23 per cent.
With regard to the former of these two divisions, considering
them in the light of quasi free, mingling as they do in the
general community, no further notice need be taken of them
here; and as to the latter division, or those maintained by the
Government, 24 per cent. are under probation, 62 per cent.
under sentence, 13 per cent. in hospital or invalids; and
the number of males to females coincides with the general
proportion of 3 to 1.* :

Tables 8, 4, and 5 show the total number of births,
deaths, and marriages in the colony which have been registered

* By a Council paper it appears that on the Ist of August, 1854, there
were 13,456 convicts of all classes of both sexes; of whom 10,174, or 75°6
per cent. were earning their own livelihood, and 3282, or 24°3 per cent. were
maintained by Government. Of the whole number it was estimated that
10,000 would be released from their convict condition by the 1st of April,
1856; and that on that date 3500 would remain, of whom it is probable
that one-half would be maintaining themselves.—The expenditure for this
service for 1854-5 was estimated at £205,385; and for the year ending
31st March, 1856, at £132,553,—making a diminution of £72,832 in the
expenditure for that year.

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 18

during the last ten years. Of the births, the proportion to
population upon the average of the three years 1851 to 1853
is as 1 to 80,—the average population being 66,298, and the
average births 2142; and the excess of males over females
upon the average of the ten years is 4 per cent. The num-
ber born in 1858 was 1194 males and 1039 females, or

a total of 2233.
Of the deaths, the increased mortality of the last two

years from the scourge of epidemics is painfully evident
from their increased proportion to population; the ratio
being in 1851 as 1 in 62, in 1852 as 1 in 43, and in
18538 as 1 in 82. The males who died in 1853 were
1188, and the females 879, making a total of 2017 deaths,
nearly equalling the births it will be seen, and being in the
ratio of 3°3 per cent. to population. It must also be noted
that the deaths of convicts are not registered in the several
registry offices.

Of the marriages, the number solemnized in 1851 was
993; in 1852 the number had increased to 1218, or an
addition of 22 per cent.; in 1853 they had further increased
upon a diminished population to 1479, or 21 per cent. upon
the preceding year,—one effect of the gold fields with which
the experience of all present may be familiar, as being caused
in great measure by the numerous lucky diggers upon their
return from Victoria selecting brides to share their good
fortune. Again, of the marriages performed in 18538, 57°8
per cent. were celebrated according to the rites of the
Church of England, 7°6 per cent. the Church of Scotland,
21 per cent. the Church of Rome, 3°9 per cent. the Wesleyans,
5°83 per cent. the Independents, 3°4 per cent. the Baptists.
The Jews record 2 weddings, and the Deputy Registrars 5.

Tables 6 and 7 show the extent of emigration to and
from Van Diemen’s Land, exclusive of the troops, together

14 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

with the total expense incurred by the Government for immi-
gration during the last two years. No return is given of
the number of immigrants prior to 185] : indeed, for years
past it must have been too insignificant for record ; but in
that year 4848 arrivals are noted, 12,852 in 1852, and
16,808 in 1853. But of these large numbers the real
immigration was but a fraction, comprising those only who
were introduced at the public expense ; viz., 418 or 9°6 per
cent. in 185] ; 220 or 1°7 per cent. in 1852; 1831 or 10°9
per cent. in 1853.

The expenditure on account of immigration for the
three years has been, for the Department, including cost of
office, lodging, salaries, gratuities, &c., £4475, remittances
to England £39,765, making a total of £44,240.

The departures from the colony are recorded from the
year 1847, averaging about 4000 a year down to 1850, of
whom about 1500 annually were persons who had been
convicts. In 1851 the number had risen to 7468, in 1852,
21,920, and in 1853, 12,684; and of these the proportion
who had been convicts were, in 1851, 2713, or 386°3 per
cent. ; in 1852, 7857 or 33°5 per cent.; and in 1853, 3096
or 23°6 per cent.

Perhaps it will explain the movement of the population
since the gold discoveries more clearly by stating that
34,008 persons arrived in the colony during the three years
1851 to 1858 ; and that 42,067 quitted it during the same
period,—showing a decrease in the number of inhabitants of
8059, or 10°1 per cent., as compared with the census
of March, 1851.

Table 8 exhibits the value of the imports and exports
for the ten years ending with 18538. Prior to the opening
of the gold fields, the commerce of the colony was slowly
but steadily advancing ; but that grand discovery imparted

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 15

an extraordinary activity to its trade, and stimulus to its
agriculture, which, notwithstanding the great drain upon its
labour market, has contributed largely to the general pros-
perity of Tasmania.

In 1851 the value of the imports was £641,609; in
1852 it was £860,488, or an increase of 34°1 per cent. ;
and in 1858 it reached the enormous amount of £2,273,397,
being 164 per cent. increase upon the preceding year. The
ratio of imports to population was, respectively, £9 4s. 73d.
per head in 1851; £13 11s. 3d. in 1852; and £34 9s. 43d.
in 1853,—exceeding, perhaps, that of any other British colony,
Victoria alone excepted.

The corresponding exports for the three years cited were
£665,790 in 1851; £1,509,883 in 1852; and £1,756,316
in 1858 ; the ratio of exports to population being respectively
£9 10s. per head in 1851, £23 15s. 10d. per head in 1852,
and £26 10s. 3d. per head in 1853.

Taking the average of the imports for the last three years,
and doing the same with the exports, and dividing by the
average population for the same period, it gives £18 19s. 9d.
per head as the imports, and £19 15s. 4d. per head as the
exports, of the entire population, during the three years that
the gold-fields have been in operation. The balance of
trade, upon the calculation of the same period of three years,
was £156,505 in favour of the colony,—clearly denoting,
under the feverish and exciting circumstances of the times,
the particularly healthy state of our commercial relations.

Table 9 is a return of the shipping employed in the
whale fisheries for the same decennial period; and, as might
be predicated, apart from the uncertainty ever attending this
precarious branch of commerce, fully exemplifies the inju-
rious effects of the gold mania upon the ordinary pursuits of
industry. In 1850 there were 40 colonial and 9 foreign

16 Observations on Tasmanian Statisties.

vessels, having a tonnage of 12,503 engaged in whaling ;
in 1851 the number was 26 colonial, and 14 foreign, of
11,225 tons ; in 1852, the colonial vessels were 18, and the
foreign 18, of 10,299 tons; and in 1853 the former were
reduced to 7, and the latter to 2, with a tonnage of 2607
only,—brought down to the lowest ebb known in the history
of the fishery since its first establishment.

It would thus seem that whaling has suffered more than
almost any other branch of industry ; a result indeed which
might be naturally expected, seeing that the same enter-
prising disposition which would lead a man to cast his for-
tune upon the chance of acquisitions from the depths of the
ocean, would be likely to induce him to be one of the very
first to join in the rush to the gold-fields even upon a similar
uncertainty of acquiring wealth from the bowels of the earth.

Table 10 shows the total value of the timber imported
and exported during the same decennial period. he growth
of the timber trade is remarkable, as being almost the sole
branch of colonial industry which has thriven amidst the
general declension; and which must be ascribed to the
extraordinary stimulus communicated to the pursuit by the
golden prices realized in Melbourne for sawn stuff, yielding
extremely handsome returns even after paying the most
exorbitant wages to the sawyers.

In 1844 the value of timber exported was £3577; in
1847 it had reached £15,414 ; in 1850, £55,869; in 1851,
£32,726; in 1852, £89,507; while in 1858 it rose to
nearly half a million sterling.

In 1851, during the first year of the gold discoveries, it
will be noticed that the timber trade suffered in common
with other branches of our staple industry, and the export
was actually lower than it had been for the two preceding
years. In 1852, when a large amount of capital had been

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 17

actually realized at the gold-fields, and become available
in Melbourne for investment,—and when population was
pouring into that city from all parts of the world, and the
necessity for accommodation, and even shelter from the
inclemency of the weather, had become urgent,—then the
demand for timber grew from day to day, and prices rose
out of all proportion. Hence the value of the export
of timber from Tasmania in 1852 became triple that of
1851, and in 1853 more than five-fold what it had been in
1852; luring back to our Tasmanian forests many of the
adventurers, who found that the gold-fields, after all, were
_less profitable, and much more precarious, than the rewards
offered to the steady application of labour in this department
of industry.

The imports of timber also, consisting of cedar from
New South Wales, pine from New Zealand, but chiefly of
deals from America and the north of Europe, take a sudden
spring from £1341 in 1852 to £24,057 in 1858; an in-
crease sufficiently explained by the high prices which, as
has been already stated, stimulated our own timber trade to
such excessive production. 3

Tables 11 and 12 are returns of the quantity and value
of grain and flour imported and exported during the same
period of ten years. ‘The steadiness of the imports of these
prime necessaries of life was at once affected by the general
rush to the gold-fields, and the consequent check to the cul-
tivation of the land. In 1850 the total value of these imports
was £1860; in 1851 it had increased to £4402, or 136
per cent.; in 1852 to £14,294, or 224 per cent. ; and in
1853 to £75,627, or 429 per cent. The timely supply
of American flour balanced, in some measure, our own
additional exports of breadstuffs, and helped to feed our own
population. The exact quantity of each description of

C

18 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

grain imported cannot be stated with precision, as the inde-
finite term “ package” is much used in this return without
the means of attaching to it its precise weight or measure.

The return of the export of grain and potatoes strikingly
shows the highly remunerative character of this branch of
our commerce, and the active stimulus that the golden
market of Victoria imparted to agricultural industry: for
while there has been an actual decrease in the quantity
exported as compared with preceding years, with the excep-
tion of potatoes, which has doubled, the value of these ex-
ports has nearly trebled. In 1849, when there was shipped
296,236 bushels of wheat, 112,164 bushels of oats, 4172
tons of flour, and 3003 tons of potatoes, the total value
was £114,635; but in 1853, when there was shipped only
20,6738 bushels of wheat, 144,028 bushels of oats, 4801
tons of flour, and 6788 tons of potatoes, the value was
£315,158, or 200 per cent. increase.

Agriculture, it will thus be seen, like every other branch
of industry, has shared in the general stimulus imparted ;
but, from the circumstance of farm labourers, as might be
expected, having been attracted to the gold-diggings, the
produce has been diminished, and the exports reduced, in
18538, to one-seventh of what they were in 1851, and toa
little more than a tenth of what they were in 1850—potatoes
only excepted. The value of our exports of breadstuffs
being, on the contrary, in 1858 three times what they were
in 1850, depends chiefly upon the enormous rise in price—
which, doubtless, would have ruled higher still but for
supplies from America and Europe in even larger quantities
than the market required,—insomuch that it not only indi-
rectly acted there in lowering our prices, but directly in
being re-exported and sold in our own market.

During the three years of the gold-fields, the average export

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 19

annually of our chief agricultural products has been 87,342
bushels of wheat, 146,838 bushels of oats, 4751 tons of
flour, and 4096 tons of potatoes ; and the average value of
these exports has been £251,532. Comparing the average
of these years with the exports of 1849, it is worthy of note
that the value has increased 119 per cent., while the decrease
in the quantity of wheat exported has been upwards of
200,000 bushels. There has been an increase, however, of
25,000 bushels of oats, 579 tons of flour, and 1098 tons of
potatoes.

Table 13 states the quantity and value of butter and
cheese imported and exported for the last ten years; and
shows that the trade in these products of the dairy has
shared in the general colonial prosperity. In 1851 the
value of these imports was £1761; in 1852, £5269; and in
1853, upwards of £17,000. The corresponding exports
were, respectively, £4824 in 1851; £7251 in 1852; and
£19,548 in 1853. No comparison can be made of the
relative quantities, from the indefinite term ‘‘ package” being
for the most part adopted. It may be, and is most likely,
as in the case of grain, that the increased value of these
exports is due to the greatly enhanced price of the articles.

Table 14 states the number of the various descriptions
of live stock that have been imported and exported during
the past ten years ; and its examination shows that the gold-
diggings have produced effects in this instance which have
tended to neutralize each other. On the one hand, there
have been realized by the colonists since 1851 very high
prices for their stock, especially for horses sent to Victoria,
many of which have fetched immense sums; while, on the
other, the cattle and sheep imported have been considerably

enhanced in cost to the consumers from the great scarcity
of meat.

=| 20 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

Our exports during the last three years consisted of
320 head of cattle, 4107 horses, and 11,217 sheep, of the
declared value of £100,590; and the imports for the corre-
sponding period were respectively 16,308 head of cattle,
61 horses, and 152,023 sheep, valued at £153,687.

Of the imports, the value in 1851 was £22,385, or 27 per :
cent. increase upon 1850; in 1852, £49,754, or 122 per cent.
imerease; and in 1858, £81,548, or 68 per cent. increase ;
and of the exports, the value in 1851 was £19,064, or 173
per cent. increase upon 1850; in 1852, £53,127, or 178
per cent. increase; and in 1858, £28,399, or 26 per cent.
decrease upon the previous year.

Table 15 shows the value of the hides, skins, and leather,
manufactured and unmanufactured, which were imported
and exported during the last ten years, and calls for no
special remark. Upon the average of the last three years,
the value of the imports, and of the exports, in this depart-
ment of commerce was about £10,000 respectively, thus
balancing each other.

Table 16 shows the quantity and value of wool and oil
exported from the colony from 1844 to 1853. As to the
former of these staples, wool, it is cheering to know that
the scarcity of labour arising from its withdrawal to the gold-
fields has had no effect in diminishing the quantity produced;
and also that a much higher value is given to the exports of
the last three years from the rise of price in the English
market. As to the latter of these staples, oil, the diminished
quantity of this most important product of colonial in-
dustry has been already adverted to: but in this case also
the advance in value upon the smaller yield in some measure
compensates for the deficient supply. Of the wool, the
quantity exported in 1853 was 19,524 bales, of the declared

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 21

value of £326,096, and of the oil, the quantity was 339 tons
only, valued at £30,106.

Table 17 sets out the quantity and value of the gold
dust exported, or rather re-exported, from Tasmania; it
having been mostly brought hither from Victoria by the
successful diggers from this colony, ‘The returns are, of
course, for the years 1851 to 1853,—and are as under :—

OUNCES. VALUE.
HSU ae tae We OoGh see £24,717
NS BOs! IA ACO £472,615
TSO Aeteweee ues os 50), 05 Lian £217,538

The total quantity exported for the three years is 212,110
ounces ; and its declared value £714,870, or at the rate of
£3 7s, 43d.» ounce.

Tables 18 to 21 relate to the shipping interests of Tas-
mania independently of the whale fishery. The stimulus
to commerce from the gold-fields is seen at once by the in-
creased amount of shipping which has since visited our
ports. In 1850 the number of vessels inwards was 674,
being an increase of 4 per cent. over 1849; in 1851 the
number was 782, or 16 per cent. increase ; and in 1858 there
were 1024 vessels, or 29 per cent. increase. The tonnage
in 1850 was 104,017, and in 18538, 192,420; its progressive
increase having been, 1851, 15°5 per cent.; 1852, 12°7
per cent.; and 1853, 42 per cent. Upon the average of the
three years, the proportion of shipping annually from Great
Britain was 49 vessels, 21,726 tons; from the British
Colonies 771 vessels, 115,465 tons; from the United States
18 vessels, 7061 tons; and from foreign states 18 vessels,
5096 tons.

In 1852 the comparatively small increase of vessels, at a
time when the stimulus to colonial trade was so powerfully
felt through the operations of the gold-fields, is obviously

«

22 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

due to the fact, that many of the vessels which would have
come hither were attracted to Victoria; but in 18538 a re-
action had taken place to a certain extent, and the trade to
Victoria had been overdone, and exporters had found out
that consignments, which had ceased to yield profitable
returns in Melbourne, might still meet with an advantageous
market in Tasmania,—and hence the comparatively large
imerease in 1853. It would also appear, from the increase
in tonnage as compared with the number of vessels em-
ployed, that they must have been of a larger calibre than
had previously visited our ports.

Of the vessels outwards the total number in 1850 was 702,
and the tonnage 104,848; and in 1853, 999 vessels and
188,279 tons: the progressive rates of increase being 1851,
12 per cent. ; 1852,5 per cent. ; and 1853, 21 per cent. : the
increase of tonnage being respectively 13 per cent. in 185],
14 per cent. in 1852, and 88 per cent. in 1853. Upon the
average of the three years, the proportion of shipping
annually to Great Britain was 31 vessels, 8749 tons; to
British Colonies 804 vessels, 124,239 tons; to the United
States 20 vessels, 5964 tons; and to foreign states 25 vessels,
8801 tons. Of the whole tonnage inwards the proportion
from Great Britain is 15°8 per cent., from British Colonies
81 per cent., from the United States 1°2 per cent., and from
foreign states 1°7 per cent.; and of the whole tonnage out-
wards the proportion to Great Britain is 4°7 per cent., to
British Colonies 88°38 per cent., to the United States 0°5
per cent., and to foreign states 6°3 per cent.

Ship-building was rapidly advancing im importance as an

industrial pursuit at the time of the gold discoveries, from

which it received a severe check that it has not yet recovered
from; but, like other branches of trade, it appears to have
reached the lowest point of depression, brought about by the

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 23

disturbing influence of the gold-fields, and will now, no doubt,
take a fresh start fostered by the accumulation of capital.
It may be as interesting to trace its progressive rise as to
notice the gradual decline since 1850. In 1844 the tonnage
of shipping built was 850 ; in 1845 there was an increase of
50 per cent. ; in 1846, of 80 per cent.; in 1847, of 70 per
cent.; in 1848, of 46 per cent; in 1849, of 22 per cent.;
and in 1850, of 10 per cent. In 1851 there had been a de-
erease in the number of vessels built of 57 per cent., in 1852
of 35 per cent., and in 18538 of 13 per cent. The vessels
registered, on the contrary, have increased in number,
showing that such addition to our colonial marine must have
been made by purchase in other ports; and such we know
to have been the case. In 1850 there were 78 vessels
registered ; in 1851, 99; in 1858, 107, with an average of
11,500 tons.

The fact of there being two Patent Slips in course of
construction at the present moment,—involving a con-
siderable outlay of capital,—would seem to indicate the
confidence that the advantages which the Port of Hobart
Town presents as a station for building and repairing
vessels will be likely to attract hither a still increasing
amount of shipping.

The steam marine of the colony has also received an
impetus; for in 1850 there were only two steam vessels
employed on our rivers, of 139 tons and 52 horse power in all.
In 1853 the number was 5, of 1221 tons and 857 horse
power ; and of these the three additional steamers are built
of iron. It is gratifying to know that enterprise is planning
and accomplishing much in this valuable department of our
inter-colonial and coasting trade; and also that the colony
possesses so largely within herself the means of supplying
suitable coal for the prosecution of such useful undertakings.

Q4 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

It is well known that, in addition to those registered at our
ports, there were other steam vessels trading regularly with
this colony, besides occasional visitants.

Table 22 shows the amount of revenue derived from the
sale and leasing of crown lands for the same decennial
period ; and the results presented for the years subsequent
to the opening of the gold-fields afford conclusive proof
of the soundness of the prosperity enjoyed by the colony.
In 1850 the total land revenue was £28,444; in 1851 it had
increased 8 per cent.; in 1852, 87 per cent. ; and in 1858 it
reached £90,690, or 113 per cent. increase upon the year
preceding.

In 1850 the proportion of receipts from the sale of waste
lands was 16 per cent.; in 1851, 21 per cent.; in 1852,
15 per cent.; and in 1853, 55 per cent.

Table 23 is a return of the number of mortgages effected
upon property, and of the sum total, for each of the last ten
years respectively. Dividing the whole into two quinquennial
periods, and comparing them together, the mortgages were
fewer in number by 28 per cent., and less in amount by 29
per cent., during the last five years than during the five
preceding.

Tables 24 and 25 represent the monetary condition of the
colony, as shown in the extent of its metallic currency, and
in the operations of the several banks as disclosed by their
returns of assets and liabilities, for the ten years 1844 to 1853.
Irrefragable evidence, if any were wanting, is hence presented
of the acquisition of wealth by the colony since the opening
of the gold-fields; and also of the sound basis upon which
its four large banking establishments are conducted,—-so
amply justifying the confidence reposed in them. 6

The whole amount of coin in the banks and military chest
in 1850 was £239,417, being an increase of 13 per cent. upon

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 25

1849. In 1851 the increase was too trifling to deserve
notice. In 1852 the amount had increased to £621,419, or
160 per cent. upon 1850. In 1858 it had still further in-
ereased to £1,375,352, or more than double the sum in 1852-
By way of contrast it may be stated that in 1844 there was
scarcely more than one-tenth of the amount of specie in
circulation.

The bills of exchange in the banks in 1853 represented
rather more than one million sterling, being 34°6 per cent.
increase upon 1852, and showing a legitimate expansion of
business as compared with the increasing commerce of the
colony ; the increase of 1852 upon 1851 having been only
1:4 per cent.

The paper currency of the banks will show a corre-
sponding enlargement called for by the growing necessity
for meeting the demands of commerce. In 1850 the total
issue of the banks was £61,777; in 1851, £99,120 or
60 per cent. ; in 1852, £202,688 or 104 per cent. ; and in
1858 the issue increased to £246,532 or 21°6 per cent. upon
that of the preceding year.

The aggregate deposits in the banks in 1850 were £368,680 ;
in 1851 they increased to £503,330 or 86°5 per cent. ; in
1852 they had more than doubled, amounting to £1,026,020;
and in 1853 had reached £1,876,112, or 828 per cent.
increase upon the year preceding.

It will, perhaps, exhibit in a more clear and striking
light the degree of prosperity attained by the colony from
its proximity to the gold-fields, to state that the bank
deposits for 18538, divided by the total population, would
give £28 8s. 10d. for each soul inthe colony. This simple
fact would dispel every doubt, if any such existed, of the
sound and healthy character of the prosperity enjoyed by

D

26 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

the colony,—unparalleled, perhaps, in the history of any
British Colony in the world, Victoria not excepted.

To complete the analysis of these bank returns, it re-
mains to say that the total liabilities of all the banks
amounted in 1858 to £2,122,644, and the assets to
£2,396,109, or an excess of assets of 11°4 per cent.

Tables 26 and 27 show the relative amounts of the general
revenue and expenditure of the colony for the last ten years;
and, as might be anticipated, the annual returns since 1850
exhibit the influence of the gold discoveries. The revenue
in 1850 was £135,429; in 1851 the increase was 3°1 per
cent.; in 1852, 29 per cent.; and in 1858 it reached £257,872
or 42°4 per cent. upon that of the preceding year. The
expenditure has also necessarily increased, though not in the
same proportion. For the years 1850 to 1852, it as much
as possible agreed with the amount of revenue; but in 18538
the public expenditure was £191,448, leaving a surplus of
revenue of £66,429, or 26 per cent. These statements are
exclusive of the land revenue, which has already been
referred to.

Table 28 presents the statistics of the Post Office of the
colony for the past ten years, of which the return for 1853
possesses more than usual interest, as showing the effect
upon the revenue of the new postal arrangements, which have
been assimilated with those of the mother country by re-
ducing the postage, and making prepayment compulsory.
The result seems to have amply justified the expectations
entertained of its success. As compared with 1852, the
number of post offices have increased from 53 to 62, the
persons employed from 86 to 93; the miles of post roads
travelled over from 647 to 662; the letters sent from Hobart
Town from 203,305 to 220,473, or 8°4 per cent.; the letters

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 27

received from 157,611 to 189,847, or 24°5 per cent.; the
newspapers forwarded from 189,961 to 222,940, or 12 per
cent ; and the newspapers received from 68,121 to 102,497,
or 50 per cent. increase.

As respects the working of the two-penny post, or rather
penny post in 1853, the increase of letters has been con-
siderable. Independently of the franked letters, the numbers
passing through the post offices in 1851 were 12,125; in
1852 they numbered 15,815, or 80 per cent. increase ;
while in 1853, by the penny post, they amounted to 26,293,
or 60 per cent. increase upon the preceding year.

The receipts in 1852 were £8308, and the expenditure
£7361, or a deficiency of 11°3 per cent.; in 1853 the
receipts were £9880, and the expenditure £11,091, or
a deficiency only of 12°2 per cent.,—notwithstanding the
sacrifice of revenue from the abolition of postage on all the
inland letters, and the great additional cost of conveying the
mails. At the same time, it may be questioned whether
some portion of this improvement may not be due to the
general expansion of trade rather than to the modification
of the postal arrangements.

Tables 29 and 80 are returns by the Registrar of the
Supreme Court of the number of civil cases tried and dis-
posed of, and of convictions under its criminal jurisdiction,
for the ten years 1844 to 1853; and it must afford unalloyed
satisfaction to perceive a reduction to the extent of about
one-half in both branches of the business of the Court
for the last five years as compared with the former
similar period. From 1844 to 1848 the number of actions
tried and assessed was 188: from 1849 to 1858 the number
was only 86. The number of convictions for felonies and
misdemeanors for the first of these terms was 1087: for the
last, 559. Something of this, of course, is due to the

28 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

diminished population of the last three years; but much
more to the prosperity of the colony generally, and the
withdrawal of the inducements to crime against property
from the abundance of employment at high, not to say
exorbitant, rates of wages.

Table 81 is the Sheriff’s return of the executions which
have taken place for a similar period, and is not quite so
favourable; the number of. criminals executed for the first
five years being 61, and for the last 47, or a reduction of
22°9 per cent. If crimes against property have diminished,
crimes of violence it is to be feared have increased, attri-
butable to the very prosperity itself enjoyed by the colony
from the excesses and lawlessness produced by extravagant
wages, leading to drunken broils and the letting loose of the
brutal passions of the ignorant and turbulent.

Table 82 is a return from the Principal Medical Officer
of the number of Lunatics in confinement at the New
Norfolk Asylum and the Salt Water River Station for the
years 1844 to 1853. The results of the medical treatment
adopted are exhibited in the several columns of ‘‘ discharged
cured,” “ discharged improved,” “ died,” and remaining sup-
posed incurable. The return stretches over a period of
nine years only, omitting 1844. Adding each column to-
gether, and taking the mean, it gives an average of 208
patients kept im confinement, and 60 as the average number
admitted annually. Of the total, the discharged cured are
12°4 per cent.; the discharged improved, 1°4 per cent. ;
and the deaths 8°6 per cent. annually upon the average of
the nine years. Again, of the whole number, the average is
66 per cent. of convicts ; and of these the proportion is as 2
males to 1 female. Of the free, in like manner, the average
proportion of males is 62'4 per cent. Ina note it is added,
that on the 31st December, 18538, there was a grand total of

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 29

250, of whom it is said that 215 are supposed to be in-
curable, viz. 150 males and 65 females. Compared with
the population, it gives 0°38 per cent., or as one lunatic to
every 268 persons.

Tables 33 to 87 are four important returns from the
Chief Police Magistrate, bearing upon the industrial re-
sources of the colony in respect to its agriculture, its
trade, and manufactures.

The number of acres in crop, the nature of the crop,
and the produce, are given in the first of these tables; and an
examination of its figures fully confirms the preceding
remarks as to the falling off in production caused by the
abstraction of labour to the gold-fields. In 1850 the total
number of acres in cultivation was 168,820; in 1851 there
were 151,846, oradecrease of 10 percent. ; in 1852, 128,9833
or 18 per cent. decrease; and in 1858, 116,446% or a
further decrease of 6 per cent.

Further analysis, and comparison of the year 1850
with 18538, will show the extent and nature of this
decline of agriculture caused by the dearth of labour.
In 1850 the acres of wheat in cultivation were 64,650:
in 1858 there were only 44,128, or 81°7 per cent.
decrease,—diminishing the supply of wheat by more
than a quarter of a million of bushels, and about 4000 tons
of hay. In 1850, 43,180 acres of barley were in cultiva-
tion; in 1853, there were 11,782, or 10°6 per cent. less.
In 1850, 35,243 acres of oats: in 1858, 31,052, or 11°8
per cent. less. The yield of this year is set down at about
half a million of bushels of oats, and nearly 20,000 tons of
hay. The crop of peas have declined one half, from 981
acres to 405; and of beans remain nearly the same, from 95
acres to 904. In 1850 there were 6646 acres of potatoes in
erop : in 1853, 5530 acres, or 16°7 per cent. less,—the yield

30 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

being 16,990 tons. Turnips show a decrease of about one
half; being 3648 acres, and yielding 16,088 tons in 1853. Of
carrots, 153 acres and a yield of 948 tons are returned for
1853; and of mangel wurzel, 58} acres of 311 tons. Of
tares, 871 acres are returned as in crop, producing 1972
bushels and 209 tons of hay. In 1850 there were 39,971
acres laid down in English grasses, but the produce is not
stated : in 1853 the number of acres was only 19,241, more
than one half less, the produce being 11,122 tons and
6834 bushels of seed.

The annual returns of live stock for the last ten years
are given in the next table, by which it appears that on 31st
December, 1853, Tasmania possessed ]5,455 horses, 91,8038
head of cattle, 1,942,550 sheep, 1805 goats, 28,082 pigs,
and 12 asses.

The average cost of provisions at Hobart Town on the
31st December of each year is next detailed; and shows a
considerable progressive rise in the prices of all the common
necessaries of life since the discovery of the gold-fields,
reaching in some instances to fully 500 per cent. It will at
once be evident that this augmentation of price has been
occasioned partly by the greater abundance of money in
circulation in these colonies, partly by the increased
demands in the markets of the neighbouring colonies to sup-
ply the means of subsistence to the crowds of adventurers
flocking in and from all quarters to the gold-fields, and partly
by the diminished production of our industrial population.

The average rate of wages paid to certain classes of
mechanics and labourers is tabulated in the next return ;
and a glance at the columns of the last two years afford
ample corroborative proof, ifany were required, of the great
disturbance of the labour market. In 1853, the wages
of bricklayers, carpenters and masons have fully trebled,—

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 3l

15s. a day was the current wages in the towns, the rate
being a trifle less in the interior ; and the same proportion
holds good with painters, plumbers, plasterers, and quarry-
men, whose wages varied from 16s. to 10s. daily. Of course
rations are not included. Excessive as these rates seem,
they are after all not so very unreasonable when compared
with the greatly enhanced cost of provisions and fuel and rent,
and indeed of every article of consumption ; and it may be
affirmed that a mechanic with a family was much better
off with his ordinary wages in the cheap times.

The next and last return of this series details the several
manufactures and trades in operation in Tasmania annu-
ally for the last ten years. The enumeration comprises
sixty distinct pursuits ; and is valuable as showing the di-
rection which colonial enterprise is taking in opening fresh
channels of industry. Some remarkable fluctuations appear
by a comparison ol the returns, which would almost seem to
contradict common experience as to the scarcity of certain
classes of mechanics. For instance, in 1853 the number of
blacksmiths, bricklayers, cabinet-makers, carpenters, engi-
neers, shipwrights, shoemakers, and tailors m the colony
appears to have been much greater than in 1850.

Table 38, giving a return of the diseases treated in Her
Majesty's Colonial Hospitals, as it represents rather the
results of a single institution than the state of health and
disease of the colony at large, needs no particular notice.

Table 39 describes the number of houses in Tasmania, as
ascertained by census taken in 1842, 1848, and 1851 respec-
tively. In the first of these returns the total number was
7629, built in about equal proportions of stone or brick and
wood : in 1848 they had increased to 10,187 or 83°5 per cent.;
and in March 1851 the number was 11,844 or 16:2 per

32 Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

cent. increase. The population had increased respectively
18-4 per cent. for the first of these periods, and 1:8 per cent.
only for the last; showing the diffusion of more house
accommodation among the community in proportion to its
numbers, and a consequent augmentation to the sum of
social and domestic comfort. The houses uninhabited in
1842 were 333 or 4°3 per cent. ; in 1848, 668 or 6°5 per
cent.; and in 1851, 599 or 5 per cent. This was two months
before the gold discoveries; the first effect of which
was to create the belief that there would be a general
desertion of houses from the selling off of house and
home by people of every grade rushing to the diggings.
House property, in fact, at the onset was greatly depre-
ciated, and sold—and that with difficulty—at almost a nomi-
nal price. Inashort time, however, there came an unlooked-
for reaction. ‘The streets of Hobart Town and Launceston
by the end of the year began to swarm with lucky diggers
and numerous visitors,—the former bent upon enjoying
the fruits of their suecess with their families and friends,
and the latter to take up their abode more or less perma-
nently, attracted by our superior climate, and our more quiet
and better protected towns. The demand for dwellings at
once exceeded the supply, and soon there was not a house
to be got without almost a scramble,—rents rising 300 or
400 per cent.

Table 40 is a classification of the inhabitants of Tasmania
as regards their profession of religion, as ascertained by the
census taken in the years 1842, 1847, and 1851 respectively ;
every person whose religion was not stated in the census
paper being returned as belonging to the Church of Eng-
land. By comparing and analyzing the returns for the three
periods, we obtain the following results :—

- Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 383

1842. USA) Was ole

per cent. per cent. per cent.

Church of England........ 73°1 69°3 65°6
te eS cotlands.c ss 79 i 6°5
ay ROM ssscaette 9:4. 15°4 18:1
WWiesleyams V2 cee A7 3°9 a4
Other Denominations... 4° 34 374.
Ve WS RWS 0-6 0:7 0°6

In 1842 there were returned 31 individuals as Mahome-
dans and Pagans, 29 in 1847, and 21 in the census of
March 1851.

Table 41 shows the distinction between the married and
single inhabitants of the colony at the three several dates
noted, of December 1841 and 1847, and March 1851.
The proportion of the married people at the first of these
periods was 27°9 per cent., at the second 27-4 per cent., and
at the third 28°38 per cent.

Table 42 distributing the gentlemen in the commission of
the peace, 246 in number, into groups corresponding with
their respective avocations, requires no comment.

Table 43 is a return of the quantity of crown land sold, and
of the amounts realized by the sales, for the last ten years ;
and affords ample confirmatory proofs of the wealth accumu-
lated from the gold-tields, and of its partial investment in
the lands of the colony. Of the country lots 1544 acres
were sold in 1850, yielding £2496: in 1851 the quantity
was 2956 acres, or 91 per cent. increase; and the sum paid
for it was £3106, or 24°4 per cent. increase. The average
price in 1850 was 32s. 83d.; and in 1851, 21s. 4d. In
1852 the quantity sold was 5368 acres, or 81°5 per cent.
increase, yielding £7353, or 186°3 per cent. increase; the
average rate being 27s. 5d. In 18538 the quantity rose to
35,050 acres, producing £36,182, or fivefold that of the
year preceding; the average price being 20s. 34d. per acre.—-

E

bd Observations on Tasmanian Statistics.

Of the town and suburban allotments, the quantity sold in1849
was 241 acres, producing at the average of £5 4s. 14d. per
acre £1256. In 1850 the quantity had fallen considerably
below the average of preceding years. In 1851 the quantity
was 529 acres, realizing at £5.19s. l¢d. per acre £3154 ; in
1852, 700 acres, at the highest average of £7 16s. 33d.,£5472;
and in 1853 the smaller quantity of 287 acres produced, at
the average price of £39 10s. 63d. per acre, £11,344. This
higher average of price may be ascribed also to the fact
already referred to, of so many adventurers having returned
from the gold-fields with money in their pockets, and
anxious to secure for themselves and their families a settled
residence in the towns, as well as to the fact of the lots
offered being more favourably situated, and therefore, under
ordinary circumstances, of greater value. It will also be
observed that the country lots have not advanced in pro-
portion ; and much of the land exposed for sale is probably
such as, under the circumstances of ordinary times, would
have brought even less than the average price.

Table 44, the last of the series, is a synopsis of the
meteorological observations kept at the Royal Observatory
in the Queen’s Domain for the last ten years. ‘The mean
pressure of the atmosphere, corrected down to the standard
temperature of 32° Fahrenheit, is tabulated in the first
column for each year ; and the mean for the whole decennial
period is 29°7614. Offar greater importance to the comfort
and health, as well as to the material interests of the inhabi-
tants, isthemean temperature, given in the next column, which
ranges from a minimum of 51] in 1849 to amaximum of 54°37
in 1850; the mean of the whole ten years being 52°81. This,
however, it must be borne in mind is only the mean tem-
perature of the place where these observations were taken,
in the immediate vicinity of Hobart Town ; and that, before

Observations on Tasmanian Statistics. 35

any conclusion can with propriety be drawn as to the mean
temperature of the wholeIsland, equally precise observations,
extending over even a greater length of time, must be ob-
tained from a great number of points ; as it is obvious that
there are many conditions besides that of altitude and littoral
position which more or less modify temperature in particular
situations. For instance, at Port Arthur, near the level of
the sea, the mean temperature for 1842 is stated, upon the
authority of the late Assistant-Commissary-General Lem-
priere,* to have been 55°1; while at the Hampshire Hills,
1340 feet above the level of the sea, and more to the north,
Dr. Milligan states the mean temperature for 1836 to have
been only 47°69, and in 1845 only 47'49.+ It is evident,
therefore, that it must not be too hastily assumed that
because in Hobart Town we have a temperature so mild
and equable, that the same will be found to prevail generally
over the colony.—The next column in the table gives the
fall of rain for each year; the minimum being in 1847,
14°46, and the maximum in 1849, 33°52; the mean annual
fall for the ten years being 20°718, which is nearly the same
as that which is given for London, (20°686) deduced from a
series of forty years’ observations. Here, again, we must be
cautious not to receive as the average fall of rain throughout
Tasmania that which is experienced in this particular locality:
for Mr. Lempriere, in the Table referred to, gave for the
year 1842 at Port Arthur 32°58 inches; while Dr. Milligan
gives for the five years 1835 to 1839 the following amounts
respectively, viz. 55°75, 75°16, 80°59, 70°47, and 55°28
——the mean annual fall for the five years being 67°44.
Again, Dr. Pugh states the fall of rain at Launceston
in 1849 to have been 28°716; that for Hobart Town, as

* Tasmanian Journal, vol. ii. p. 70,
t Ibid, p. 71.; vol. i. p. 380.

36 On the Characters of Astele.

before stated, being 33°52 for the same year. The same
diversity is known to exist in all countries; for while Hobart
Town agrees pretty well with London, there are some parts
of Lancashire in which the fall of rain is as great as at the
Hampshire Hills and the north west of Tasmania.—The notes
and remarks in the last column speak for themselves, and
require no comment.

IV.—On the Characters of Astele, a New Division in the
Family of Trochine, or Trochiform Shells; together
with the Description of another Species of the same
Family. By Wiu11asm Swainson, Esq., F.R.S., &e.
[Read 8th March, 1854.]

THE more we become acquainted with the innumerable
variations under which animal and vegetable life present
themselves, the more do we discover the beauty of that
portion of the plan of creation by which one form is con-
nected to another, so that by following the chain of affinity,
objects the most dissimilar are insensibly connected by in-
termediate forms, and these will often blend the peculiarities
of each so much, that, like the seasons of the year, it
becomes nearly impossible to define where one terminates
and the other begins.

This gradation in the scale of nature is too well known
abstractedly, even to the unscientific, to be enlarged upon in
this place. It is the basis of all true science and of all
natural classification; and, therefore, every fresh instance of
its existence claims the greatest attention from those natu-

PailvA Te) Vi:

Astele subearinata S29 Sf 2.
Cariidea Jimbriala » 3 4#

4 I CTELLEL tata. 4 J, b.
¢

On the Characters of Astele. 37

ralists whose ideas are not chained down to the adoption of old
genera only, and who content themselves with merely study-
ing specific differences. But it may be as well to remind
dissentients from modern classification, that new objects
create new ideas, and that new ideas require new combina-
tions of terms and words to express them. ‘This, in truth,
is why new divisions (under whatever name they may be
called) are found to be absolutely necessary. Were it
otherwise, the Systema Nature of the immortal Swede
should still be the text-book of the Zoologist, and. the
genera of Lamarck should be termed superfluous.

In no department of nature is the adaptation of our systems
to the advanced state of knowledge become more imperative
than in the elucidation of the Testaceous Mollusce. The
number of species discovered since the days of Linneus
are probably as 1 to 50, and every day fresh novelties are
coming to light, requiring new divisions, new names, and
new alterations in our system to make these novelties
intelligible.

It isin vain, therefore, that a futile attempt has been made
in England to arrange new objects under old names,* so that
the Lamarckian genera may be made to contain anything and
almost every thing. It is as vain, I repeat, to attempt to
bring us back in these days to the infancy of science as for
Mrs. Partington with her broom to stop the advance of the
Atlantic.

I have been led into these remarks as introductory to the
definition of a new form of the Trochide, discovered by Dr.
Milligan on the east coast of Tasmania, and of which he
was only fortunate enough to procure a single specimen.
On a cursory glance it has every appearance of belonging to
the beautiful genus Cadliostoma ; + the spire being nearly as

* Conchologia Systematica. London, 1841.
+ Treatise on Malacology, p. 351.

38 On the Characters of Astele.

much elevated as in the generality of that group, while the
strie, and even the colour, so closely resemble those of
Calliostoma Australis, (Zool. Journal, V. 331), that an
unscientific observer would take them to be the same. On
turning the shell, however, with the mouth or aperture up-
permost, itis immediately seen to belong to a different genus.
There is not the slightest indication of a pillar; for the um-
bilicus is so open, that the very point of the apex can be
seen through it: while the elevated striz surrounding it are
not only thickened, but granulated in Solarium. From that
genus, however, it is equally distinct as from Caldostoma,
because the substance of the shell is altogether perlaceous,
although, like Solarium, the margin of the aperture or outer
lip isthin. Condensing these remarkable characters into a
formula, the genus may thus be defined from its shell :—
ASTELE.
Animal, unknown.
Shell, perlaceous; pyramidical or trochiform; un-
armed, body whorl beneath convex.
Columella, none.
Umbilicus, large, closed only by the terminal whorl of
the spire. i
Aperture, broader than high, the margin of both lips
thin.
Astele subcarinata. Plate VI., figs. 1 and 2.
Subcarinated astele.

Shell broader than high; whorls above scarcely convex ;
marked by 6—7 elevated, smooth, convex striz, which leave
a flattened margined rim at the top of each whorl ; body whorl
beneath marked with concentric grooves, which are decus-
sated near the umbilicus.

Inhabits Tasmania. (Mus. Dr. Milligan).

On the Characters of Astele. 39

Colour pale fawn, or issabella, clouded with faint transverse
waves of rufous.

Margin of the body whorl, slightly carinated; there is
a depression between the margin and the second elevated
strie on the upper surface, the first, or that next the margin,
being very slender. ‘The striz beneath assume the appear-
ance of grooves, which are wider apart as they approach the
umbilicus; and the three more immediately adjoining are
crossed by transverse strie, which produces a granulated
appearance, somewhat similar to that of Solarium perspec-
tivum.

There are no longitudinal striz, however slight, on the
surface. The umbilicus is pure white, and the inner surface
of the aperture reflects the striz on the upper surface.

Obs.—The union of characters thus afforded between this
new form and Solarium induces me to think that the two
genera should follow each other without the intervention
of Monodonta and its subgenera, as Hlenchus, &c.

In the same collection with the above interesting shell I
observed another of the same natural family, which, as I
have never met with it before, and as being in all probability
peculiar to this Island, I shall now describe ;—

It belongs to a division of those Trochidious shells which,
as having a thick calcareous operculum, have long ago been
separated under the name of Canthorbis, *in contradistinction
to that of Trochus, where the operculum, or lid of the animal,
is invariably thin and horny.

Carinidea fimbriata. Plate VI., figs. 3 and 4.
The Fringed ridged Trochus.
Shell higher than broad, marked above with narrow uniform
longitudinal ribs, crossed by delicate imbricated strie; suture

* Swainson’s Shells and Shell Fish. Lardner’s Cyclopedia, page 349.

40 On the Characters of Astele.

dilated into a thin prominent undulated fringe, plaited into
large and regular folds.

Inhabits Flinder’s Island, Bass’s Straits, and the north-
east coast of Tasmania, (Mus. Dr. Milligan.)

Shell about 14 inches broad and | inch high, of a uniform
fulvous white or light fawn, destitute, like the other species
of this group, of any bright colours or distinct markings.

The transverse striz, on the upper surface, are slender,
very irregular, or rather undulated, and are imbricated by
the lines of growth, which are very near each other; equally
irregular are the strie on the under surface of the body
whorl, occupied by the fringe : but those in the centre are
regular and concentric, and are from five to six in number.
The umbilicus is quite closed, although concave in the
middle, and in old shells its enamel forms a prominent
elevated rim all round the aperture. ‘The plaiting of the
sutural fringe is only half as many in number as are the
longitudinal ridges.

2 Carinidea granulata. Plate VI., figs. 5 and 6.
Granulated ridged T'rochus.
She!l trochiform, suture depressed, or more or less carinated,
upper half of the whorls with obliquely waved ribs; lower
half with transverse series of granules, body whorl beneath
slightly convex ; the margin more or less carinated.

Inhabits Flinder’s Island and Bass’s Straits, (Dr. Milligan).

Shell resembling a Trochus in general appearance, neither
the suture nor the body whorl being very decidedly cari-
nated, except when in a young state. It nevertheless truly
belongs to this genus, both by the concave, but not perfo-
rated, umbilicus, and by the strong calcareous operculum.
Tts full size never exceeds 13 of an inch broad, and 1% high.
The granulated appearance of the lower portion of each

On the Characters of Astele. A]

whorl is remarkable; in some lights the granules seem like
a forked continuation of the upper plaits, or ribs; but in
others, they look like a cross series of granules disposed in
latitudinal rows, parallel with the suture.

The underside of the body whorl exhibits from five to
six of these granulated strie, parallel to the margin, which
is but slightly carimated in the full-grown shell, but much
more so in the young, yet without being dilated.

The colour is pale straw, the operculum is white, the
lunate depression at the umbilicus very conspicuous, and
the under part of the body whorl nearly flat.

N.B.—There are, I suspect, two, if not three, other
species in Dr. Milligan’s collection, but they are so en-
erusted with Serpule, &c., that I am fearful of describing
them.

3. Carinidea acuta.
Sharp-edged Trochus.

Shell small, longitudinally plicated and transversely granu-
lated at the lower suture and margin of the body whorl, with
a sharp prominent and flattened rim.

Inhabits under stones in Burial Island, Port Arthur.
Rather smaller than C. granulata, which it so closely re-
sembles, that it may probably be but a variety.

The carinated line, however, is much more prominent
on the suture than is usual in the young of the last species,
and that round the body whorl is not only more sharply cari-
nated, but absolutely dilated, and partially obsoletely un-
dulated.

I have not access at present to more than two specimens,
and have therefore some hesitation in giving it as a new
species.

42

V.—On the Characters of the several Amphibious Volutes
allied to the genus Melampus. By WILLIAM SWAINSON,
Esq., F.B.S., dc. [Read 9th April, 1854.]

BETWEEN the Phytophagous Modluscew, which live either
upon land or in fresh water, and the marine division, which
subsists upon seaweeds, there seems to intervene a remarkable
group of animals of this class, which, although organized
to enjoy life in both elements, can do so only by alter-
nately changing one for the other. They are, in short,
amphibious mo/lusce, and have been placed in our arrange-
ment next to the Linnean genus Twrbo, because several
of these latter have the same peculiarity of habit and mode
of general structure. This curious group is probably
represented by the old Voluta Auris Mide of Linneus, now
forming the modern genus Geovula, or Melampus of Mont-
ford. In these as well as the subordinate forms of Pedipes,
by Adamson; Scarubus, Montf.; and Rhodostoma, Sw.;
the pillar, and often the outer lip, is marked by distinct
plaits or folds, perfectly analogous to the Volutide. Hence
they have been termed amphibious Volwtes.

It must be confessed, however, that our knowledge of
most of these animals, and even of their shells, is as ye
very imperfect.

The opportunities enjoyed by Guilding and Lowe of exa-
mining the-animal, and witnessing the habits of Melampus
and Pedipes, completely establishes the fact that they do not
belong to the Pulmonaria of Cuvier, and, consequently, have
nothing to do with the true land shells, or Helicide. Of the
other divisions I cannot find that any recent discoveries have

PEATE VIIr

ty SS
a.
Poe
WES 8
SoS aine
te
hy
8
RS
ss
Nees

On the Amphibious Volutes. A8

been made of their animals, and I am therefore disposed to
leave them much in the same series as they stand in my
treatise on Malacology, pp. 208 and 344.

The shells I am now about to describe belong to the
singular group of amphibious Z'estacea above noticed. They
are all of a small size, and the inner lip, as in Melampus,
is strongly toothed or plaited, but, unlike the shells of that
division, the inner lip is not striated ; and the spire, instead
of being very short and obtuse, is produced and pointed, so
as much to resemble the form of a Bulimus. Thus dis-
tinguished, I think it better to place them in a group by
themselves, rather than under Melampus. All three are in
Dr. Milligan’s Museum ; the two first were found by him in
Oyster Cove in abundance, often above high watermark ;
but the third, sodida, which has every appearance of being
a marine shell, was found cast up by the water on the south-
west shores of Flinder’s Island, along with a small species
of Paludina, found in brackish pools and marshes, both in
Australia and Tasmania.

J udging from the shells alone this little group appears to
be the intermediate between Melampus and Pedipes.

CREMNOBATES.

Animal, amphibious. Shell, small, oval. Spire, rather
pointed, as long as the aperture. Aperture, not contracted,
Pillar, with strong plaits. Inner lip, thin, smooth inside.

Sp. 1. C. cornea. Plate VII., fig. 1.

Shell ovate, thin, light, covered with an epidermis ; spire
rather thickened, but not longer than the aperture ; pillar
with two plaits—the first large and central, the second small
and basal. Inhabits Oyster Cove, near Hobart Town.

The general colour is olive brown, sometimes more or less

44 On the Amphibious Volutes.

marked by darker transverse bands on the body whorl ; the
spire is much thicker in proportion than that of the next;
and the whole shell is larger.

Sp. 2. C. parva. Plate VII., fig. 3.

Shell ovate, thin, light, covered with an epidermis; spire
slender, pointed ; pillar plaited ; first close to the top of
the aperture; the second more towards the base.

Inhabits with the last, but is much smaller, more slender,
and the plaits proportionately much larger.

Sp. 3. C. solida, Plate VII., fig. 2.

Shell small, solid, glossy, white, tinged with pink or
fulvous; body whorl large; spiral whorls small, the tip
rather obtuse ; pillar with three unequal plaits, the first very
large. Inhabits shores of Flinder’s Island.

This, from its comparative weight and substance, appears
to be strictly a marine shell, and seems to connect the two
preceding with Pedipes, from which genus the shell differs
only in having no teeth on the outer lip.

As a further illustration of this intricate family, I shall
now describe three species of Rhodostoma, a genus in which
the characters of Melampus and some of those belonging
to Tournatella are united. The first is very remarkable,
and the two others, I believe, have been overlooked.

Lthodostoma corrugata. Plate VII., fig. 4.
Wrinkled Pinkmouth.

Shell oblong-ovate, somewhat coniform, body whorl with
prominent waved interrupted wrinkles. Spire very short,
conic, smooth, margin of the aperture orange.

Inhabits Cape York, (?) Australia.

-

On the Amphibious Volutes. 45

Only one specimen in Dr. Milligan’s collection.

The base of the upper lip projects, and the umbilicus is
closed, but margined externally by an elevated rim. The
lower plait is the thickest, and is divided almost into two by a
deep groove.

2. Rk. bidentata.
Two-toothed Pinkmouth.

Shell ovate ; body whorl ventricose ; outer lip with two
distinct but unequal teeth on the inner margin ; basal plait,
with a central groove.

Inhabits —————._ (Dr. Milligan’s collection.)

Shell shorter, but much thicker in general form than the
last; outer surface quite smooth; colour cinnamon, fulvous,
with a distinct white band on the top of the body whorl,
and another adjoining the suture. Umbilicus partially closed,
with a prominent marginal elevation, the intermediate space
being concave, and strongly marked by the lines of growth.
Outer lip very thick, but with a sharp edge, the flattened
portion scarcely concave ; the inner margin with a gradually
curved sinus, followed by two distinct, but unequal
eranulated, obtuse teeth; the lower one only half the size
of the upper, and both feeling rough to the touch; colour of
the aperture fulvous white.

3. &. notata.
Banded Pinkmouth.

Shell ovate, body whorl, with numerous hair-like trans-
verse strie ; lower fold of the body whorl simple; inner
margin of the outer lip with a deep semicircular notch only ;
the flattened surface very concave.

Inhabits —————._ (Dr. Milligan’s collection.)

46 On the Australian Haliotide.

Shell smaller and less ventricose than the last ; the spire
proportionably longer; umbilicus closed; the marginal
rim very close below the notch ; the edge of the inner lip is
quite smooth. Colour rufous brown, obscurely banded with
whitish. Aperture rosy.

VI.—On the Australian Haliotide or Kar-shells, with
Remarks on other Species. By WILLIAM SWAINSON, /’sq.,
F.R.S. and 1.8., de. [Read 10th May, 1854.]

Havine accidentally met with Mr. REEvE’s monograph of
the genus Haliotis, and observing several points which
require either correction or elucidation, I have thrown
together the following notes, which, as they chiefly refer to
such species as I have met with in this hemisphere, will
probably be considered worthy a place in the Transactions
of the Society.

The geographic distribution of animals should ever form
one of the first objects of study with the philosophic natu-
ralist. On this subject I find the following introductory
passage :—“ It is a curious circumstance in the geographic
distribution of the Haliotides, that few, if any, are to be
found where Chitons abound, as if they exchanged places, to
a certain extent, in the two hemispheres. , There are a few
species from California, but along the western coast of
South America, where Chitons are most abundant, not any
are found, and only one small species, the H. pulcherrima,
at any of the islands of the Pacific. They inhabit the

On the Australian Haliotide. 47

coasts of China, Japan, &c., but the greater number of
species, and the most remarkable, are from New Zealand
and the continent of New Holland, displaying all the pecu-
liarity of design which invariably characterize the Fauna of
those isolated regions.”

To the greater part of these opinions my own knowledge
and experience is quite opposed. So far as regards the
Australian and New Zealand coasts, (where, according to
our author, ‘‘ the greater number,’ and “‘ the most remark-
able,’ of the Ear-shells are found), the number of Chitons
is numerous and most remarkable.

In a very limited portion of Cook’s Straits I have found
more than adozen species of Chitons, some of them so
remarkable as to constitute types of new divisions; and I
have sometimes gathered them from the very same frag-
ment of rock on which were young Ear-shells intermixed.
Again, if New Holland is as rich in Haliotide as the writer
supposes, it is equally rich in Chitons, not indeed described
in books or systematic works, (which have doubtless been
our author’s authority), but i nature and fact. On looking
over, my friend Mr. G. B. Sowerby’s, jun., figures of these
shells, and the index he has given of their localities, I believe
there are not more than six or seven described as inhabiting
the whole of Australia, and yet I possess figures and descrip-
tions of more than thirty species discovered in Port Jackson
alone, besides thirteen others I procured or detected further
north of that locality, near the estuary of the Hunter River.
This relative proportion between the Haliotide and Chitons
in number, but not in species, I have likewise found to pre-
vail on all the coasts of New Zealand.

In regard to our Australian and New Zealand Ear-shells
possessing, as it is stated, “all the peculiarity of design
which invariably characterizes the Fauna of those isolated

48 On the Australian Haliotide.

regions,” I confess my perfect ignorance of the meaning
of the author. I cannot myself detect a single point
or peculiarity of design by which our Australian species
can be distinguished from any of the others, but very
many in which they perfectly agree. For instance, the large
volutions of the H. mide, found at the Cape of Good Hope,
are precisely the same as those of the common Hadliotis rubra
of the Australian seas, while the small numerous depressed
spiracles of the American Haliotis Californiensis find a
perfect counterpart in those of our Haliotis glabra of
Tasmania, here erroneously called H. albicans. The only
peculiarity, in short, that can be found among all the Aus-
tralian species, noticed as such by Mr. Reeve, lies in the
following: viz. H. tricostatus, Lam. Hal. pulcherrima,
Auct., and our Haliotis costata, here erroneously called
Hal. Emme. ‘These three species, together with some
others, are indeed so peculiar, that, if not deserving the
name of De Montford’s genus, Padodlus, they ought at
least to have formed a separate division of the group, or, at
the very least, not to have been confusedly mixed up, as
they are here, with the other species. ‘Thus far in regard
to the author’s ideas of the geographical distribution of these
shells, which, in respect to those we have met with in the
Australian seas, are the very reverse of correct. I have
invariably found that the Chitons and Ear-shells accompany
each other on the same coasts, and generally on the same
rocks,—but as the former inhabit for the most part such
rocks or stones as are always left dry at low water, or at
least at neap tides, they are easily detected and collected ;
whereas the Ear-shells usually, when old, retire to situations
where they are never exposed to the atmospheric air, and
consequently are seldom seen, except by those who know
their peculiar habitat. It is to this cause, and this alone,

On the Australian Haliotide. 49

that we attribute the apparent deficiency of these shells
whereChitons have been found in abundance.

Confining our remarks now to the Australian Ear-shells,
we may commence with

Haliotis rubra *

of Dr. Leach, whose name should supersede all others, since
he was the first who described it as a new species. Why it
is here called Nevota does not appear, for there is no author
quoted for this name ; and if it is one of the author’s, it is
quite superfluous.

This is the most common species of the Australian and
Tasmanian coasts, and we have found it in both colonies.

It is very doubtful whether the variegated specimens
are mere varieties. Ina series now before us of twenty-three
adult shells, and in many other stages of growth, there are only
two that possess these markings, and they have other indica-
tions of being a distinct species. New Zealand is given as
one of its habitats, but this we believe to be altogether a
mistake, never having seen or heard of the species in those
islands.

The next in point of size is a species described by me
nearly twenty-five years ago in the catalogue of the Bligh
collection, and reprinted in the second edition of Exotic
Conchology, as

Halotis glabra,
here very inaccurately figured at Pl. 10, fig. 80, under the
new name of H. albicans, of M.M. Quoy and Gaimard,

* Not ruber, as quoted by Mr. Reeve, who cites Dr. Leach for this name,
but without stating where the Doctor’s description is to be found. I have
not the book to refer to, but the conchologist will find this shell figured and
described in Dr, Leach’s Zoological Miscellany, 3rd vol., 8vo., published
about 1820.

G

50 On the Australian Haliotide.

very many years afterwards. It is stated to be found in
New Zealand only, whereas it is strictly an Australian
species, common at Port Phillip, and, as Dr. Milligan in-
forms me, in the islands of Bass’s Straits: he has also found
it on the north coast of Tasmania. Among numerous ex-
amples in Dr. Milligan’s cabinet there is not one specimen
at all coloured like this figure, which, from this and the
above circumstance regarding its locality, seems to throw a
doubt even on the identity of the species: the description,
moreover, is so short, and therefore imperfect, that it is
quite impossible to arrive at any conclusion on this point ;
certain it is, however, that not a single instance has yet
come to my knowledge of any species of Haliotis being
found bothin Australia and New Zealand. In a natu-
ral arrangement this should be placed close to H. Califor-
niensis, and any other which have the open apertures of
the spiracles so numerous, and small and depressed.
Whether the species called glabra by the author, and figured
on Pl. 1, fig. 2, should come in with the small-holed species
is uncertain ; never having seen the species (which I once
possessed in England, and is here very well figured), either
in Australia or New Zealand, I very much question the
correctness of its presumed habitat.

We must here notice another species, stated to be also
an inhabitant of Australia, and called, without reference to
any authority, Haliotis rugoso-plicata,—Plate 3, fig. 7,—
a compound name, which, if the rules of nomenclature laid
down by the princes of science are to be adhered to, cannot
be admitted. True, it is a species apparently answering to
this that has been described by Lamarck under the name of
Australis, but as there appeared some discrepancy I could
not reconcile that description with a species in the Bligh
collection, and I accordingly considered it expedient to

On the Australian Haliotide. 51

describe this latter under the name of H. costata. ‘This is
now nearly twenty-three years ago; but the author takes no
notice of this description, although he quotes another from
the very same page: neither is the most remarkable distinc-
tion of this species alluded to, which in my original descrip-
tion is thus expressed—‘‘ The interior side is very elegant,
being marked by fine lines crossing the sulcation of the ribs.’ *
The locality is stated to be New Holland ; but I believe this
is incorrect, never having found it myself there, or seen it in
any of the Australian collections. In New Zealand, how-
ever, it is met with in a few localities, but nowhere common.

I can see no difference between the species figured at Pl. 10,
fig. 29, under the singular name of H. Hmme, and that
described by me in the Bligh catalogue as

Haliotis carinata,
and figured by Martini, tab. 14, f. 140, although to neither
this description or figure does Mr. Reeve make any allusion.
Dr. Milligan has fine specimens from the Tasmanian coasts ;

but we do not think that it also inhabits New Holland, as
here stated. Of that beautiful species

Haliotis elegans,
which is here admirably figured by Mr. Sowerby, I have
seen but two specimens, in the collection of my friend
G. W. Walker, of Hobart Town, who thinks he procured it
on some island in Bass’s Straits.
The last species we shall notice in detail is the most
splendid perhaps of the whole genus, namely, the

Haliotis tris,
which, by some most unaccountable mistake, is stated to in-
habit Kangaroo Island, Australia. Itis well known, however,

* Exotic Conchology, 2d. ed., p. 35.

52 On the Australian Haliotide.

in these colonies to be altogether peculiar to the islands of
New Zealand.

The following species, described as peculiar to Australia
or New Zealand, I have never seen either living or dead :-—

Haliotis...... SQUATTOSA secseecee Australian .cssieess Pl. 7 fig. 20
9 Be EVO CU advach aw aanaetonee New Holland ...... po eb ap ho
Bs bob CHRCUIROTEOS anenhbcoucoos Kangaroo Island... ,, 8 ,, 25
4D SA OUING va ieenaaeeee * New Holland and

Philippine Islands ,, 9 ,, 28
9 «. SQUAMAEG.......6005% N. W. Australia... ,, 12 ,, 35
me vee AlVEPSICOLOL .....0006 New Holland ...... ey LP i BE)
an oo FUNEDTIS veeeee cones Ditto. A NA os Bis)
A Aba GRUVAOUR © aoconosococt New Zealand ...... ny UY os
a soe ZCALANAUCE ..ccaeen'e Ditto. » 16 ,, 64
A son -! DMOGES, céacccacooee N. W. Australia... ,, 17 ,, 65
" sie LULL ratase tase oo Swan River, N.Hd. ,, 17 ,, 68
op bag, JAAP UIGTIOS oacou yooeooe N. Australia...... .. oy LE 45 OO
a . Stomatieformis ... New Zealand ...... » 17 ,, 74

Presuming that the localities of these twelve species are in
some degree correct, or at least that they inhabit the Pacific
Ocean, we may, with the preceding species, (noticed in detail)
take the number to be in all 21, beg nearly one-third of
all those here described. It consequently follows that the
proportionate number of Chitons and of Ear-shells in this
part of the world is nearly equal, and that their geographic
distribution is in perfect and harmonious union.

It is much to be regretted that in this monograph of a
very difficult and intricate group the author has not been
at greater pains to clear up entangled synonyms, to make
the reader acquainted with what other writers had pub-
lished on the same subject, and to state with precision
and accuracy those few references to other works which he
occasionally quotes. There is, for instance, no notice
whatever of the admirable figures and descriptions of this
genus published by Da Costa and Humphrey in the early

* J cannot believe that the same species is found in these two widely
different localities.

On the Australian Haliotide. 53

numbers of their general Conchology. Lamarck again, when
quoted, has in many instances neither the volume or page
specified, and sometimes the name only of an author is given,
without any intimation of his work, as De Montford, Leach,
Menke, &c.; some, again, of the species described by me
in the Bligh collection are regularly cited; but several
others, as H. glabra, carinata, costata, and crenata, are
passed over in silence, as if they never had been published,
although most of them, if I mistake not, are to be found in
Monograph as new species. We hope the author will him-
self correct these errors, without leaving to others the
necessary but ungracious task of doing it themselves. A
monograph, to deserve the name, should not only exhibit
with accuracy and impartiality everything that has been done
to elucidate the subject-matter, but also, by the fulness and
accuracy of its quotations, enable the reader, if he wishes, to
test the accuracy of the author himself. Every excuse may
be allowed to authors writing where costly publications
cannot be consulted, but there is none for him who, being
seated in the capital of the British empire, does not avail
himself of the ample sources of information within his
reach.

VII.—On the Encroachments of the Sea along the North
Coast of Tasmania. By Rona. C. Gunn, Hsq., F.R.S.,
de. [Read 8rd March, 1854.]

A COMMUNICATION of mine, “ On the Encroachments of
the Sea at Circular Head and along the North Coast
of Tasmania,” was read at a meeting of the Royal Society
at Hobart Town on 17th December, 1851. This short
paper was the result of observations made during an excur-
sion along the coast from Circular Head to Launceston, in
October 1851. I have now to add to the remarks I then
made, that in October of this year I had occasion to ride
from Circular Head to Woolnorth, the extreme north-western
point of Van Diemen’s Land, and I observed that through-
out that line of coast the sea is steadily advancing and
gaining upon the land. At the Old Store and Jetty, close
to Maandai Point, the configuration of the shore is very
materially altered, although the beach consists of large coarse
shingle, and of a description such as one would have
imagined likely to resist the action of the sea for a long
time. Where the road ran in 1888, not an indication
remains.

At Circular Head the encroachments still continue: the
sea has advanced considerably since 1851, and I believe
that within a few years a large portion of the Peninsula
will be swept away. The age and size of the Honey-
suckle (Banksia) trees which now lie strewed along the
shore, and which were alive and flourishing when I lived
at Circular Head in 1836 to 1888, indicate that very

On the Encroachments of the Sea, cc. 55

many years must have elapsed since the shore upon which
they grew had been visited by the waves of the sea.
Even so early as 1837, 1 remember Mr. Curr, the intelligent
Chief Agent of the Van Diemen’s Land Company, informing
me that the sea had made considerable inroads upon the
eastern side of the Peninsula, from the time of his arrival
there (about 1828).

This he attributed to the greater and increasing preva-
lence of easterly winds. On the west coast, my recollection
did not enable me satisfactorily to determine whether the
sea was encroaching or not; my impression is, however,
that it was. On the east coast a like result is, I am informed,
taking place, and I would be glad to receive information
from old residents on the coast east from George Town, and
on the east coast of the colony, in confirmation or refutation
of the opinion now advanced.

In connection with this subject, I may observe that it is
stated that reefs now exist at the entrance of Port Phillip,
upon which several vessels have recently struck, not laid
down accurately in the charts, and which are believed by
some nautical men to be nearer to the surface of the sea
than they formerly were. Whether this is true, or whether
the present greatly increased traffic has led vessels to go
over places not previously examined, I know not; but it is
now worthy of consideration whether permanent marks
ought not to be made upon rocks in favourable situations,
to ascertain positively whether the land at Port Phillip is
rising and that of Tasmania slowly sinking.

This was done in Sweden, and I suggested it to be done
here some ten years ago. That revolutions of this kind have
taken place in comparatively recent times, there is abundant
evidence in the raised beaches at Hunter's Island, near

56 On Australian Hntomostracans.

Woolnorth, and several islands in Bass’s Straits. The alter-
ations of level at Poimt Nepean, Port Phillip, have already
been observed and recorded by my able friend the late Dr.
E. C. Hobson, in the 8rd vol. of the Tasmanian Journal.

VIII.— On Australian Entomostracans. By the
Rev. R. L. Kine, B.A. [Read 12th July, 1854.]

SUB-KINGDOM.
ANNULOSA.
Class CRUSTACEA. Division ENTOMOSTRACA.

Legion I.
BRANCHIOPODA.
(See ‘‘ Papers aud Proceedings,” Vol. 2, Part Il., January 1853.

Lecion II.
LoPHYROPODA.
LopHyropa. LATREILLE.
LopHyRopopA. LEAcH, &c.
BRANCHIOPODIS. FRANGE's (pars) LAMARCK.

Character —Mouth furnished with organs fitted for masti-
cation; branchie few, attached to the organs of the mouth ;
body having an envelope (either in the form of a buckler
inclosing head and thorax), or in the shape of a bivalve
shell, inclosing the whole animal; feet few in number;
articulations more or less cylindrical, and serving the ani-
mal for the purpose of locomotion; two pairs of antenne.

alta

‘Xl JLW1d

MO ey
q

Hh
i

On Australian Hntomostracans. Ly

ORDER I. OsTRAcoDA.
OsTRAcODA. LaATREILLE.

Character.—Body enclosed entirely in a covering of two
valves, resembling a bivalve shell; posterior jaws branchi-
ferous; no external ovary; feet two and three pairs, adapted
for progressive motion. ‘This order contains three families,
Cypride, Cytheride, and Cypridinade. I shall confine
myself to the first of these.

Fam. I. Cyprip&.
Cypris. MULLER ET AUCTORUM.

Character.—Two pairs of antenne ; superior, long with
numerous joints, and a pencil of long filaments ; inferior,
stout, and pediform. Feet, two pairs. *

It would be unnecessary in this place to describe minutely
the animals of this family; such a description has already
’ been published in the Natural History of the British
Entomostraca, one of the publications of the Ray Society,
1849. I need therefore but refer to that work, and add a
very brief description, laying stress only on those particulars
in which the Australian species appear to differ from the
European.

“The body of the animal is completely enclosed within
a shell of two valves of a horny cretaceous substance, which
in general appearance closely resembles a small mussel :”
the body consists of two rounded portions of unequal size.
The thoracic, from which spring the antenne, the antennules
or rami, the organs of the mouth, and the first pair of feet
and the abdominal, from which spring the second pair of
feet and the tail, and which contains the generative system.

* I have copied the above almost verbatim from Mr. Baird’s work ;—
omitting only the notice of the eye, which the discovery of Newnhamia
proves to be a generic, and not a family characteristic.

H

58 On Australian Entomostracans.

The eye is simple, no traces of crystallines having been
discovered. It varies much in colour. It is generally
single, but there are two eyes in Newnhamia. ‘The
superior antenne, consisting of seven articulations, which
carry a pencil of long sete, and the inferior or the an-
tennules (or as I shall henceforth call them the rami),
composed of five joints, form together the principal organs
of progression. Except in Candona, the rami carry a
pencil of long sete, springing from the extremity of the third
joint,* and by means of these rami with the antenne, the
little creature is able to swim through the water with con-
siderable rapidity and steadiness.

The mouth is situated on the inferior surface of the
thoracic portion of the body, and consists of a lip, an
inferior lip, a pair of palpiferous mandibles armed with
strong teeth, and two pairs of foot jaws, both of which, at least
in Australian species, carry a branchial plate fringed with
long thick sete.

There are two pairs of feet, the first of which is used in
creeping on plants, or on the mud. These spring from the
thoracic portion of the body, and are directed forwards,
and terminated by along hook; the second pair are slender,
directed backwards, and seem intended to support the
ovaries ; the abdomen is terminated by a moveable bifid tail.
I have been much interested in finding, in two instances, the
reproductive organs largely developed; I believe they have
not previously been met with, or at least described, in any of
the Ostracoda. In Cypris carinata, and in Newnhamia
Senestrata, the sexes are easily distinguished, and the males

* Mr, Baird calls this the fourth joint, from which the sete spring. But
if this be the case, (which I will not venture to dispute, though I have not
been able in that case to find the first joint), the Australian species must
have six joints in each ramus.

On Austrulian Entomostracans. 59

are not uncommon, the generative system being nearly
the same in both. I shall describe that of the former,
although it was first discovered in the latter. The male
organs consist of two testes, placed parallel to each other
within the abdomen, and connected by a duct, each with its
respective penis, Pl. [X., A. 10, C. 3. Each testis consists
of a long narrow muscular cylindrical vessel, surrounded by
hairs arranged in pyramidal tufts, the whole being enclosed
within a membranous covering, so as to form an oblong
capsule.

When the membrane is broken the testis assumes a curved
shape, proving a considerable degree of muscular tension
in its original condition. The penis, which is double and
placed on the abdomen, is a pyriform organ, carrying at
its extremity two short joints turning towards each other,
and forming a clasping apparatus.

The female parts are simple, Pl. IX., C. 4., being com-
posed of two long pyriform (?) ovaries, each consisting of
an envelope of tubular hairs enclosed within the abdomen.

The only points of difference peculiar to Newnhamia are,
the testes are shorter and stouter, while the penes are altogether
smaller. This, however, is counterbalanced by the shape
assumed by the abdominal feet of the male, Pl. [X., A. 11-12,
which are evidently calculated for clasping.

In Newnhamia coition takes place while the animals are
swimming at the surface; during the operation they sink
towards the bottom. In Cypris carinata, on the contrary,
the same operation is performed at the bottom or on the
stem of a plant.

Habits.—The Cypride are certainly carnivorous. They
are, in fact, the scavengers of the ponds in which they live.
In the small basin in which I have kept several species for

66 On Australian Entomostracans.

many months, under almost daily observation, I have fre-
quently seen them attack other ENTomostTRAca, such as
Limnadia and Daphnia, almost before death; and soon
after death the shell has been found emptied of all its con-
tents by these minute gourmands. A dead Limnea or
Planorbis, or other small mollusk, is quite a dainty; and
hundreds may be seen heaped one upon another insa perfect
turmoil of delight, each striving to get at the savoury
morsel. ‘‘ Nec mora nec requies.” And no alderman quits
a civic feast with greater reluctance than these Cypride
manifest when driven away from the sumptuous repast.
This habit makes them of essential service in preventing
the water from being corrupted by decaying animal matter ;
as soon as a leaf or stalk begins to decay, it is covered with
these little crustacea. Yet I have doubted whether they
attack it for its own sake, or for the sake of the animalculee
which may be feeding on it, for they generally desert it
before it has quite disappeared. This is not the case when
they are feeding on dead animal matter.

If we may judge from the shell of the genus Cythereis,
(Jones), the genus Newnhamia supplies another link be-
tween the marine and fresh water Enromostraca. Mr.
Baird has discovered a fresh water Cythere in England ;
and here in Australia we have an animal closely connected
with the marine genus Cythereis. Both Newnhamia and
Cythereis have two eyes, and a very tuberculose shell, and,
indeed, the shell of the former is only separated from that
of the latter by the flat plate at the ventral margin, by which
it is enabled to cling to the surface of the water. I would
therefore suggest the following as, in my opinion, a natural
arrangement of the genera of the OsTRACODA :—

On Australian EHntomostracans. 61

3 Newnhamia rami
2 pairs, nata-
2 Cypris tory having two

of feet eyes anda
1 Candona ‘ unable y

| to tubercular
3 pairs 5 Cythere swim shell.
of feet

4 Cythereis

6 Cypridina.—Two eyes and two pairs of
feet. Appears to me to form a connecting link between the
Osrracopa and the LyNCEID& ; its peculiar terminal seg-
ment of the abdomen, as well as its rami, being closely
analogous with those of many of the CLADOCERA. *

There are three genera belonging to the family Cypride
in Australia.

Cypris ;—(MULLER), rami provided with a pencil of long
sete; animal swimming, partly on its ventral edge; eye
single.

Candona ;—(BatrD), rami destitute of the long setee ;
amimal creeping on the ground or on plants; eye single.

Newnhamia ;—nov. gen., rami as in Cypris; animal
swimming freely through the water on its back; eyes two.

Genus I. Cypris.
i Cypnis, carimata, Pl 1X. Cy 1-1.

Shell nearly elliptical, but higher on the back ; the valves
are unequal, the right being produced beyond the left at the

* Professor M‘Coy, in his late work on the ‘ British Palzeozoic Rock Sand
Fossils,” has expressed his opinion that “ all the Cytheree of Paleozoic
rocks are more properly Phyllopoda than Lophyropoda.” I confess that the
analogy of these fossils with the latter, through the recent species of

Cythereis, appears to me to be almost established by the discovery of
Newnhamia.

62 On Australian Entomostracans.

posterior part of the dorsal edge, giving the shell the ap-
pearance of a heel; the valves are polished, of a transparent
greenish yellow colour, with a darker quadrangular mark
in the middle.

In the females the ova seen through the shell give it a
beautiful scarlet colour towards the abdominal parts. The
males are generally darker and somewhat smaller.

The thick sete on the branchial plate of the first pair of
foot jaws are plumose; there is also a small branchial
plate on the second pair, which I do not find noticed in Euro-
pean species. It also exists in Cypris Scottii (Pl. X. C. a.)
The third (fourth of Baird) joint of the rami carries on
the mner side a remarkable short but stout and rather
clavate seta, which is moveable. I cannot conjecture its use.
It exists, I believe, in all the Australian species of Cypris.
The present species is very active in the day-time, and swims
very rapidly in an undulating line. Its habit is to swim
about from one mass of conferva to another, while each mass
seems alive with the multitudes moving about among its
tender threads. It is also a very social animal. Five or
six will often place themselves side by side among the con-
Serva touching each other, and remain in this position for
several minutes, as if enjoying each other's company. These
are generally females.

Locality ;—Denham court, a large and very productive
pond in the flat, about a mile from the turnpike.

2. Cypris Stobarti. Pl. IX. B.

The shell is oblong, and slightly sinuated on the posterior
dorsal margin. The valves are unequal, the left being the
larger. They are polished, and apparently of a yellowish
colour. I have seen but a single specimen, which I am
unwilling to destroy by dissection. I found it in a bottle

On Australian Hntomostracans. 63

of fresh water insects, coilected for me by my friend the
Rev. A. Stobart, in the vicinity of Moreton Bay.

Locality ;—Moreton Bay.

3. CU. Bennelong. Pl. X. A.

A small species; in form somewhat like carinata, but
of equal valves sinuated at its ventral edge; hairy; of a
ereenish colour, darker on the back. The animal is large,
as compared with the shell. ‘The sete at the extremity of
the rami are very strong.

Locality ;—pond near Sydney Cove, close to the edge of
the Saltwater.

I have named it after an Australian chief.

4. (GC; Cuca ids Lag 2 1,

Shell oval, slightly reniform, the valves very convex,
variegated, with brown and a light reddish green in well
defined notches of irregular but constant shape; the eye is
yellow, shell punctured, pilose. The male appears to differ
from the female only in having large irregular masses of a
yellowish substance in the abdomen, together with a consi-
derable quantity of red globules, such as are seen in the
male Daphnia.

This species generally prefers small shallow ponds, where
it can have plenty of light and heat. It is sometimes seen
in swarms in the soft mud at the edge of the water, when
a pond is drying up.

1 have named it after my friend the Rev. W. B. Clarke.
It is one of the most beautifully-coloured of all our Cyprides.

Locality ;—Sydney : Parramatta.

CS COCLIE. PL. Xen):

In shape somewhat lke C. Clarkii, but higher in the
back. Itis much larger, (being nearly the tenth of an inch
in length), of a transparent green colour; the shell marked
with very minute reddish spots. It is thinly pilose.

It is readily distinguished from all the Australian species

64 On Australian Entomostracans.

hitherto known by its size. The shell is so transparent that
the eggs are readily seen through the back. The thick sete of
the branchial plate on the first pair of foot jaws are plumose,
as in C. carinata, and the second pair carry the small
branchial plate already referred to in the description of that
species. These peculiarities also distinguish it from C. ¢ri-
striata, described by Mr. Baird. It generally lives near the
bottom, on the mud.

I have dedicated this species to my friend W. Scott, Esq,
of Ash Island, to whom I am under much obligation for his
kind encouragement of my researches into this interesting
family.

Locality ;—Denham Court, with C. carinata.

GCA Minna el. XCB:

Shell nearly globular, sinuated on the ventral edge,
punctured, pilose ; the valves are very convex, and generally
of a transparent green colour. ‘They are also found more
. opaque, and of a dark brown, and in this variety the back
is more depressed ; a larger variety has its shell of a bright
chestnut colour. Sete of antenne and rami are very plumose.

I have been inclined to consider that the chestnut
variety is of a different species, but as yet have observed
no other difference than those of size and colour from the
ordinary form of the species named above.

The brown variety is rather more depressed ; and thus it
is quite possible that there may be three species, when [
have named but one. I must leave this to be determined
by other observers. It is a very active species, and easily
kept under observation. I have had some in my Vivarium*

* The Entomostraca are easily kept under observation in a basin con-
taining three or four gallons of water, with a little mud at the bottom, and
a few plauts, Villarsia, Damasonium, Azolla, Lemna. The plants absorb
the carbonic acid generated by the respiration of the animals, and supply

oxygen for their inspiration, as well as provide them with food, A few
mollusks assist in consuming the vegetable matter as it decays.

On Australian Hntomostracans. 65

for several months, and in the autumn they all disappeared ;
but in the winter a multitude almost suddenly started
into life. In their occupation as scavengers, they materially
assist in keeping their habitation in proper order.

Locality ;—Ponds every where.

Var. (a) Castania pond :—at Varroville, near Denham
Court

Var. (6) Brunnea pond:—in Government Domain,
Sydney.

peCeatcraria. Plax. G:

Shell clavate. The dorsal margin being straight poste-
riorly and the ventral margin deeply sinuated. The an-
terior extremity is the larger, and is much rounded. Shell
greenish, pilose.

Locality ;—Pond in a Brickfield near Sydney.

I have received it, with Cypris Stoburti, from Moreton
Bay.

The preceding seven species are able to swim freely
through the water. The three following are indeed pro-
vided with the long hairs on the rami, which distinguishes
the genus Cypris, but they are weak ; and in consequence of
the small size of the bodies as compared with the shells,
they are hardly able to swim at all. Thus they lead into
the next genus,

8: C. Sydneia. Pl. X. M.

Shell oval, both ends being nearly alike ; the ventral edge
is nearly straight. The valves are very convex, polished,
yellowish, and almost opaque. The animal can swim a
little, but not in a horizontal line, and cannot at all raise
itself in the water. It is generally seen crawling about on
the mud, or at times half buried in it in company with
several of its own species.

Locality ;—a swamp near Wooloomooloo Bay, Sydney.

H

66 On Australian Entomostracans.

9. C. Candonioides. Pl. X. F.

Very like C. Sydneia, but the anterior end is much
smaller than the posterior, the shell is polished, of a
yellowish colour, tinged with chestnut on the back. I have
never seen this species attempt to swim.

Locality ;—Varroville.

10. C.Varrovilliia. Pl. X. D.

Shell ovate, elliptical, slightly concave at the ventral
margin. Valves very flat. Deeply striate transversely,
pilose, greenish, and semi-transparent. The hairs on the
rami are very short and weak, and consequently the animal
cannot lift its shell vertically, except in creeping. When
it attempts to swim it does so on its side.

Locality ;—Varroville, Sydney.

Genus II. Candona.

1. C. Stanleyana. Pl. X. H.

Shell oblong, slightly sinuated at the ventral margin.
Valves deeply striate, of a dark green colour. On the rami
are three strong hairs, where the long pencil is found in
Cypris. Inthe centre of the valves are a few round spots.
These spots, or similar ones, were noticed in several English
species by Mr. Baird. But this is the only Australian spe-
cies in which I have noticed them.

I have named the species after my lamented friend Capt.
Owen Stanley, R.N., to whom I have been personally under
very great obligation in the study of natural history, when
at sea in 1846-7, on board H.M.S. Rattlesnake, then under
his command.

Locality ;—Ponds on the top of the sandstone rocks, over-
looking the sea near Coogee, associated with Limnadia,
Stanleyana, and Newnhamia fenestrata.

On Australian Hntomostracans. 67

Pam Orn dannean PT. Xe Ge

Somewhat like the preceding, but the anterior extremity
is smaller than the posterior. The shell is polished, and the
rami are entirely destitute of the pencil of hair; colour dark
green. .

- Locality ;—Pond near Sydney Cove, with Cypris Benne-
long.
Genus III. Newnuamia.

Character.— Antenne like those of Cypris, rami furnished
with a pencil of long hairs; eyes two, distinct, pedunculated,
and having a large corresponding tubercle in the shell on
each valve. A boat-shaped plate on the ventral margin.
The animal swims on its back, and generally is found at
the under surface of the water

i IN. fenestrata. Pl 1X. A. 112.

The shell is very tuberculose. ‘Towards the margin are
a few short sete springing from the tubercles: the back is
of a light greyish colour, the ventral parts dark, the two
extremities are also dark. The eyes, as seen through the
ocular tubercles, are very brilliant. The tubercles are
rounded at their extremities. In one instance I observed
them to be of a different shape anda pointed form. ‘The
anterior extremity was larger than the posterior. This may
prove a distinct species, but as I am unable to give a
more detailed description of it, I can merely suggest that,
should it prove distinct from that with rounded tubercles, it
may be called N. Gudielmi.

The male differs in appearance from the female in being
smaller, and of a slighter form. The female, when swim-
ming, its valves being slightly open, appears of almost a
cordate form. The rami of the male (fig. 8, 8 a,) carry at
their extremity, instead of the four or five stout sete found
in Cypris, a single long and jointed seta, each joint carrying

68 On Australian Entomostracans.

a kind of tooth. Doubtless the object of this is to assist in
clasping in coztw. The legs are also modified to assist in
the same operation, carrying stout hooks instead of the
long and sharp points found in Cypris.

In the female the rami and legs are exactly similar to
those of Cypris, except that the last joint of the former is
very long, being nearly half as long as the preceding.

It is terminated by only two stout sete, fig. 9.

The mandibulary palpus is very stout ; it is similar in its
general form to that of Cypris.

The first foot jaw has its extremity opposite to the branchial
plate divided into three fingers, instead of four, as in many
species of Cypris ; the fourth, which is generally jointed in
the latter genus, being here wholly wanting.

The generative organs correspond almost entirely with
those of Cypris carinata.

Habit.—This very common but interesting species lives
almost wholly near the surface of the water ;—its boat-like
plate enabling it to walk along the under surface, while its
eyes, directed downwards, give immediate notice of the
approach of an enemy. When alarmed, it immediately
sinks to a little distance, and then swims off, only coming
to the surface when all becomes tranquil. ‘The hand passed
over the water near the surface, so as to intercept the light,
or the surface being disturbed by the slightest breath, in-
stantly alarms them. They are the most active when the
sun is shining; and often a whole troop of them may be
noticed swimming round and round, and in and out, with a
most lively and graceful motion, about an inch beneath the
surface, in some spots more favoured than others by the
warmth of the sun. I have never looked at them whilst thus
engaged without receiving the impression, that, under such
circumstances, they were perfectly happy. I have named

On Australian Entomostracans. 69

the genus after my old college friend the Rev. W. O.
Newnham, in memory of many pleasant excursions in his
company in the neighbourhood of Cambridge and Farnham,
in search of zoological and botanical wonders. The ocular
tubercle, being in fact the window through which the little
animal looks out upon the world around him, has supplied
a specific name.
Locality ;—common in ponds.

ENTOMOSTRACA.

It may be useful to add here a list of the Fluviatile Ento-
mostraca, so far as they are known to the author, with a short
note of each of the particulars by which these species may
be distinguished from each other. I have deposited a
drawing of each species in the Australian Museum.

LeGion I. BRANCHIOPODA.
ORDER I. PHYLLOPODA.

Fam. I.
APODIDA.

Genus I. Apus.

I have not seen this Australian Apws, but know only that
it has been found in the Hunter River district, and at the
Murrimbidgee: I should be very much obliged to any
observer who would send me specimens in spirits. The
Tasmanian species have been described by Mr. Baird in the
Annals of Natural History, under the name Lepidurus
viridis.

I am indebted to R. C. Gunn, Esq., for some specimens
of this very interesting Yntomostracon, which I hope ere
long to compare with our Australian species.

70 On Australian Hntomostracans.

Fam. IT.
LIMNADIADZ.
Genus I. Limnadia.

1. LZ. Stanleyana. Branchial legs in female, 17 pairs.
In male, 15. ‘Tridactyle feet of male, 2 pairs; third finger,
two jointed: last segment of body with about eleven spines
on each side.

Locality ;—Coogee, near Port Jackson.

2. L. sordida. Branchial legs as in L. Stanleyanu ;
third finger of tridactyle feet, three jointed ; last segment of
the body with nineteen or twenty spines on each side. This
species is larger than the preceding, and bears considerable
resemblance to Z. Mauritiana, (Guevin).

Locality ;—Pond near Bondi Bay ; Botany Swamps.

Genus II. Limnetis, (LovEn).
1, LZ. Macleayana. Branchial legs, 11 in female, 10
inmale. ‘Tridactyle legs, | pair.
Locality ;—Denham Court , Botany Swamps.

Fam. III.
BRANCHIAPODIDA.
Genus I. Artemia.
1. A. proxima. External ovary pyriform.
Locality ;—Salt Pans, Newington; Parramatta.

OrpeER II. Crapocera.
Fam. I.
DAPHNIADE.*
Genus I. Daphnia.
1. D. carinata. ‘The head and back strongly carinate ;

% Nore.— This family with the next has already been described in the
Papers and Proceedings of the Society, Vol. II., Part 2, January 1853.

On Austrulian Hntomostracans. 71

dorsal margin produced to a long straight point. Beak
sharp. Antenne composed of a few short sete. It is sub-
ject to very great varieties.

Locality ;—common in horse-ponds.

2. D. Elizabethe. Dorsal margin not produced ; supe-
rior antenne, with a long seta springing from near the base ;
otherwise very like D. Sima: very common.

3. D. honorata, like D. reticulata. The first joint of the
inferior branch of the rami as long as the first three joints
of the superior.

Locality ;—Sydney ; Parramatta, &c.

4. D. mucronata, Miller. Anterior margin produced
into two sharp points.

Locality ;—Parramata, South Creek, &c.

Genus II. Macrothriz.
1. M. spinosa. The first joint of the long sete on the
rami is produced into a spine.
Locality ;—South Creek, Liverpool Road.

Genus III. Moina.
1. M. Lemne. The first pair of legs in the female are
adapted for clasping.
Locality ;—pond near the Dam at Cook’s River.
2. M. Macleayit. A seta on the basilar joint of the
rami as long as the branchi.
Locality ;—Pond on the hill above Elizabeth Bay,
Sydney.
Fam. II.
LYNCEIDA.
Genus I. Hurycercus.
1. H. spinosa. The sete of the rami having the spine
asin Macrothrix spinosa.
Locality ;—Pond on Liverpool Road.

72 On Australian Hntomostracans.

2. EH. Cookii. Of a larger size than the rest ; of a deep
chocolate colour.

Locality ;—Lagoon near Botany, Moreton Bay.

3. EL. Cuninghami. Deeply striate on the carapace in
three directions.

Locality ;—Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

Genus II. Chydorus.

1. C. Leonardi. Almost globular. The ephippial ova
placed side by side.

Locality ;—Sydney.

2. C. Augustus. Ova placed one above the other; a large
species.

Locality ;—-Sydney.

Genus III. Alona.

1. A. Bairdit. Sete of rami spinous, as in Macrothrix
spinosa.
Locality ;—The Lachlan Swamps.

2. A. pulchella. Anterior margin concave.
Locality ;—Denham Court, Sydney.

3. A. diaphana. Anterior margin convex.
Locality ;—Sydney.

4. A. Karua. Beak very much produced.
Locality ;—R. Karua, Port Stephens.

5. A. mascula. First pair of legs having hooks like
Pleuroxus hamatus. (Baird.)
Genus IV. Dunhevedia, (nov. gen.)

The carapace oval, the anterior spine ending in a margin.
directed downwards.

On Australian Entomostracans. 73

1. D. crassa. When seen from the back, the outline is
wholly convex.
Locality ;—South Creek, at Dunheved. Denham Court.
2. D. podagra. When seen from the back, the outline
is concave at the middle.
. Locality ;—Parramatta.

Lecion II. Lopyyropopa.
OrDERI. OstTRaAcoDa.

Fam. I.
CYPRIDID&.
Genus I. Cypris.

carinata.

Stobartt.

Bennelong.

Minna.

Scottiz.

Clarkii.

. dateraria.

Sydneia.

CDNAAAXR wD

. Candoniotdes.

RQRRARRARRRARA2

—
=

. Varrovillia.

Genus II. Candona.

- Stanleyana.

mS)
eS)

. lutea.

Genus III. Newnhamia.

1. N. fenestrata. With rounded tubercles.

Locality ;—common in ponds and slow streams.

2. N. Gulielmi. With pointed tubercles.

Locality ;—Dunheved. South Creek, in a shallow pond.
K

74 On Australian Entomostracans.

OrpeER II. Coprpopa.
Fam. I.
CYCLOPIDE.
Genus Il. Cyclops.
l. C. Australis.
Locality ;—in all ponds.

Fam. II.
DIAPTOMID.

* Nearly transparent ; male larger than female.

Genus. Diaptomus.

1. D. Pollux. Male spindle-shaped.

Locality ;—Parramatta. Sydney, &c.

2. D. uxorius. Male, clavate.

Locality ;—Port Stephens.

*%* A deep red colour, male smaller than female.

3. D. Maria. Last thoracic ring, in female, with pro-
cesses shorter than the abdomen.

Locality ;—Denham Coutt.

4. D. Cookit. Last thoracic ring with processes longer
than the abdomen.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Prater IX.
A. 1.—12. Newnhamia fenestrata.
. Side view when walking.
. Ventral view of the female, showing the flat plate.
. Dorsal view of male, showing the eye tubercles.
. Ventral plate.

Bo WoO

5. Antenna.
6. Antenna and eyes.

7. Eye-tubercle much magnified.

~t
Or

On Australian Entomostracans.

8. Ramus of male.
9. Ramus of female.
10. Generative apparatus of male.
11.—12. Feet of male.
B. Cypris Stobarti.
C. 1.—4. Cypris carinata.
l. Side view; 2, front view; 3, abdomen of male,

showing the generative organs in situ.
4. Abdomen of female, showing the position of the

ovaries, and the eggs after leaving the ovaries.
PuaTE X.

A. Cupris Bennelong,

» Minna

Re SCOLLUC

» Varrovillia.

» Clarkiz.
Candonioides.
» lateraria

. Candona Stanleyana

Adare Uos

ae lutea
M. Cypris Sydneia.
a. Second foot jaw of C.
b. Second foot jaw of Cypris carinata.
ce. Ramus of B.
d. Ramus of H.
e. Strie of H.

76

On the Potato Grub of Tasmania. By Capt. H. BERTHON,
H.E.1.C.8. [Read 14th March, 1855.]

THE grub, which did so much injury to the Potato crops in
certain parts of this island last year, and which threatens
during the present season to commit still further devastation,
is the production of a small moth of the Tineide family,
and appears to be identical with the insect which has of
late years been making such ravages amongst the tubers in
New Zealand. In fact, it is by no means improbable that
it was introduced into Tasmania in some infected importations
from that country.

The moth is about one-third of an inch in length, of a
silvery grey colour, barred with brown, with the usual jointed
antenne, trunk, and other peculiarities of formation which
characterise the order “ Lepidoptera.” It is distinguished
from many others of the class by a peculiar pair of palpi,
springing from the base of the trunk, and curving back-
ward over the head. The ova are elliptical in shape, of the
size of a very minute grain of sand, and pearly white in hue.
The larva, when full-grown, are about five-twelfths of an inch
in length, of a semi-transparent yellowish white, forcibly
reminding one of the colour of the white currant, to which is
occasionally superadded a tinge of pink. As in other
members of the order, they are furnished with six thoracic
legs; and four of the remaining eight sections of the body
are provided with pro-legs. The pupa, or chrysalis, is of a
dark amber colour, little more than half the length of the

full-grown larva, and is ordinarily placed in one of the eyes

On the Potato Grub of Tasmania. 77

of the potato, or other convenient indentation of its surface,
and protected by a cocoon of very flimsy and inartificial
construction.

What may be the usual period that the ova lie unhatched,
it would perhaps be assuming too much to assert on the
strength of only a couple of experiments. It is probable
that the time varies with the temperature, with the position
of deposit, and perhaps also with other concurrent circum-
stances. All that can be confidently made known is this,
that in the experiments, which were conducted under the eye
of the writer of these notes, the time that elapsed between
the laying and the hatching of the eggs was ten days.

The existence of the larve, from their birth to their trans-
formation into pupe, is of about a fortnight or three weeks’
duration. Their voracity, however, is so great, and their
diligence in their vocation so untiring, that a couple of
individuals will thoroughly riddle and destroy a potato of
fair size during their brief but mischievous career.

The pupa state, it is to be presumed, as in the case of
other Lepidopterous insects, extends over a period of some
months, and it were vain, therefore, on the part of the writer,
to expect that any further transformation will take place in
the specimens which he has preserved until the revolution
of the seasons shall have brought round the appointed time
of revival. The moth itself lives but a few days, and the
deposit of its ova is speedily followed by death.

Under the supposition that the root of the potato is
unapproachable, and safe from the attacks of the insect, it
has been surmised by some that the moth deposits its eggs
on the stalk of the plant, whence the larve continue to draw
their nourishment as long as it remains sufficiently succulent

78 On the Potato Grub of Tasmania.

for the purpose, and whence they descend into the root itself,
when desiccation ensues. This theory is opposed to the
writer's experience. He has invariably found that the moth
attacks the root. The uppermost potatoes, those that are
nearest the surface, are of course most easily reached, nor is
it by any means a difficult matter for the insect to penetrate
to the depth of three or four inches when the soil is open,
uncompressed, or lumpy. Not a single case of an infected
stalk has been yet detected; but constant and numberless
have been the instances in which, when uncovering the
potatoes at the depths just indicated, moths have been
dislodged, and flown uninjured away.

Before the writer correctly understood the nature and
routine of the insect’s tactics, and while he yet believed that
its grub form was the only one in which the depredations were
to be guarded against, he caused a crop of infected potatoes
to be dug up, and exposed for some days to the effects of the
atmosphere, thinking that the heat of the sun would put a
stop to the further ravages of the larva: but this turned out
to be a woeful mistake. The potatoes while lying thus
exposed in rows were again attacked by the insects, and so
insidious were their proceedings, that the damage had been
greatly increased before their presence was discovered. And
it is not unworthy of remark, that the underside of the
potato, or the side in contact with the ground, was invariably
the part that was selected by the moth for the deposit of the
ova. This was doubtless owing to the greater security that
the unexposed side of the potato afforded against the weather,
as well as against birds and predatory insects, than the upper
surface would have done; and it was afterwards noted, that
the moths, when unengaged in laying eggs, were almost
always to be found beneath the clods of earth with which the

On the Potato Grub of Tasmania. 79

ground was encumbered, where it is to be presumed they
sought shelter from the sun’s rays, and protection against
their natural enemies.

From the facts just narrated, it would seem that the
following conclusions may not unreasonably be drawn :—

First.—That the best soil to sow potatoes in, sup-
posing that the sole object were to exempt them
from the grub, would be that which is impervious
to the moth ; such, for instance, as sand, or a com-
pact loam.

Second.—That if no such soil be available, the deeper
the potatoes are sown, the safer they will be from the
inroads of the moth.

Third.—That when there is reason to apprehend the
presence of the moth, not a moment should be lost
in housing the potatoes after they are dug up.

It has been stated in the course of these notes, that the
transformation of the larva into the perfect insect is not to
be expected for some months to come—not, indeed, till the
ensuing winter and spring shall have run their accustomed
course. Such is the ordinary routine of nature. Having
found numerous empty pupa cases on potatoes of this year’s
growth, the writer has strong grounds for believing, however,
that there has been more than one generation of the insect
during the summer that is now drawing to a close; and if
this be true, it can hardly be doubted that the long continued
drought, and unchequered heat of the weather, must have
been the immediate cause. Rain or variable weather would
in all likelihood have diminished their fecundity, and it is
possible that a severe storm at the proper time might have
annihilated them altogether.

Previous to concluding these notes, the writer cannot
refrain from drawing attention to the peculiar palpi before

80 On the Potato Grub of Tasmauia.

alluded to, which doubtless are designed to answer some
useful purpose to the insect. It may not be too fanciful a
theory to suppose that they may be of great advantage to
the moth in penetrating the earth, and in lifting or par-
tially removing such particles as would otherwise impede
its progress in its descent to the roots of the potatoes. ‘his
must at present be received, however, as an unsupported
conjecture, for the writer has not yet been enabled to
establish the fact by ocular demonstration.

But it is the only portion of the notes which partakes of
the nature of theory or conjecture—all the rest are ascertained
facts ; and it is tu be hoped that they may not only be of
sufficient interest to attract the attention of the naturalist
and the practical farmer, but that their further considera-
tion and discussion may lead to the discovery of some
effectual means of putting a stop to the ravages of this
rapacious insect.

As a precaution against the spread of the infection
throughout the island, all seed potatoes coming from places
where the insect is known to prevail should be carefully
sorted, and the bad ones rejected; and not only should the
potatoes themselves be scrutinized, but the bags or baskets
which contain them should be also closely examined, and, if
infected, burnt or cleansed.

Any one who will be at the trouble of carefully inspecting
a basket or sack in which infected potatoes have lain for
some time will find a lot of little earthy-looking excrescences
adhering to the inside ;—these are the cocoons of the chrysa-
lides covered with and concealed by earthy matter. They
are the media through which the evil is spread throughout
the country, and conveyed from one country to another ;
and they are the pests in embryo, of which every one ought
to try and make a clean sweep.

81

X.—On a Specimen of Shark in the Museum of the
Royal Society, Van Diemen’s Land. By A. Cross,
Lisg., R.N. [Read 4th June, 1854.]

WHEN at Hobart Town in December 1852, in the
“ Equestrian,” convict ship, I noticed some fine specimens
of sharks in the Museum there: one in particular, peculiar
to the coast of Australia and New Zealand, which I iden-
tified as belonging to the genus Zamna, and which I
marked Lamna cornubica ; giving the specimen the same
specific appellation as our English Porbeagle shark. There
is the spine, tail, and jaws of the fish in the Museum ; the
last remarkable for its armature of long, thick, nail-like
teeth, and the pointed form of the snout; hence the shark
is called in Miiller and Keule’s classification, Oxyrhina
gomphodon,—it is the Tilweron of the Spaniards, a species
of it being found in the Mediterranean, but not of the for-
midable dimensions of the Australian variety.

In the British Museum they have the jaws of the latter,
but no complete specimen. I write this to send to Hobart
Town, for the purpose of having the name which I placed
on the specimen altered to Oxyrhina gomphodon, as I
should be sorry to mislead our friends in the Southern
Hemisphere by the term which I formerly applied to it,
so I trust Dr. Milligan will correct the labelling accordingly,
&e. &e,

ALEXANDER CROSS,
Surgeon, Rh. N.
Rochester,
28rd January, 1854,

XI.—On the Trigonometrical Survey of Van Diemen’s
Land. By Masor Cotton, H.E.1.C.8.; Deputy
Surveyor-General. [Read 10th May, 1854.]

ON the 21st April, 1852, I made a report on the measure-
ments of the two Base Lines, and the result of the connecting
Triangulation, of which the following is a copy :—

“¢ Measurement of the two Base Lines, and result of
the connecting Triangulation.

21st April, 1852.

The Rods used for the measurement of the two Base lines
were of old Baltic fir, about fifteen feet in length and two
inches square: they were saturated with boiling oil, and var- -
nished, rolled in flannel and packed in sawdust, in coffers six
inches square, closed at the ends, but leaving the rods free to
contract and expand. The rods were supported centrically in
the coffers by means of blocks of wood; the coffers aided by
these blocks serving to truss the rods. To the ends of the
rods were attached Brass Caps, rising to the level of the sur-
face of the coffer, and bearing on their upper surface the scales,
by means of which their lengths were determined. One cap
bore a zero mark only, and the other a vernier scale 19-20ths
of an inch divided into twenty parts. The only standard
then in the colony was a four-foot steel standard, divided into
inches and fortieths, and the vernier scales were made to
accord with these divisions, determining the measurements
to 1-400th of an inch. Besides the vernier scale attached
to the cap of the rod, three similar scales were laid on the
surface of the coffer at intervals, and their several distances

9 MtArnon
PLATE VIII.

i .

\ . :
\ ‘ "| ne E
4 Sy BM Connection

i < ?
\ SS
\ =
\
\
\ . >
1
\
\ \
\ a z
‘ Tooms Fail.
i ; nese
\ re i
’ E
\ oe
\ ss ee Z
ePBlue rit ‘
\ ; x
.. | :
‘
a i
Se :
‘ i
N
XN I
i !
\ J
\ I
. 4
be

/ “Sereesey tangles from Base taBus,
tips

aS Lider ,
Be

ns 4

HOSPORE Zi
LONGFORD BASE Lrasvone Syegar Bae
Mean measuredlength 25745. 7 4 ae
Length as congrtted f'Serist746. 0
by Livangulatianfiom\®™ » 25764. 3
Ralphs Bay Base (3° » 26748. 5

=< 20/8/ 3s7ee VA 2 23746. 2

f Puree megs Frill

ME
v UNellinglon hs’
Nie

MalhorsSit
Huxtable § Deakin Lith

7 ‘ ry
Rs

4
ae

On the Trigonometrical Survey, ce. 83

and the total length of the rod measured by the four-foot
standard.. Each rod when in use was supported on two
tressels fitted with screw lifts, affording the means of raising
and depressing them into their position.

The rods were made in damp weather, and were used
during damp weather in the first measurements of the Base
at Ralph’s Bay in 1849. ‘They were measured as soon as
completed, and from time to time during the operation, and
the variation in length was scarcely appreciable. Since
this measurement was made, a ten-foot steel bar has been
received from England, by which the four-foot standard has
been tested and found to be very true, so that the mea-
surement requires no reduction on that account, and any
difference found to exist between it and subsequent re-
measurements must be imputed to the apparatus used and
to carefulness of operation. The Base was marked out with
pickets, placed in line by means of a transit instrument, and
divided into convenient gradients or hypothenuses, perma-
nent marks, over which the altitude and azimuth instru-
ments could be placed, being established at each extremity.

The rods were then placed on their stands, and arranged
into the vertical plane of the Base line, and at the inclination
of the first hypothenuse, the first rod within a few inches of
the terminus, and two others in succession at similar intervals,
the zero mark on one rod being antagonist to the vernier scale
of the next. The intervals betwen the rods were measured by
means of a small scale engraved for the purpose, which with
the vernier indicated inches, twentieths, and four-hundredths
of inches. The inclination of each hypothenuse was ascer-
tained by levelling, the rise and fall being entered in the
field book in feet and decimals. The horizontal value of
each hypothenuse was then obtained, and the requisite
reductions to the level of the sea computed.

84 On the Trigonometrical Survey

In the summing up of the measurements much labour
was occasioned by the divisions of the scale being im inches
and four-hundredths, instead of decimals; but at the time I
had no good dividing apparatus, and considered it necessary
rather to depend on the divisions of the four-foot standard,
(which I had the means of copying on to the scale used
for measuring the intervals), the vernier scale alone being
divided by such imperfect means as I could obtain. I
pursued a better system in the measurement of this Base
and the measurement of the base of verification on Norfolk
Plains.

In 1851 the Base at Ralph’s Bay was measured. The
same rods were used and the same means of determining
their lengths, but I had obtained a good dividing apparatus,
and I engraved scales, the divisions of which were decimal
parts of a foot. These with the verniers read to four
places of decimals, the fourth decimal ambiguous, so that
the reading was true to the 5000th part of a foot.

The steel bar, which with other instruments for the
trigonometrical operations had been obtained from Eng-
land by the Lieutenant-Governor, through the Astronomer-
Royal, is one of those which were employed as Standards in
the measurement of the Base line in Ireland, and the Base
line here will therefore be referred to the same standard of
measurement.

The only other improvement introduced was that of
attaching a telescope and sights to the rods for keeping
them more accurately to the line, and more attention to the
piling under the feet of the tressels, where the ground was
inclined to shake from the tread of the men in laying the
rods.

The Field Book of the second measurement was much
more simple, and the labour of computation much reduced,

of Van Diemen’s Land. 85

from the adoption of the decimal scale. The reductions to
the horizontal and to the level of the sea were made as
before. A third measurement was undertaken immediately
on the completion of this with the same means and the
same careful attention.

The three several measurements gave the following
results) :—

Measurement of 1849.............. .20182°484496 feet.
First measurement of 1851........20181°692922
Second measurement of 18561....20181°577215_,,

The difference between the measurement in 1849 and
the mean of those in 1851 is ‘85 foot, or 103 inches;
that between the two in 1851 only °115 feet, or 14 inch.
I consider this latter accordance to prove that the slight
variations in the length of the rods were truly valued, and
the apparatus in all respects sufficiently true, and that
Myr. Sprent, who conducted the whole operation, has ob-
tained the nearest results obtainable by its means.

It also seems satisfactorily to show that the first mea-
surement may be rejected, though (considering the com-
parative inferiority of means) not very greatly differing
from what will be adopted as the actual length of the Base,

3)

viz., the mean of the two last measurements.

The Base of verification on Norfolk Plains has since
been measured twice by the same apparatus, and to the
same standard, by Mr. Sprent; the results of which are as
follows :—

First measurement, reduced to the

level of the lowest point........ 25746°019443
Secomdwadttoy ditto tc. ns ee 25746'°304833
Difference............ "285,390 33 in.

The difference of 33 inches in nearly five miles is almost

86 On the Trigonometrical Survey

as good an accordance as resulted from the two last measure-
ments of the Base at Ralph’s Bay.

I must mention one other circumstance connected with
these operations, and which at first led me to doubt the
safety of dependence upon the deal rods.

The measurement of their length by the four-foot stand-
ard during the operations, especially at Norfolk Plains, indi-
cated a small amount of contraction and expansion not to be
expected, and in no way to be accounted for; but it appeared
that these measurements were made in the extreme heat of
mid-day, and arose from the steel standard being slow in
following the changes of temperature indicated by a detached
thermometer. ‘The temperature of the metal, in fact, was not
ascertained at a high temperature of the atmosphere; and as
the rods embedded in their coffers, and screened from the sun,
could undergo no such sudden changes, I rejected the mid-day
measurement of their length, and adopted those taken early,
when no great allowance was required to be made for the
effect of temperature on the standard. The Base at Ralph's
Bay being measured in cooler weather, this difficulty did not
arise.

For the angular observations from the main triangles, an
Altitude and Azimuth instrument had been obtained from
England, with a repeating table of excellent finish, both
very portable, and at the same time efficient.

The horizontal are of the instrument is twelve inches in
diameter, graduated to 10.”

Many repetitions were made of every angle with reverse
observations, and every possible attention to ensure an accu-
rate mean; and the result has been most satisfactory.

The greatest error in the sum of the angles of one tri-
angle was 8°3 seconds, and this was in a triangle of nearly

forty miles sides.

of Van Diemen’s Land. : 87

The Bases are situated nearly 100 miles asunder. The
computed length of the Longford Base, taken from the
measured length of that at Ralph’s Bay, and carried up
through thirteen triangles, compared with its measured
length, gives the following results, viz. :—

Mean of two measurements........ 25,746°2 feet
Reduction to level of sea _........ 5
Reduced measured length ........ 25,745°7
Computeddenmp these ssc. sccscnes.- 25,746°0

Difference ........ feet °3 or about 34

inches. The instruments are decidedly good of their kind,
but not of course possessing the perfection of construction
or minuteness of division of those used in the great surveys
of Europe, India, and America. The observations have been
entirely in the hands of one individual, Mr. J. Sprent,
whose scientific knowledge, together with untiring perse-
verance and patient endurance, has enabled him, single-
handed, to effect what would in other countries have been
shared by many equally qualified for the work. But the
result is such as he will. Iam sure, from the interest he takes
in this work of science, feel no small recompense for his
efforts.

The actual distance from hill to hill, extending for nearly
fifty miles in some of the triangles, and the total distance from
Base to Base being determined to a very minute degree of
accuracy, a foundation of the framework of the whole map
of the island is established, and the future operations will
be based upon it with security and confidence.

** (Signed) “ H.C. Corron.”

Since the date of the above Report I have made further
computations for the verification of the work, comparing

88 On the Trigonometrical Survey

the length of the Longford Base as computed by other tri-
angles with its measured length, (the measured length of
the four mile base at Ralph’s Bay being the given side of
the first triangle in each case), and the results are as
follows :—

Measured Length of Longford Base Feet. Difference in
reduced to the Level of the Sea. 25,745°7 Feet.

Length as computed by Ist series

Olstriamelesisncdjecseseccass secs 25,746-0 + 3

Do. do. Ath series ......... 25,7462 + :5

Do. do. 2nd series .....-... 25,744°5 — 12

Do. do. SLd SELES ese nece 25,743°5 — 2:2
1st Series computed by Mr. Sprent 25,746°01 + :29
1st Series varied in one triangle

computed by Mr. Sprent......... 25,745°35 — °35

The accompanying diagram exhibits the character of the
triangles comprising each series; and it will be observed
that the series No. 1, composed of the largest and best
triangles, give a result the most nearly in accordance with
the measurement. The series No. 4 is that from which the
next best result was to be expected from the character of the
triangles, and it accords most nearly with the first.

The results of the other two series are very satisfactory,
and give abundant proof that both the measurements and the
observations are good. With the exception of those at
Mona Tower, all the angles used in these computations are
taken from the centre of the stations. The angles there
were observed out of the centre and reduced.

In the triangulation to which I have adverted, and in
about three hundred other calculated triangles, the nearness
with which the sum of the triangles corresponds with the sum
of 180°, and the spherical excess, gives the greatest proof of

of Van Diemen’s Land. 89

the acenracy of the angular observations, thegerror rarely
amounting to more than four or five seconds, and generally
not exceeding two seconds. The observations have been all
made by Mr. Sprent, and with the same twelve-inch instru-
ment.

By means of tne repeating table each angle is observed
under a series of repetitions, and the mean obtained is ex-
ceedingly near the truth. )

At every principal station Angles of Elevation and De-
pression for determining relative altitudes have been observed,
and at several stations astronomical observations made for
the determination of the true meridian.

The observations taken for this purpose are extreme
Elongations of circumpolar stars ;—both the east and west
elongation of one or more stars, with single elongations east
or west of others ;—observing their azimuthal angle from
another station, or from a fixed lamp whose position with
reference to some other station is known.

The observations have been made with the principal instru-
ment at sixty-eight main stations, and with an eight-inch
theodolite at sixty-five secondary stations, those at the latter
being confined to the horizontal angles. Mr. Sprent is con-
tinuing the observations for the main triangulation, during
the summer, in the north-west portion of the island, and pre-
parations are made for those in the south-west next summer.
In the meantime, I am in the expectation of being able
shortly to appoint two other parties for carrying on the se-
condary and minor triangulation ; but the extreme and urgent
demand at present for surveys of small blocks of land, and
the want of strength in the establishment, delays this work.

Besides the calculations connected with the two Base lines,
and the four series of triangles between them, to which I
have already adverted, about three hundred triangles have

M

90 On the Trigonometrical Survey

been calculated, and the latitudes at several main stations,
both from the local observations and by the triangulation
commencing at Hobart Town, have been computed with the
true bearings of lines meeting at the same stations.

With a view to show more particularly the nature of the
field operations, and of the computations and the results, I
append to this Report extracts from the Field Books and
examples of the method of calculation adopted. I have
given also a comparison of the results of the calculations for
latitude and true bearings, as derived from the local observa-
tions at each station, and as derived from the triangulation,
commencing with the latitude and meridian of Church Street,
Hobart Town, where Mr. Sprent took a series of observa-
tions, and calculated his latitude with great care, as will be
seen by his Report attached. For the purpose of forming
an accurate map of the island, and fixing its geographical
position, the operations are proved to be exceedingly true,
and I believe the results equal any operation of the kind
in any part of the world; it being remembered that they are
not intended for the measurement of an element in the
dimensions or figure of the earth.

The Bases, measured nearly one hundred miles asunder,
verify the operations with exceeding perfectness ; and though
it would be satisfactory to measure two other base lines on the
east and west coast, it cannot be considered necessary, as by
multiplying the calculations of the length of every line by
various chains of triangles branching from those directly
verified, any accidental error must be discovered, and a very
accurate mean taken, so that when the main triangulation is
completed, the main stations will be most accurately fixed
in position, both relatively and geographically, and the
inferior triangulation and filling in will be true in detail
under its control, It will be perceived that the latitudes of

of Van Diemen's Land. o1

several of the main stations, calculated from entirely inde-
pendent observations at those stations, differ in some mea-
sure from those derived by means of the triangulation from
the observations at Hobart Town. Respecting this differ-
ence I must observe,—

Ist. That the observations on the mountain cannot be
considered so trustworthy as those taken in a secure
observatory in town.

2nd. The probable deviation of gravitation from the true
vertical direction may slightly throw out the obser-
vations of Elongations taken on the mountain.

3rd. The number of observations at each station is not
sufficient to give so sure a mean as those taken for
the same purpose at Hobart Town.

Under these circumstances, and considering the satisfac-
tory proofs of accuracy of the triangulation, the latitudes,
so far as they have been hitherto calculated by its means,
from the initial latitude at Hobart Town, may be depended
on in pefrerence to those derived from the local observa-
tions. I must mention further, that while all the triangles
have been calculated by two or more different computers,
those for the latitudes and bearings have not yet gone
through this proof, having been only done by myself, and
by formule not giving the most minute results, but such
merely as I consider commensurate with the degree of accu-
racy to be expected from the character of the observations.

H. C. COTTON.
ls¢ January, 1854.

‘]EUMLDOP Y}2 OY} 07 ONT} st UoLONpep oyvurxordde oy}
asnuayjoddy oy} Jo *i* weaQ 1098018 4OU ST [OAS] JO GOUOLOYIP off} UOT] AA
9€10. —@ X LE1E-LE1
“uolyoNpop 4oo1100 = ZF9S10 ='—_—_-—-—
j8Le

&X LE1G-4Gh1

“moljonpep oyeurxoidde = 9¢10° = —-—
°,29 Jo ommjyerodmsy Tota oy} MoTAq «0

gle dAOGE JInIVAINd U9} JO 92IS9p YOO TOF YVSUT Jo
a qoog aad 400% 200000. SI prepuvyg jeo1g 943 Aq
8e0008-GLT 4 Sea einer ve UOAIS Y}SUI] OY} 3021100 0} opeUE UOKONpar dU,
096-09 av
G6SP09 ve IVIE-S) = § X LPOT-SI=O9 €
BH00 |) 0 Gea 0926.09 =P X SIgT.cl=g F
ee dl C6GF-09 =F X SPLL-Gl=V F
8SECE- bV
6GLE- 70)
OSS. ed LPOL-ST 4 STO A = eens eee |e
te | fe eu
B08: a) I€I- a CCE le eda te
Grose ae aE Osim | eas te ng
anon a cae OSTI-Gt | seczz | —- | 09
O6LE. 6) PST | ogtret | ageee | vw | 09
9GTE- ioe i ==
Boge. tv 19 ‘ON | TNdW 4362 paepuryg jo °"199.7 "sat[oUT JO sraqaut
QRGT. jomnjetadtuay, 10J} 0} peonpat | sqjanaog ur | “SPOU
: - — } poonpat tysue'T|jUoWMeInsva juotwa.msea yy “OULLO YT,
499 ,7— JUL “300. 3 ee a ea esta |
-omsveyq Teyuoz| ‘asnuayjod a py eet ‘poy |morssordaq]) “WOHeAeTA! -omodky SO!
: 3 “pLepuryg yooI9
OF] paonpayy Jo [210], oe avon senor] jo souatoyig | $° ON qooj-moy oy} Aq spoxy oy} Jo uoMOINS¥O Fy

~ casyqq GUOKONOT dO ENEWEUASVEY GNOOMG
ee eae en made 2 elie oie ean eS
‘CULNAWOO KILNENOUSAAS SNOILOAGAY HLIM ANII GSVA dO LNANAYOSVAW YOM OOM AIG WOU LOVALXA

p+ D+
+ *SSBJO OVS IJ pozLfNoyRo tor1[diy;nUI 94} ST 2 pue 9 =r =
"yulod ySOMO] OY} 4V ON[LA S}I 0} poonper ssvlo Yous = 9
*/U}UOZLIOY 0} poonped ssvjo Yovo Jo uns = g
‘quiod ysamoy] oyy SAOg’ SSv[O POV Jo UOTYVASTS = D
"eos oY} QA0ge jutod ysomoy Jo UOIPVACTO -+ SNIpes 8,q}IVy =o J] —*20AT

eS Ee

EFHGIO-IFLG2 | G89T60Lz.06F% OGFSL466666 yooy OIL PPLEST-O8FS g | Tr TO “ON 04 1g ON, WOT
OLSESZrer1FS 0909266666 yoo 0G LE9ShS-FIFS Z| TOS “ON 0} 18 “ON Mog

ne ee ee ee

0426888¢-T0G21 GZ808866666 yoop ge PSE209-T0C21 I { ae an ae oR eee

00692216-668S poamboa TOTYCNpoIL ONT 499} GS fopu fy) 691116-668¢ met Spates teaean ()) Cs “ON 0} ZT (ON, THOM

os
"409, "199, Soe "499,77 "2007 [EMOZHOT OF | .sosserg
‘jUIOg JSOMO'T 917} “poonpeyy “MOON pay ‘\UIOg JSOMOTT DAOGL] PooNpPIt SsVID Yoo Jo ‘gosnuoqjoydA Ty JO stoquun yy
Jo [OAS] 0} poonper ssv[Q You aoy coray OW ephyyty uve | sosnueyyjod AF] Jo ung | Jo ‘son

aseg jo qysueT (e107, poyenoyvp

“LNIOd LSHMOT FHL FO THADT GHL OL CHONGaY ASVA GHOADNOT AO LNAWHYOSVAW Salt

On the Trigonometrical Survey

Extract from Field Book of 8-inch Theodolite, as adopted
by Mr. Sprent at the Secondary Stations.

GORDON’S SUGAR LOAF.

Name of Station

Reading of

Mean of
Zero Point. | Arc, Three Mean Angle.
observed to. Verniers. Reading.

" ° ¢ vA ° ¢ a ° @
Rumney’s Hill ... |359 58 50
Brown Mountain... 67 59 O
58 30

60 0 | 67 59 10

6 Repe-
titions.
48 0 20
47 59 0
48 O 30

68 0 20

48 0 0] 68 Oll
Rumney’s Hill

ane 359 58 50
Grass Tree Hill ... 21 3

0
0
0

we CO Or

21 410) 21 5 20

9 Repe-
titions.
189 46 30

49 0

46 30 |189 47 20

21 5 23

Note.—At many of the Secondary Stations a connection
by traverse survey with some natural feature or other per-
manent object in the neighbourhood is also recorded.

of Van Diemen’s Land.

95

Extract from Field Book of 12-inch Altitude and Azimuth
Instrument, as adopted by Mr. Sprent at the Main Stations.

Names of
Stations and
Stars
observed to.

Butler’s
Hill. '
Platform
Peak,

Brown Mt.
nm Argus E.

Brown Mt.
a Crucis: E.
Brown Mt.

Rumney’s
Hill, Top of
Stones.

DROMEDARY STATION.

a
wo
ae OBSERVATIONS.
Ae
ej
Horizontal Angles.
Reading. | Reading of
Degrees & |Three Vernier| Mean Reading. Angle.
Minutes. Seconds
fo) a“ a“ ° 4 a“ °o a “
47 57 | 75 65 25 47 57 55:0
1 | 290 46 | 10 30 25 | 290 46 21:6] 117 11 33°4
7 307 36 | 40 40 45 | 307 36 41°6 117 1) 34:2
Elongations.
Reading, Reading of Reading of
Degrees & | Three Verniers| Mean Reading. |Levelseach| Date.
Minutes. Seconis, 2 Seconds,
fe} , ” fe} ? ” 1851
89 59 | 60 60 40 89 59 53°3| 39 29 |June 5
155 56 | 90 50 70 | 155 57 10°0| 35 32
89 59 | 60 55 85 89 59 50
161 19 | 55 10 30] 161 19 31:3] 43 26
89 59 | 70 65 45 90 0 00] 43 26
Elevations and Depressions.
Thermometer. |Reading| Reading
Baro- * Ip f |Mean of
meter. nals Vernier Verniers es
Atid. Detd, |Minutes|Seconds
° ’ O. O @
27°016| 46 46 |88 4674 40) 57 |113 8
1 12/36 24! 30 1 12 30
88 46)74 42) 58 LSS ee?
0 12/88 24) 31 it 1) Bil
88 46,74 44] 59 113 1
1 1238 24] 31 1 12 31
1 12 45°6

-g]SuB Tove JO JYSIom oy} 07 UoLodosd ur “Poaomed ST WONATOSYO JO 10119 oY} JoIY eysue yoo
0} parjdde uonooat0o ory st ssooxe [voroyds oy} Jo palyy-ouO “sopsuLldy oy} JO Suyjoyd vB WoI poAttop st
ware oy} pur ‘Zero. Aq sepium ornbs ur vore 043 Surdjdiyjum sq poyepnoteo useq sey ssooxe feotoyds aH,

0.0 0 O8T
9F-GPIGGT PSLIEST- 8S70966-6 O17 9T 68
V1-0960T LEGGELO-G TL0&968-6 ¢-88 G GP
T§-GPTLel LOGGFOT-S G8G9916-6 G.0V LE SG

‘ssooxg [Rotiaydg
WO Poon] IY

‘saplg Jo SoT a[suy jo aulg

390, UI septs

‘9180 y
pa}oautog

‘SHTONVIUL JO MOOd NOU LOVALXA

Gl LOL

—

L&
9-1

9-17 OT G8
8:88 G GP
GIP LE GG

‘aT Sy
poaiasqgQ

—
oD

H'sSooxy [votaydg

uw /f ane
EYE || orn aa

‘ § MIT TL ON
8 10T TL

- ‘UOULY

86 { JUNO]

A

2

2

Ee] *s]uTOg ‘a[RUCLLy,

3 aensuy jo ‘ON

=

3

n ’

of Van Diemen's Land. 97

Extract from Book of Calculations of Latitudes and Bearings.

E Observed greatest Elongation of a Star.

EE Angle subtended by point of reference and greatest elongation
east.

W E Ditto ditto ditto west.
A Elevation ofa Star at its greatest Elongation.

PD South Polar distance of star.
L_ Latitude of place of observation.

DROMEDARY STATION.

Observation. — a Argus=179 29 166 a Argus west..... —=9247 10 3°3
Brown Mountain=121 35 53:°3 Brown Mountain = 80 15 166
E E=54 53 23:3 WE... =166 19 46:7

Mean of W E=166 19 47:9 a@Argus W......... =181 24 25:0 ©

Brown Mountain= 15 4 85°8
2)111 26 24:6

E= 55 43 12-3 WE =166 19 49:2
Goat be —Sin. PD aArgus PD = 37 23 1-8 Sin. 9°7832971
Sin. E K = 55 438 12:3. Sin. 9:9171355

L = 42 42 38°8 Cos. 9'8661616
Assuming this to be the Latitude of the Dromedary Station

. Sin. L : Sin. P D :
—— ae andy Sin Fa eee Q
and Sin, A Goa PD and Sin. E ca E is calculated from

each observed elongation.

a Crucis P D =27 43 32-2

L—42 42 38°8 Sin.—=9°8314204 Cos.=9'8661616
PD—27 43 32:2 Cos.=9:9470343 Sin.=9°6676750
Nat. Sin. A =.77 = 988438861 EH =89 17 1:1 Sin.= 9:8015134

Observation.— Brown Mountain......... 89 59 55:0 Levels.
a Orucis...... 161 19 31:3 43 26
BAAS 43 26
71 19 36:3 —_—_— eo
Correction for level...... + 131 43— 26 =17-+4+
a 77
71 19 49:3 ae
By y3on ue tet 119
119

Bearing of Brown Mountain § 110 36 50-4 H oa
13'09

N

98 On the Trigonometrical Survey

In like manner the bearing of Brown Mountain is cal-
culated from each of the other observations at the
Dromedary with the following results :—

Results of Eastern Elongations. Results of Western Elongations.

a Crucis ... 110 36 50°4
Ditto ... 110 386 46°7
n Argus... 110 36 54:0
Ditto ... 110 36 50°8
Ditto ... 110 36 54:0 Aas;

a Argus... 110 36 36.4 110 36 23:1
Ditto 110 36 32:2
6 Centauri 110 36 11:9
@ Eridani 110 36 58.6
Means... 110 36 43.6 110 36 41:3
Mean of all...... 8. 110° 36’ 42:4 EB.

At Brown Mountain the bearing of the Dromedary from
three Eastern and four Western elongations is—
S. 69 6 25:2 W.
Convergence of Meridians 0 16 42:4
69 23 7-6
180 0 00

. ter Bearing referred to the
fee UW) Ie) ue 1D { meridian of Dromedary.

Do. do. from. observations

S. 110 36 42:4 at Dromedary.

10:0 Difference.

The convergence of the meridians of the different stations
hag been computed by the formula 36549'2 Cos. Lat.—805°8
Cos. 8 Lat. -- 4 Cos, 5 Lat.= length of 1 degree of parallel
at the latitude of the Station, (their difference giving the
convergence in feet due to the difference of latitude), and

Convergence in feet
Difference an latitude in fect BN satel Of Sa
or at once by the formula.

Z—2=180— < d. Sin. z Sec. J Sin. 4 (L-+ 7) Sec. 4 (L—/)

where Zand z are the azimuths at the two extremities of the line
from Station to Station.
L. 1. Their latitudes.
a Harth’s radius in feet.
d Distance or length of line in feet.
w 206264'8 seconds.

of Van Diemen’s Land. 99

The convergence of the meridians of Brown Mountain and

Dromedary is computed as follows :—

° é 7]
Latitude of Dromedary ... 42 42 38:8 from local observation.

Lat. of Brown Mountain... 42 36 77 ditto ditto
Length of line..........+060 117825 feet.
IBC AMIM OM acnecesscsccasitecesls 69° 6’ 252

Log. w == 206264.8 = 5°3144251

Log. 4 2°6801158

a

fhog.d == 117825 5°0712374

Sin. 2 = 69 6°25°2 9:9704622

Sec. 2 = 42 42 888 0°1338385

Sin. 4 (L-{1) 42 39 20°5 9°8309677
Sec (L—l) 0 3167 0:0000002

IVER odode 1002°4 = 3°0010469

i} a “a

=0 16 42-4 Angle of convergence.

The above calculations of Azimuths and Latitudes wholiy
depending on the local observations, I proceed to give the
calculations for the same, derived from the latitude of Hobart
Town, through the triangulation. The following is a copy
of Mr. Sprent’s Report on the observations made by him at
his Observatory in Church-street.

Mr. SpPRENT’S REPORT.

“The following results are derived from observations
upon ° Octantis, for ascertaining the latitude of my obser-
vatory. They are obtained from 108 elevations of that star
taken with the Altitude and Azimuth circle. The error of
the chronometer was ascertained by transits of the sun or
stars on my meridian, taken as near the times of observa-
tion as convenient.

The observations were taken in groups of four, viz.:
four with instrument direct or reading Altitudes, and four
with the instrument inverted or reading Zenith distances.
They have been calulated in sets of two direct and two

100

On the Trigonome

trical Survey

inverted ; the mean of these giving one of the results stated
below. The whole form 27 sets of four Altitudes each.

° i
42 52
3? 23
eB) 33
a9 39
23 39
39 3)
3) by)
29 33
39 32
39 39
23 33
3) 29
39 39
>» 22
99 29
393 29
39 be)
39 a)
3) 29
2) 3)
399 2)
29 29
22 3)
3) 39
By) 2)
2) 29

A2 d2

26

28'4
24°9
26'8
27:9
R26°2
26°5
271
25°3
Q272
23'8
25°6
26°3
25'°6
24:7
24°3
R4°7
26°d
26°71
aA4°1
29'6
23'1
24°95
Q7°9
29'3
26°1

29°66

In August 1851, I took several elongations of « Cen-
tauri, a Crucis, 7 Argus, for fixing my Meridian mark,
and from these I find the latitude. They give results as

follows,—

a Centauri ...... Lat 42 52 28:1 S

MAOLUCIS ec eters ye ay CAD

N AYSUS ceccseves sa ene ORD
Mean ...... 42 52 287 8

of Van Diemen’s Land. 101

Tt is to be observed that in the observations from which
the above results were obtained, refraction forms no function
in the elements for the calculation.

The elongations gave for my Meridian mark the following
results,—

Instrument at zero on the mark, or 000
Reading of the instrument South .... 180 0 44:9
That is the mark is to the Eastward of

20530008 [898580 c00070000 800800000005 029840800000

| 4:"97 of are

I took this month, (August 1853), 36 angles of » Argus
with the Meridian mark, using the chronometer. They
gave the following results,—

Instrument direct. Instrument inverted.
12 Sets 180 0 8°3 180 0 4:2
es, 34 40
1} 4:98 5:9
36 Sets 180 0 5°56 180 0 4:7
ee gp eed,
WilGeNay Geecdeadoooe 180 0 5:13

Agreeing very nearly with those derived from the greatest
elongations.

By aseries of small triangles connected with the main
triangulation, I find the difference of latitude between my
Observatory and the Magnetic Observatory — 3041,
hence 42° 52’ 25”°66—80""41=42° 51’ 55°25 = latitude.
of Magnetic Observatory, and the difference of latitude
between my Observatory and the Hobart Town Semaphore
ig + 43°48, hence 42°52'25""66 + 43°48 = 42° 53’ 9°14
latitude of Hobart Town Semaphore.

Bearing of Meridian mark from my Observatory... N. 0 Ob Ah
Angle of mark with Rumney’s Hill.................. 81 3 31:2

Bearing of Rumney’s Hill from my Observatory... N. 81 3 36:2 E.

102 On the Trigonometrical Survey

(3) é “
Bearing of Meridian mark from my Observatory ... N. 0 0 5 E,

Angle of Meridian mark with Wellington............... 108 5 55.6
N. 108 5 50°6 W-
Bearing of Wellington from my Observatory......... 8. 7154 9:4 W.
(Signed)
30th August, 1853. JAMES SPRENT.

Taking then the latitude of Hobart Town to be 42° 52’
25"-66, and the bearing of Mount Wellington from the
Observatory in Church-street to be 8. 71° 54’ 9°"4 W.

The diff. of latitude L—= ( UY dcos.z—4? Sine Z Tan. i. )Seeonds
a 34

Here d= 23486'7 = distance by the triangulation.
z= 71 54 94 = Azimuth.
1 = 42 52 25°66 — Latitude.
Ww =206264'8
24856 X 5280

Ca eel ons radi Suinakeet:
628318
Log. w = 206264°8 = 53144251
Log. d = 23486:7 = 4°3708232
5 Bayh ay 2°6801158

a 24856 X 5280

Cos. 2 = 715494 = 9°4929478
1°8576119 = 72:046 = Ist Term.

ILOF35 AD andcadooc0o0as000008 = 5°3144251
Log. d? =2 Log. d ...... = 8'7416464

fog. Gee Log. > vn-2!075'8602816

Tog. 2 ...cc0s cesecosensioasarse — 9°5228787

Sin.2 2 = 2 Log. Sin.z2... = 9'9559316
Tan. J = 42 52 25°66 .. = 9°9677377

8°8628511 = 0.073—=2nd Term.

Difference of Latitude......... = 71°973—0° 1’ 11” '97
Latitude of Church-street ..........c.cececcees 42 52 25°66
Difterencenohmuatitudern-sssecescenneeeeeenerres 1 11°97
Latitude of Wellington ...........c.ssssceses. 42 53 37°63

5 AShamrny (is) DERG KE Bs gon ogooodonaos00360000000000 42 53 1°64
PD ikerencel ditto! aeecemeaceeenaccee 35.98

of Van Diemen’s Land. 103

- Constant Log ... 7:9945409

d 23486°7 ... == 43708232
Sin, 2 71 54 9:4 = 9:9779658
Sec. 2 = 42 52 25°66= 0:1349824
Sin. 4 Sum 42 53 1°64 9°8328368
Sec, 34 Difference 35’98 00:00000

Ogee 204"7 = 2°3111491

= 3 24:7 = Angle of convergence.
71 549-4 Bearing of Wellington from Church-street.

N.71 57 34:1 E. Bearing of Church-street from Wellington.
97 51 41°6 Angle at Wellington ; —Church-street,—Dromedary.

N. 25 54 7°5 W.= Bearing of Dromedary at Mount Wellington.

74244-02 Dist. by triangulation from Mt. Wellington to Dromedary.
Ww

— Constant Log ...... = 79945409
a
Log. d=74244:02 = 4°8706615
Cos. 2 =25 54 7°5 = 9:9540214

2°8192238 = 659°51

= Constant Log ...... == 0°1975354
3 a ?

Log. d? = 2 Log. 7424402 = 9°7413230
Sin.2 2 = 2 Sin. 25 54 7°5 = 9-2806338
havi Oe 42 53 37°63 = 9°9680415
; 9°1875337 = °15
sn 65986
Difference of Latitude...... = 10 59°36
Latitude of Wellington ... = 42 53 37°63
Latitude of Dromedary ... = 42 42 38°27
4 Sum. of Latitudes ...... = 42 48 7°95 Pf
Pe WitkerenCeyecctesactscseseestes = 5 29°68
~ Constant IDLE?" Sosoonaqgoc0000 = 7:9945409
a
DADA) inereasesenecctes == 4°8706615
Sim, 2 = 25 54 7:5. wiewcworoce = 9°6403169
Deca dy — 12) 530s 7cGol Kensie = 0-1351231
Sin, 4 Sum. —— ADVAS Meo 5 a —— 9 So2nOl
Sec. 4 difference = 0 5 29°68 = 0:0000006

Teows ase 297°04 == 2°4728131

104 On the Trigonometrical Survey

= Angle of convergence ......... = © 4 57-04
Bearing of Dromedary at Mount. __ :
Wrellinestontee-eicencsacesemcresnecst mie
Bearing of Wellington at Dromedary = 8. 25 49 11.46 E.
Angle ;—Table Mt..—Dromedary = 152 9 31:7
177 58 43°16
180

Bearing of Table Mountain at Dromedary N. 2 1 16°84 E.
Distance by triangulation from Dromedary to Table Mountain 173875 feet.

7. Constant Log = 7°9945409
a
Log. d = 173875 = 5:2402390

Cos. 2 =2 1 16°84 = 9:9997297 Note,
2nd term of no value.

17 15°9 = 3'2345096
= Difference of Lat. — 28 35:9

Lat. of Dromedary = 42 42 38°27
Lat. of Table Mt. ... 42 14 2°37

Ay. ISIE Geohpadodoos 42 28 20°32

2 Di 14 17-95
os Log. = 32347799
a

Sin. 2 —2 1 16°84 = 8°5474275
Sec. J =—42 42 38°27 — 0:1338376
Sin. 4 Sum. 42 28 20°32 = 9:°8294542
Sec. 4 Diff. 14 17°95 = 0:0000038

Log. 55’65 = 1°7455030 ;
== Angle of Convergence 55°65
Bearing of Table Mountain ?
at Dromedary..........6 i ahem nee

Bearing of Dromedary at :
Table Mountain......... ee
Angle 4 Mies Dr ‘ 177 6 11°8
Bearing of Miller’s Bluff, 175 6 06
at Table Mountain ... 180 0 0:0

4 53 59°4

Distance by triangulation from Table Mountain to Miller’s Bluff ?
109893'82 feet. §

“ Constant Log. = 7°9945409
a

Log. d = 109893'82 = 5.0409733
Cos. 2 = 4 53 59°4 == 9'998400

Log. 1081°25 —= 3°0339242

of Van Diemen’s Land. 105

av ; Constant T.og. = 071975354
a
Log. d? = 2 Log. d = 0:0819466
Sin.2 2 = 2Sin. 4 53 594 = 7°8630584
Tan. 1 == 42 14 2°37 = 9°9580041
Log. :013 = 8.1005445
1081°25

Difference Latitude ... 1081-24 O 18 1:24

Latitude of Table Mountain ... = 42 14 2°37

Latitude of Miller’s Bluff...... = 41 56 1:13
Oy RSMO,» eoosecuccauuanescecadoqeron = 42 5 1°75
By OTT cencagsaghonebduoodenbsdsoseoo = 9 0°62
din Wor: = 3:0355142
a

Sin. 2 = 4 53 59-4 =| 8°9315292

Sec. 1 = 42 14 2:37 = 0°1306452

Sin. 4 Sum. 42 5 1:75 = 98262156

Sec. 4 Diff. 0 9 0-62 = 0:0000015

Log. 83.9 = 1°9239057

z Angle of convergence 0 1 239

Bearing of Miller’s Bluff at :
Table Mountain ............ \ Noe; GE RN

Bearing of Table Mountain :
at Miller's Bluff... i Sb TRE Ne

Distance by Triangulation from Dromedary to Brown Mountain
117825:21 feet. a Aas

Bearing of Mount Wellington at Dromedary S. 25 49 11°46 E.

Angle ;—Wellington,— Brown Mountain 84 47 17°70
Bearing of Brown Mountain at Dromedary 110 36 29°16 =Z,
“Constant Log. = 7:9945409
a
Log. d = 117825-21 = 5:0712383
Cos. 2 = 110 36 29°16 = 975465107 as

Difference of Latitude — 2°6122898 = 409°6 = 0 6 49°6
Note.—2nd term of no value.

° ¢ “a

Difference of Latitude .............. 0 6 49.6
Latitude of Dromedary ............ 42 42 38°27
Latitude of Brown Mountain ... 42 35 48°67
Ap ISHED. Googgaacodegosoqb00G0K0 = 42 39 13°47
SoWiterences oes) ceesess) ==) OS 24:80

106 On the Trigonometrical Survey

Ww

hogan, Crees Uh Ke = 3:0657791
a
Sin. z == LO S629 161) == )9- 972805
Sec. 1 = 42 42 38°27 = 0°1338375
Sin. 4 Sum. = 42 39 13°47 = 9°8309517
Sec.4 Diff = 0 8 248 = 0:0000002
== 3:0018490 = 1004:24=16 44°2
Angle of convergeuce.
° é “a
Angle of convergence ......... = 016 44:2
Bearing of Brown Mountain) __ :
at Dromedary...:.-...0s--. ‘ =a IND SD are
110 53 13°4
180 0 0-0
Bearing of Dromedary at Brown
IOUT NIG 550.0 cnodagdopaobocéoabocn : Be BD It i
Angle; — Dromedary,—
Table Mountain......... ee aS
Bearing of Table Mountain ;
at Brown Mountain ...... li =. 8. 141 30) 33:2 W-

180 0 00

Zs—— Ne) (3829) 2618) We
Distance by Triangulation from Brown Mountain to Table Mountain
d = 168374:26

Bop, 2) Constant’). ease = 79945409
a

Tice Noten Suen ere Ths —= 5:2262757

Cost 72)== 38 29) 26'8) bccn esse = 9°8936008

31144174 = 1301°4

Log. —— Constant ...... = 011975354
Log. d2 = 2Log. d...... = 0.4525514
Sin.2 z = 2 Sin. 88 29 26°8 — 95881234
Tan. 1 == 42 35 48°67—= 9:9635262
0°20173864 —= 0 ‘16
Difference of Latitude — 1301” 24 == 0° 21’ 41:24
Latitude of Brown Mountain 42 35 48°67
Latitude of Table Mountain 42 14 7°43

Tn like manner of computation the Brown Mountain at Table Moun-
tain is 8. 38° 13’ 386 EB.

of Van Diemen’s Land. 107

Comparison of Latitudes and Bearings obtained from Local
Observations with those obtained by the Triangulation
commencing at Hobart Town.

Latitudes from the
Triangulation from
Hobart Town.

Latitudes from Local

Stations. Observations,

Dromedary Station.... | 42 42 38°8 42 42 38°27

Brown Mountain....... 42 36 77 42 35 48.67
Table Mountain. ...... | 42 14 28-9 42 14 7-43
Miller’s Bluff. ......... Al 56 182 4l 56 1:18
Bearings by Triangu-
Lines. Bearings from Local) lation from Hobart
Obervations. Town.
° 4 A ° 2 “we

Dromedary,—Brown Mt. | 110 36. 40°6| 110 36 29-2
Brown Mt.,—Table Mt. | 88 29 48:2) 38 29 26:8
Table Mt..—Brown Mt.| 38 13 468; 388 13 38-6
Miller’s Bluff,—Table Mt. 4 52 21:0) 4 52 35°5

(Signed) H. C. COTTON.

108

XII.—Report on the Chemical Qualities and Analysis
of a Combustible Mineral Substance from the Mersey
River, Tasmania, forwarded by Mr. A. M‘Naughtan,
of Hobart Town. By PRoressor PENNY, of the Ander-

sonian University, Glasgow. [Read 13th September,
1854.]

Tus mineral consists essentially of a mixture of silicious
sand and clay, with a combustible fossil substance, re-
sembling resin. It also contains small quantities of water
and iron pyrites, (sulphuret of iron).

One hundred parts gave by analysis the following
results :—

Resinous matter.............0 26°64
Sandiand eclayiee-1- sree 69°83
TEARS. | Soonensscaspansndandsoasoaw. ed)
WiATOR eee arene shcer scene tdencs 1:37

100.

Under the microscope the leading ingredients may be
easily recognized and distinguished. The clay and sand,
which are nearly colourless, form the basis, and by far the
greater bulk, of the mineral, while the resinous matter, which
is of a light amber-brown colour, is disseminated through
the clay basis in extremely minute particles or flakes.

The resinous matter renders the mineral highly combus-
tible. “When heated in the open fire it readily kindles, and
burns with a bright voluminous flame, giving off much

Combustible Mineral of the Mersey River. 109

smoke. The sand and clay are left as a bulky reddish
coloured ash.

When distilled in a closed vessel, or retort, at a tempera-
ture below a red heat, it yields an oil, a strong acid, and
tarry matter, leaving a carbonaceous residuum in the retort.
The volatile products are of course derived exclusively
from the resinous ingredient. The quantity of mineral
received for examination was too small to admit of an
extended investigation being made into the exact nature of
the liquid products afforded by distillation. Even if there
had been sufficient for the purpose, I should not have con-
sidered it necessary to incur the expense of pursuing this
part of the inquiry, for, although exceedingly interesting in
a scientific point of view, it appears to me to be altogether
irrelevant to the principal questions submitted for my con-
sideration, viz.,.—Whether this mineral can be employed in
the manufacture of gas, or be applied to steam purposes, or
to any other practical use in the arts?

I have tried its gas-producing powers very carefully.
When strongly and quickly heated, in the same way that
coal is treated in the manufacture of gas, it affords a notable
quantity of gas, which is sintilar in qualities and powers to
that obtained from cannel coal. In consequence, however,
of the very large proportion of earthy matter existing in it,
the amount of gas that it gives is very small, as compared
with the quantity afforded by Scotch and English gas coal.
From a careful trial on a limited scale, I estimate that a
ton of the mineral will produce about 8000 cubic feet of
gas, which is a little more than one-fourth of the quantity
yielded by good cannel coal of this country. Lesmahago
coal, which is, with the exception of Boghead coal, the
most productive cannel coal in Scotland, gives about 11,500

110 Combustible Mineral of the Mersey River.

cubic feet of gas per ton, and the Boghead coal nearly
14,000 cubic feet.

The following Table exhibits the results obtained by
analyzing this mineral, according to the method generally
employed in the analysis of gas coal ; and I have added, for
the purpose of comparison, a statement of similar results
from Lesmahago and Boghead coals :—

i Mineral from
Tngrofionts. _ereey Biver| Warmahage | Bophead

Tasmania.

Volatile Matters ......... 20°41 55°23 67.11

Fixed Carbon ... 5:50 36°72 10°52
Coke

VANS] OND penetra Ae ie 71:20 4°35 21:00
ROUEN IS soe dele tecie he ce ae 55 32
AWiaber: ccscne cece eae 2°16 3°15 1:05

100 100 100

The results in the above Table are replete with informa-
tion. The actual quantity of gas that any coal will afford
may in general be fairly estimated from the proportion of

”

** volatile matters” that it gives when analyzed according
to the foregoing method. The larger the proportion of
these matters, (which consists of gases and volatile liquid
substances), the greater will be the quantity of gas pro-
curable from the coal by distillation in the usual way. On
reference to the Table, it will be at once seen that the
amount of these ingredients (volatile matters) in the Van

Diemen’s Land mineral is comparatively small: and accord-

Combustible Mineral of the Mersey River. 111

ingly, as a gas-yielding material, it is very inferior to
ordinary cannel coal.

The coke from it is utterly worthless. It consists almost
entirely of clay and sand, and a very small quantity only of
combustible matter, or “fixed carbon.” The following
Table shows the per-centage amount of coke afforded by this
mineral and by the coals previously referred to, and also
the proportion of “fixed carbon” and ash in each coke :—

Fixed Carbon| Ash in

Cog oUt yh in Colona |r Cokes

per cent. per cent. | per cent.
Tasmanian Mineral......... 76°70 717 92°83
Lesmahago Gas Coal ...... 41:07 89°50 10°50
Boghead Gas Coal ......... 31°52 33°38 66°62

In estimating the value of coal for the manufacture of
gas, the quality of the coke which is used as fuel if the
distillation of the coal, and also sold for other purposes, is
an important item of consideration. The heat-producing
powers of coke, when used as fuel, depend exclusively on
the “ fixed carbon,” or charcoal, it contains, and accordingly
its economic value is directly proportioned to the amount of
this ingredient. In the coke from Lesmahago coal, there is
a large per-centage of “fixed carbon,” and it is therefore
very valuable as fuel. Boghead coke, on the contrary, is
very deficient in this respect, and almost valueless. The
product from the present mineral is little else, as already
mentioned, than clay and sand, (nearly 98 per cent.), and
scarcely entitled therefore to the name of coke.

I made a careful analysis of the ash which this mineral

112 Combustible Mineral of the Mersey River.

gives when completely burned, with a view to ascertain
whether it could be applied to any useful purpose. The
following statement gives the results obtained from one
hundred parts :—

Sand: andisilicas eee 85°50
PA MIN19,. 25 ke Oe ee 10°71
Oxide ofiron eee Be Ae 2 Q

Lime, magnesia, dc. ......... 2/50

From these results it is evident that this ash consists
of little else than sand, and is obviously of no value
whatever.

With regard to the nature of the combustible matter in
this mineral, I may mention that it is essentially different
from coal. In its chemical composition, as well as in some
of its leading qualities, it is more analogous to resinous
matter than any other known substance, though I must add
that’in many particulars it presents some striking peculiari-
ties. Generally speaking, resins are mare or less soluble in
alcohol, ether, naphtha, and oil of turpentine; but this
mineral is very little acted upon by these solvents. It
gives a small quantity of soluble matter to ether and
oil of turpentine. It also partially dissolves in potash. It
cannot be considered as a “‘ bitumen,” as all true bitumens
dissolve to a greater or less extent in naphtha and oil of
turpentine, which, even after protracted boiling, have very
little action on the present substance. I find also that the
combustible portion of this mineral contains a large amount
of oxygen, whereas in ordinary bitumen there is comparatively
a very small proportion of this elementary substance. ‘The
following statement contains the results of an elementary

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. {13

analysis of the combustible matter of the mineral, and
also that of coal and of resin :—

Mersey Coal Coal

Mineral. | Resin. |Lesmahago| Boghead.
War bon Pos. cconcsdseuee 61:62 72:0 80°45 81°16
Ehydrogen’.......+.s- 9°78 9°3 6°89 11:25

Oxygenand Nitrogen | 28-60 18-7 12°66 7:59

100 100 100 100

In conclusion, therefore, I have merely to repeat that this
mineral consists of clay and sand, highly impregnated with
a combustible substance analogous to resin, on the pre-
sence of which all its peculiar as well as useful properties
entirely depend. The principal use to which it is capable
of being applied is in the manufacture of gas for illumina-
tion. Itis, however, very inferior in this respect to gas coal,
both as regards the quantity and the quality of the gas it
will give. Unless, indeed, it can be procured very cheaply
and abundantly, I am clearly of opinion that it can scarcely
be worked with advantage even for this purpose. In its
natural state it cannot be used as fuel, in consequence of
the considerable amount of clay it contains ; and hence itis
not available for steam purposes. Its coke also for the same
reason is perfectly worthless. The gas from it will require
to be carefully and extensively purified, in order to remove
the injurious products afforded by the sulphur existing in it;
and the large amount of “oxygen” it contains will have
the effect of making the gas very thin, or, in other words, of
diminishing its illuminating powers. The only other appli-

P

114 Coul-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

cation of it I can suggest is for the manufacture of oil,
similar to the oil obtained from rosin and coal, called rosin
oil and paraffin. These oils, now so extensively employed in
this country in preparing grease for machinery and for rail-
way carriages, are made by cautiously distilling rosin and
coal at a heat below that at which they yield gas. Jam not
prepared to state whether it could be economically applied -
to this purpose, as it would be necessary to make an experi-
ment on a large scale before a trustworthy opinion could
be formed. It is, however, in my opinion well worth the
trial in the country where this mineral is found. I would
also recommend a diligent search for richer specimens of the
mineral, and perhaps the resinous substance could be found
in a state of greater purity.

(Signed) FREDERICK PENNY,

Professor of Chemistry.

SFE 1¢.96 6§-SG
68-7 LT-96 LL1G
I€-FT 69-G8 9.9G

“OL 06 -0G
8g¢.¢ GP-F6 €&.L7
19-93 6§-€8 LT-1G
L1-16 €8-82 81-69
OF-§1 09.98 18.27
96-3E 79.19 6F-6¢
0-6 96-99 9.9
91-06 8-62 9-67
0¢.0T 0¢.68 “lV
89.FP 6&-GG 08.99
98.SP VI-PS ¥L-6G
PP-IG 9¢.8h 99.24
¢0.9¢ G6-§9 9.66
06-19 08-8 L¥-1G
€8.69 LI-LE LO-L0
8F-89 GS-1 LL.OV
61-69 16-9 08.7
82-6G 66-07 1-86
9-99 8&-E¢ 6G. 1E
GL-FL 88-96 GL.GE
16-62 60:S6 &-86
9¢.86 FP-9 F-69
GP-88 8¢.L1 € GV

yuan wad | ‘qwao wad | uaa wad

*ay0O *ayog i :xe%@)
Ul 4sy ur Goq.Ie9 AURORE eNOg

‘da W090

"POHVUUNIST ION »

€.9 1G- 6-1 GP-EG LU°0F TS%-1
G.6G & G6 16.69 €L-CV §66-1
Vv P. L-8 G.8P -6§ cee. 1
0¢-8 0g. G “CP 0:99 666-1
GE.8 % 0:4 €8.07 66-67 6G6-L
9 *% 02.8 L9.67 €8-6P L¥G-1
¢c0-§ % ¢co.1T €L-1IP LL-VP Poel
6 G8.T $8.9 16-07 ¥S-6P7 866-1
€. % cE. 61 FL-OF 16.07 OSsé-1
GS (axe 4-81 6.L¢ “SE OSEé-T
VG °G OL 9.6§ “SP O86-T
GI Gg. &P 1.98 €6-.9G O66T-T
L6G % ¥-66 7.98 OL-G§ %
0ZE'T
a 19. P-LG PE.6E ¢9.9E a oeae
0. 8g. 86 99°6% 96-88 OCP 1
¢6-1 x GG-F1 82°GS 6G-8G TE8t-T
08-Z % G.I 46°61 GL-SP £096
09-& ¥ 4-66 LG°L1 6-67 G008-T
CI.1 % a LL 4T 80-6¢ LYOP-1
09. CZ. GGG SL Ce. P79 106.1
9. (P8.) 8-91 Tl 6-12 OS¢L-T
C0.T G&- “1G 6G OL T1-2£9 Z68I-1
GT Gg. G.96 Go'6 1-69 G816-T
yp. VG 6:96 OL 90-12 O9T-I
G.¢ % T-8S m4 VE OZF-T
oT 9.7 ULE 67 L-&GS SPT
yuan wad | ‘quao wad | ‘quan wad | uao wad |\"yua0 wad
“dogs "$19 }78 AT
1998 anyding qsy pexty oTnelon, "In “dg
‘TV ODO

Shogccruces cess osevesetreccneatorenierce es OT SUTATO SD
Soccer eoereranesnoccer sense seecnesesaeeeceres cee THyony

| Seeenq9REo90aRe0G000940000092q900009900000 STUpOYSIpvatg

[[Equepmor)
7 SATIOVe YG
POCOOC eee COP oer sor FOOF SOO BOT OEE OeoorEsseesesesns dOIQ ULB)
SOOO OO OOCOSnSS OOOO OOO Sogesogcn econ) poomsjzy.siuy

Peer oer ecrocecesascences see 00e00 (pjeyyynog) oseyeusoy

[[LqsaoyVed
POH HHOTOOH SETHE TOT STH OHESEHHHTOHOEEOEOOOD [[LYsuojeg
© 0cc ccc esceccecss0v0cea00ce (yjeoyqurqony ) OSvyvUseT
Beco o acer coe nrc aes reser oeeercceeesceserecerccrene oqu Arg

Paeo ese sccaceseson sore cesacccs (yooureuyry) poy [tH

© 2 2Ce oe oes eseDos Oro DOL SDE one Dse DE Re (ZE81) olpreqieg
SOc ner eesooseer est oresasoscosssscos® **a0ene0008 ssAUl0 AA.

POSS TOA OOE DHE HOEE HET OOTOSHEH seo ees FOBT SEH SESE OR OD avippodey

Peeeeesoosraenese eeceocrereooeoneene THEG3°T
“+ (enysify) ‘ueg
oor eee osrcecececcenseccsesesrcvesastoerarccvess qed
SOO OOOS SS OOOOO OOOO COUCOOOOOOUOUOR CUO (6#8T) ‘peoysog
sreseseesecacacessersessereesserses (BERT) teem OT,
00 SSD 059oqgRcuoHOGOHENN (i 1) onl ‘peey.coq

sreeeeeres (TERT) umoug ‘peroysog
PSCC oer eo neem esecsc oss Oooo ee OOS SO DOOD HEED ZS81 § oIpieyy

POCO C oS ser oor Hobo oe O0E00 00000000000 (1g81) So[OSTOOY,

eetceccscace

STVOO LOUAV
xo

TAONNVO

"yowo JO OOD OY} UI YSW pue uogiey poxly jo sorpyuen( oy} yy ‘ANNGg ‘aq: Aq pozATeue ‘speop

‘-

aS
G
‘T

jouueg snore jo ‘soje AA pure ‘anyding ‘ysy ‘uoqaey poxtg ‘sxoq VI eTMRIOA Jo "yuED tod suorsodorg oy} Surmoys ATA VL

116

XII.— Report on the Geological Relations of some of the
Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land,—their probable
Extent,—and relative Heonomic Value; made to His
Excellency Sir H. E. F. Young. By AtFReD R. C.
SELWYN, Government Geologist, Victoria.

Tue Districts visited and partially examined were :—

Ist. The Valley of the Derwent from Bridgewater to about
seven miles above New Norfolk, including a few observa-
tions in the immediate vicinity of Hobart Town and New
Town.

2nd. From Risdon Ferry over Grass-tree Hill to Rich-
mond; thence to Spring Bay on the east coast by the
Brushy and Prosser’s Plains.

3rd. The immediate vicinity of Spring Bay and the Town-
ship of Triabunna, where various trials for coal have been
made in the Township and on the estate of Captain Vicary.

4th. The country extending from Bicheno, Waubs Har-
bour, to Falmouth on the east coast, including the Douglas
River and a small portion of the upper part of the Valley
of the Apsley, near the Township of Llandaff.

5th. From Falmouth over St. Mary’s Pass to Fingal,
Avoca, and Cleveland, on the Hobart Town and Launceston
Road.

6th. The Coal-works on the Rivers Don and Mersey
executed by the Mersey Coal Company and others.

1.—THE VALLEY OF THE DERWENT.

On the north bank of the Derwent, seven miles above
New Norfolk, a seam twenty to twenty-two inches thick of a

COAL RIKER

Sit ritslorne

Aedusar grey shafe

Gal EAE thy Anlhracle er
Gregish brown Sandstone with.

Wack coaly streats b patches
Brown Sandstore with niwuch fosstl wood
Coal Anthracite sla ly

RICHMOND
ddd Hard Black Basalt and

Se = — Darke blice x7

Black argilli 15 Shale

(Grey Shales and thin bedded
Seri Llores.

lellow Sandstone

at least 500 feel with

{ a Fea- thin pla rleags of dark.
| Wue nucaceous sandy shale

Length 12 miles

c¢ Probable Position of Fossihferous Limestone.

Clagslone rock 400pS00 feel
| with partings of blue
sandy shale

Beds of Coal at Richmond ,very poor slaty Anthracite.

‘Stone Rock.

Li Clay

Sandstone
Crystalline Greenstone.

SECTION from RISDON onthe DERWENT over GRASSTREE HILL to RICHMOND

Fr
z
Ww
=
Pd
iy
ra)
EN
a
2
<
g
nS
S
g
2
oe
8
=
8
S
£
8
Ss
s
SS
=
Ny
Ds
z
fe)
Ff
13)
w
uw)
A
<
12)
re
x
uw
>

| Limestone wilh sandy b
> shaly bands 200 p300 Feet
lowest beds not eaposed.

aaa

Vig MI.

SECTION from near the residence of 8 Crullenden lyo-
PROSSERS PLAINS 77 4e BACK RIVER

Crystalline
hed ferrugrnous yellow Greenstone
LEAN LONE =n Hat no rock See Le nh
~ LBs }

PEA TE

Seale 40 ft Ws inen

C SHAFT
154, Feel.

Tl

A SHAFT
5 feet

| Clay and sol & Fee Se
| Tellom trecelone with unpresstoms
| of fossil Hants
=| Blue and grey treestone
| with bands of shale
rE BS]
Ai 8 iS
-| Grey Sandstone a iN
eS
; Sh.
Ball * Yo.
; leith shale bands, U5 tel s aS
i SS
| | oy
LY §
Coal ¢ foot 3 5
loritty black shale VS8
Dark trown clod with unpreéssvons Raw
a a of large fern leares 8 ae
; \Hard while Freestone with streihs | PAs

“= of Coaly matter

IM

D sw4er
l00 feet

1 Sod and clay 5 6 feel

\oalt frralle. yellow sandstone
| with: (Mypresstones of plants

Se
E
fe

== | lion and. brown shales wth

TLITUCTOUS CHEV EASTONES OF Feri leaves

=. 5
trey sandstone nodular grillyktiialle

fetcowmmmmmen (00/11 ///°/) 6" |
Blick clad & Feel |

ME

Sarl :
Fellow-and brown Shale, nodular
wih rmpresstons of fern leaves

Brown Sandstone

1 Coal P inches

Under the coal are beds of
Wue and Wack shale then

Yue Sandstone very hard
and contact then Uack

shale and left off wu
Freestone at (3 teet

| guarlsose sandslone # hh beds

|

Which bedded. kreestone

woth bands of WUue shale

Coal $ feel

| of Wack and WUue shale
le

|

Bored 00 feel from thattonv of the
mimi Safeapumte | \cthatt _ hiclly through Sandstone
Vell off tn an argllo ATOIMULOUWS

| jand slightly calcarlous (perhajer
| Limestone » shate

TOWNSHIP RESERVE

Crop of Coal)

" 11h

17 a a x
Crop. of Coal Fee,

V,

PLAN or SHAFTS BORES ano
COAL CROPS ar TRIABUNNA

ye

p16 yp ah
me
arid 7 )

8
Ovhal a

Crop of Cinch stan
Crop of § fool stam

D
O Natt and lore

aaa Stan. not worked 90 feel trom surtiice
wad lo be 2 feet thick

v
S) e
8
& S)
IS Ww
> S
RN =~ — =
N 8 Tq al
48 e Blach Shale Z)0
y s y {
. : / .
ww ar) ¢ Coal 116
xs Ce
‘ 7 2 zx
. | Parting IZ
< A
~ | Coal worked Whe
NS }
a Tart tg 3
= ey y a o
~ ~ = I
s eS YX Coal 6
| Se
LF DN > ;
Bets 2 8 Llach Shale 210
RIS OTS
2 8, 8
iN] aN} S oS) © — 1
PENSE SERS
SS
&sSsea
Ss

it
SECTION or THICK COAL ae seen tn tHe DOUCLAS RIVER

4mM!ILES FROM THE SEA

Nly Wh

Eby

ng Wy denudation klong the jp, ,-—-
permaved © = Z

— faut.
—Fezec fy

1) SI A .
coal jsh gre pf! Sandstone (sort grey) with streaks and. patches of
cartaonitcrous matlen and rosstl wood

Ge" : j
|

1
SECTION seen in tHE DENISON RIVULE T

NEAR THE COMPANY‘S OLD SHAFTS

Gj fed of Creek

Shatt on bank ri y
zl als Creek . 5 29014 7
ees is ahaore Creek sunk Bore 292 feel through Sandstone
CPAs Heh. pe oon
pao feel ¢ alle ng Several sears with thin shaly bands and than
Cf Coal call thin) threaks

Of carbonacceus matles

Histable & Deakin kithe

,

PLATE sv

SECTION oraunice setween ST MARY'S PASSano FINGAL
NEAR M& GROOMS
1

A Greenstone... B Yellow Coal Measure Sandstone..C Clayey Conglomerdte rock
D fimestone replele with fossil Corals Suritere and other Shells...

E Coarse See quarls conglomerate the jllles very rounded...

F Wder uphearved &keontorted clay slates yerandstoncsneth Quarly re veins...

PLAN ano SECTION or tHe THICK COAL 22 MILES SE. OF
FINGAL

ier Z, oles anda Tag Tet
RO ecer Geer rlove

2\ hig

Greenstone

s ee cps

Steen cliffs of massive

1
Cron of Coal about 1400 feet abore sea level

slow’ ig ft
om et fale

Greenstone Greenslone

The Coals are seen only in the Crecths the rest of the ground
Deiny entirely covered uj by fallen blocks of Greenstone.

Hisla tle ¢ Deakin Dith

bone

| Shale and.

| Limes:
| Conglomeralz

SHAFT
s

‘arhoniferon

WILLIAMS’
(¢}

NWheéte

TO

Strilce of Beds

onglomerate

C

Week hieves

Thales &

faults
sfone 3S

ch Nnew
Lime

SECTION FROM RIVER DON

ii

>
w
o
«
Ww
=
z
°
(2)
8
yy
8
ae
N
S
ay
Ni
s
>
ims
iS
S
&
Q
ISS
S
y
Ny
Ni
AS
NY
x
y
| 3
8
y
d
S
8
x
|
is
=
<
«
19
<
Q

Nlams Shattl

Hwtatlec E Deakin Lith

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 117

hard anthracite coal, of very poor quality and slaty structure,
crops out. Immediately underlying it are thin beds of grey-
ish-blue shale, with impressions of fern leaves, &c.; and
resting on it is a band of hard, grey, nodular shale, which
is again overlaid by thick bedded sandstones (yellow and
brown soft freestone), enclosing numerous fragments of
roots, stems, and branches of fossilized trees converted into
silica or iron, but still presenting the most perfect woody
structure.

About two hundred yards higher up the river a solid mass
of greenstone presents itself, occupying both banks of the
stream for some distance, and apparently completely cutting
off the continuity of the coal-measure series in this direc-
tion.

I was unable to extend my observations above this point,
but I believe that at Hamilton, some ten or twelve miles
higher up the river, the coal again crops out in a seam
upwards of eight feet* in thickness.

If of good quality and sufficient extent, a seam of this
thickness would, I should think, well repay the outlay neces-
sary for the construction of a tramway for transporting it to
the shipping-place at New Norfolk,—a distance, I believe,
of about eighteen miles.

What the dip and direction of this bed is, I was unable
to ascertain. Should it be the same as the small 20-inch
seam above described, viz. (W. 20° S.) 10°, and is not cut
off by faults, or by greenstones or other igneous rocks, we
might expect to find it much nearer New Norfolk in a south-
easterly direction, and on the south side of the Derwent.

* The seam of coal cut through in the vicinity of Hamilton by Mr.
Chilton, in the process of sinking a well in his farm-yard, was at a depth
of 40 feet; the quality was highly bituminous, and the thickness 4
feet —J. M.

118 Coal-Seams of Van Dieinen’s Land.

These are questions, however, which can only be decided
by a very minute and connected geological examination of
the whole area.

In descending the valley of the Derwent from the first-
mentioned thin seam of coal, after passing over the edges of
the underlying sandstones for about three quarters of a mile,
another thin seam of coal may be detected cropping in the
bed of the stream. What the exact thickness of it is I could
not ascertain, as where it crops it has been washed away,
forming a pool in the river with an overhanging ledge of
sandstone rock.

It did not appear to be more than a foot thick, and of
similar quality to the one above.

This would be about fifty or sixty feet below the first
seam, the beds between being nearly all sandstone.

A little lower down, where the river makes an elbow, and
nearly opposite the junction of the Plenty with the Derwent,
we again find the bed of the river, and both banks for a con-
siderable distance occupied by a solid mass of hard, dark,
augitic, columnar basalt: on the south bank it rises into
cliffs some thirty or forty feet high, through which the road
has been cut, exposing a good section of the igneous rocks
in various forms, and thus again cutting off the continuity
of the carboniferous series. From the above point for rather
more than four miles down the Derwent to the confluence
of the “‘ Back River,” there occur constant alternations of
greenstone dykes and carboniferous strata, the latter pre-
serving an almost uniform dip about W. 10 to 158. 5° to8°.

This would, supposing the igneous rocks to have been
erupted through the carboniferous beds without shifting
them, and the succession to be regular, give a total thick-
ness of carboniferous strata between the first-mentioned seam
of coal and the Black River of nearly nineteen-hundred feet,

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 119

consisting chiefly of sandstones, with a few beds of black and
grey shales towards the upper part, but in which no seams
of coal occur.

About four hundred yards below the junction of the “Back
River” with the Derwent, and nearly opposite the Falls, a
considerable fault shows itself in an almost perpendicular
cliff on the south bank of the river, where what would appear
to be the lowest sandstone of the carboniferous series is
brought in contact with a set of beds composed of a very
hard, white, compact, and regularly bedded claystone rock,
with occasional thin beds or partings of dark blue and grey
micaceous and arenaceous shales.

On the weathered faces of these beds numerous large
cavities occur, which are often coated with efflorescences of
sulphate of magnesia and alum in small crystals. In some
places the beds are conglomerate, and contain pebbles of
quartz, granite, quartz rock, and a very hard dark siliceous
rock.

Up the “Back River,” and in the hill opposite the Govern-
ment Cottage at New Norfolk, where these beds are well
exposed in bold, nearly vertical, cliffs, they are distinctly
seen passing conformably under the carboniferous sandstone,
the whole dipping about (W. 10° S.) 5° to 6°.

The total thickness of beds exposed in this hill cannot be
much less than 700 feet, or about 400 feet of clay-rock and
300 feet of sandstone—the latter forming the capping of
the hill, and being in all probability the same beds which a
mile and a half higher up the river, at the Falls, are thrown
against the former by the fault before mentioned.

In following the Hobart Town road from New Norfolk,
the only sections exposed for about four miles consist of
alternations of basalt, and recent river deposits of sand and
gravel resting on the former.

120 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

We then come on a small section, 20 or 30 yards in
length, where the clay-rock is exposed, the beds still dipping
as at New Norfolk (W. 20° 8S.) about 5°; and, rising
apparently conformably from underneath them, we find a
series of limestones, shales, and calcareous sandstones, many
of the beds being almost entirely composed of fossil shells
and corals.

These beds have been worked along the road-side for a
considerable distance, and burnt for lime.

In the quarries I found the following fossils, examined
and named by Professor M‘Coy of the Melbourne
University.

PLANTA :—
Pecopteris, fragments of an undetermined species allied

to P. odontopteroides.

BryY0ZOA :—
Fenestella internata.
fossula.
Polyparia ampla.
Stenopera Tasmaniensis.

MOoLLusca :—
Leminula biundata.
Productus brachythyrus.
Spirifer subradiata.
duodecimcostata.

vespertilio.
Darwinii.
Aviculo-Pecten Tasmaniensis.
Sanguinolites, doubtful sp.
Eurydesma cordata.
Plolyschisma (doubtful) fragments,
These fossiliferous beds extend to within about two miles

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 121

of Bridgewater, exposing a thickness, I should think, of not
less than 200 or 250 feet.

Towards the lower portion of the section the beds are
more solid, hard, compact, and crystalline, and much less
mixed with arenaceous matter: the organic contents are
also somewhat different, numerous large univalves occurring
which are not found in the upper beds, and corals being less
abundant.

Where last seen these beds pass under thick masses of
gravel and superficial detritus, and are nearly horizontal.

At Bridgewater we again come on the white claystone
rock of New Norfolk, exposed in large quarries, which have
been excavated to obtain material for the formation of the
long embankment which here crosses the Derwent.

The beds dip (E. 10° 8S.)

From this point to Hobart Town, wherever the stratified
rocks are exposed, they appear to consist of the soft sand-
stones and shales of the carboniferous series.

Thus, between New Norfolk and Bridgewater there
appears to be an anticlinal axis, the lowest exposed beds of
which consist of a series of sandy and calcareous strata,
replete with fossils, and which, with the overlying clay-rock,
together near eight hundred feet, forms, I believe, in this
portion of the Derwent the base of the true Coal-measure
series. If coal-beds exist lower, they must be underneath the
lime-stones ; and, therefore, any attempt to discover them
should of course be made where the lowest beds of that
series are exposed on the surface.

From all I have seen, however, I believe these fossiliferous
limestone beds to constitute the base of the whole carboni-
ferous series of Van Diemen’s Land; and, therefore, any
attempt to find Coal underneath will always prove fruitless.

The diagram, PI. I. fig. 1, shows the probable sequence

Q

122 _ Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

of beds as exposed in the valley of the Derwent, from seven
miles above to the same distance below New Norfolk. In
many parts the series is much broken by faults, probably
often repeating the beds, and by intrusions of large masses
of igneous rock, basalts and greenstones of different ages.
On this account it is almost impossible to estimate correctly
the thickness of the whole series of strata, from the first
Coal, seven miles above New Norfolk, to the lowest exposed
bed of limestone, the same distance below the above Town-
ship.

2.—RISDON TO RICHMOND AND PROSSER'S

PLAINS.

From the mouth of the Valley of Risdon over Grass-tree
Hill to within three miles and a half of Richmond the
section exposed is precisely similar to that seen in the hill
opposite New Norfolk. Thence to the Village of Richmond
the strata occur as represented in the Diagram, PI. I., fig. 2.

The three seams of Coal (é e e) are seen cropping in the
south bank of the river, about three quarters of a mile below
the village. ;

All three are anthracite, of poor quality and very slaty
structure, dipping (W. 15° 8.) 15°, and apparently cut off
on all sides and within a few yards by eruptive greenstones.

A shaft now abandoned and full of water has been sunk
about twenty yards from the margin of the river, in which
the lowest and the thickest seam has been cut at a depth of
about 35 feet.

On the crop in the river this seam is apparently 2 to 3
feet thick ; but from the poor quality of the coal, the high
angle at which the seams are dipping, and the fact above
alluded to of their being cut off on all sides within a very
short distance, none of these seams would, I imagine, be
worked to advantage.

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 128

For more ample details of the geological features of
this District than I am able to give, and its relation to
the Coals found at Jerusalem, which I was unable to
visit, I can hardly do better than draw attention to the
able Report on these Districts by Dr. Joseph Milligan,
published in the “‘ Papers and Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Van Diemen’s Land,” Vol. I. Part I. ; May, 1849.
At Prosser’s Plains in the Back River, a branch of Prosser's
River, and about five miles from the residence of T. Crut-
tenden, Esq., two seams of Coal occur, together about 4 feet
thick, dipping (S.15° W.) to (W. 20° S.) from 35° to 50°,
and passing under a flat of about 2000 acres.

These Coals are bituminous, though not of first-rate
quality ; they ignite freely, and burn with a bright flame,
but are of rather slaty structure, and contain a large per-
centage of earthy and incombustible matter. On three sides
of the flat the carboniferous beds are cut off by high
ridges of massive greenstone; but on the fourth side to-
wards the plain, and in the direction of the dip, no
eruptive rocks occur.

In this direction the above seams of Coal, and perhaps
others, might be found at no great depth over a consider-
able area: the distance, eight or ten miles, from the nearest
shipping-place in Prosser’s Bay, and the great expense at-
tendant on the construction of the necessary road, appears
the chief difficulty in the way of their being worked to advan-
tage. ‘The greater part of the ground is, I believe, the pro-
perty of the Crown.

The very high angle at which the seams are dipping
where exposed in the Back River is probably only local ;
and they would most likely be found to flatten at a short
distance on the dip, in conformity with the overlying
sandstones to the 8.W., as shown in Diagram, PI. I, fig. 3.

124 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land.

From Prosser’s Plains to the Bay, the road follows the
course of the river through a narrow defile, crossing and
recrossing the river several times in a few miles.

With the exception of one point about eight miles from
Spring Bay, where the fossiliferous limestone crops out, the
entire distance is occupied by massive crystalline green-
stones, rising on either hand into high ridges and abrupt
escarpments. ‘This extends to the N.E. corner of Prosser’s
Bay, where we again come on the coarse, gritty, yellow, and
white sandstones of the carboniferous series; and these
extend uninterruptedly to the Township of Triabunna on
the north-east side of Spring Bay.

3.—SPRING BAY AND THE TOWNSHIP OF
TRIABUNNA.

The vertical sections, Pl. II., figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, are drawn
from data furnished by Mr. Vicary.

The works are all abandoned for the present, and the
shafts full of water. I was, therefore, unable to examine
any of them.

As I had no map of the locality, the plan is merely a
sketch of the surface, in which I have attempted to show the
position of the different workings, and the general relation
of the beds as seen on the surface.

The shaft marked D was the first work executed, and was
sunk with the intention of cutting the 8}-foot seam of coal,
which is seen cropping below high-water mark on the west
bank of the estuary, and which but for the existence of the
fault A B, of which the parties do not seem to have been
aware, would have been successful. Owing to this circum-
stance, however, they sank and bored two-hundred feet in
beds immediately underneath the crop of the coal, and which
are exposed to view on the surface to the south along the

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. 125

shores of the estuary,—thus wasting both time and
money.

In the several bores and shafts A B C D, a thickness of
nearly four-hundred feet of coal-measures has been proved,
in which only one seam of coal of a workable thickness
exists.

This seam could however, I think, be worked over an area
of at least 800 acres: this, taking the seam at 3 feet, and
the cubic foot of coal at 56 lbs., would give something like
900,000 tons of Coal. The seam is said to be 5 feet, but it
has never been cut except with boring rods at B and C on
the plan.

The largest workable area would probably be on the west
bank of the estuary, where no works have hitherto been
executed, the land being a Government Township Reserve.

In the area above described no shaft would, I think,
require té be carried more than 200 feet in order to obtain
Coal. I was unable to obtain specimens from which the
quality of the Coal could be judged; but Captain Vicary
states that it is an excellent bituminous Coal, ignites freely,
and burns with a bright flame. Such being the case, and
considering the proximity to the shipping-place, some addi-
tional outlay in this locality would, I think, be desirable,
and would, if properly expended, in all probability result in
the discovery of a workable Coal-field.

4.—THE DOUGLAS RIVER.

From the Schouten Island to about three miles north of
the Douglas River Company's Jetty at Waub’s Harbour, the
coast-line is entirely occupied by granite; thence for about
six miles along the coast to near Long Point we find the
sandstones of the Coal-measure series exposed at intervals,
occasionally rising into low cliffs, or forming low shelving

126 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

plateaus below high-water mark, backed by steep hillocks
of blown sand.

At Long Point granite, with vertical clay slates and sand-
stones resting against it, is exposed; and thence to St.
Patrick’s Head and Falmouth, with only one exception,
about two miles south of Piccaninni Point, where a very
coarse granitic conglomerate, probably the base of the car-
boniferous series, is exposed on the back, dipping south 5°.

Granite and clay-slate are the only rocks seen in place ;
the before-mentioned six miles of coast occupied by carboni-
ferous strata varies in width from one to four miles, at which
distance inland the country rises into massive greenstone
ridges against the steep escarpments, and in the hollows of
which the carboniferous beds have in all probability been
deposited.

One is irresistibly led to this conclusion from the appa-
rently undisturbed and unaltered condition of the latter,
even where they are in closest proximity to the igneous
mass. At the southern extremity of the above tract of coun-
try are situated the Douglas River Coal Company's works.

The land occupied by the Company extends over about
2100 acres, bounded on the north by the Denison Rivulet.

Over nearly the whole of this area workable seams of Coal
will, I think, be found to exist. Numerous shafts and bore-
holes have been sunk, and in most of them Dr. Milligan
states that seams of Coal have been cut. All the shafts
were at the period of my visit full of water ; I was therefore
unable to inspect the seams, nor could I at the time obtain
the measurements of the different strata penetrated in the
shafts and bores. y

The vertical section, Pl. III., fig. 1, is a section of the
seam for the purpose of working which the Company are now
erecting a 20-horse-power engine.

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. Lei

The central or 20-inch portion of the seam is the only part
available for a supply of fuel. This, supposing it to extend
only over an area of one square mile, or 640 acres, would at
a moderate computation yield about 800,000 tons of Coal ;
and there is little doubt that this seam, and probably others,
exist over a much larger area between the present works and
Allen’s Point, half a mile south of the Douglas River.

In ascending the Douglas River, after passing over a
series of soft grey and brown sandstones, dipping from
(E. 20°S.) to (S. E.) 5° to 10°, for about four miles, we
come on the crop of a magnificent seam of Coal eight feet
thick, with only one six-inch parting, and apparently of first-
rate quality ; it dips (E. 80° S.) 6°. Now, as in ascending
the river from its mouth there appears no evidence:of the
existence of any great fault or dislocation, but a regular
succession from higher into lower beds, the above seam
would, in all probability, be found to extend underneath
nearly the whole of the flat country from four miles south to
at least two miles north of the Douglas, including the land
occupied by the Douglas River Coal Company. In the vici-
nity of Allen’s Farm, or about 24 miles in a south-easterly
direction from the crop, supposing the seam continues to
dip at the same angle—viz. 6°, or 1 in 9—we might expect
to find it at a depth of 1400 feet: apparently, however, the

beds flatten considerably in this direction, and at the mouth
of the river they are nearly horizontal. This would, of course,
throw the coal much nearer the surface.

Prior to any deep sinking being undertaken near the coast,
a boring might be made higher up the river, and within half
or three quarters of a mile of the crop, which, if carried from
300 to 400 feet, would prove the continuance or otherwise
of the seam in the direction of the dip.

That it is permanent over a considerable area, is evidenced

128 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land.

by the fact that about half a mile above the first crop, after
passing over a small anticlinal axis, we again come on the
Coal in its original thickness dipping up the stream, or
nearly north, at an angle of 7°, the intermediate portion of
the arch having been denuded with the Coal along the river
channel. Vide Pl. III., fig. 2.

This seam would, taking the cubic foot at 56 Ibs., and not
allowing for loss in working, yield about 5,200,000 tons per
square mile.

On either bank of the stream the beds are overlaid by
large masses of greenstone, which have fallen or been trans-
ported from the surrounding high peaks and ridges: this
greenstone drift at several points along the course of the
river has been cut through to a depth of 30 or 40 feet, and
I have no doubt it often attains even a much greater thick-
ness.

It is universally distributed along the flanks of all the
higher ranges, extending from the solid greenstone which
usually forms their summits nearly to the sea level, and thus
almost. invariably concealing the actual junction of the
latter with the beds of the carboniferous series, which are
seldom exposed on the surface except in the river channels,
where the overlying drift has been cut through, or on the
sea-beach.

Besides the seams already noticed, several other smaller
ones occur, associated with beds probably above those sunk
through in the Company’s works.

The crop of one, if not two, of these is partly exposed in
a cutting on the tramway about three quarters of a mile
south from the “‘ New Coal Shafts,” marked in the accom-
panying plan.

Again, at three points in the banks of the Denison Rivulet
seams of Coal are seen cropping.

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 129

The first is situated on a line bearing N. 15° W. from
the “ Old Coal Shafts,” and about 450 yards distant.

The others are about two miles higher up the Rivulet,
where all the beds are again overlaid as in the Douglas, by
enormous masses of fallen greenstone.

At the first-mentioned point the section Pl. III, fig. 3,
is seen.

In the shaft A, commenced on the bank about 35 feet
above the level of the Creek, five or six seams of Coal were
cut in something less than 50 feet.

Two of these are seen partly exposed in the river bank
below the shaft: they dip at alow angle in the direction
from A to B, or down the Creek; and at the latter point
about 300 yards distant from A, a bore-hole B was com-
menced for the purpose of further proving these seams. It
was, however, carried 290 feet without cutting a single
seam, and passed the entire depth through brown and grey
sandstone rock.

On examining the strata exposed in the bed of the
Creek from A to B, the cause of this is apparent; the ver
tical strata seen at C indicating the existence and position
of an extensive dislocation of the beds.

Whether the sandstones passed through in the bore-hole
B are above or below the Coal-seams at A, there is not here
sufficient evidence to determine; nor is at all certain what
position they occupy relatively to the two seams which have
been cut in the “ Old Coal Shafts” on the south side of the
Creek.

Much more ample details of the general geological features
of this district, including the valleys of the Apsley and South
Esk, than I am able to furnish, are given in Dr. Milligan’s
“ Report on the Coals of Fingal and the East Coast,” pub-

R

130 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

lished in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Van
Diemen’s Land, Vol. I., Part I.

As I only paid a very hasty visit, and to a limited portion
of the valley of the Apsley, I can merely state that all the
evidence I saw led me to form a very favourable opinion as
regards the existence in it of workable seams of Coal..

The general dip of the carboniferous strata where seen
near the Township of Llandaff is in the same direction as
at the Douglas River Coal Company’s works—viz., E. 10°
S.; and they would be nearly on the same geological
horizon as the sandstones which are there found overlaying
the Coal-seams.

They are, however, not continuous as between the two
points ; and about one mile from the coast there runs a low
ridge forming the watershed between the Denison Rivulet
and other Creeks running to the eastward, and the Apsley,
which runs south to Moulting Bay.

To the southward and eastward towards the Township of
Bicheno this ridge is composed of granite, and to the north-
ward entirely of greenstone,—thus completely separating
the carboniferous strata of the Douglas and the Apsley.

About one mile westward from the Township of Bicheno,
at the junction of the granite with the greenstone, a low gap
occurs in the ridge through which the road from the Apsley
to the east coast now passes, and which would afford an easy
line for the construction of a tramway for the conveyance
to the shipping at Waubs Harbour of any Coals which may
eventually be discovered in the valley of the Apsley.

That such do exist has already been shown by Dr. Milh-
gan in the Report before referred to; and it now remains to
prove their thickness and extent, which can only be accom-
plished by a series of borings,—the sites for which should

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. 131

be selected after a careful examination of the surface, and
not merely at random, as is too much the fashion in under-
takings of a like nature, thereby often causing a useless
expenditure of both capital and labour.

For the present wants of the Colony, however, I should
say that the Douglas River District possesses in several]
respects advantages and facilities for the production of
Coal not to be found combined in any other District I have
visited im Van Diemen’s Land: these are—proximity to
the point of shipment,—absence of large masses of intrusive
igneous rock in the area to be worked,—and thickness,
extent, and number of workable seams.

Supposing, however, only two workable seams to exist,—
one 8 feet, and one 1 foot 8 inches,—they would together,
after deducting one-fourth for loss in various ways, yield
upwards of 5,160,000 ton per square mile.

The great depth (1500 or 1600 feet) at which over some
portion of the area the 8-foot seam would, in all proba-
bility, have to be worked need not be regarded as an insur-
mountable obstacle in the way of its being profitably
worked.

5.— FALMOUTH TO FINGAL, AVOCA, AND
CLEVELAND.

From Falmouth to the top of St. Mary’s Pass the forma-
tion consists entirely of granite: descending towards the
Break-o’-day Valley at an elevation of about 1000 feet,
vertical clay-slates first make their appearance ; and resting
on these are beds of a very coarse quartz conglomerate,
principally composed of rounded pebbles of white quartz.
These beds would appear here to form the base of the car-
boniferous series, and are probably part of the same series

132 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land.

as are found cropping on the east coast south of Piccaninni
Point.

In a high, flat-topped hill south of St. Marys Pass
the section Pl. IV., fig. 1, presents itself.

Lower down the Break-o’-day Valley, nearly opposite the
residence of F. L. Steiglitz, Esq., and at other points, the
limestone (D) crops out in the bottom of the valley. In
the flanks of the hills on either side, and along the valley of
the South Esk, at elevations of from 400 to 500 feet above
the level of the valley, several seams of Coal are found
cropping.

They occur on the Mount Nicholas range, on the estate
of F. L. Steiglitz, Esq., and close to the Township of
Fingal. These latter were the only seams I had an oppor-
tunity of examining in this neighbourhood.

They are situated about 2} miles 8. 10° EK. from the
Township, upward of 500 feet above the level of the South
Esk, and about 1500 feet above the level of the sea. The
seams, two in number, respectively 14 feet and 3 feet thick,
are exposed in the upper part of two branches of a small
creek which run at this point about 100 yards apart down
the steep slope of a hill, cutting through the greenstone
debris with which the face of the hill is thickly covered.

The seams are dipping about 10° to 15° into the hill,
or from E. 10° 8. to about 10° N. Between the up-
permost or 3-feet seam, and the thick seam below there are
about 100 feet of soft grayish and brown sandstone, and
some thick beds of shale. Except in the channels of the
two creeks for a few yards, the Coal is no where visible on
the surface.

It appears to be of good quality, though of rather slaty
structure, and, like most of the Coals in Van Diemen’s

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 133

Land, contains a very large per-centage of incombustible
matter.

On all sides the beds are surrounded and appear to be
overlaid or cut off by massive greenstone, as represented
in the plan and section, Pl. IV., figs. 2 and 3. What the
actual geological relations of the greenstone and the car-
boniferus beds are, is very difficult to determine; that the
latter do not pass conformably underneath them is, I think,
certain ; and it, therefore, remains to decide whether they
are completely cut off and isolated by the greenstone, as
represented in the plan and section, Pl. IV., fig. 2,—or
whether the latter have been forced to the surface through
numerous and distant vents and fissures, and quietly over-
flowed the already upheaved and denuded edges of the car-
boniferous beds.

In either of these cases similar appearances would be
found on the surface; but a very wide difference would
exist as regards the economic value of the several seams of
Coal.

From the dip and direction of the Fingal seams, I have
little doubt that they are portions of the same, and were
once continuous with those which occur on the north side of
the Break-o’-day Valley in the flanks of the Mount Nicholas
Range,—the intermediate portions being entirely swept away
during the formation of the valley of the South Esk and
Break-o’-day, and thus exposing the lower beds consisting
of clay-rock and fossiliferous limestones which, as before
stated, are found cropping at several points from a few miles
below Fingal to the entrance of St. Mary's Pass. From
Fingal to Avoca and Cleveland on the Hobart Town and
Launceston road, the carboniferous beds do not again make
their appearance; and the hills which arise from the valley
on either side are chiefly composed of the older upheaved

134 Coul-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

and contorted clay-slates and sandstones: wherever these
do not come to the surface, the bottom of the valley seems
exclusively occupied by hard dark augitic basalt, often
becoming scoriaceous and vesicular.

These basalts are evidently of more recent date than the
crystalline greenstones associated with the carboniferous
beds. In lithological character they precisely resemble the
basalts and lavas which form many of the extensive plains of
Victoria. Here also, as there, they form a fine rich agri-
cultural country, openly timbered, rather flat, and covered
with a stiff black soil, and I have little doubt are of the
same geological age, viz., tertiary or post-tertiary: they
have, as in many similar instances in Victoria, evidently
flowed in a molten state through the present valley.

I had no opportunity of visiting the diggings near Fingal,
but was much struck when passing over the country occupied
by the old clay-slates and sandstones with their resemblance
to the auriferous rocks of Victoria, and the promising aspect
of the very numerous quartz veins which every where traverse
them in all directions; and I have little doubt that gold will
eventually be found along many portions of the South Esk
Valley.

6.—THE COAL-WORKS ON THE MERSEY
AND DON.

The principal works which have been executed in search-
ing for Coal in the above Districts are those of the Mersey
Coal Company, of Mr. Williams, and of Messrs. Dean and
Denny.

The Mersey Coal Company have expended upwards of
£14,000; and the works executed are, one shaft between
250 and 300 feet, and numerous bore-holes.

Up to the period of my visit they had not succeeded in

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 135

discovering any Coal: since then I have learnt they have
cut a seam of Coal in a bore-hole which was then being
executed. This bore is situated at the extreme N.W. corner
of the Company’s property, and about 50 or 60 yards from
the East bank of the River Don.

With the exception of, perhaps, over one or two acres in
this corner, I do not believe any Coal will be found on the
lands occupied by the Company.

In the shaft before mentioned the work was, fortunately
for the pockets of the Company, stopped by an enormous
influx of water, which the engine could not keep under.

At the period of my visit they proposed erecting another
and more powerful engine: this I strongly persuaded them
against, as, on examining the debris of the rocks that had
been raised from the shaft, I found them to consist of the
fossiliferous limestone shales, which in Van Diemen’s Land
as in New South Wales form the base of the carboniferous
system, and under which no Coal is likely to be discovered.

About two to three miles nearly south of the above shaft
a bore-hole was being executed by the Company : it had
reached a depth of 102 feet, passing the whole distance
through grey arenaceous shales.

This I also recommended them to abandon, as it was
almost directly on the strike of, and therefore in, the same
beds passed through in the shaft.

The whole of the Company's land with the exception
above mentioned is, I believe, occupied by these fossiliferous
beds, with a few isolated and very thin patches of carbon-
iferous strata resting on them.

Mr. Williams’ works are situated near the south-west
corner of the Township of Tarleton, and consist of one shaft
270 feet deep.

136 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

In this shaft the beds passed through were,—
Blue argillaceous marl or shales with numerous L 70 feet

fossil shells, Producti, Spiriferee, &e.......... 5
Hard grey sandstone and conglomerate rock, 9200 feet
fossil shells very scarce........ RADAR SAN Brees ;
Pipifellesebcedexc50500008050000000 270 feet.

Here again we have a shaft 270 feet deep sunk entirely
through beds beneath the carboniferous series, and in which,
of course, no Coal was discovered,—nor, as I told Mr.
Williams, would he have the smallest chance of finding
Coal were he to sink another thousand yards: he, however,
is firmly persuaded to the contrary, and intends, if he can
raise funds, and find men to undertake the work of sinking
through a quartz conglomerate nearly as hard as cast-iron,
to carry the shaft deeper.

About one mile north-west from this shaft Mr. Williams
has discovered a seam of Coal cropping in a small water-
course; it is about 2 feet thick, and dips (S. 23° E.) 3°.

He had only just commenced opening into it at the
period of my visit. I have been informed since that, follow-
ing it up the hill, or on the rise, it was found to be suddenly
cut off and completely thrown out by a fault: in the oppo-
site direction or on the dip it is evidently cut off between
the place opened and the deep shaft towards which it dips,—
so that there would be only a narrow strip of coal measures
let down by faults between the lower fossiliferous beds. See
Section Pl. V. fig. 1.

Notwithstanding this, unless the two above-mentioned
faults are within a very short distance of each other, run
together at an acute angle, and are also crossed at a short
distance in the opposite direction by another fault, thus
forming a small triangular patch, I think Mr. Williams
will be able to raise a considerable quantity of excellent

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. 137

Coal at a very small expense,—it being very near the sur-
face. On the River Don the Coal is seen cropping in two
places, and here Messrs. Dean and Denny’s works are situ-
ated; the seam is from 2 feet 2 inches to 2 feet 4 inches
thick, and the Coal in quality is by far the best I have seen
in Van Diemen’s Land, the per-centage of incombustible
matter being 22 per cent. less than any other. Three shafts
have been sunk on this seam; the first was sunk within a
few yards of where the seam is seen cropping in the river,
and in close proximity to a large fault which completely
cuts it off.

In this shaft the Coal was soon, as miners term it, “run
out,” andthe shaft abandoned ; another shaft was then sunk
about 30 or 40 yards distant from the first, directly on the
strike of the seam, and was carried 80 ? feet through fossili-
ferous grey shales without meeting with any indication of Coal,
thus proving the existence between the two shafts of the
fault above-mentioned.

The other two shafts are both on the strike of the seam,
close to the banks of the river, and about a quarter of a
mile apart.

The one sunk some time since when the Coal was first
discovered I could not examine, it being full of water: the
Coal was cut in it about 20 feet from the surface, and some
six or eight tons raised, which now lies on the bank.

The other shaft, which had just been completed at the
period of my visit, I examined, and obtained the following
Section :—

Feet. Inches.

pMitouilid cee eee 3 46
Mellow Glayess. 2 -t.csse. 2 6
Grey Sandstomey.../,..--.) 916
Blue Bind or Shale....... Py 19)

138 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

Feet. Inches.

Coal eieiccus scene oats 0 6

Blue Fire Clay es 07 8

Clod ie eee oe ates AG Nea:

White Sandstone......... 0 4

COA es cccccecsecshezneeesres (2 VO, Op (Lise OWN) aOe
Otalenss se. 18 0

The Mersey Coal Company’s bore-hole before men-
tioned in which they had cuta seam of Coal is situated
about 80 or 90 yards north-easterly from the above shaft,
and the seam cut is the same as the one in Messrs. Dean
and Denny's shaft on the opposite bank of the river: the
rise of the ground, the distance, and dip of the seam will
hardly explain without another fault the greater depth (134
feet) at which the Coal was cut in the bore-hole. Should a
shaft be sunk on the site of this bore, I believe that to the
eastward or towards the Company's land the Coal will be
found to be again cut off by a fault; as in ascending the
hill in the above direction we come on beds of yellow gritty
and argillaceous shales full of corals and other fossils of the
limestone series. See Section Pl. V., fig. 1. The Coal
discovered by Mr. Williams is, I believe, a portion of the
same seam.

Wherever this seam has been cut it is of excellent quality;
but the very small area over which it appears to extend on
the River Don (from 50 to 80 acres) renders it very doubt-
ful whether the large outlay would be repaid which is neces-
sary for the construction of four miles of tramway, the
erection of an engine, and other expenses (not much less
than £14,000), before the Coals could be shipped.

Taking the area at 70 acres it would give a yield of

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land. 139

105,000 tons of Coal, deducting + for loss in various ways.
This, taking the value to the producer at ten shillings per
ton, would give £52,500 as the nett proceeds of the under-
taking.

Such being the case, I should advise that before any
great outlay be incurred a series of bores should be executed
accurately to prove the workable area of the 2 feet 4 inch
seam; and also a bore from the bottom of the present shaft
to prove the existence, or otherwise, of other seams under-
neath the one already discovered.

From the very faulted character of the country on the
Don and Mersey, I do not think that a Coal-field of any
great extent will ever be discovered: there are, however, a
number of narrow bands and patches of various sizes of the
Coal-measure series, which have been preserved from denu-
dation with the Coal-seams they contain by being dropped
down between lower beds by faults crossing each other in
all directions. I have attempted to show this in Section
and Diagram Pl. V.

What the thickness or number of seams below the 2 feet
4 inch seam in these narrow bands and patches may be has
as yet never been proved, owing to all the deep sinkings
and bore-holes having been executed at random, and always
unfortunately in the underlying fossiliferous strata.

This, of course, is a very important question to decide,
and one which must be determined before the workable
value of the Mersey and Don Coal-fields can be accurately
estimated. Less than half the money which has already
been uselessly expended had the works been executed under
proper superintendence, and with due regard to the geolo-
gical features of the country, would have been amply suf-

140 Coal-Seams of Van Diemen’s Land.

ficient to decide both the extent of the several bands and
patches of the carboniferous strata, and the number and
thickness of the Coal-seams contained in them.

The following information I have recently received from
Mr. Dean of the River Mersey :—

“The Mersey Coal Company have commenced boring on
my land about 400 yards from the house: they bored 30
feet, and came into a quicksand, which ran in very fast and
gave the miners much trouble; they then wished to prove
that you were in error; and made an offer to the Company
that if they would find them in rations, without wages, they
would get the Coal for the Company at the shaft * where
the water runs over the top: the men were allowed to leave
my land, and are now boring close to the shaft, but have
not yet got the Coal.”

This, of course, is a most absurd waste of labour, unless
some very large faults exist, of which I could see no evi-
dence, close to the shaft in question.

Mr. Dean adds :—

“ Mr. Williams is hard at work stripping the Coal, and
will have a large quantity to ship in the spring. Mr.
Johnston has found the Coal cropping 23 miles south east
from Mr. Williams on crown land; it appears to be the
same seam, about 2 feet 2inches thick, and butts against
the yellow Coal.”

(This yellow Coal is the Dysodile, or combustible schist,
which has been known to exist for some time on the Mersey :
the same kind of schist is found near Syracuse, in Sicily.)

«The Mersey Company are now boring close to the Don,

* This shaft is the one before mentioned by me as having been abandoned
owing to the great influx of water.

Coal-Seams of Van Diemen's Land. 141

exactly opposite our shaft, trying for a second seam, and have
sunk 110 feet through soft sand stone and dark ‘‘ clod” or
argillaceous schale.” This bore is about 50 to 80 yards
from the one before mentioned in which the Company had
cut the Coal at 134 feet, and about the same distance nearer
the river, in fact close on the bank,—the Coal on the oppo-
site bank being only 18 feet deep.

Thus a considerable fault must exist, if the information
I have received be correct, along the bed of the Don at this
pommt.) see section Pl) Vo) fie. I.

I much regret not having received a map of the surveyed
and purchased lands on the Don and Mersey,—which I have
twice applied for at the Survey Office, Hobart Town,—as
I could then have pointed out very nearly the relative position
of the different shafts and bores, as well as the ground over
which Coal is most likely to be found.

From a few rough experiments on specimens from the
various Coal-seams, I have obtained results which places
them in the following order as regards quality :—

1. Mersey.

2. Douglas River, 8-feet seam.

3. Douglas River, 20-inch seam.
. Fingal.

oO

. Prosser’s Plains.

142

XIV.—List of the Birds of Tasmania. By the Rev.
T. J. Ewine, of New Town.

RAPTORES.

1 Fam. FALCONIDA.

. Aguila, Mehring. audax, Latham. A. fucosa, Gould.
Wedge-tailed eagle. Eagle-hawk of the Colony.

. Pontetus, Kaup. leucogaster, Latham.
Ichthyetus leucogaster, Gould. White-bellied sea-eagle

. Pandion, Savigny. P. leucocephalus, Gould.
White-headed Osprey. Fish-hawk of the
Colony.

. Falco, Linneus. fF. melanogenys, Gould.
Black-cheeked falcon. Blue hawk of New
South Wales.

. Hypotriorchis, Boie. frontatus, Gould.
Falco frontatus, Gould. White-fronted falcon. Little
falcon of the Colony.

. Leracidea, Gould. berigora, Vigors and Horsf.
» berigora, Gould. Brown hawk.

. Astur, Lacepede. albus, Shaw.
» Nove Hollandie, Gould. White goshawk.
White hawk of the Colony.

. Accipiter, Brisson. approximans, Vigors and Horsf.
Astur approximans, Gould. Australian goshawk.

. Accipiter, Brisson. torquatus, Cuvier.
bs torguatus, Gould. Collared sparrow-hawk.
Sparrow-hawk of the Colony.

10. Circus, Lacepede. assimilis, Jardine and Selby.
» assimilis, Gould. Allied Harrier. Swamp
hawk of the Colony.

He

ee:

13.

14.

15.

16.

17,

18.

19.

20.

21.

Birds of Tasmania. 148

2. Fam. STRIGIDA.

Striz, Linneus. castanops, Gould.
» castanops, Gould. Chesnut-faced owl.

“ Linneus. S. delicatulus, Gould.
Delicate owl.

Athene, Boie, boobook, Lath. <A. boobook, Gould.
Boobook, or brown owl of the Colony.

» maculata, Vigors and Horsf.
» maculata, Gould. Spotted owl.

INSESSORES.
FIssIROSTRES. 3 Fam. CAPRIMULGID.
Gigotheles, Vig. and Horsf. Nove Hollandie, Latham.
5 Nove Hollandie, Gould. Owlet night jar.

Podargus, Cuvier. cinereus, Vieillot.
i. Cuviert, Gould. More-pork of the Colony.

4 Fam. HIRUNDINID.

Acanthylis, Boie, caudacuta, Latham.
Bs caudacuta, Gould. Australian spine-tailed
swallow.

Hirundo, Linneus. HH. neoxena, Gould.
Welcome swallow.

op 3 nigricans, Vieillot.
Chelidon arborea, Gould. Free-martin.

5 Fam. ALCEDINIDA.

Alcyone, Swainson, azurea, Latham.
» Diemenensis, Gould. King-fisher of Tasmania.

TENUIROSTRES. 6 Fam. MELIPHAGIDA.

Meliphaga, Lewin. Nove Hollandie. Vig. and Horsf.
ae » Nove Hollandie, Gould.
New Holland honey-eater.

144

RR.

23.
24.

20.

26.
Pale

28.

29.

30.

bl.

Birds of Tasmania.

Meliphaga, Lewin. Australasiana, Shaw.
Hs Australasiana, Gould. Tasmanian honey-
eater.

Glyciphila, Sw. melanops, Lath. G. fulvifrons, Gould:
Fulvous fronted honey-eater.

Ptilotis, Sw. P. flavigula, Gould.
Yellow-throated honey-eater.

Anthochwra, Vigors and Horsf, inauris, Gould.
% inauris, Gould. Wattled honey- eater.
Wattle-bird of Tasmania.

Anthochera, Vigors and Horsf. medlivora, Latham.
a mellivora, Gould. Brush wattle-bird.

Acanthorhynchus dubius, Gould.
Slender-billed Spine-bill.

Melithreptus, Vieillot. agilis, Latham.
He melanocephalus, Gould.
Black-headed honey-eater.

Melithreptus, Vieillot. virescens, Wagler.
a validirostris, Gould. Strong-billed honey-
eater.

Myzanthe, Vigors and Horsf. garrula, Latham.
ae garrula, Gouid. Garrulous honey-eater.
Miner of Tasmania.

DENTIROSTRES. 7 Fam. LUSCINIDA.

Malurus, Vieillot, M. longicaudus, Gould.
Blue-headed wren of Tasmania.

. Stipiturus, Lesson. malachurus, Latham.

a malachurus, Gould. Emu wren of Tasmania.

. Spheneacus gramineus, Gould. Grass-loving

Spheneacus.

. Calamanthus, Gould. fuliginosus, Vigors and Horsf.

fe Juliginosus, Gould. Striated reed-lark.

35.

36.

Al.

A2.

A3.

44.

45.

46.

47.

Birds of Tasmania. 145

Anthus, Bechstein, Australis, Vigors and Horsf.
Be Australis, Gould. Australian pipit.

Sericornis humilis, Gould.
Sombre coloured sericornis.

. Acanthiza, Vigors and Horsf. A. Diemenensis, Gould.

Tasmanian Acanthiza. Brown-tail of the Colony.

A. Hwingit, Gould.
Ewing's Acanthiza.

3) 29

chrysorrhea, Qu. & Gai.
chrysorrhea, Gould. Yellow-
tailed Acanthiza. Yellow-tail of the Colony.

3} 39

. Zosterops, Vigors and Horsf. lateralis, Latham.

dorsalis, Gould. Grey-backed Zosterops.
White-eye of the Colony.

33

Lpthianura, Gould. albifrons, Jardine and Selby.
albifrons, Gould. White-fronted E;pthia-

nura.

3)

Petroica, Swainson. rhodinogaster, Drapier.
Hrythrodryas rhodinogaster, Gould.
Pink-breasted wood-robin.

aa multicolor, Gmelin.
multicolor, Gould. Scarlet-breasted robin.

phenicea, Gould.
Flame- breasted robin.

Jusca, Gould.
Dusky robin.

INSESSORES.
DENTIROSTRES. 8 Fam. MuscicaPipa&.
Myiagra, Vigors and Horsf. M. nitida, Gould.
Shining-flycatcher. ‘ Satin sparrow” of Tasmania.

Rhipidura, Vig. and Horsf. R. albiscapa, Gould.
White-shafted fantail.

T

146

48.
49.

50.

51.

52.

538.

o4.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

Birds of Tasmania.

9 Fam. TuRDIDA.
Oreocincla lunulata, Gould, Mountain thrush.

Cinclosoma punctatum, Vig. & Horsf.
% » Gould. Spotted ground thrush.

11 Fam. Lanwupaéz.

Colluricincla, Vig. & Horsf. rectirostris, Jard. & Selby.
a Selbii, Gould. Whistling Dick of the
Colonists.

Cracticus, Vieillot. C. cinereus, Gould.

CoONIROSTRES. 12 Fam. CoRVIDZ.

Gymnorhina, G. R. Gray. C. organicum, Gould.
Tasmanian crow-shrike.

Strepera, Lesson, 8. arguta, Gould.
Hill crow-shrike.

» 2 fuliginosa, Gould.
Black magpie of the Colony.

Corvus, Linneus, Australis, Latham.
» eoronoides, Gould. White-eyed crow.

13 Fam. FRINGILLIDA.
Estrelda, Swainson, bella, Latham.

: bella, Gould. Fire-tail finch. “ Fire-tail” of
Tasmania.

DENTIROSTRES. 10 Fam. AMPELIDA.

Graucalus, Vig. & Horsf. melanops, Latham.
ie parvirostris, Gould. ‘ Blue Pigeon” of
the Colony.

Pachycephala, Swainson. olivacea, Vig. & Horsf.
vs olivacea, Gould.
Olivaceous thick-head.

” » glaucura, Gould.
Grey-tailed thick-head.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

lke

72.

73.

Birds of Tasmania. 147

Pardalotus, Vieillot P. affinis, Gould.
Allied Pardalote.

% D6 punctatus, Latham.
3 punctatus, Gould. Spotted
Pardalote. ‘ Diamond Bird” of Colonists.

> » quadragintus, Gould.
*“ Forty-Spot” of Tasmania.

Artamus, Vieillot, sordidus, Latham.
sordidus, Gould. Wood swallow.

Scansores. 14 Fam. PSITTACIDA.
Cacatua, Brisson, galerita, Latham.
» galerita, Gould. Crested cockatoo.
White cockatoo of Tasmania.

Callocephalon, Lesson. galeatum, Latham.
ng galeatum, Gould. Gray cockatoo.

Calyptorhynchus, Vigors. C. canthonotus, Gould.
Black cockatoo.

Platycercus, Vig. & Horsf. eximius, Shaw.
oe eximius, Gould. Ross-hill parrakeet.

5 caledonicus, Gmelin.
os flaviventris, Gould. Yellow-bellied parrakeet.

Hupheme, Wagler. chrysostome, Kuhl.
9 chrysostome, Gould. Blue-banded
Grass parrakeet.

AA » aurantia, Gould. Orange-bellied
Grass parrakeet.
Lathamus, Lesson. discolor, Shaw.
ne discolor, Gould. Swift Lorikeet.
“ Swift parrakeet” of Tasmania.

Pezoporus, Illiger. formosus, Latham.
» jormosus, Gould. Ground parrakeet.

Trichoglossus, Vig. & Horsf. Swainsonit, Jard. & Sel.
ms Swainsonit, Gould. Swainson’s Lorikeet.
Blue- bellied parrakeet.

148 Birds of Tasmania.

74. Trichoglossus, Vig. & Horsf. Australis, Latham.
concinnus, Gould. Musk parrakeet.

33

TO: a _pusillus, Shaw.
wn pusillus, Gould. Small parrakeet.

15 Fam. CucuLipa.
76. Chrysococcyx, Boie. lucidus,
a lucidus, Gould. Shining cuckoo.

77. Cuculus, Linneus. flabelliformis, Latham.
cineraceus, Gould. Ash-coloured,

or lesser cuckoo.

39 3)

78. bs BS inornatus, Vig. & Horsf.
inornatus, Gould. Greater cuckoo.

9? 33

RASORES.

16 Fam. CoLUMBIDA.
79. Lopholaimus, G. R. Gray. L. antarcticus, Gould.
Top-knot pigeon of New South Wales.

80. Phaps, Selby. chalcoptera, Latham.
Peristera chalcoptera, Gould. Bronze-winged

pigeon.
81. re elegans, Temminck.
be », elegans, Gould. Brush bronze-winged
pigeon.

17 Fam. TETRAONIDE.

82. Coturnix, Mehring. C. pectoralis, Gould.
Stubble quail of Tasmania.

83. Synoicus, Gould. Australis, Latham.
Australis, Gould. Australian Partridge.

Brown quail.

3)
84. ‘by Bs Diemenensis, Gould.
Greater brown quail.

85. Turnix, Bonnaterre. varia, Latham.
Hemipodius varius, Gould. Painted quail.

Birds of Tasmania. 149

18 Fam. STRUTHONIDA.

86. Dromaius, Vieillot. Novae Hollandia, Latham.
Nove Hollandie, Gould. Emu.

99

GRALLATORES.
19 Fam. CHARADRIDA.

87. Hematopus, Linneus. H. fuliginosus, Gould.
Sooty oyster-catcher.

88. “a a longirostris, Vieillot.
longirostris, Gould.
White- ieaeted oyster catcher.

89. Lobivanellus, Strickland. ldobatus, Latham.
is lobatus, Gould. Wattled pewit.

90. Sarctophorus, Strickland. tricolor, Vieillot.
pectoralis, Gould. Black-breasted pewit.

32

91. Charadrius, Linneus. xanthocheilus, Wagler.
5 xanthocheilus, Gould. Golden plover of
Australia.

92. Hiaticula, G. R. Gray. bicincta, Jard. & Selby.
» bicineta, Gould. Double-banded dottrel.

D3 a5 monacha, Geoffroy.
“poroaelia. Gould. Hooded dottrel.

94. i ruficapilla, Temminck.
> rujicapilla, Gould. Red-capped dottrel.
Sandlark. Red-necked plover.

20 Fam. SCOLOPACIDA.

95. Himantopus, Brisson. leucocephalus.
, HH. leucocephalus, Gould. White-headed stilt.

96. Recurvirostra, Linneus. rubricollis, Temm.
» rubicollis, Gould. Red-necked Avocet.

97. Cladorhynchus, G. R. Gray. pectoralis, Dubois.
pectoralis, Gould. Banded stilt.

33

Birds of Tasmania.

98. Limosa, Brisson. L. uropygials, Gould.
Barred-rumped godwit.
99. Scheniclus Australis, Jard. & Selby.
» Australis, Gould. Australian Tringa.
100. ie albescens, Temminck.
ae albescens, Gould. Land snipe. Little sand-
piper.
101. ig subarquata,
» subarquata, Gould. Curlew. Sand-piper.
102. Glottis, Nilson. glottoides, Vigors.
» glottoides, Gould. Australian greenshank.
108. Strepsilas, Illiger. ¢nterpres, Linneus.
A enterpres, Gould. Turnstone.
104 Scolopax, Linneus. Australis, Latham.
» Australis, Gould. Australian snipe.
105. Numenius, Mchring. N. Australis, Gould.
Australian curlew.
106. ; 9% N. uropygialis, Gould.
Australian whimbrel.
21 Fam. ARDEIDZ.
107. Ardea, Linneus. Nove Hollandie, Latham.
99 93 ee) Gould.
White-fronted heron. Blue crane of the
Colonists.
108. Herodias, Boie. H.syrmatophorus, Gould.
Australian egret.
109. Nycticorax, Stephens. Caledonicus, Latham.
” 3” 09 Gould. Nankin
night-heron. Nankin-bird of the Colonists.
110. Botaurus, Stephens. B. Australis, Gould.

Australian bittern.

111.

112.

113.

114.

115.

116.

118.

119.

120.

12].

Birds of Tasmania.

22 Fam. RALLIDz.

cea yrio, Brisson. melanotus, Teraminck.
Gould.
"Black-backed porphyrio. Black-backed gallinule.

Tribonyx, Dubois. Mortieri, Dubois.
ae Gould.

Native- Hen of the Colonists.

Fulica, Linneus. F'. Australis, Gould.

Australian coot.

Rallus, Linneus. pectoralis, Cuvier.

% pectoralis, Gould. Land-rail of the Colony.

aA o Lewintt, Swainson.

As Lewinti, Gould. Lewin’s water-rail.

Ortygometra, Linneus. tmmaculata, Swainson.
Porzana immaculata, Gould. Spotless

gallinule. Little swamp-hen

of the Colonists.

Ap O. fluminea, Gould.

Spotted water-crake.

9 » O. palustris, Gould.

Water-crake.

NATATORES.

23 Fam. ANATIDA.

Cereopsis, Latham. Nove Hollandic, Lath.

29 99
Cape Barren goose.

Cygnus, Linneus. atratus, Lath.

Gould.

a atratus, Gould. Black swan.

Casarca, Bonaparte. tadornoides, Jard, & Selby.

99 5)
Chesnut-coloured ahiioldaie:

Gould.
Mountain duck.

122.

128.

124.

125.
126.

127.

128.

129.
130.
131.
182.
133.
134.

135.

Birds of Tasmania.

Anas, Linneus. superciliosa, Grelin.
superciliosa, Gould. Australian wild-duck.
Black duck.

Mareca, Stephens. punctata, Cuvier.
Anas punctata, Gould. Chesnut-breasted duck.

39

Spatula, Boie. rhyncotis, Latham.
hyncotis, Gould. Australian Shoveller. |
Shovel-nosed duck of Tasmania.

23

Matlacorhynchus, Swainson. membranaceus, Latham.
», membranaceus, Gould. Pink-eyed duck.

Biziura, Leach. lobata, Shaw.
i lobata, Gould. Musk duck.

Nyroca, Leach. N. Australis, Gould.
White-eyed duck.

24 Fam. LARIDA.

Larus, Linneus. Pacificus, Latham.
ts Pacificus, Gould. Pacific gull.
Large gull of the Colonists.

Xema, Leach. Neve Hollandie, Stephens.
» Jamesonit, Gould. Little gull of the Colony.
Stercorareus, Brisson. Antarcticus, Lesson.
Lestris catarractes, Gould. Skua gull.

Sylochelidon, Brehm. S. strenuus, Gould.
Powerful tern.

Thalasseus, Boie. T. poliocercus, Gould.
Bass’s Straits Tern.

Gelochelidon, Brehm. G. macrotarsus, Gould.

Sterna, Linn. S. melanorhynca & velox, Gould.
Black- billed tern,

Sternula. Boie. S. Nereis, Gould.
Australian little tern.

Birds of Tasmania. 153

25 Fam. PROCELLARID.

136. Diomedea, Linneus. exulans, Linneus.

Pe exulans, Gould. Wandering albatross.
137. os D. cauta, Gould.
Cantor. albatross.
138. Rs aA D. culminata, Gould.
Culminated albatros.
139. i As chlororhynchus, Latham.
a5 chlororhynchus, Gould. Yellow-billed
albatross.
140. 3 iss melanophrys, 'Temrinck.
: melanophrys, Gould. Black-eyebrowed
albatross.
JAE Ap Fs fuliginosa, Gmelin.

5 SJuliginosa, Gould. Sooty aibatross,

142. Procellaria, Linneus. gigantea, Gmelin.
ap gigantea, Gould. Giant petrel.

148. on P. conspicillata, Gould.
Secured Petrel:
144. ee hasitata, Kuhl.
Es Annona Gould. Great grey petrel.
145. a P. Solandri, Gould.
Sollanflocs Petrel.
146. - glacialoides, A. Smith.
i glacialoides, Gould. Silvery grey petrel.
147, a Liessonit, Garnot.
ms Tesco, Gould. White-headed petrel.
148. _ Cookit, G. R. Gray.
a Boa, Gould. Cook's petrel.
149. ie “a cerulea, Gmelin.
A cerulea, Gould. Blue petrel.
150. is es capensis, Linneus.
Daption capensis, Gould. Cape petrel. Cape
pigeon.

U

154 Birds of Tusmania.

151. Prion, Lacepede. turtur, Banks.
me turtur, Gould. Dove-like prion.

152. am yy vittatus, Forster.
ue vittatus, Gould. Broad-billed prion.

1883, “s a Banksii, A. Smith.
Fe Banksii, Gould.

154. Puffinus, Brisson. brevicaudus, Brande.
be brevicaudus, Gould. Short-tailed petrel.

155. Pelecanoides, Lacepede. urinatrix, Gmelin.
Puffinuria urinatrix, Gould. Diving petrel.

156. Thalassidrome, Vigors. T. melanogaster, Gould.
Black-bellied storm petrel.

lowe nf T. leucogaster, Gould.
White-bellied storm petrel.

158. 7 T. nereis, Powiktl
Grey-backed storm petrel.

159. Bs T. Wilsonti, Bonaparte.
Wilsonii, Gould. Wilson’s storm petrel.

26 Fam. PELICANIDA.

160. Phalacrocoraxz, Brisson. P. carboides, Gould.
Australian cormorant. Black shag.

NG ee P. leucogaster, Gould.
White- breasted cormorant.

162. He melanoleucus, Vieillot.
“ melanoleucus, Gould. Pied cormorant.

163. Pelecanus, Linneus. conspicillatus, Temminck.
op conspicillatus. Gould. Australian pelican.

164. Sula, Brisson. Terrator, Banks.
M5 Australis, Gould. Australian gannet.

Birds of Tasmania. 15

OU

27 Fam. CoLYMBID.

165. Podiceps, Latham. P. Australis, Gould.
Australian tippet grebe. Diver of Colonists.

166. aaa - poliocephalus, Jard. and Selby.
» poliocephalus, Gould. Hoary-headed grebe.
Dab chick.

28 Fam. ALCID&.

167. Hudyptes, chrysocome, Forster.
» chrysocome, Gould. Crested penguin.

168. Spheniscus, Brisson. minor, Forster.
» minor, Gould. Little penguin.

169. Ai S. undina, Gould.
Fairy penguin.
RECAPITULATION.
Fam. GENERA.| SPECIES.

AROMAT ORE Siyssouciecsc feciossaweceesescsssccccoree 2 ll 14

AFISSILOSELES soe eessece eetacocoaees 3 5 6

ERE MUMINOSENES scoterseeectecenscesess 1 7 10
INSESSoRES—Dentirostres _........ 5 20 28

Comirosives: ees eee 2 4 5

SSYOGIAISIONHEIS) GELS Sapaceneccomsus coocboon 2 10 15
JEUNSORIES ail sseliccoy ss /soseacoesessecuaeeeees 3 6 8
(CORINE WAT ORIG hes. osuscraceseecetecacthoees 4 22 32
INPASWACOR BIS il sexe cs Wiccssanendererosameoueecs 6 29 51

SThOAATH eee 28 114 169

Proreedings.

llrH January, 1854.—Monthly Meeting; Joseph Hone, Esq., senior member
of the Council, occupied the chair.

The following gentlemen were balloted for and elected Fellows of the Society :
Lieutenant-Colonel Kenny, Thomas Macdowell, and J. R. Bateman, Esquires,
of Hobart Town ; other candidates for membership were proposed.

The Secretary laid on the table a complete series of forty-four charts of winds
and currents in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, with “Pilot” and “Whale Charts”
of Lieutenant Maury, of the United States Navy, forwarded by the Author through
S.P. Griffin, Esq., U.S.N., to His Excellency the President, for the Royal Society’s
Library.

Sir William Denison also forwarded a Geological Report of Mr. Stutchbury’s,
dated 1st July, 1853, and printed by order of the Legislature of New South Wales.

The Ven. Archdeacon Davies presented “A Lecture on China, past and present,’’
from the author, the Rev. A. Morrison.

The Secretary drew attention to two skins of birds of the Cuckoo tribe, (Hudyna-
mis taitensis ?) forwarded to the Museum by Abraham Hort, Esq., of Wellington,
New Zealand, and by him procured from Walter Mantell, Esq., who obtained
them from Mr. Lonqust, of Purakami, by whom they were shot in the Otago
district. This bird is named Roekoca or Rohoperon by the natives: it has a
general resemblance to Hudynamis Flindersii, LATHAM, as figured by Gould, but
differs somewhat in plumage, and has a more tapering, elegant, and graceful figure.
Myr. Hort’s communication was read.

A note was read from James Dixon, Esq., of Skelton Castle, presenting to the
Museum the frontal bone ofa human cranium picked up by himself on the field of
Waterloo in 1825; and stating, with reference to a grass seed brought from New
South Wales by James Macarthur, Esq,, of Deloraine, and of which a small parce!
was sent to the Society for distribution some months ago, as follows :—“ The grass
Seed you gave me was sown in separate seeds about eight inches apart, and has all
come up well: it is now about a foot high, it stools out in a grassy manner, and
seems now to have a good deal of seed in it. It keeps its green colour well, and if
carefully planted out may prove a valuable grass for fodder or for eating down.
This dry season is, I think, much against it; we have watered one spot, the other
stands the weather,” &c. &e. Mr. Dixon adds—‘TI think it is from want of proper

Proceedings. 157

application that we have overlooked the value of the Bokhara clover. I had almost
seed enough to spread over a forty-five acre paddock now in wheat, and trust to see
the plant flourish as grass, to be eaten down when the wheat is off: I have also two
other plots of Bokhara growing, which will produce a large quantity of seed.

Mr. Dixon’s efforts fully and fairly test the adaptation of these grasses to the
soil and climate of this island, and their value for the purposes of dry provender
and pasturage cannot be estimated too highly, subject, as we are, to seasons of
aridity, in which every green thing becomes withered and dried up.

A few small cubes of yellow pyrites of iron from the Fingal gold diggings were
presented by Mr. H. Hull.

Mr. Belbin, of Liverpool-street, sent to the Museum skins of the Australian
Egret Herodias syrmatophorus, GouLD, and King-fisher Alcyone azwrea, LATH.,
shot by him at Kent’s Group, Bass’s Strait.

Alexander Reid, Esq., of Bothwell, presented, through Dr. Officer, a stuffed speci-
men of an unusually large Ornithorhynchus, obtained in the Clyde River.

A specimen of Malachite, picked up by Mr. W. R. Giblin in this neighbourhood,
but probably of Adelaide origin, was presented by that gentleman.

From Alexander Macnaughtan, Esq., were received a fine model of a Chinese
war junk, two glazed cases of insects, and one hundred preserved bird skins from
India, together with a magnificent collection of corals from the Indian Ocean,
numbering upwards of twenty species, and comprising Fungie, Caryophyllie,
Pawonice, Meandrine, Astree, Catenopere, Madrepore, Porites clavaria, &c.,
with a miscellaneous collection of shells, embracing species of the following genera—
Melo, Cymba, Conus, Turbo, Turbinella Meleagrina, Tridacne, Rostellaria,
Pteroceras, Fusus, Strombus, Cassis,,Doliwn, Terebra, Cyprea, Voluta, Oliva,
Bulla, Auricula, Nerita.

Captain Edward Sayers, of the James Cruickshank, sent a few fresh Nutmegs
for the purpose of being planted and cultivated at the Society’s Gardens.

The receipt, per Creole, of a case containing twenty-two plants, chiefly Australian,
for the Society’s Gardens, from Mr. Mason at Melbourne, was announced.

A Meteorological Table, exhibiting a daily statement of observations on the Aneroid
and Syphon Barometers, the Sympiesometer and Thermometer, &c., for the month
of December, taken at Government House by Mr. Hull and Mr. F. Stanley Dobson,
was placed before the meeting.

A letter from 8. P. Griffin, Esq., U.S. Navy, written on behalf of Lieutenant
Maury, and addressed to His Excellency the President of the Royal Society of
Van Diemen’s Land, and Sir W. Denison’s reply, were read. The Secretary also
read a communication from Sir W. Denison to the Society representing the import-
ance to science, navigation, and commerce, of the inquiries and pursuits to which
Lieutenant Maury has devoted himself, and soliciting the co-operation and aid of
members in accumulating information and facts, to enable Lieutenant Maury to
construct charts of the winds and currents, &c., in these latitudes, which may be
sufficiently accurate to be practically available in the navigation of the neighbouring
seas and coasts.

158 Proceedings.

After examination of the various specimens presented, conversations ensued, and
soon after nine o’clock it was moved by Dr. Bedford, seconded by Mr. Henslowe,
supported by Dr, Butler, Mr. Perkins, and Mr. Courtnay and others, and carried,—
“That the thanks of the Society are due to His Excellency Sir W. Denison, and
to the other persons who have made communications and donations, and especially
to Mr. Macnaughtan for his extensive and valuable gifts this evening.”

On motion of D. T. Kilburn, Esq., seconded by Colonel Last, a vote of thanks
was unanimously accorded to Mr. Hone “for his attention to matters before the
meeting, and his great urbanity in the chair,” when the meeting broke up.

a

8TH FEBRUARY, 1854.—Monthly Meeting; the chair was occupied by His
Excellency the President, Sir W. T. Denison, F.R.S., &c. &e.

The following gentlemen were, after a ballot, declared to be duly elected into
the Society :—

Peter Roberts, Esq., of Ashgrove; W. H. Archer, Esq., of Melbourne, late
Registrar-General for Victoria; the Rey. P. V. M. Filleul, M.A., Warden of
Christ’s College, Bishopsbourne; Henry Berthon, Esq., H.E.I.C.S., the Very
Rev. William Hall, (Vicar-General) of Hobart Town; John Thomson, Esq.,
Robert Pott, Esq., William Tyson, Esq., Henry Graham, Esq., M.D., of Laun-
ceston. Other candidates for membership were nominated for next ballot.

The following donations were announced by the Secretary :—

To the Library: —From the Ven. Archdeacon Davies; Linnzeus’s System of
Natural History, by Turton, in 7 volumes, 8vo.

From Charles Mason, Esq., Commissioner of Patents, Washington, U.S. ;
Reports to Congress (1851), 2 vols., 8vo.: Ist, Arts and Manufactures. 2nd,
Agriculture.

From E. Hathaway, Esq., U.S. Consul; Reports to Congress (1848), by Com-
missioner of Patents, 1 vol., on Agriculture and Machinery, &c.

To the Museum :—From John Johnson, Esq., of Port Albert; the dried skin of
a musk duck, Biziwra lobata.

From James Barnard, Esq. ; a specimen of an elegantly-branched Gorgonia.

From J. Lucas, Esq., through Mr.Hull; 2 specimens of brown-throated Dragon,
Dracocella hematopogon (J. KH. Gray), native of Sumatra.

A diminutive but pretty specimen of Argonaut, lately found on the beach at
Wedge Bay, Tasman’s Peninsula, by William Swainson, Esq., F.R.S., &c., was
presented by that gentleman, who considers that it is likely, from the almost total
absence of even the rudiments of a whorl, its dwarf size, extreme delicacy, and
other peculiarities, to prove a new and undescribed species. Mr. Swainson also
laid on the table twigs having seed vessels, of what he considers to be three distinct
species of Blue Gum. Mr. Swainson rested his distinction on marked permanent
peculiarities in the form of the capsules, and observed, “ these are three only of

Proceedings. 159

six, if not seven species of this remarkable division of the Hucalyptine, hitherto
confounded by all botanists under the common name of Eucalyptus globulus.”
Mr. Swainson says he has found sufficient characters in these trees to separate
them as distinct from all others, and that they will be described by him as a new
genus, under the name of Denisonia, and that the smallest species yet discovered
has been found on the higher parts of Mount Wellington.

Mr. Milligan presented specimens of one of the handsomest and least common
sea shells of Tasmania, Voluta fusiformis (SwAINSON) ; and of another, scarcely
less beautiful and quite as rare, the Volute papillaris of Swainson ; both from
the vicinity of Circular Head. Mr. Milligan also submitted for examination a
Specimen of another rare Tasmanian volute from the same locality, which is pro-
bably the largest member of this family known; and though it bears a close resem-
blance to V. magnifica of New South Wales, may yet, Mr. Swainson has reason to
think, prove a distinct species. This shell was formerly used by the Aborigines
as a vessel for holding and carrying water in; and it is curious to remark that a
very large Cymba (a shell nearly allied to the volutes), found on the northern
coasts of New South Wales, and capable of holding nearly a gallon, is applied to a
similar purpose by the Aborigines there.

A case per Antipodes, containing 34 plants, (of which 16.are dead), has been
presented to the Society’s Gardens by the Venerable Archdeacon Davies.

A case per Antipodes has been received at the Gardens from Messrs. Lee of
Hammersmith, containing 27 plants, of which 16 only are alive.

A note was read by the Secretary from Mr. John Abbott transmitting an
extract of a letter from his brother, now on a six months’ tour in Cashmere, pro-
mising to make large collections for the Society’s Museum.

A letter to the Secretary from Mr. R. C. Wood, of Singapore, was read, giving
advice of the shipment of a collection of Corals of that region for the Museum.

A paper by Mr. Swainson on the best method of relaxing the dried skins of
birds and other animals, in order to fit them for bemg stuffed and mounted, was
read by the Secretary.

A paper was next read by My. Swainson on the cultivation of English grasses,
and, the formation of artificial pastures, in which a comparison of the productive-
ness, as regards dairy produce and the feeding of live stock upon the native and
artificial pastures, is made, greatly in favour of the latter. Mr. Swainson says that,
having observed in the Iawarra District of New South Wales an indigenous grass
of a nutritious character as cattle-feed, which continued green and succulent
throughout the hottest and driest summer months, he secured so much of the seed
as has enabled him to make up about 60 packets (laid on the table) for distribution,
and that any member or other person who will give the necessary care and atten-
tion to its culture may have a packet for experimenting with or for further disse-
mination over the colony, the bare, dry, arid, withered aspect of which, he does not
hesitate to say, would by the introduction of this grass be changed to a luxuriant
and lively green, Mr. Swainson has named it provisionally “Red Timothy Grass.”

160 Proceedings.

The English grasses which Mr. Swainson considers best adapted for cultivation in
the climate and soil of Tasmania are :—
1. Phleum pratense—Timothy grass, or cat’s tail.
. Alopecurus pratensis—Fox-tail.
. Festuca elatior—Tall meadow grass.
Festuca arundinacea—Reed ditto.
. Dactlylis glomerata—Cock’s-foot grass.
. Holeus mollis—W oolly soft grass.
. Anthoxanthwun vernum—Sweet vernal grass.
. Poa pratensis—Smooth meadow grass.

OMIA MH Bw pw

. Agrostis stolonifera—Fiorin grass.

foo)

. Avena flavescens—Yellow oat-grass.
11. Holcus avenaceous—Tall oat-grass.

Mr. Swainson mentions that white clover grows so luxuriantly, and the risk of
loss from having cattle “blown” by it in moist weather in New Zealand isso great,
that he carefully avoids its introduction (!) upon his estates there. Rib grass
(Plantago lanceolata) he considers also so inferior in point of value for cattle food
as not to be worthy of introduction amongst good grasses.

His Excellency the President laid before the meeting an elaborate and-carefully
constructed table of meteorological observations taken during the month of January
last at Government House by Messrs. H. Hull and F. Stanley Dobson, with the
aneroid and syphon barometers, the sympiesometer, wet and dry thermometers,
&e. &e. &e.

Sir William Denison then read a very lucid and exceedingly valuable paper cn
the principle, practical working, and economical application of that most useful
hydraulic machine, the Water Ram; which, of all engines, is said to transmit the
largest amount of the power applied to it, which is of all others the most easily
managed and most economically kept in operation, and is equally applicable to the
raising of large bodies of water to small heights, or of a small proportion of the water
employed to considerable elevations; the proportion being nearly 65 to 100, as has
been ascertained by repeated experiments, conducted with every possible care. In
a dry country, therefore, where irrigation may be made to add so materially to the
fertility of the soil, and where it is quite practicable to collect upon most farms at
the cost of a small embankment or excavation a sufficiency of water to afford a
head of a few feet or yards, this machine, from its simplicity and its perfectly inde-
pendent and inexpensive action when once set agoing, requires but to be familiarly
known to be generally employed wherever streams or rills, or even where consider-
able springs, exist on a surface more or less inclined.

Sir William, who had sent to the meeting for examination a model Ram, having
a brass body and reservoir of glass, with glass ascension tube, &c., so as 1o permit
of its action being distinctly observed throughout, was obliging enough to fit
together its different parts, and exhibit it in full and continuous operation.

Proceedings. 161

About ten o’clock it was moved by Joseph Hone, Esq., seconded by D. T.
Kilburn, Esq., and carried unanimously, that the thanks of the Society are due to
His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, Mr. Swainson, and other gentlemen from
whom written communications and presentations have been received; and the
President having risen, the members soon after separated.

87H Marcu, 1854.—Monthly Meeting; His Excellency the President, Sir W.
Denison, in the chair.

The following gentlemen were ballotted for and duly elected into the Society :—

The Reverend Francis Hales, B.A., of Launceston. The Rev. J. Tice Gelli-
brand, M.A., of Richmond. William Henry Barnard, Esq., of Geelong, Victoria.
Robert Clark, Esq., of Malahide. John Murphy, Esq., of Sydney. Frederick
Robert Lees, Esq., Edward Swarbeck Hall, Esq., George Hutton, Esq., and
Samuel Tapfield, Esq., of Hobart Town.

Upon the recommendation of the Council, W. J. Macquorn Rankine, Esq., C.E.
E.R.S.E., F.R.S.8.A., &c., was elected a Corresponding Member.

The Secretary announced the presentation, by John Lyne, Esq., of Apslawn,
Swanport, of an English translation of Dr. Dodoen’s Herbal, published in London,
in 1619, substantially bound im calf;—considered a curious, rare, and valuable
work.

The Tasmanian Atheneum for February received from the Hditors.

A note was read from Lieutenant Lochner transmitting, by direction of the Licu«
tenant-Governor, the First Report of the Mineralogical Surveyor of Victoria,
“Onthe Geology and Mineralogy of Mount Alexander and the adjacent country
lying between the Rivers Loddon and Campaspe,” with Map and Sections.

Specimens of Lignites and associated tertiary Clay-beds were received from
Mr. P. 8. Tomlins, who procured them at Fresh Water Point, on the River
Tamar. The Secretary read a note from Mr. Tomlins explaining the relative position
of the different beds represented by the specimens submitted, setting forth the great
advantages which would accrue to Launceston and neighbourhood from a dis-
covery of coal on the Tamar River, and soliciting the opinion of the meeting
as to the value ofthe indications afforded by the specimens submitted.

A note was read from Mr. H. Hull giving an account of a brilliant display of
Aurora Australis, about 12 o'clock on the night of the 21st ultimo, as seen from
Tolosa, and of a loud rushing or rumbling noise which was simultaneously heard
high overhead, recurring in five distinct shocks or paroxysms between midnight
and 2 o’clock.

Mr. John Lucas forwarded for the Museum nine very diminutive coins; five of
silver and four of copper, said to be from Cochin, on the Malabar coast.

x

162 Proceedings.

From Mr. Jones, of Liverpool-street, was received a silver coin (date 1711) of
Spanish America.

Extracts were read of the following letter from Dr. Knight to Sir William
Denison, on the native gold of New Zealand. According to Dr. Knight’s re-
searches, it consists of pure gold 7:4275, and silver 2:06, with quartz as a matrix,
and he estimates its value at £3 8s. 10d. per ounce; Tasmanian gold being worth
£3 19s., and that of Victoria from £4 to £4 2s., in the London market.

“Auckland, 12th January, 1854.

I had an opportunity, a few days, since of perusing for the first time Your Excel-
lency’s interesting paper on the value of gold, read before the Royal Society of
Van Diemen’s Land, on the 22nd June, 1852.

My attention was directed to the same subject early in 1853, in reference to the
value of gold obtained in this district. Although my investigations were limited
to gold in a quartz matrix, it appears to me that they are of sufficient interest to
excuse my taking the liberty of addressing Your Excellency on the subject.

The New Zealand gold is mostly found in a quartz matrix or mixed with iron-
sand, (specular iron).

It appeared to me that the quantity of gold in the quartz matrix could be
determined with facility by taking the weight of the specimen in air and in water.
We should then have the following known quantities:—

Weight of specimen im air..........10+0008

=a,

Ditto II \WENITE!D oq bo0.danndonoo 600900000 == O
Specific gravity of gold ................5. <= 6
Ditto, wot quartz-: seq == 6

¥rom which the quantity of quartz — (y) could be readily determined, that of
gold being (a—y)

For i= (”) weight of gold in water

also ((—1) ¥ — weight of quartz in water
ce

nore Mes D Gee) (cH) ¥ — weight of specimen in water
b ¢

O56 Ss (eb + 4% — ba) ¢ A convenient expression for the quantity of
c—b
quartz without first computing the specific gravity.

I may mention here that the absence of silver had been (as it was thought),
satisfactorily shown by the analysis published in the Wellington Government
Gazette.

Having determined by the above method the value of two or three specimens of
gold in a matrix of quartz, I was surprised to learn that when the ore was run
out in Sydney, the value was declared to be much higher than my estimate ;
suspecting this discrepancy to arise from the presence of silver, I undertook the

Proceedings. 163

chemical analysis of a few grains of the gold, and found it alloyed with silver in
the following proportions :—

(Crollel scoacopocanacosans (es
Silvereeeeeeee en eOG
9:4875

The weight of this specimen in water previous to analysis was 8°905, (hence
the specific gravity 16-2875.) Now, substituting the specific gravity of silver
(10:474) for that of quartz, and taking the specific gravity of cast gold as stated in
Your Excellency’s paper, we have— ;

6—19:258 — 1:2846112
22617630 — 182°71
e= 8905 = 0:9496339
6—19:258 — 1:2846112
2°2342451 — 171:492
+a 94875
180-9795
1:7305 = 0:2381716 1:7305
e= 10474 — 1:0191126
1:2572832
c—b = 8784 = 9436923
3135909 — 2.0587 — quantity of silver.

The quantity of silver found by analysis was 2°06,—an approximation go close
that, considering the small quantity operated upon, it must be considered acci-
dental. As I thought it desirable to test whether the metals in combining increased
in density or not, I selected anew sovereign, and by means of a balance whose beam
when unloaded was depressed more than sths of an inch with 1th of a grain, I
found the weight in air and in water to be :—

In air............... 4950385 drams avoird. — 123:1426 ors. = a
In water ............ 4°248 Pn iS = 116:15625 prs, = e
.°. Specific gravity ......... 17-62623

New standard British gold consists of gold 22 parts, copper 2 parts. Taking
the specific gravity of hammered gold to be 19°361 and that of copper 8878,
we find by the following formula,—

a

i { DMCae Tes
That the Specific Gravity of standard gold is 17.62632. The weighings were made
with the greatest care, and the difference between the Specific Gravity found by
actual weighing, and that found by computation, is too small to be noticed. It

=Sp. Gr.

164 Proceedings.

appears, ‘therefore, that no considerable alteration takes place in the density of
gold and copper when combined. I do not, however, overlook the circumstance
that the usefulness of this is interfered with by a doubt as to the exact proportion
of copper in the coin; which I believe in different sovereigns varies within certain
limits, the limit of fallibility for fineness being 1-16th of a carat.

Returning to the value of New Zealand gold, it is estimated from the above
experiments, that an ounce entirely free from quartz or other substance except
silver is worth £3 8s. 10d. ; (that of pure gold being 2.1237d. per grain, and that of
pure silver, -1367d. per grain, as found by Your Excellency.)

Trusting that Your Excellency will overlook the liberty I have taken in address-
ing you,

I am, &e.,

**His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, F.R.S.”

CHARLES KNIGHT.

Mr. Milligan placed on the table ripe capsules of the Blue gum, recently col-
lected by him in the vicinity of the Apsley River, in the Swanport district. Mr.
Swainson said that he recognized amongst them six distinct species of his proposed
new genus DENISONIA; two of which, he says, differ specifically from any pre-
viously seen by him.

Mr. Milligan also exhibited a curious dwarf specimen of she-oak (Caswarina,) not
quite a foot high, bearing a cluster of full-sized, monstrous, abortive cones. This
led to an interesting conversation on the influence of temperature, &c., on the
forms, characters, and geographic distribution of plants and animals, in which
His Excellency Sir William Denison, Drs. Agnew and Crooke, Mr. Walker, and
others joimed, when Mr. Swainson took occasion to express his conviction that
“there exists a wide and marked difference between the trees of Tasmania and
those of Victoria, notwithstanding the positive assertions to the contrary published
in the recent report of the Victorian Colonial Botanist.” In proof of this, Mr.
Swainson stated that “ out of more than sixty (!) different species of Casuarine dis-
covered, drawn, and described by him during his short residence in this island, he
has not met with one which is also a native of Victoria;” and adds, that “‘ more
than one-half of those discovered by him at Launceston are totally different from
those met with at the southern end of the island.”

Mr. Swainson remarked “that this diversity is equally conspicuous among the
Gum trees, only two out of more than forty species detected in Tasmania being
considered by him as common to the opposite coasts of Bass’s Strait—while of the
genuine Blue gums, so common on the southern and eastern parts of Tasmania,
not one has been observed by Mr.S. in the province of Victoria: one, indeed, he
says, has been recently said to have been found growing near Cape Otway, on the
coast of Victoria ; but he thinks the fact requires verification.”

A paper embodying descriptions, and accompanied with beautitully executed
figures by Mr. Swainson, of some undescribed Trochiform shells of Tasmanian seas,
now in Mr. Milligan’s collection, was then read:—One closely resembling Callio-
stoma in its colouring, perlacious structure, and elevated apex, and Solarium in its

Proceedings. 165

absolute want of a pillar, and in the thickened and granulated character of the
internal edge of the whorls, Mr. Swainson has made the type of a new genus, to
which he has given the name of Astele. The other shells of the same tribe Mr.
Swainson has referred tohis genus Carinidea; the largest, from Flinder’s Island,
he has named C. fimbriata ; a second, from the same locality, C. granulata; and
a third, discovered by My. Swainson himself at Port Arthur, he has named
C. parva.

His Excellency Sir William Denison then placed before the members Tabular
Statements of the extraordinary Fall of Rain at Hobart Town on the 26th and 27th
ultimo—of the direction and force of the wind, and of the condition of the Baro-
meter and Thermometer, &c., compiled from observations made at short intervals
during the storm, by Mr. 8. Jeffrey, of the Observatory, who also furnished a
memorandum of the fall of rain during each month of 1853, and during January
and February of the present year, by which it appears that the sum total of rain
during 1853 was only 14°48 inches, while January and February of 1854 have
yielded 9:69 in.; the mean average of the 12 years from 1841 to 1852 having been
20:30 inches. ‘

Sir William Denison also laid before the meeting tables showing all the remark-
ably heavy falls of rain here since 1841—their dates, with the period of the day,
rate of descent, and total fall in each case. Sir William also supplied a Table
exhibiting the months in which the greatest and least falls of rain have occurred
during 13 years; from which, December, August, and October appear to be the
driest, and as compared with each other in the order in which they are here named,
while November is by far the wettest: the former three months having yielded
together only 11:53 inches during this long period, while November alone yielded
37°83 inches during the same time,—facts worthy of consideration in the calcula-
tions and arrangements of the farmer and horticulturist in this quarter of the
island.

My. Jeffrey also submitted diagrams showing the comparative rapidity of the
several heavy falls of rain which are recorded as having taken place on the 25th
November, 1842,—on the 6th November, 1849,—and on the 26th and 27th
February, 1854, respectively ; amounting in the first case to 3°75 inches in 163 con-
secutive hours; in the second case to 3°25 inches in 11 hours; and in the last and
recent case to 6:25 inches in 13 hours.

His Excellency the President then read an interesting and important paper,
supplementary to that read to the Society at the last November meeting, upon the
Drainage and Sewerage of Hobart Town and Launceston, and having reference to
the unprecedentedly heavy rains of the 26th and 27th ultimo, to the new demand
thus made on the channel of the Hobart Town Rivulet as a main sewer, and its
capacity for discharging perhaps the greatest amount of water which may ever
have to flow through it within a given time; the fall of rain during thirteen hours
of the two days referred to having been at such rate as would give in twenty-four
hours a cubic foot of water to every foot of superficial area, thus rendering the
number of cubic feet of water passing down the channel of the town rivulet during

166 Proceedings.

the continuance of such rain, the measure in square feet of the surface, for which
it subserved the purpose of a main drain. Sir William observed the height of the
water in the rivulet during the flood when unimpeded, and has had levels and
measurements taken at two points since, the mean of which has been used to
determine the velocity and rate of discharge during the flood,—the former having
been 14°3 feet per second alittle above Wellington Bridge, and 9:6 feet per
second near the bridge at Campbell-street; but His Excellency does not consider
the results now obtained as more than an approximation, and thinks it highly
desirable that a series of experiments should be made in the course of the ensuing
winter to determine the area and rate of discharge with precision, and suggests, as
deserving of consideration, the adoption of means for intercepting during winter a
large portion of the water which would otherwise be forced through the town
rivulet, and “retaining it for the use of the inhabitants during the dry summer
months ;” and adds, “ were a scheme of this kind carried out with judgment and
boldness, it would not only relieve the lower parts of the town from the risk of
being flooded, but would afford an ample supply of water, available at all times for
the extinction of fires, as well as for the more ordinary purposes of domestic
economy.”

Mr. Kilburn submitted for inspection by members a few well-executed and care-
fully coloured Daguerreotype portraits, groups and landscapes, prepared by him-
self with two lenses set at some distance apart (angle not determined), in order to
adapt them for exhibition in the Stereoscope, which Mr. Kilburn produced for the
purpose. One group, in which the prominent figure is a handsome bay pony, the
property of Sir William Denison, was particularly admired, equally for the life-
like fidelity of its fine proportions, obtained by great accuracy of focal arrangements,
as for the beautiful and brilliant touch of natural colour thrown over it.

A lengthened discussion ensued upon the great advantages which would accrue
to natural science from the discovery of a cheap mode of applying photography to
the representation of nice organisms in botany, &c., and upon the principles and
practical details of the production of binocular photographic pictures, when Mr.
Kilburn gave the results of his own experience, and made observations on the art
of taking impressions on glass, on the chemicals requisite in each case, and their
imperfections, on the luminous and chemical rays of light, and the difficulties to be
overcome in regard to solarization, focal arrangements, &c.

A paper on the Trigonometrical Survey of the island was laid on the table to be
read at next meeting.

About ten o’clock, the thanks of the Society having been voted for papers and
other contributions, the President left the chair, and the meeting, which was
numerously attended, broke up soon after.

Proceedings. 167

19mm Aprit, 1854.—Monthly Meeting; the chair was occupied by Joseph
Hone, Esq.

The following gentlemen having been ballotted for were declared duly elected.
Fellows of the Society :—

John Michael Gould, Esq., of Hobart Town.
William Newman Shadwell Keen, Hsq., ditto.
William Lempriere, Esq., ditto.

John Whyte, Esq., ditto.

Hugh Percy Sorell, Esq., ditto.

Alfred Selwyn, Esq., Government Geologist, Victoria.
William Sorell, Esq., of Melbourne.

The following gentlemen were, upon a recommendation from the Council, elected
Corresponding Members of the Society.

Jobn Joseph Bennett, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.8., &c., British Museum.

Edward Forbes, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., Botanical Professor, King’s College,

London.

Adam White, Esq., F.L.8., &c., British Museum,

Samuel Stutchbury, Esq., A.L.S., Government Geologist, New South Wales.

The following donations were made to the Library and Museum by R. H.
Bland, Esq., of Melbourne :—

5 vols. Lamarck’s Histoire des Mollusques, par MM., G. P. Deshayes and
H. Milne Edwards.

2 ditto Sowerby’s Genera of Shells.

1 vol. Sowerby’s Conchological Manual.

1 ditto Swainson’s Treatise on Shells and Shellfish.

1 ditto Schumacker’s Essai d’un Nouveau Systéme des Habitation des
Vers Testaceés’, &c.

1 ditto Moriss’s Catalogue of British Fossils.

1 ditto Proceedings of Zoological Society of London.

' 6 parts (yearly) of ditto.

1 yol. Annals of Natural History.

1 ditto Hooker’s Journal of Botany.

1 ditto Lindley’s Introduction to Botany.

1 ditto ditto Synopsis of the British Flora.

1 ditto Organographie Vegetale, by De Candolle.

3 vols. (2nd, 38rd and 4th) De Candolle’s Prodromus Syst. Natural. Regni
Vegetabilis.

1 vol. Link’s Elements of Philosophical Botany.

1 ditto Pamphlets on the Microscope, &c.

1 ditto Mrs. Gray’s Molluscs, &c.

By Mr. P. 8. Tomlins; Narrative of the Atrocities committed by Michael Howe
and his associates, Bushrangers, in Van Diemen’s Land;” printed and published
at Hobart Town in 1818, and said to be the first book which issued from the Press
of this colony.

168 | Proceedings.

By His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, the 10th and 11th Tri-monthly Reports
of Mr. Stutchbury, the Government Geologist and Mineralogist of New South
Wales, with coloured plans, &c.

By His Excellency Charles Joseph La Trobe, Esq., the First General Report of
Dr. Miller, Government Botanist of Victoria, together with the First Report of
Mr. Selwyn, Government Geologist there.

By Andrew Clarke, Esq., Surveyor-General of Victoria, Mr. Selwyn’s Report on
the Coal Field at Cape Patterson, Victoria; also the First Mineralogical Report
on the Gold Fields, by Mr. Selwyn, with plans and sections.

A letter was read from F. H. Henslowe, Esq., transmitting, by direction of the
Hon. R. Dry, Esq., Speaker of the Legislative Council, one volume containing the
Votes and Proceedings, and another the Acts, of the Legislature of Tasmania for
the Session of 1853.

A letter was read from the Rev. D. Galer transmitting a small bible, one of a
consignment curiously mutilated by insects, though soldered up apparently with
the usual care in tin and enclosed in a deal case—a board from which, half eaten
away on the inside, accompanied the book. Mr. Galer states that the case of books
was sent out from England by the William Woolley, and that the cargo was
sent ashore at the Mauritius while the vessel underwent repair, from which it
would appear probable that the species of Termites, commonly known as the white
ant, had there gained a footing in the wood, and afterwards, through some acci-
dental aperture left in soldering up the tin, had found admission to the books,
disclosing, however, on the box being opened here, no trace of itself save by its
ravages.

The Secretary reported the despatch of five cases of plants, indigenous to these
colonies, to London, in exchange for plants received or ordered.

Mr. Clarke forwarded to the Museum a rich specimen of native sulphuret of
antimony, said to occur in granite near Heathcote, at the M‘Ivor Diggings, Vic-
toria; also a dried spike of a Liliaceous plant, from the Australian Alps, Gipps’
Land, which may probably prove to be a new species of the genus Milliganea,
lately founded by Dr. Hooker, upon specimens collected on Mount Sorell, and near
the Gordon River, Macquarie Harbour, by Mr. Milligan, in 1846-7.

From Ronald C. Gunn, Esq., were received two specimens of the handsome
Snail-shell of Tasmania, Helix Lawncestoniensis, discovered by that gentleman in
dense forests on the northern flank of the Ben Lomond range, and recently well
figured by Reeve in his Conchologia Iconica.

Mr. Propsting presented the skin of the Diving Petrel, (Puffinuria urinatriz,
Govup), drifted ashore near Muddy Plains.

From My. Belette, of Pittwater, was received the skin of an Owl, (Strix casta-
nops, GOULD), in good preservation.

From Mr. Bland, of Melbourne, were also received for the Museum samples of
tin-ore from the Ovens Gold Field in the rough state, and as prepared for the
London market; together with an ingot of the metal reduced from a portion of the
ore. My. Bland also sent a specimen of the consolidated beach at the Island of

Proceedings. 169

Ascension, mainly composed of finely comminuted shells; and also a small mummy-
looking representation of the human form in a state of repose, covered from the
breast downwards in front, and from the neck along the back to the heel with
oriental characters and symbols, and presenting on the surface a semivitrified
aspect. Mr. Bland obtained this specimen from one of the Sarcophagi on his visit
to the Pyramids.

From Mr. Selwyn, of Melbourne, was received a valuable collection of fossil shells,
from a geological formation of limited extent showing itself on the seacoast of
Victoria, about forty miles below Williams Town, on the eastern or Brighton side.
The fossils are identical in several instances with shells which occur in the cliffs
between the Inglis River and Table Cape, on the north coast of Tasmania, described
by Count Strzelecki as a raised beach, and resemble the fossils of the Paris basin
and London clay. The following families are recognizable—Cyprea (several species),
Pleurotoma, Turbinella, Conus, Murex, Ranella, Typhis, Terebratula, Patella,
Phorus, Turbo, with Dentaliwm, Serpule, Corals, &c.

From the same locality Mr. Selwyn forwarded fragments of a fossil-wood imbedded
in a siliceo-argillaceous matrix, and having some resemblance to the fossil Caswa-
rina of Flinder’s Island.

Mr. Milligan read the following estimate of the cost of forming a line of Electric
Telegraph from Hobart Town to Launceston at the existing prices of labour and
materials, furnished by Mr. M‘Gowan, Director of the line from Melbourne to
Williams Town, who also forwarded samples of the wire, insulators, &c., which are in
use there : his estimate is £100 per mile, and he would undertake to find a contractor
and give a guarantee that the line would be in operation within six months from
the time of commencing. Short as the Melbourne line is, and only recently estab-
lished, its convenience and value are becoming rapidly appreciated by the citizens
there.

Estimated cost of constructing a line of Electric Telegraph between Launceston
and Hobart Town.

Per Mile. £ s. d.
For thirty posts, including the expence of distributing on

the route of the line.. 506 pobooponossodadcodnondas - G0) @). @

For labour in preparing eat) AEN, maancbeates 1465 0 0
For one mile of No. 6 galvanized iron wire, sacha

JOUMALED ys Naous tei serevat ana suladsaneevelanmomeeaaetne Mea same adem LOMO uO

For labour in erecting....... sdodonapoacoden th O-@

For thirty insulators (saibtiaoranned <a) sda ovsoodospo00 8) OO

MNotaliper mile iers-nctssesess0100) 0? O

Making provision for a full supply of instruments, batteries, &c., necessary to
carry on the business of the line after its completion, say, for sia stations;
(including the two terminal stations), the expense would be, viz.—

5) GG
For six complete sets of Morse’s recording Telegraph............ 210 0 0
For local insulated wires, battery, and instrument stands...... 140 0 0

For six local batteries, and two main batteries, on Grove’s plan 150 0 O

Total cost of apparatus, &c., to work the line
w

170 Proceedings.

The foregoing estimates are based upon the current prices of labour and
materials, and all incidental expenses are intended to be covered at the rates
above stated. The person making this offer, or tender, being willing to undertake
and fulfil a contract for the whole work at the prices named; also to have the
proposed line completed, and in full operation, between Hobart Town and
Launceston within siz months from the date of commencement.

The posts to be formed of round timber, each twenty-five feet in length, and not
less than five inches in diameter at the smallest end, with the bark removed. The
bases of the posts to be well charred and covered with hot coal tar for at least five
feet of their lengths, and to be firmly imbedded perpendicularly in the earth at
least four and a half feet: the tops of the posts to be well bound with hoop iron.
The insulators to be made of strongly glazed earthenware, and the pins on which
they are placed to be of well seasoned stringy bark wood, boiled in a preparation of
resin and gum shellac. The wire to be of the best quality of number six, gal-
vanized, weighing six hundred pounds to the mile.

The whole of the work to be done in a thorough and durable manner.

(Signed) 8. B. M‘Gowran, Superintendent,

ELecTRIc TELEGRAPH, MELBOURNE.

A note was read from H. Hull, Esq., giving an account of a shoal of microscopic
crustaceans in mud taken from the pond at Tolosa, and exhibiting some rough
pencil drawings of the objects as observed through his microscope. The meeting
considered that minute and carefully drawn up descriptions, with accurate figures,
for comparison with those of Australian and British Entomostracans, are important
desiderata.

The Secretary read the following Report upon the machinery used, and the
means adopted, for raising the box cf treasure sunk in the Yarra last year by the
upsetting of a boat ;—forwarded to this Society by Mr. Clarke, the Surveyor-
General of Victoria.

Richmond, 14th January, 1854,

Srr,—I HAVE the honour to forward, in accordance with your request, a Report
respecting the proceedings adopted by me in constructing the apparatus, and
conducting the operations, for the recovery of the specie from the Yarra Yarra
in July last.

Although the apparatus I am about to describe answered the purpose for which
it was intended admirably, yet the principle was such that prevents me from recom-
mending its general use, owing to a deficiency of parts, thereby causing increased
risk and responsibility to the person who has the superintendence of the
operations.

In preparing for the construction, I had two objects in view: 1st, Economy ;
2ndly, Despatch,—time being of great importance.

Having in my possession an air pump cylinder which I had previously made use
of in England, it occurred to me I might employ it for the recovery of the gold;

Proceedings. 171

and, after making a short calculation, I felt convinced it would answer the purpose
with proper management and attention.

This was the cause why I constructed it in the way I did, making what I con-
sider an imperfect piece of machinery.

The whole consisted of a crab, chain, gutta percha tube, and bell, with the
necessary supports for its suspension.

The crab was single purchase, the power gained being equal to about 6 to 1.

The chain was half-inch, and capable of sustaining a working load of three and
a balf tons.

The air pump consisted of a single cylinder of 7 inches diameter and 14 stroke,
and was worked in the same way as an ordinary fire engine, the piston being a
common packed one, had two valves passing through it opening downwards, which
were immediately closed by two spiral springs on the completion of the up-stroke,
after the air had passed through them in its ascent, and filled the cylinder, the
piston forcing the whole contained within through the passage in the bed-plate
and valve on the outside, which opened upwards, and preventing any air from
escaping back again that had previously passed through into the gutta percha tube
leading to the Bell.

The Bell was composed entirely of wrought iron boiler plates, rivetted together
and corked, as an ordinary boiler would be, the plates being 1-4th of an inch in
thickness at the upper part, increasing in thickness to the bottom ; the lower plate
being 3-Sths, having in addition to the plate a wrought iron flat hoop rivetted all
round to stiffen the edge. There was also another loose hoop about 15 inches
from the bottom of the Bell, (the diameter being about 16 inches greater) ; to this
hoop eight large pieces of cast iron were attached, each weighing about 150lbs.
The hoop and weights were then connected by suspension rods to a cross bar
placed edgeways upon the top of the Bell; to this bar two rods were also connected
which supported it, and four others forming a pyramid, to the apex of which a
single block was attached, by means of which we were enabled to raise or lower the
Bell to any height or depth by the winch placed at the contrary end of the
pontoon. You will perceive by the above arrangement the weights employed to
sink it had no connection whatever with the Bell, causing no strain whatever upon
the rivets, or plates, of which it was composed.

Not having complete apparatus I laboured under great difficulties; and ran a
very great risk of endangering the lives of those parties at work in the Bell. Its
deficiency consisted, first, in having but one air-pump, which rendered it impossible
to secure a continuous current of air, and in case of any breakage or derangement
of the parts, the supply would be entirely cut off.

Secondly, in the thinness of the metal of which the Bell was composed, being
obliged to attach large masses of iron to the hoop, near the bottom, to keep it
steady, and sink it; and not being able to make any but an uneven surface, caused
considerable risk, from its lability to become entangled with the stumps, and various
other substances with which we were continually coming in contact, thereby
causing the risk to be even greater in this case than the former.

172 Proceedings.

I may observe, in conclusion, that the plan adopted in exploring the river was
by traversing it backward and forwards, at equal distances of two yards, for a
distance of seventy yards from point of starting. I also beg to remark the work
was carried on during the night by means of flambeaux, or torch light : the traffic
on the river prevented operations being carried on during the day, which caused
delay and much greater risk than otherwise would have been in carrying out my
arrangements.

Trusting the imperfect outline I have given of the system, construction, and
operations relating to the lost specie may be intelligible to you,

I am, &e. &e.,
JOHN GARNER JOHNSON.

Lieutenant Smith read a short paper on the application of the several Codes of
Signals, of which he presented models and coloured designs lately to the Society.”

A paper by W. Swainson, Esq., F.R.S., on certain undescribed amphibious
volutes on the shores of Tasmania, was read by the Secretary. Mr. Swainson found
three species in Mr. Milligan’s collection, and considering them as forming a group
intermediate between Melampus and Pedipes, he has placed them in a distinct
and separate family, which from their habits he has named Crenobates : the species
are named—C. cornea, from Oyster Cove, where it abounds at certain seasons;
C. parva, same locality, one specimen; C. solida, from Flinders’ Island, where
it is occasionally found dead in great numbers on the beach, protected by the small
islands on its southern and western side.

Mr. Swainson’s paper cortained also descriptions of three species of Rhodostoma
(Australian), found in Mr. Milligan’s collection of exotic shells; and was illustrated
with accurate drawings of each of the shells described.

After various discussions on the several objects and subjects brought under notice,
and a particularly animated conversation on the comparative cost and economic
value of the Electric Telegraph, in which the Colonial Secretary, Dr. Butler, Capt.
Hawkins, the Secretary, and others took an active part, the thanks of the meeting
having been voted, on the motion of Mr. G. W. Walker, for the valuable contri-
butions and donations made, the Chairman rose, and the members soon after

separated.

10TH May, 1854.—Monthly meeting; His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison,
President, in the chair.

The following members were present:—Drs. Agnew, Hall, M‘Carthy, Smart,
Colonel Last, Major Cotton, Captain Hawkins, R. E., Messrs. James Burnett,
Francis Butler, W. T. N. Champ, Joseph Hone, Henry Hopkins, D. T. Kilburn,
Alexander MacNaughtan, Thomas Moore, George Rolwegan, Chester Hardley-
Wilmot.

Proceedings. 173

Strangers :—Lord Alfred Churchill and Dr. Buck.

After a ballot, the following gentlemen were declared to be duly elected Fellows
of the Society :—

Charles Toogood Downing, M. D., Francis Stanley Dobson, and F. G. Brock,
of Hobart Town, Esquires.

The Secretary announced the receipt of the Journal (Part IV., vol. viii.) of the
Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India from that Society.

Also of a copy of the “ Tasmanian Almanack” for 1825, from Mr. E. Gresley,
of H. M. Ordnance.

Also of a copy of the Hortus Kewensis, in 5 volumes, from Mr. Westcott, of
Argyle-street.

The Secretary added to the collection of Syngnathide in the Museum, specimens
of a Hippocampus from D’Entrecasteaux’s Channel, which may probably prove to
be a distinct and undescribed species.

Also a few specimens of a Tetraodon, from Oyster Cove, which is in all proba-
bility a new species; the individuals vary in length from the point of the beak to
the tip of the tail from 13 to 1? inches, and the body, when inflated, forms a
spheroid, is rough, with extremely fine prickles. The beak is sharp and projects
slightly, and the tail, which is very slender, measures nearly one-third of the entire
length of the fish.

Mr. Milligan also placed before the meeting a specimen of a felspathic rock, con-
taining schorl and haying a granitic structure, which forms the point of land
south from Oyster Cove, where it sustains and protrudes through a long series of
argillaceous sandstones, interstratified with which are thin beds of a finer deposit,
in some of which Serpulce, and in others forms resembling Trilobite, abound.

Mr. Milligan also submitted a series of Tasmanian Haliotide, illustrative of a
paper on Australian Har-shells, by Mr. Swainson, which was brought under the
notice of the meeting.

His Excellency the President presented a copy of Maw and Company’s Patterns
of Encaustic Tiles. His Excellency also presented a printed pamphlet on “TrapE
Museums, their Nature and Uses,” by Edward Solley, Esq., F.R.S. &., Secretary
of the Society of Arts, London, together with printed circulars from the same gen-
tleman intimating his appointment to the charge of forming a Museum of raw and
manufactured animal products, and soliciting contributions, accompanied with
descriptions of source and localities, mode of collection and preparation, &c.

A printed circular letter from the director of the Royal Gardens at Kew,
and of the Museum for vegetable substances, lately formed there, requesting similar
aid and information in respect of plants and their various products, was read.

His Excellency then read the following note, dated 2nd February, 1854, from Sir
W. J. Hooker :—*Sir,—The Earl of Clarendon having with great difficulty pro-
cured from Morocco perfectly fresh seeds of the Argan-tree (Argania sideroxylon),
and. placed a quantity of them at my disposal, I deem it my duty to distribute
them, and to send them especially to those colonies of our own where the climate
is suited to their growth and vigour. The husks are greedily eaten by cattle; the

174 Proceedings.

nuts yield a valuable oil, and the wood is hard, and useful for many domestic

purposes.
T have the honor, &c. &c.”’

A quantity of seeds have been left at the Museum for distribution, and persons
desirous of cultivating them, and disposed to furnish a report of their success or
otherwise, may obtain a portion on application.

His Excellency laid upon the table a pamphlet by Professor Piazzi Smyth, “ On
Raising Water for the purposes of Irrigation in the Colonies.”

Tables of Meteorological Observations made at Government House by Messrs.
Hull and Dobson, for the three months ending 31st March last, were also laid
before the meeting.

Sir William Denison then read a Report from Major Cotton, (embodying a
brief Report from Mr. Sprent), upon the Trigonometrical Survey of Van Diemen’s
Land, now in progress. The original base line measured at Ralph’s Bay extended
to 20,181°635 feet, or nearly four miles; the line of verification which was subse-
quently measured at Norfolk Plains extended to 25745-7 feet; the length of this,
computed from a series of 33 triangles, extending to a distance of more than 100
miles, being 25,746:0 feet, exhibits an approximation so close as to be scarcely
credible, the difference being only about 33 inches. His Excellency the President
remarked that the correspondence was so remarkable as to have created in his mind,
first, curiosity ; and then, some doubt of the absolute accuracy of the calculations ;
and that to satisfy himself he had worked through the calculations and proved
the accuracy of the results.

The observations at the main stations were taken by Mr. Sprent with a 12-inch |
altitude and azimuth instrument, and at the secondary stations with an 8-inch
theodolite.

The rods used in the measurement of the base lines, 15 feet in length by 2 inches
square, were made in 1849, in damp weather, of old Baltic fir, saturated with
boiling oil, varnished, rolled in flannel, packed in saw-dust, in coffers 6 inches
square, closed at the ends, but leaving room for the rods to expand. To the ends
of the rods, which were supported centrically in the coffers by blocks of wood, were
attached brass caps rising to the upper surface of the coffer, and bearing vernier
scales, by which their lengths were determined to the 400th part of an inch,
agreeable to the only standard measure then in the colony, a 4-feet steel measure
divided into inches and fortieths. The rods have been measured from time to
time since without exhibiting any appreciable difference. The original base line
has been measured three. times—once in 1849 and twice in 1851, and the length
assumed is the mean of the two last, which differ only .85 feet from the first,—a
discrepancy owing probably to the comparatively imperfect nature of the imdi-
cating scale, which at the time of the last measurements had been improved, so as
to read with precision to the 5000th part of a foot. His Excellency the President
observed that the colony already possessed upwards of thirty principal stations,
whose relative position is absolutely determined within a few inches in any case,

Proceedings. Uys)

and that it is intended during the ensuing summer to extend the triangulation
along the west coast, and there to measure one or two fresh lines of verification,
probably in the neighbourhood of Port Davey or Macquarie Harbour,

The Reports were accompanied with a diagram showing the triangles between
upwards of thirty principal stations, extending from Ralph’s Bay to Norfolk
Plains, and there were appended tables of extracts from Field Books, and an
elaborate series of results from local observations and from the system of
triangulation.

Mr. Moore, of New Norfolk, exhibited two of the sewing machines patented by
the Lancashire Sewing Machine Company, and sundry fragments of cloth were
rapidly stitched together ina neat and substantial fashion in the presence of the
members, most of whom closely inspected the mechanism of the automaton, which
is calculated to do the work of about twenty ordinary hands.

A general discussion on subjects before the meeting ensued, when the members
separated into conversational groups; the various instruments and apparatus
submitted in connection with papers read were minutely examined,—His Excel-
leney the President, Lord Alfred Churchill, Mr. MacNaughtan, Mr. Champ,
Mr. Kilburn, and others taking a prominent part.

About ten o’clock the thanks of the Society were voted for the donations and

papers submitted, and the President having then left, the members separated soon
after.

iru Jung, 1854.—Monthly meeting; His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison,
President, in the chair.

The following members were present :—Drs. Agnew, Downing, Hall, Hoeltzel,
Colonel Last, Capt. Hamilton, R. E., Capt. Stoney, Messrs. Barnard, A. Butler,
F. Butler, R. Butler, W. Champ, Dobson, Henslowe, Hone, Hull, Kilburn,
Lochner, R. E., Makeig, Matson, Moore, Moss, Perkins, Rolwegan, Tapfield, &c.

The following having been ballotted for were declared duly elected Fellows of the
Society :—Charles Octavius Hardley-Wilmot, A.P.M., Sorell; Walter Davidson,
of Riccarton ; Charles James White, of Hobart Town, Esquires. Other candidates
for membership were nominated.

The following donations were announced :—

To the Library.—By order of His Excellency Sir W.T. Denison, 1 quarto
volume, (2nd) of Magnetical and Meteorological Observations taken at Toronto in
1843-4 and 5, and sent out by the British Government.

Also Transactions of the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society, vol.i. Part IV.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol viii. Part IV.,
from the Society at Calcutta.

From the Royal Institution of Great Britain:— —
Annual Report for 1852.
Notices of Meetings from Noyember 1852 to July 1853.

176 Proceedings.

From the Geological Society of London :—

Annual Reports from 1851 and 1852, together with Fasciculi of Proceedings of
the Society from April 1850 to July 1851.

From the Rev. T. J. Ewing, of New Town:—

Observations on the Dialects of the West of England, by James Jennings.
Treatises on the Lancashire Dialect, with Glossary.

Ditto on the Yorkshire Dialect, ditto.

Ditto on the Exmoor Language, ditto.

From Henry Tonkin, Esq.; a Roman Catholic Missal, published at Antwerp
in 1614.

From Mr. Thomas Moore, of New Norfolk, a series of Geological Specimens,
comprising Galena and associated minerals from Laxey Bay, Isle of Man, Coking
Coal from the Lancashire coal-field. Cannel Coal from Wigan, Lancashire.
Black Bituminous Shale from Clifton, Bolton-le-Moors. Also impressions of
Plants, &c., enclosed in hard nodules of a tough clayey sandstone belonging to the
Coal Measures, intersected by Railway Cuttings at Clifton, between Bolton and
Manchester—amongst them are species of Stigmaria, Lepidostrobus, Trigono-
carpum, Calamites, Pecopteris, Neuropteris, &c.; also from Mr. Moore a speci-
men of Bog-Oak from the “Red Moss,” Bolton-le-Moors.

From Mr. R. C. Wood, of Singapore, a large collection (20 species) of elegant
Corals obtained there.

From Mr. Mac Naughtan, a sample of the Seam of Anthracite Coal recently
intersected at a depth of 56 feet in the experimental borings carried on at Spring
Bay, and which it is understood are now more than 100 feet down.

From Mr. Phineas Moss, specimen of Cork cut into thin slices by the circular
saw for hat-making purposes.

From Mr. G. Fraser, Colonial Treasurer, a Skin of the Cladorhynchus pec-
toralis, “Banded Stilt” of Gould, one of seven recently shot- near Ralph’s
Bay—a bird which, Mr. Fraser remarks, has been described by Gould as belonging
to the Southern and Western Coast of Australia, and is not noticed as an inhabi-
tant or visitor of Tasmania.

From Mr. Jeffery, of the Observatory, a Skin of the Black Cockatoo of Tas-
mania, Calyptorhynchus xanthonotus, GOULD.

A note read from Mr, W. H. Catlett, Secretary to the Australasian Botanical
and Horticultural Society of Sydney, soliciting an interchange of Specimens.

A letter read from Mr. Mitchell, Secretary to the Zoological Society of London,
acknowledging the receipt of “ Papers and Proceedings’ of this Society.

The Secretary reported that a “ Ward’s” case containing 51 plants, &e., has
been furnished to Mr. Swainson, together with a packet containing 30 varieties of
Seeds, on condition that the case is to be returned filled with indigenous plants of
New Zealand.

The Secretary read a short paper by Alexander Cross, Esq., R.N., of Rochester,
on the pointed-nose shark of the Pacific, Oxyrhina gomphodon, of which the
formidable jaws, tail, and spine in the Museum were exhibited.

Proceedings. Va

The Secretary submitted a note from Alexander Mac Naughtan, Esq., drawing
attention to the evidence given by Professors Ansted, Brande, Anderson, and other
eminent chemists and mineralogists, upon a trial reported in the Witness news-
paper of 3rd August, 1853, in which the physical characters and chemical com-
position of a mineral deposit, which he supposes to be similar to the combustible
schist from the Mersey River, used instead of coal, for the purpose of producing
illuminating gas, are fully detailed. Various extracts were read.

A paper was then read by Thomas Moore, Esq., on the experiments which he
has lately conducted with the view of testing the comparative value of the Mersey
schist, and of the coals from Schouten Island and the Douglas River, for gas-
making purposes, and the printed details were laid on the table; from which
it appeared that a quantity equal to 2lbs. weight of each left of residuum as
follows :—

Mersey combustible schist .............00065 25 ozs.
Schouten Island coal..,..................... 26 ozs.
Douglas River coal...............s00s0000005. 22 O28.

Specimens of each were placed before the meeting and carefully examined—the
first consisted of fragments of brownish shale and a soft, sooty, fine, pulverulent
matter; the second consisted of hard, greyish-black angular fragments, such as
had been introduced into the retort apparently little altered by heat; the third
had fused into a compact and nearly solid mass of coke. The amount by weight,
therefore, of gases actually yielded during the distillation must have been as
follows :—

From the Mersey schist...........:00:0.05... 21°9 per cent.
Schoutenvcoalise ce ease wesc eee Lo OO ss
DM ouclaseiver:coal-y eae ene tO Lea Ones

Results not in accordance with the volumes observed to have entered the gaso-
meter in the three cases respectively,

Mr. Moore observed that his apparatus, having been constructed for producing
gas by the decomposition of refuse, fatty and oily matters, slowly entering a retort
which ought certaimly not to rise above a dull red heat, is not calculated fully to
elicit the capacity of coal for gas-making, but he had considered that even approxi-
mate results might be of some use, and that he hoped soon to see the day when
Hobart Town would be lighted with gas from Tasmanian coal, of which he could
aver from his own observation there is great abundance, and of a quality calculated
alike for steam purposes or for gas-making.

A long and animated discussion on this subject followed, in which His Excellency
the President, Dr. Agnew, Captain Hawkins, the Secretary, and several other

“members bore a part.

Sir William Denison was of opinion that more precise experiments and an exact
analysis was still a desideratum as respected these fuels, more especially the
Mersey Schist.

Mr. Milligan reminded the meeting, that as the inflammable basis of this mineral,
when examined by Mr. W. Archer and himself, with the aid of a microscope, had

Z

178 Proceedings.

been determined to be a resin, it would probably be found to differ from that of
“ Torbane Hill,” in Linlithgowshire, Scotland, descriptions of which had been
quoted from the Witness newspaper, as it had been distinctly stated that in this
latter no trace of organic matter could be discovered.

My. Barnard read the following paper by R. H. Bland, Esq., of Melbourne :—
Onthe Character, Habits, and Customs of theAborigines of Western Australia :—

“Sketches and anecdotes illustrative of the habits and customs of the aborigines
of Australia are interesting, particularly now that the race is rapidly disappearing,
and the habits of the remainder materially altering, owing to their intercourse
with their more civilized neighbours.

“The aborigines of Western Australia shortly after the settlement of that colony
in 1829 showed themselves very hostile to the settlers, and in a few months a
system of bush warfare commenced, which lasted for several years, causing much
loss of life and great interruption to the settlement of the country.

“The leaders in this warfare on the side of the Blacks were two men named
** Midgegaroo” and “Yagan,” father and son, men of courage and determination,
far above the rest of their tribe. The former was captured, and shot at the jail
door, Perth: the latter, who, though extremely treacherous himself, placed the
most implicit reliance on the word of the white man, was proclaimed an outlaw, and
a reward offered for his apprehension, a circumstance of which he was perfectly
aware. Iregret to say he was afterwards shot by treachery, his head taken off,
and sent to England, where it probably enriches the shelves of some Museum.
The boy who shot him was in turn killed by the blacks immediately after while
attempting to escape.

The Murray tribe were very hostile to the whites, and were not reconciled to
their presence until a considerable number were shot in an encounter with the
police and soldiers who accompanied the Governor on a tour in that district. This
discomfiture and loss completely broke the spirit of the tribe.

“The York tribe were also very troublesome, and took every opportunity of
attacking any unarmed settlers that fellin their way: as might have been expected,
the lives of many blacks were taken in retaliation. This system of retaliation
continued until the murder by the blacks of a woman and child, under peculiarly
revolting circumstances, induced the Government to use additional efforts to
apprehend and bring the perpetrators to justice, when two of the principals were
taken and convicted, and sentenced to be hung in chains upon the spot where the
murder was committed,—a piece of well-timed severity which had a most
salutary effect, as from that day to the present there is sufficient reason to
believe that not one case of premeditated murder has been committed by the
blacks in that or the neighbouring districts; a result partly dependent on circum-
stances that we were not aware of at the time,—namely, that the blacks of that
colony have a dread of their remains lying unburied, and being of opinion that if
their bodies are exposed as a prey to the birds and wild dogs, they can have no
prospect of an existence in a future state; the extent of their belief in which, how-
eyer, so far as I have been able to make out, amounts to little more than the noticn

Proceedings. 179

of a transmigration of the souls of departed blacks into the bodies of white men
whom they have most closely resembled in appearance or manners, and whom
they named accordingly after those of their friends who had died. This belief, I
think, arose from their being otherwise unable to account for our appearance
amongst them, as when occasionally taunting them with the absurdity of the
notion, they have with some warmth answered by asking, how could you have
known the way to this country unless you had been here betore P

“Religion, I may safely say, they have none. They believe in an evil spirit;
and the Boyala men, or doctors, have considerable influence over them.

“They disbelieve altogether in natural deaths, that is death from natural causes.
tf a man tumbles out of a tree and breaks his neck, they think that his life has
been charmed away by the Boyala men from another tribe, and theduty of aveng-
ing his death devolves upon his brother or nearest relative. This leads to con-
stant feuds and numberless treacherous murders. Every attempt has been made
by the Government through the Protectors to check the evils arising from this
barbarous superstition, hitherto, however, with but partial success, as the obligation
they feel under to avenge their relative’s death is very strong. One man I recol-
lect whose brother was killed, struggled hard against this feeling, which in the end,
however, prevailed. He wasted away, said he could not sleep, and that his
brother’s spirit continued to haunt him wherever he went, and to upbraid him with
cowardice for not avenging his death; an act which in the end he felt himself
compelled to accomplish.

“The Government of Western Australia have latterly, I regret to say, resorted
to hanging aborigines guilty of this offence. I much douht the propriety of inter-
fering to such an extent in quarrels purely inter se—it would seem to be a subject
for the Missionary to deal with, not the hangman. Of the intelligence and apti-
tude of the aborigines for learning, I am favourably impressed; their powers of
imitation enable them, with very little practice, to assist in all the ordinary occupa-
tions of a settler’s life. At school they are quick at learning the rudiments of
education, and will generally learn to read in a much shorter time than a white
child of the same age. A curious circumstance occurred at Perth connected with
education ;— a labouring man married an aboriginal girl who had been educated at
the Wesleyan mission establishment, and who after marriage taught her husband
to read. It is much to be deplored that all the efforts hitherto made permanently
to improve their condition have met with but little success. In Western Australia
great exertions were made in this good cause by the Wesleyans, aided by the Local
Government; but after a residence of a year or two at the institution, Perth, where
they were well cared for, a large proportion of them died within a brief period of
each other of some complaint of the lungs. Indeed, their predisposition to pulmonary
complaints is rather surprising: very many die of influenza, and it is evident that
they are more susceptible of these diseases now than formerly; a condition which
may, I think, be partly accounted for from the fact that the bush blacks are worse
clad now than before the country was settled. Formerly, every man had a good
kangaroo-skin cloak: that garment has now given place to some cast-off clothes

180 Proceedings

of the Europeans, or to an old blanket, confessedly insufficient to protect them
against cold and wet. Their mode of life has also materially altered: instead of gain-
ing a subsistence by the highly invigorating practice of hunting, as formerly, many
live amongst the settlers; while others get a very precarious livelihood between
begging and stealing, eating dead stock, &c.”

His Excellency the President referred to the Secretary for information as to the
religious belief and notions generally on spiritual matters of the aborigines of
Van Diemen’s Land.

Mr. Milligan said he had ascertained that the Tasmanian aborigines, previous
to their intercourse with Europeans, distinctly entertained the idea of immortality
as regarded the soul or spirit of man: their legends proved also their belief in a
host of malevolent spirits and mischievous goblins, whose abodes were caverns
and dark recesses of the dense forests, clefts in rocks on the mountain tops, &c.,
and that they considered one or two spirits to be of omnipotent energy; but that
they do not seem to have invested even these last with attributes of benevolence,
although they reposed unqualified trust in the tutelar agencies of the spirits of
their departed friends and relations. To these guardian spirits they gave the
generic name “ Warrawah,” an aboriginal term, like the Latin word wnbra, signi-
fying shade, shadow, ghost, or apparition. Myr. Milligan stated that the dead
were variously disposed of by different tribes,—by some they were burnt,—by others
placed in various attitudes in hollow trees and abandoned,—while by others dead
bodies were thrown into holes made by the casual uprooting of large trees, and
therein left, partially covered with rubbish, &c.

The Secretary laid before the meeting an elaborate analysis of the relation
between Heat and the Constitution of Gases, by a resident in Melbourne, trans-
mitted by the author to the Society.

The thanks of the meeting having been unanimously voted for the papers pro-
duced and the donations made to the Society, His Excellency the President left
the chair about ten o’clock, and the members separated soon after.

12Tu Jury, 1854.—Monthly meeting.

The members present were :—His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, President, in
the chair; Dr. Agnew, Dr. Butler, M.L.C., Dr. Hall, Dr. M‘Carthy, Colonel Last,
Lieutenant Lochner, R.E., Messrs. Champ, Hone, R. Butler, Gould, H. Hull,
D. T. Kilburn, Mac Naughtan, T. Moore, G. Makeig, Moss, Rolwegan, Vautin,
Whitcomb.

The following gentlemen haying been ballotted for were declared duly elected
Fellows of the Society:—Thomas Cruttenden, of Woodsden; Joseph Ward, of
Fingal; Malcolm Laing Smith, of Flinder’s Island, Esquires.

The Secretary announced the receipt of Three Parts of the Journal of the Royal

Proceedings. 181

Geographical Society of London from the Rev. T. J. Ewing, of New Town, and
read a note from Mr. Ewing promising a paper on the Birds of Tasmania for the
August evening meeting.

Mr. Hugh Hull presented for the Library a “ History of Van Diemen’s Land
from 1824 to 1835,” printed by Henry Melville, Hobart Town.

A few geological specimens procured during the antarctic voyage of the Hrebus
and Terror were received from Mr. Payne, of Melville-street.

The Secretary read a note from Mr. Alderman Elliston transmitting ten
Casts of Aborigines of Tasmania, taken in plaster of Paris by the late Mr.

. Duterreau.

A note was read from Mr. D. T. Kilburn presenting a Folding Stereoscope,
the invention of Mr. E. Kilburn, of Regent-street, London, and patented by him
in England and France.

Colonel Last presented from Lieut. Gayner, of Norfolk Island, the skins of a
Bittern (Botauris Australis), and a Cuckoo (probably the female of Hudynamis
Flindersii, Lavu.), with a dried specimen of Scolopendra.

Mr. Rolwegan presented the Staff of Office (Hane) of a Chief of New Zealand.

A Fish (not named, preserved in spirits) was received from Marcus Aitkin, Esq.,
of Fingal. He had obtained it in a seine at the Scamander River, on the East
Coast.

A note from Mrs. Walker, of Launceston, was read by the Secretary bringing
under the notice of the meeting a craniwm which had been forwarded to her, and
alleged to have been found in the interior ot New Holland. The lower jaw was
missing, and there were no teeth in the much-worn alveoli of the upper maxilla.
Having been examined by Drs. Agnew, Butler, and others, it was pronounced to
be the skull of a Seal of the genus Arctocephalus.

The Secretary laid on the table a Report from the Superintendent at the Gardens
of the despatch of a case of plants to Geelong per Iron Tasmania.

His Excellency the President read a note from Mr. Francis Cotton, of Kelvedon,
Swanport, drawing attention to the unusual character of the season, as evidenced
by the fact, that in the first week of this month the raspberry plants in his garden
were covered with blossom and fruit in different stages of growth up to ripeness in

“several instances; that many of his roses were then in full blossom, and that the
sweet briar hedges presented quite a gay appearance; Mr. Cotton observing,
“nothing of the kind has occurred before in our qx crence, which extends over
twenty-five years in this hemisphere.”

Sir W. Denison added, that in Dr. Hampton’s garden the pear trees had not
only blossomed a second time, but produced a second crop of well-formed fruit.

Several members adduced similar recent instances of blossom on fruit trees,
rose trees, &c.

The Secretary read a note from the Rey. R. L. King, of Sydney, transmitting
a long, learned, and interesting paper upon Australian Entomostracans, illustrated
with carefully-executed drawings of new species.

182 Proceedings.

The Secretary drew the attention of the meeting toa small flat fish, about three
inches in length, having a somewhat shield-lke form of body, enclosed in fixed
enamelled plates above and below, with a sauroid tail terminating in a filamentous
point: the upper jaw is a continuation of the superior enamelled plate, the snout
is in the form of a delicate flexible little trunk, a little behind which is the mouth
on the under surface, the under jaws being apparently constituted for moving,
when fresh, upon the upper fixed portion, with a slit between for gills. On either
side, from a point corresponding to the upper quarters of a shield, a fin composed.
of soft tapering rays passes off, having much the aspect of the lateral processes
characterizing the Péericthys of the Devonian rocks in Scotland. This remarkable
little animal was obtained recently from the stomach of a fish taken with hook and
line at a depth of two or three fathoms in D’Entrecasteaux’s Channel, opposite to
Oyster Cove.

Mr. Mac Naughtan drew the attention of the meeting to a report in the North
British Daily Mail newspaper of the proposed scheme for supplying Glasgow
with water from Loch Katrine, a distance of about 60 miles, and the probability of
the undertaking, upon which £20,000 had been expended, being abandoned, in
consequence of the extreme purity of the water rendering it hable to become
rapidly impregnated with lead from the pipmg used. The Secretary read the
analysis by Professor Penny.

The thanks of the meeting having been unanimously voted for donations and
papers, His Excellency left the chair soon after nine o'clock, and the members
separated.

9Tu AuGust:—Monthly meeting; His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, Presi-
dent, occupied the chair. j

Amongst the members present were:—Dr. Agnew; Messrs. Barnard, Bisdee,
Boot, Brown, Fraser, Mac Naughtan, and Dobson; Rev. Alexander Cairnduff;
Captain Hawkins, R. E.; Messrs. Hone, Hall, Kilburn, Loch, Matson, Moss,
Makeig, Lee, and Rolwegan.

Dr. Macnamara, late of Ross, and Mr. Deakin, of Murray-street, were elected
Fellows of the Society. Other candidates were proposed preparatory to the next
ballot.

The following presentations were made :—

To the Library,—From Mr. MacNaughtan, “The Electric Telegraph—its History
and Progress,” by Edmund Highton, C. E.

Report of the Celebrated Trial in the case of the Torbane Mineral, before the
Lord Chief Justice General and a Special Jury.

From Mr. Deakin,—Coloured Map of the Seat of War in the North of Europe
and the East.

From Mr. Rodd,—A Dutch work on the Transformations of Insects, dated 1774,

Proceedings. 188

and copiously illustrated with coloured plates of moths, butterflies, and caterpillars,
&e., and the plants on which they are found.

From the Tasmanian Steam Navigation Company,—Design and Plan of the
City of Hobart Steamer.

To the Museum, from Peter Fraser, Esq., M.L.C.—A specimen of Land Rail,
Gallinula crex, shot by him in Scotland, and stuffed and mounted by himself.

From Mr. L’Estrange, a small collection of Sea Shells picked up by himself at
Singapore, Penang, Sydney, and other places.

From Mr. Mac Naughtan, a large specimen of the Black Bituminous Schist,
known as the Torbane Hill Mineral. Also a specimen of the combustible Schist
from the Mersey River, exhibiting an imperfect impression on one side of a
Bivalve Shell.

From Mr. Duncan Macpherson, a section of Timber from a large Gum Tree,
displaying a solid centre of an inch to an inch and a half in diameter, closely
embraced by the exterior concentric circles of ligneous matter, but standing out
clearly and distinctly apart, with thick short branches projecting irregularly into
the surrounding wood, conveying the idea of a tree within a tree. Also a frag-
ment of Sand Stone from Sandy Bay, exhibiting in its substance numerous
mammillary forms, cemented with ferruginous matter.

From Captain Smith, of the Coal Mines, Tasman’s Peninsula, a collection of
Ova-cells of the large Fasciolaria of these shores, each of which on being opened
yield 2 number of minute shells of a white colour.

From Dr. Moore, of New Norfolk, specimens of Steatite from crevices in
Greenstone obtained in that neighbourhood.

From Mr. J. L. Mac Laine specimens of Sandstone believed to belong to the car-
boniferous series, and represented to have been obtained in the immediate vicinity
of coal upon the left bank of the Huon River, near Surveyor’s Beach.

The attention of the meeting was called to a bunch of raspberries in various
stages of advancement, from blossom to perfectly ripened fruit, sent to the meeting
by Sir Henry Atkinson, from whose garden, at the upper end of Macquarie-street,
they were taken. A note from Mr. H. Hull on the extreme mildness of the
present winter, as exemplified by the ripening of these and other fruits, was read.

A communication from Mr. H. Hull was also read on a paragraph in the
writings of Christian Franc. Paulinus, in the 9th century, wherein he states that
certain trees in the Island Sombrero, in the East Indies, have large worms
attached under-ground in place of roots, &¢., and which Mr. Hull supposes to
indicate the knowledge in that early period of some species of Sphevia, or plant-
eaterpillar like that of New Zealand, or of Franklin’s Village, Van Diemen’s
Land.

A letter was read from Mr. J. Hobbs, of H. M. Customs, Melbourne, addressed
to Dr. Bedford, of this city, drawing attention to an article in the United Service
Journal upon the character and virtues of a plant known by the name of Guaco,
and said to be indigenous in the Caraccas, South America, and in some of the

184 Proceedings.

West India Islands, the juice of which has been considered an antidote to the
poison of serpents and venomous insects, and when administered in certain pre-
scribed modes to secure immunity from their bites.

The Secretary reported receipt of a short paper by Mr. Hawkes, of Franklin
Village, upon the Spheria Gunnii, lately read at a meeting of members of the
Society at Launceston.

The Secretary read a communication from the Rev. T. J. Ewing, of New Town,
accompanying Part I. of a classified catalogue of the Birds of Tasmania, which
My. Ewing has undertaken to complete forthwith for publication. The reverend
gentleman has offered to place at the disposal of the Society for their hbrary a
copy of that portion of his stupendous collection of descriptions of species which
embraces the Ornithology of Tasmania.

Tables of Meteorological Observations taken at Government House during the
months of May, June, and July last, by Mr. F. Stanley Dobson, were laid before
the meeting.

Tables of Meteorological Observations made daily at Norfolk Island, from
Ist April, 1853, to 31st March, 1854 last, were also submitted to the meeting.

Mr. Mac Naughtan read a carefully-compiled statement of the characteristics and
qualities of the Torbane Mineral, as compared with the ordinary coals of England
and Scotland, with the cannel coal, and with the combustible schist from the
Mersey River. The subject excited much interest, and led to a protracted dis-
cussion, in which many of the members present joined.

Mr. Phineas Moss then read an interesting paper “ On the Science of Astronomy
as known to the Ancient Jews,” which was amply supported by quotations of the
original Hebrew from the Scriptures, throughout which Mr. Moss showed there
were numerous allusions and circumstances having reference to the subject from
the time of Job (about 14.00 years before the Christian era) downwards.

Conversation was kept up till after ten o’clock, when, upon a vote of thanks
haying been passed to the various persons who had made presentations and pro-
duced papers, His Excellency the President left the chair; and the meeting sepa-
rated about half-past ten, to meet as usual on the second Wednesday of next
month.

Proceedings. 185

130H SEPTEMBER, 1854.—Monthly meeting; J. W. Agnew, Esq., M.D., in the
chair.

The following gentlemen were after a ballot declared to be duly elected :—

Rey. H. J. D’ Emden, of Hobart Town.

George Bisdee, Esq., of Wood Spring.
Edward Bisdee, Esq., M.L.C., of Lovely Banks.
George Morgan, Esq., of Hobart Town.

The Secretary announced the receipt of three Treatises upon Australian and
Tasmanian Plants from the author, Ferdinand Miiller, M.D., Government
Botanist for Victoria; forwarded through Andrew Clarke, Esq., Surveyor-General
of that Province; Statistics of Van Diemen’s Land, 1844 to 1853, from James
Barnard, Esq., Government Printer. Also, from the Royal Society of London,
Fasciculus No. 3 of Vol. 7 of Proceedings of the Society.

The Secretary laid before the meeting a letter from John Alexander Smith, Esq.,
Honorary Secretary to the Auckland Museum, with the annexed descriptive list of
a series of auriferous minerals from the Kapunga Diggings, presented to the
Society.

“ist of Specimens sent from the Auckland Museum, New Zealand, 8th July,

1854, to the Secretary of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land, Hobart
Town.

Gop Series, New ZEALAND. Box A, No. 1.

From Coromandel Harbour, New No. 1.—Nugget; only four have been re-
Zealand. ceived by me; they were discovered in the

From Uiou Diggings. clay marked (B, No. 3) about 10 feet

below the surface.
From Uiou Diggings. This has No. 2.—What are termed here Nuggets;
‘been broken. the largest yet found was about the size
of a hen’s egg ; they are found in the bed
of the stream.
From Uiou Diggings. No. 3.—Gold in Quartz; also termed a
Nugget here.

No. 4.—Gold Dust; in sand procured from
washing earths, marked B, Nos. 1, 2, 3.

B, No. 1.—Specimen of gold-bearing fels-
pathic quartz, from Kapunga Diggings.

B, No. 2.—Specimen of gold-bearing dark
yellow clay, from Kapunga Diggings.

* B, No. 3.—Specimen of gold-bearing white
clay, mixed with leaves and small fibres
of roots, &e., from Kapunga Diggings.

C,1—1 Specimen of Chalcedony from
Coromandel. :

* Gold Dust in iron sand is found inall these earths by washing.

QA

186 Proceedings.

From Uiou Diggings. D,1—Six Geological specimens from
Coromandel. Vicinity of gold diggings.
E, 1.—One specimen of earth found in vici-
nity of gold diggings.
F, 1 & 13.—Thirteen Specimens of quartz
from the gold diggings of Coromandel
Harbour, New Zealand.

The Uiou and Kapunga or Wynyard Diggings are both at Coromandel Harbour,
and about ten miles distant from each other.

The Uiou is a small river, in the bed of which the gold is found, generally in
the form of (A, No. 2), the surface being smooth and water-worn; dust is likewise
found by washing.

The Kapunga are what are termed Dry Diggings, generally in the bend of a
river; for facility of water an excavation is made; the clay marked B, 3 is then
carried to the Long Tom and washed, when the produce is nuggets like A, No. 3,
and gold dust in iron sand, like A, No. 4.

Z, 1.—Specimen of Iron Sand found in large
quantities on the coast of New Zealand.

“JOHN ALEXANDER SMITH, Hon. Sec.,”

« Auckland Museum.”

A specimen of native bread (Mylitta Australis) was received from Mr.
Belbin.

A specimen of keyhole limpet, Fisswrella sp: found at Sandy Bay, showing the
animal with the shell attached, preserved in spirits, was received from Mr. H.
Hull.

A few mineral specimens, and a packet of seeds, collected by Captain Berthon,
in Australia, were received from that gentleman.

A small collection of Mauritius shells was received from Mr. F. 8. Dobson,
together with a specimen of Diodon from the same place.

A specimen of clay and shale, brought by Mr. Cockburn from Marlborough,
part of the erupted matter reported some few months since in the newspapers
as having been the work of a volcano or earthquake, was laid upon the table.
Mr. Cockburn has visited the locality, and describes the phenomena as strictly
those of a land-slip upon a surface haying considerable inclination.

Dr. Downing presented from G. F. Huston, Esq., Colonial Assistant Surgeon
of Norfolk Island, the skin of an Avocet, Recurvirostra rubricollis, Temm.

A specimen of musk duck, Biziwra Lobata, Gould, was received from the
Douglas River Coal Company’s Establishment, Hast Coast. A collection of fine
specimens of Spheria Gaui, obtained at Franklin Village, was received from
Mr, W. K. Hawkes, part of which are intended for the Paris Exhibition.

Proceedings. 187

Me. Milligan added to the collection the cranium of a Seal—Stenorhynchus
éeptonyx, F. Cuy., obtained at Oyster Cove, D’ Entrecasteaux Channel.

A sample of Oil obtained from the Mersey Mineral, by distillation, has been
presented by Dr. Lee, with the following notes on the subject :—

(Copy from Note Book.)

“Mom. 1.—Concerning the Mprsey SHALE, from Mi. Mac Naughtan.

MICROSCOPIC STRUCTURE.

By REFLECTED LigHt—(90 DiIsMETERS.)

Jiayers of more or less iregularly-circular discs of a resinous colour, 7. e., varying
from a pale amber in the brightest light to a dull brownish orange in the
shade; feebly translucent ; arranged with considerable regularity on their flat
surfaces, these surfaces often being indented on the centre, somewhat re-
sembling the form of a human blood corpuscle, in some instances wrinkled as
by pressure. The interstices between are interspersed with a quantity of
whitish, apparently amorphous, matter, resembling in appearance white
sugar, with a similar brightness of surface.

A very few rhomboidal plates, and some remains of prismatic crystals in a state of

disintegration : these, however, were only observed in two out of thirty-seven
specimens examined.

By TRANSMITTED LigHTtT—(90 DIAMETERS.)

Discs vary from -013 to ‘018 and :019 of aninch in diameter. Some as large as
"02, semi-translucent, mostly marked with an irregular double line, apparently
contained in their interior.

When ruptured, the outer coat appears thin, and at 580 diameters amorphous.

Men. Ii.

CHEMICAL RELATIONS, &c. &c.
Colour—A. dull uniform brown or deep buff.
Fracture—Karthy, in layers.
Specific Gravity—

Apparently wholly insoluble in alcohol and ether.

Inflammable—burns with a white flame, giving off a large quantity of smoke:
form remains unchanged after combustion.

Residue varies from 67-9 to 71:3 per cent. in 7 specimens examined. Consists of
silica and alumina, (Query. Any other metal—copper or iron ?)

188 Proceedings.

Destructive Distillation :—At a low temperature it yields—
(1) An oily matter.
(2) A tarry matter.
(8) Gives an acid reaction to the water in receiving-vessel.
At white heat gives off a large quantity of gas of a peculiarly phospho-
rescent odour.

(Query. Is acid reaction due to phosphorus ?)
Gas on standing deposits a large quantity of a black tarry liquid matter, and:

some oily substance.
“RICHARD LEE.”

The Secretary read an elaborate analysis of the combustible schist of the Mersey,
made at the Andersonian University, Glasgow, by Professor Penny, accompanied
with a table showing the proportions per cent. of volatile matters—fixed carbon,
ash, sulphur, and water in various coals, analysed by Professor Penny.

A letter was read from J. Macquorn Rankine, Esq., F.R.S.8.L. & E., acknow-
ledging his election into the Society and promising contributions.

The Secretary announced the receipt at the Gardens of a case of plants from
Messrs. Low and Co., of Clapton, London,—all dead.

The following communication from the Rey. T. J. Ewing, of New Town, in
reference to the Ornithology of Norfolk Island, was read :—

“New Town Parsonage, 9th September, 1854,

“My Dear Sir,—As the Settlement of Norfolk Island is so soon to be given
up, L wish through you, as Secretary of the Royal Society, to endeavour to get the
permission of His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor to have a complete collec-
tion of the Birds of the Island formed before it is abandoned. The ornithology
of that small spot is interesting on many accounts. Many of the birds originally
described by Latham, and figured in Lambert’s Icones, are supposed to have been
brought from there. Several species, characterized by Gould as from Australia,
are also attributed to Norfolk Island,—such as Pachycephala xanthoprocta and
Pachycephala longirostris. The Merula Nestor, a fine thrush, described by
Gould as having been collected by Sturt on the Murrumbidgee, is the Turdus
poliocephalus of Latham, said by him, and no doubt truly, to be from Norfolk
Island.

Most interesting would it be to know if the curious Nestor productus, or long-
billed Phillip Island Parrot, is still in existence. Major Childs told me in England
that the last of its race was tame in his garden when Commandant of the Island.

T have often had specimens of the Platycercus Pennantii, the Lowry Parrakeet
of Port Phillip, brought from Norfolk Island. Does it breed there? If so, it must
have escaped from confinement at first: there is also another lesser Green

Parrakeet.

Proceedings. 189

Tt is said that the common Pigeon has become naturalized there, and has resumed
its original habit of breeding in the rocky cliffs surrounding the shores.

A beautiful native pigeon also breeds there.

Does more than one species of tropic bird (Phaeton) breed there? Very many
sea birds are stated to do so, and it would be desirable to ascertain the fact.

The Hudynamis Flindersii, reported at a late meeting of the Royal Society,
must have been carried out of its course in migrating. Perhaps the gentleman
who shot it can inform us whether it arrived in flocks, or only in a single speci-
men.

The Botaurus Australis too was never before found so far to the eastward.

When the Island was first discovered, Mount Pitt was found to be frequented
by thousands of Petrels, probably our mutton birds, Puffinus brevicaudis. Do
they still frequent the Island ?

I lately read that the captain of a whaler had seen on Lord Howe’s Island a
bird which he describes to be very like the Notornis Oweni, a gigantic Rail of
New Zealand. If so, it is not unlikely that some representative of this order may
be found at Norfolk Island. Does the Lady Franklin ever sight Lord Howe’s
Island either going or coming? What a treat it would be to Owen to send him one
of those birds, whose bones have given him so much delight in describing. I must
apologize for giving you so much trouble,

And remain, my dear Sir,
Yours very faithfully,

Joseph Milligan, Esq., THOMAS J. EWING.
Secretary Royal Society
of Van Diemen’s Land.”

After some discussion, the thanks of the Society were voted for the commu-
nications and presentations received, and the meeting, which was rather thinly
attended in consequence of the bad weather, broke up.

‘

lit Octoser, 1854.—Monthly meeting; the Rev. John Lillie, D.D., a Vice-
President, in the chair.

Amongst the Fellows present were Drs. Agnew, Hall, and Lee; Capt. Stoney
and Major Berthon; Messrs. Champ, Hone, Kilburn, Perkins, Barnard, Moss,
Propsting, &e. |

After a ballot, J. E. Calder and Thomas Hewitt of Hobart Town, Esquires, were
declared to be duly elected Fellows of the Society.

The presentations were :—By the Rey. T. J. Ewing, of New Town, Two Parts
of the “ Bulletin de la Société de Geographie.”

By Mrs. Tapfield, of Macquarie-street, a manuscript yolume containing the

190 Proceedings.

characters used to express fifty-four different oriental and other languages, &c.,
ancient and modern.

From Dr. Knight, of Auckland, New Zealand, through His Excellency Sir Wm’ ~
T. Denison,—Named Specimens of forty-two species of Mosses of New Zealand.

The Secretary read Dr. Knight’s letter, in which further contributions are pro-
mised and exchanges solicited with the Society and individual members.

From Miss Denison was received two fine specimens of Voluta fusiformis, one
of the most elegant and showy of Tasmanian shells.

My. Moses presented two good specimens of Nautilus Pompilius.

From the Rey. Mr. Tanner, of Port Phillip, was received (through Mr. Walch)
a packet containing about twenty species of seeds of Australian plants, collected
by him at and near Wide Bay, New South Wales.

The Secretary read a note from Mr. Thomas Moore intimating his intention
of making a collection of specimens of the coal and associated beds in the Lanca-
shire coal-fields, England, for the Royal Society’s Museum, in order to institute
exact comparisons with the products of equivalent strata in this colony.

Mr. Milligan also read a note from Sir William Denison transmitting a list of
Tasmanian and Australian plants asked for in the way of exchange by Messrs.
Veitch, of Chelsea.

Mr. Tapfield, of Macquarie-street, presented a few fine specimens of agate, cut
and polished, and said to be from Germany.

From Mr. William Lyons was received a lizard, in spirits, resembling Cyclodus
Casuarine, obtained by him on the side of the road to Mount Wellington, by the
Springs, about a mile beyond the Cascades.

Mr. Propsting presented a stuffed specimen of one of the smaller species of the
Napu section of the Moschide, or Musk-deer tribe, which was brought from India
by Major Coombe.

From Mr. Belbin was received the skin of the elegant Australian Honey-eater,
Entomyza cyanotis, shot by him at Port Phillip.

Mr. G. A. Makeig submitted for examination a sample of arenaceous clay from
his farm near the “ Flower Pot,” D’Entrecasteaux’s Channel, coloured with the
minute green fungus which has so often led to a supposition of the existence of
copper in our clay formations.

From Capt. M. L. Smith was received a hand specimen of a calcareous stratum
deposited on granite. The Secretary remarked that upon Flinder’s Island, and some
of the neighbouring islands, this bed of chalk is found of a thickness varying from
a few inches to many feet; in some places a few feet only above the level of the
sea,—while in others it occurs (still, however, only as a crust over granite) at an
elevation of three or four hundred feet: and besides being met with on the Islands,
that it exists also at Cape Grim and at other points along the coast, passing occa-
sionally into a coherent and rather hard marl, and into a marly breccia, and that it
may be presumed to have been deposited immediately before the last considerable
upheaval of these islands.

Proceedings. 191

From the Reverend J. Fereday, of George Town, was received a packet of seeds
of the Alyxia buxifolia, the shrubby tree from which the scented wood of the
north coast of Tasmania is procured.

From Mr. Calder was received a series of specimens of the beds passed through
by him in sinking a forty-feet hole in the richest part of the old Eureka line; with
a fragment of quartz from the Great (134lb.) Nugget-hole at Canadian Gulley ;
and specimens of slate from Golden Point, Ballaarat.

Mr. Milligan placed before the meeting a paling thickly covered with barnacles,
Pentelasmis, sp.? picked up on the sea coast, near the Douglas Piver.

From Myr. Calder was also received a spirit preparation of the small Flying
Squirrel, Acrobates pygmeus, (Desm.) of Victoria.

An elaborate paper on Tasmanian Statistics for the decennial period ending
31st December, 1853, was read by Mr. Barnard.

Conversations followed, in which most of the members present took part.

It was then moved by Mr. Hone, and seconded by Dr. Agnew, and carried,—
“That the thanks of the meeting are due to Mr. Barnard for his able and valuable
paper on Statistics, and to the other persons who have made communications and
presentations to the Society.”

The reverend chairman rose, and the meeting broke up by half-past nine o’clock.

8TH NovEeMBER, 1854.—Monthly evening meeting; Joseph Hone, Esq., in
the chair.

The following gentlemen were, after a ballot, declared to be duly elected Fellows
of the Society: Major Bradshaw, Dr. Atkinson, P.M.O., of Hobart Town; John
Sinclair, M.L.C., of Launceston; and Anthony R. Truro, of Campbell Town,
Hsquires.

The presentations made to the Library were:—By the Rev. T. J. Ewing,
of New Town;—“ Elements of Physio-philosophy, by Lawrenz Oken, M.D. ;”
also 2 vols. of the Bulletin de la Société de Geographie, and “ Westgarth’s Com-
mercial and Statistical Report of the Colony of Port Phillip for 1844.”

First Report of the Adelaide Philosophical Society from the Secretary, from
whom a letter has been received seeking an interchange of communications, and
co-operation with the Royal Society in the pursuit and working out of their
respective objects and views.

From Ferdinand Miiller, Esq., Government Botanist of Victoria, his Second
General Report on the Vegetation of the Colony, dated the 5th October last.

From the Rey. W. B. Clarke, F.G.S., &c., Sydney, a Council Paper relative to
Gold Discoveries in Australia; another on Sir R. I. Murchison’s claim to the
same; also Reports Nos. 9 and 10, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, to the Colonial
Secretary, on the Geology of the Clarence District and adjoining regions, and of
the basin of the Condamine River, respectively.

192 Proceedings.

Mr. Boot forwarded to the Museum a piece of polished Purbeck stone which
formed part of the foundation of the “Old London Bridge,” immediately under
the “Ladye Chapel,” the first stone of which was laid in 1176.

A note was read from Mr. Groom, of Harefield, transmitting one of the largest
* Sheep Balls” which has been met with, measuring thirteen inches round. It is
well known that these balls consist of a succession of layers of imperfectly digested
vegetable fibre. Whether the action by which this matter is accumulated is due
to functional disorder, or to the fact of the animal eating plants msusceptible of
perfect digestion by a healthy stomach, remains yet to be proved : this to the stock-
owner, however, appears to be of small moment, as it seems to interfere but little
with the health and condition of the animal affected. Mr. Groom says of this
particular ball, “it was taken out of a fat sheep four years old: there were many
others in the sheep, but this was the largest. As far as I have seen, they do not
appear to be injurious.”

A letter was read from My. Thomas Flude in reference to a sample of Coal taken
from the out-crop of a seam exposed by a road party in cutting for repairs near
Green Ponds. Mr. Flude says, “the present appearances appear to indicate an
obvious dip to the N.E., and running under the hill on the eastern portion of the
proposed township of Shepton Montacute, on the top of Constitution Hill, and close
to the main line of road; the cutting all above shows a quantity of free-stone, and
large iron-stone pebbles mixed with gravel of a bright red and seams of very stiff
clay.” A sample of the coal was submitted to the meeting, having been forwarded
by the Director-General of Roads, by order of His Excellency Sir William Denison.

Mr. F.S. Dobson submitted to the meeting Three Tables of Meteorological
Observations taken at Government House by him, in conjunction with Mr. Hull,
‘for August, September, and October last. Mr. Dobson also submitted a Table
showing the specific gravity of twenty-five timber trees of Tasmania, ascertained by
himself, and read a short but interesting paper upon the subject.

Mr. Milligan read a letter from J. Barnard Davis, Esq., of Shelton, Staffordshire,
-enclosing a proof of the first plate of his forthcoming Ethnological work, entitled
““Crania Britannica,’ and soliciting contributions from members of the Society
and others of skulls of the Aboriginal races of Tasmania, New Zealand, Australia,
_&¢c., together with specimens of the hair of the “ full blood natives” of these countries
‘for microscopic purposes. The Secretary stated that he would have much pleasure in
forwarding to Mr. Davis any contribution of this nature entrusted to him for the
purpose, and observed that researches such as Mr. Davis was engaged in were
becoming of daily greater importance, in consequence of the rapid disappearance
of the aboriginal races under the influence of civilization.

After discussions on subjects before the meeting, it was moved by Dr. Agnew,
seconded by Mr. Barnard, and carried,—

“That the thanks of the meeting are due to the various parties who have sent
donations and papers.”

The following resolution was then moved by Mr. Kilburn, seconded by Mr. Mess,
and carried unanimously,

Proceedings. 198

“That it is the opinion of this meeting, that an expression of the estimation in
which His Excellency Six William Denison, the President, now about to retire, is
held by the Society is required, and that the Secretary do accordingly take steps
to bring the subject under the notice of the Council, with a view to the preparation
of an appropriate Address to be laid before a Special General Meeting of the
Fellows convened for this purpose, and for appointing a deputation to wait upon
His Excellency with the same.”

The chairman rose, and the meeting broke up at half-past nine.

13TH DrecrmBEr, 1854.—Monthly nfieecting; the chair was occupied by Joseph
Hone, Esq., senior member of the Council.

Upon a ballot taking place, the following gentlemen were declared duly elected
Fellows :—

The Rey. John Allen Manton and Arthur Gardiner, Esq., both of Hobart Town.

A message was received from His Excellency the President excusing his non-
attendance.

The following donations were announced :—

From the Royal Geographical Society, a Catalogue of their Library, corrected to
May 1851, with addenda to May 1853.

From Dr. Shaw, Address of the Right Honourable the Earl of Ellesmere, K. G.,
D.C. L., &c., at the Anniversary of the Royal Geographical Society, held on 22nd
May last.

From the Royal Society of London, Fasciculus No. 6, Vol. 7, of their Proceedings,
forwarded through His Excellency Sir William Denison.

From D. T. Kilburn, Esq., a short History of the Tower of London, by Joseph
Wheeler, and a Guide to the Crystal Palace and Park at Sydenham, by Samuel
Philips.

For the Museum the following contributions were reported :—

From Mrs. Champ, a fine specimen of a Cowrie, Cyprea talpa.

From Arthur Smith, Esq., of Syndal, near Ross, arecent mammilated concretion
of arenaceous particles cemented with Silex having somewhat the form of Coral;
being portion of a thin bed intersected about ten or twelve feet down in digging a
well near his residence.

From the collection of the late Captain Addison, presented by his widow,
two Chinese Umbrellas, the barrel of a Chinese Gun bored in stone,
closely fitted round with slips of bamboo strongly hooped together, having
the touch-hole at the extremity of the breech, captured at the taking of Chusan ;—
a small Battle Axe and three Clubs of the Fegees;—the Staff of a Baton of a
New Zealander, ornamented with carved work ;—a similar Staff, having fixed
upon it the head of a European tomahawk;—an Adze of the axe stone of New

2B

194 Proceedings.

Zeala nd, strongly secured by lashings to the handle, upon the European model
of an adze;—an Australian aboriginal Shield ;—two elaborately carved Boxes with
lids ;—two Slings and a Waisthelt from some of the Tropical Pacific Islands; and
a native’s Cloak from New Zealand.

From Mr. John Roberts, a specimen of Coal from the sinking now being
carried on at Spring Bay, on Mr. Vickery’s estate.

From Mr. H. Hull, specimen of the Kino of the Eucalyptus.

From Mr. Charles Seal, five skins of Tasmanian Snakes, and two Walrus Teeth,
obtained from the Esquimaux, Behring’s Straits, fashioned and used by them
instead of tire-irons for their sleighs.

The Secretary added to the collection fifteen prepared samples of Woods, dupli-
cates of specimens sent last year to the London Society of Arts.

From His Excellency Sir William Denison was received a small Table made of
the various woods indigenous to Norfolk Island.

Mr. Moss took occasion to observe that the views lately advanced by him in a
paper read before the Society, as to the knowledge of astronomy possessed. by the
ancient Jews, were corroborated by a statement which he pointed out in a recent
copy of a periodical devoted to the literature and concerns of the Jews.

The Secretary read a letter from Dr. Storey, of Swanport, enclosing a communi-
cation from Mr. George French Angas, of the Australian Museum, Sydney, pro-
posing exchanges of objects in natural history with this Society.

After some conversation the Secretary read the names of the Members of
Council who retire in rotation at the close of the year, namely :—

Sir John Lewes Pedder, Joseph Hone, Esq.,
Rey. John Lillie, D.D., Joseph Allport, Esq.,
and stated that the Council had thought fit to propose these gentlemen for

re-election, in conformity with Rule XXXII.

Mr. Moss inquired whether any steps had been taken by the Council in the
matter of an Address to His Excellency the President on his retirement?

The Secretary stated that an Address had been prepared, and would be sub-
mitted to a Special General Meeting of the Fellows, to be summoned on such day
and hour as might now be determined upon.

When it was moved by Mr. Matson, seconded by Mr. Kilburn, and carried
unanimously, “that a Special General Meeting of the Fellows of the Society be
invited to attend at the Museum for this purpose on Wednesday next, the 20th
instant, at four o'clock.”

The thanks of the meeting having been then voted for the various donations,
Mr. Hone left the chair, and the m eting broke up.

¢

TERS,

ICE, COLLINS STREET,

14,

Proceedings at Monthly Evening Meetings ............ Vane waco cy susvanduhreatansater et

H. & ©. Best, Printers, Daily Courier Office, Collins-street, Hobart Town. ve

. On the Geological Relations of some of the Coal Seams of Van Diemen’s :

CONTE NTs:
aD Se alee

‘ Page :

. On the Heavy Fall of Rain at Hobart Town on the 25th and 26th February,

1854, with reference to the Sewerage and Drainage, &c., of the City. :
By His Excellency Sir W. T. Denison, F.R.S., &c. &¢. &e. «2. ..ceceeeee be

. On the Best Method of Relaxing Dried Skins, &c. By William Swainson,

Bisg BERS, and DiS.) Socio csvacsweaeevest acarssess scpiahsceaseecueaseraedinere aus Gu

. On Tasmanian Statistics for the Decennial Period 1844 to 1853, &c. By

James Barnard, Esq...........2.02-04- Wesbaccmeenonsonuecec secant e dattes@edeisenensse ste 93 :

. On the Characters of Astele, a New Division in the Family of Trochine, or

Trochiform Shells, &c. By William Swainson, Bsq., FUR.S.....0..+..0.-. 36

. On the Characters of Amphibious Volutes allied to the genus Melampus,

&e, By William Swainson, Esq., FURS. ..ss-scessccssccsesesseesesvescsssecess 4a

. On Australian Haliotide, or Ear-shells, &e. By William Swainson, Ksgq.,

BMA S Bupagdeo goa ec eancoce ee Ricadcnns aren ean eaepe neu Renate Migue eysioeanstreaaeycome ne

. On the Encroachments of the Sea along the North Coast of Tasmania, &c.

By B) Cy Gunn; sq sO ee eer en, 54a

. On Australian Entomostracans, &c. By the Reverend R. L. King, B.A.,

Sydney: ce sssescseaeeoues BE es Rae a aac nea ear a abe MPT gape ieste MRR Met a 56 a

. On the Potato Grub of Tasmania. By Captain H. Berthon, H.E.I.C.S. ... 76 i

. On a Specimen ‘of Shark in the Museum of the Royal Society of Van 2
Diemen’s! Land:. “By Av Cross) Hisq., GRIN, ( iserdsctestecsteconencsssucdsaacg

. On the Trigonometrical Survey of Van Diemen’s Land. By Major Cotton,
H.E.LG.S., Deputy Surveyor-General ........0.--scescconceseeneeaes Epcacdean:

. On the Combustible Schist of the Mersey River, Tasmania. By Professor -
Penny, of the Andersonian University, Glasgow ..........-+. Ce eecach cae

\

Land, &c. &c. By Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Esq., Government Geologist, se
WACHOVIA Coyrcdvacse vecaceconenbensaeteancceus deat weceesasseerens cc caatecncusunouy su. Caen 116)
List of the Birds of Tasmania. By the Reverend T. J. Ewing, of New %

TRO WANS oorcacs ioiccecsae eae cue tuee cen caaeiaeeeeaaees Seheaesereeden Abas Wore eaerescen a 4a

ae
or
Hn

Or nope

#1

Alaa Ie Fe

al

9)

PAPERS AND PROCEEDINGS
| THE ROYAL SOCIETY
OF |

TASMANIA.

VOL. IIT. PART II.
Sy 1859.

{
|

TASMANIA : |
BY

WALCH AND SONS, HOBART TOWN; AND BY OTHER
BOOKSELLERS,

XV.—On Norfolk Island, its Character and Productions.
By Cuartes Toocoop Downine, Hsg., M.D. [Read
8th August, 1855.]

It was intimated at a recent meeting of this Society, that as
Norfolk Island is about to pass into the hands of new
occupants, it would be desirable to have some record of its
natural history and resources. In accordance with the
wishes of the members, I have drawn up a short paper
on the subject, though with considerable diffidence, in
the hope only that fresh facts will be elicited in the after
discussion. The sources from whence my information has
been drawn have been the histories of the early and
later navigators—Cook, Anson, Hunter, Keppel; the nar-
ratives of those who have visited or resided at the place ;
and all those records, correspondences, and reports to which
I could obtain access otherwise. As far as possible, I
have verified the accounts of others by my own personal
observation and experience during three visits to and short
residences on the island. Still, this essay, should only be
regarded as a reswmé—as little more than a collection and
arrangement of scattered facts, drawn up in the simple and
terse style most suitable to this Society. To many gentle-
men, some of whom are present, I am indebted for valuable
suggestions and information, and am more especially under
great obligations to Dr. Nixon, Bishop of Tasmania, for
lending the beautiful drawings, (now submitted), taken
by himself, and which will aid much in illustrating the
subject.

Norfolk Island, discovered by Captain Cook in 1774, is a

C2

196 On Norfolk Island,

small spot of land in the Pacific Ocean, south latitude
29° 2’, east longitude 168° 1’. From the eapital of Tas-
mania, of which it is a dependency, it is 1200 miles distant,
and about 900 from the port of Sydney. With it are asso-
ciated Phillip and Nepean Islands on the southern side, and
the Bird Islands, or Rocks, seven or eight in number, on the
northern shore. The variation of the needle is 11°:00, E.

The group is isolated, not only from its distant position,
but its inaccessibility. There is no secure harbour, and
the surf beats so heavily on the coral reefs and igneous
rocks with which the coast is guarded, that often for weeks
together no landing can be effected. A moderate depth of
water extends some miles from the shore, the bottom con-
sisting of banks of coral sand mixed with shells,* and
affording, although exposed, anchorage ; but nearer in, and
especially between the islands, the ground is hard and
rocky, rendering the holding insecure and fouling frequent.
The insecurity from this source is much increased by the
force of the current, which often runs at the rate of 24 or 3
knots an hour between the islands.

The general tides are regular and usually equal, flowing
by the shore six hours each way. They make, however, two
hours sooner on the Norfolk Island coast than in the stream, or
over towards Phillip Island.t The flood runs to the 8.W. by
S., the ebb to the N.E. by N. Therise is from 5 to 7 feet,
and the flow, at full and change, 7% hours. Commonly speak-
img, the tides on this coast will carry a ship clear of danger,
not into it. ‘The only exceptions are with respect to the
Bambora Rocks at the S.W. extremity of Norfolk Island, and
a low point almost corresponding to them, projecting from the
S. W. point of Nepean Island.{ On both these the tides set

* Cook’s Voyages, 148. + Burney’s Report.
{ Keppel’s Voyage, vol. ii. p. 244,

zis Character and Productions. 187

almost directly, and as they are respectively at the east and
west extremities of the bay in which the Settlement is
placed, and not more than three miles and a half apart, they
add much to the danger. On these Bambora Rocks the
Sirius was wrecked from this cause in 1791.

Norfolk Island, of an irregular quadrangular form, is
about seven miles in length from east to west, by four in
breadth from north to south. From the survey taken by
Major Burney, the Commanding Royal Engineer of New
South Wales, in 1840, we learn that the superficial extent
of the island, usually reckoned at 14,000, is 8960 acres ;*
of this, 1080 acres were then cleared for agriculture, and
about 1000 were pasturage. The relative proportions of these
have since varied, and rather more land has been brought
into cultivation.

The average height of the island is from 800 to 400 feet
above the level of the surrounding ocean, although the land
is generally higher on the northern side. In this direction
lofty perpendicular cliffs bound the shore, and Mount Pitt,
with its double summit, rises to an elevation of 1050 feet
above the level of the sea. From hence the surface has a
gradual declension towards the south, and terminates in a
level flat, but little above high watermark, on which the
Settlement is placed. The surface is so irregular that, in
the language of a sailor,t if correctly laid down in a plan,
with all the hills and valleys accurately represented, Norfolk
Island would very much resemble the waves of the sea in a
gale of wind; for it is composed wholly of long, narrow,
and very steep ridges of hills with deep gullies, which are as
narrow at the bottom as the hills are at the top.

Lhe soil of the island is very uniform, consisting of a

* Correspondence respecting Convict Discipline, 1846.
+ Capt. Hunter’s Voyage, 1791.

198 On Norfolk Island,

red, porous, ferruginous earth, originating in the decom-
position of voleanic rocks (Wacké*) of ancient date, which
occur in seams of various shades of colour like true strata,
and pass insensibly into basalt; of which, sometimes
columnar, the cliffs on the northern shore are formed. This
friable earth alternates with white coneretionary marl, both
studded with boulders of porphyritic rock, gradually disin-
tegrating. This is evident by their outer layers crumbling
into dust under the finger, but gradually becoming denser
towards the centre, where their texture is as hard and
crystalline as granite. Pumice is found abundantly on the
coast. In fact, the whole geological character of the island
is indicative of volcanic agency. The low flat on the
southern shore, previously alluded to, about a mile in extent
from east to west, and a quarter broad, is alone of aqueous
origin. It consists of coarse marine limestone, or calcareous
grit of recent deposit, and is usually employed for building
purposes, but yields on burning lime of great purity.
Near this is also obtained sandstone, or calcareous grit of
fine quality, from which dripstones and other porous vessels
are manufactured.

The only metal found on the island is iron, in the mineral
forms of red and yellow ochre. A chalybeate spring has
been noticed at Orange Vale.

Phillip Island is about five miles distant from the Settle-
ment. It is 14 mile long, $ths of a mile broad, the general
elevation being greater than that of Norfolk Island, and
averaging 800 or 900 feet above the level of the sea.
In physical structure the two islands are identical, Phillip
Island consisting of porphyritic rocks more or less disin-
tegrated, and a smal] quantity of calcareous grit, known as
the Sloop Rock, on the shore.

%* Topographical and Medical Reports, 1849-50.

its Character and Productions. 199

Nepean, situated within the former, is about 400 yards
from the beach of Norfolk Island. It is a rugged, rocky islet,
a quarter of a mile long, and of a horse-shoe form, open to
the cast. Formed entirely of marine limestone, it rises
about 50 feet above the level of the sea, and serves as a
habitation to birds, and to them alone.

Rocks, chiefly basaltic, which are separated from the
northern coast of Norfolk Island by rapid currents, and
worn into caverns by their waves, constitute the Bird
Islands.

The briefest history is alone necessary. When first dis-
covered, Norfolk Island was uninhabited. No human foot
had previously touched its shores. Colonized from Sydney,
in the hope of making it a granary, and subsequently
abandoned, it has, chiefly on account of its isolated posi-
tion and its inaccessibility, been used for many years past
as a penal station.

From the cessation of transportation to these colonies,
Norfolk Island is now once more deserted, and will shortly
be given up to the Pitcairners, a patriarchal people,
numbering about 200, descended from the mutineers of the
Bounty. These particulars, which are of course well known,
are adduced merely to show that sufficient time and oppor-
tunity have been afforded for observation as to the capa-
bilities of Norfolk and the adjacent islands for the habitation
of man, and what have hitherto been made of them. Nepean
and Phillip Islands have never been inhabited, except for
brief periods by runaway convicts.

The Settlement is situated, as I previously intimated, at
the south side of the island, on a level flat of limestone.
It consists of the Government-house, convict and military
barracks, commissariat stores, a large lumber yard, gaol
and hospital, with the private dwellings of the officials.

200 On Norfolk Island,

About a mile distant on the western side is the agricultural
station of Longridge, containing extensive farm buildings ;
and at the back of the island, or northern face, the long
since abandoned hamlet of Cascades: excellent roads lead
from one to the other of these places.

The landing from boats is effected at the northern or
southern side of the island, according to the direction and
force of the wind. At Sydney Bay a small jetty has been
constructed, with a flag-staff, in order to notify to mariners
the condition of the water. Notwithstanding all precautions,
accidents are of frequent occurrence. At the Cascades, so
named from small streams of water falling over the basaltic
cliffs on the shore, the sea is generally smooth when the
wind is from the southward, so that landing can be easily
effected on some rocks that project into the water. Anson's
‘Bay is now deemed impracticable.

Norfolk Island is abundantly supplied with water of
excellent quality. The streams are small and insignificant,
but fountains will rise from the rock in every direction, and
collecting, run as brooklets down the vallies. The rain
which falls during the year is moderate in quantity.
Sometimes, as might be expected in a country so near the
Tropics, it falls abundantly. Yet, however heavy or long-
continued the shower, no water accumulates, as the drainage
is thoroughly accomplished by means of the deep gullies
which radiate in all directions from the high land towards
the sea. Vegetation is hence most luxuriant. Rain falls at
all periods of the year, but chiefly during the winter.
Fogs and mists are unknown. But few days occur in
the course of the year in which the sky is not more or less
clouded, and the horizon rarely presents that clear defined
outline so common in the Australian Colonies.* In the

* Top. & Med. Report, 1847-49.

tts Character and Productions. 201

summer seasons the prevailing winds are generally dry and
from the eastward. In the winter months they come
chiefly from the opposite quarter, accompanied by clouds and
showers. The few heavy gales are from the south. But the
wind most dreaded is that from the north, which comes
loaded with heat and moisture, and exercises a relaxing
and baneful influence upon the human frame. ‘The average
duration of these winds is two or three days, and they
usually occur three or four times in the month.

The temperature of the island may be considered
both moderate and equable. The highest reading of the
thermometer during the year 1847 was 87° Farenheit,
the lowest 49°; the mean annual temperature deduced
from four daily observations, including the lowest at night
and the highest by day, was 683°; the mean difference
between the extremes of day and night 17°. In the year
1850, the highest reading of the thermometer in the shade
out of doors was 85°, the lowest 51°, showing an annual
range of 34°. The mean monthly temperatures during the
same year were as follow :—

CV OINUAIGY) Pees sacs sccee sees 74
IFC DRWAT YN yt oak oe 7d
Marchi. cat saan 73
VATE § bag eset cess scons 1AU)
May zijecsteuadeacpesatnee ren: 653
UTC Sec eea eeeareaeae 63
Glib N scoomeastees carreras sbpoceee 62
Septemaer | i.e eons «ase. 645
OGtobenih arses ee: 65
November '..2.65-stiecehens 703

December ........ eee 723

202 On Norfolk Island,

These figures indicate an extreme of mean monthly range
for the year of 123; less by 14 than that of 1849; with an
annual mean of 68°,—exactly the same as that of the pre-
vious twelve months.

The Climate of Norfolk Island, although somewhat re-
laxing, is considered salubrious. The chief diseases to
which residents are subject, as gathered from the medical
reports of many years, result from the prevailing heat and
moisture, often producing debility and relaxation of the
mucous membranes. Few escape without some symptoms of
this on their first arrival. Dysentery, of a type intermediate,
between Tropical and European, is rather common, and
may be attributed, in addition to the causes previously
mentioned, to the inordinate use of lemons, guavas, and
other wild fruit. It is in a measure endemic in the island.
Opthalmia, chiefly conjunctival, prevails almost epidemically
during the months of August, September, and October,* the
exciting cause being atmospheric. Bronchitis again prevails
during the winter months. The same may be said of the
many rheumatic cases that occur, and which are almost all
muscular ; such as pleurodynia, lumbago, &c., the articular
form being of very rare occurrence. Such are the ordinary
ailments of the place; but it is by no means free from
other occasional visitations. The scarlet fever, for instance,
made its appearance on the island, without apparent propa-
gation, at the time it prevailed as an awful scourge in
Tasmania.

The soil of Norfolk Island is of exuberant fertility, so
that the rewards of industry may be obtained without its
exertion. Forest trees grow in great abundance, and
beneath them a rich growth of underwood. This appears
to have been the case at the time of its discovery, for

* Annual Med. Report, 1850.

Zés Charucter and Productions. 203

Captain Cook remarked that the ground was so thick
with shrubs and plants for about two hundred yards from
the shore, that there was great difficulty in penetrating
further inland. * This great navigator noticed the striking
similarity in natural productions between this group and
New Zealand. This was doubtless the case at the time he
paid his visit: but since then, so many things have been
introduced, so many plants have been cultivated, abandoned
or suffered to grow wild, that it is no easy matter to determine
at the present day which are and which are not indigenous.
It will be well perhaps to describe the nature and economical
uses of the more remarkable of these productions.

The most striking objects that meet the eye on nearing
the land are the lofty tops of the Norfolk Island Pine, the
Araucaria excelsa of botanists. This, one of the most
elegant of the conifers, towers high above the surrounding
forest, or takes its position singly or in clumps on the very
verge of the ocean. It thus forms a characteristic feature in
the landscape. In height, it may formerly have ranged
from 150 to 200 feet, but of late years few trees of this
latter elevation have escaped the axe. ‘This pine, compared
by some to those of Caledonia and New Zealand, resembles
the Norway Spruce, although the tiers ofits branches are more
distant and regular. The timber is not of good quality,
as it soon rots when exposed to the weather, and fearful
ravages are made in it by the teredo or auger-worm,
when exposed to its action. The bullock-fences of the
island require renewal every two or three years. When
employed for building purposes, such as flooring in the
interior of houses, it is more durable. ‘The knot of this
pine is compact, hard, and fine in grain, and, from its trans-
lucency and rich dark tint, is admirably adapted to hollow

* Voyages, fol. edit., vol. 2., p. 148.
2D

204 On Norfolk Island,

turnery. Beautiful specimens of this work, executed in this
wood, were sent from Tasmania to the Paris Exhibition.
These pine-knots, when defective, serve another very useful
purpose. They make excellent fuel, and, on account of the
rich hydro-ecarbons with which they are charged, burn with
the brightness and persistence of the best Enghsh coal.

For economical purposes, the iron-wood, Notelea longi-
folia,* or Olea Apetala,t isthe most important and valuable
of the indigenous timber-trees of Norfolk Island. It yields
a fine, close-grained wood, very hard and durable. This is
ehiefly employed in wheelwright’s work. but may be used
with advantage by the cabinet-maker, as some specimens are
remarkably well veined.

Among the many ornamental woods obtained from this
ocean isle should be enumerated the rose-wood, believed. to
be a species of acacia, the beech, (so called), the maple, Acer
Dobinea(?), the hop-wood, obtained from the Dordonsa orien-
talis,t the hard yellow- wood, from the Blackburnia pinnata,
the white-wood, and the cherry-tree,—a species of Haxecar-
pus; the bark of this latter, rich in tannin, has been used
in making leather.

Pursuing our investigation of the vegetable kingdom, we
come to what is locally called the White Oak, the Hzbiscus, or
Lagunea Patersoni. tis perhaps the largest plant known
to exist, belonging to the Malvacee, or Mallow Tribe. At-
taining sometimes an elevation of sixty or eighty feet, and
displaying a profusion of large pink flowers with leaves of
whitish green, it would form an elegant addition to the
shrubbery. In an economie pomt of view it is valueless,
except for firewood.

* Keppel, vol. i1., 282.
+ Tasmanian Contributions to the Paris Exhibition, p. 43.
~ Query—Dodonea, sp.:—Ep.

its Character and Productions. 205

The Cabbage-tree, Areca, or Seaforthia sapida, was
noticed by Cook, and has been since well described by one
who visited the island.* It is a handsome palm, with
a trunk about twenty feet in height and from one and
a half to two feet in circumference, with annular scars, left
by the failen leaves. The fronds form a princely crest at
the top of this elegant column. ‘They are pectinate, and
are sometimes nineteen feet in length. They vary from
nine to fifteen in number. The apex of the trunk is inclosed
in the sheathing bases of the leaf-stalks, along with the
flower-buds and young leaves. When the leaves fall, double-
compressed sheaths are discovered, pointed at the upper
extremity, which split open indiscriminately on the upper
or under side, and fall off, leaving a branched spadix, or
flower-stem, which is of ivory whiteness, and attached by a
broad base to the trunk. The flowers are produced upon
this spadix. ‘They are very small, and are succeeded by
round seeds, red externally, but white, and as hard as horn
within. As the seeds advance towards maturity, the spadix
becomes green. The young unfolded leaves of this cabbage-
tree rise perpendicularly in the centre of the crest. In this
state they are used for making brooms. ‘Those still unpro-
tected, and remaining inclosed within the sheaths of the
older leaves, form a white mass as thick as a man’s arm.
This is eaten raw, boiled or pickled. In a raw state it tastes
like a nut, and boiled it resembles artichoke bottoms. The
seeds furnish food for the Wood-quest.

The Freycinetia Baueriana, or Norfolk Island Grass-
tree, belongs te the tribe of Pandanee, or Screw Pines.
Tts stem, an inch and a half in diameter, and marked by
rings as the former, lies on the ground, or, winding round
the trunks of trees, climbs like ivy to their summit. ‘The

* Backhouse, p. 264.

206 On Norfolk Island,

branches are crowned with crests of broad, sedge-like
leaves. From the centre of these arise masses of red,
pulpy fruit, four inches in length and as much in circum-
ference. While in flower the centre leaves are scarlet, which
adds to the splendid appearance of the plant.

In the open, grassy valleys, two or three species of tree-
fern, the Alscphila excelsa, and Cyathea medullaris, exhibit
with Maranta elegans, their rich crests among the surround-
ing verdure. ‘They often measure forty or fifty feet in height,
and have fronds of great length and magnificence. From the
centre of the trunk a black wood is extracted, and used by
cabinet-makers for stringing.

The Norfolk Island Bread-firuit differs much from that
grown at Tahiti or the West Indies. It is the Charlwoodia
Australis. Attaining twenty feet in height, it branches from
within a few feet from the ground, and forms several heads
with flag-like leaves, and long-branched spikes cf greenish
star flowers. These are succeeded by small purple berries,
the food of parrots.

The native Spice-plant, by many thought to be the
pimento, is the Piper Psittacorum, or Ava of the South
Sea Islands. It yields fruit of a yellow colour and long
cylindrical form, which has an aromatic taste, and may be
employed as a pickle or preserve.

The Blood-tree yields on tapping a fluid of a bright red
colour. ‘This has been used as medicine as an astringent,
but is more generally employed as a marking ink, as the
stain on linen is indelible.

The Cotton-plant was once cultivated by Captain Maco-
nochie with advantage. It is now wild, and overruns every
part of the island to such an extent as to render the Bush
almost impracticable.

The Phormium tenax, or New Zealand flax, has always

its Character and Productions. 207

grown abundantly on the cliffs of the northern coast, and on
the steep declivities of the hills inland. It is a large, hand-
some plant, with sedge-like leaves. It has not lately been
cultivated for economical purposes. We are assured,* how-
ever, that two New Zealanders were once introduced to
teach the people how to prepare it, but their process was so
tedious that the scheme was abandoned.

The chief medicinal plants growing wild are the Datura
stramonium, Ricinus communis, and the Solanum nigrum.
This latter is a fine, ornamental shrub, the berries of which,
reported poisonous in England, have been cooked and eaten
here with impunity.

Many climbers of great luxuriance and beauty are seen
winding round the trunks of fern and forest trees, or hang-
ing in graceful festoons from stem to stem. ‘The slender
Jasmine, Jasminum gracilis, at home, a delicate hot-house
plant, is one of the most distinguished of this group. Its
twisted stems, of considerable thickness, may often be seen
hanging like ropes from the lower branches of the pine, or
white-oak, while its flowers cluster in the top. ‘The rosy-
pink petals of the Ipomea pendula, greatly resembling those
of the Convolvulus Major, and the purple and green pea-
flowers of the Wistaria, deserve especial notice. Two species
of passion-flower also grow in the Bush, and attract much
attention.

Reserving for description presently the vegetable produc-
tions submitted to cultivation, I will now allude to the Animal
Kingdom.

The Fauna of Norfolk Island is most insignificant. No
quadruped of any size is, I believe, indigenous, and the only
wild ones of the present day are cats, rats, and mice. On

* Backhouse, p. 256.

208 On Norfolk Island,

Phillip Island, however, hogs, goats, and rabbits are to be
found. .

A greater number and variety of the feathered tribes
inhabit this lonely group, or visit it during the breeding
season. ‘The guinea-fowl was observed by the early naviga-
tors, but has now become quite extinct. ‘There are three
kinds of Parrot on Norfolk Island. The small crimson and
blue Lory, the Pstttacus Pennantit, one green with ared
ring round the base of the beak, and another. These birds
are easily entrapped. A dingy-plumaged Kingfisher, bold
and fierce, is very common, and passes under the name of the
Norfolker. The domestic pigeon has been naturalized, and
breeds abundantly among the cliffs. Its numbers would be
troublesome but for the ravages of the wild cat. <A large
and handsome species of pigeon, called the Wood-quest, with
bronzed head and breast, is met with occasionally round the
base of Mount Pitt, but has hitherto resisted all efforts at
domestication. In addition, there is a variety of the black-
bird, (so called), a robin, with a white head and scarlet
breast, guava birds, white-eyes, and fan-tails. These last-
named small birds are met with in the gullies, and are so
tame as to perch upon the finger ora stick if held towards
them. One specimen of the Avocet, the Recurvirostra
rubricollis, was shot upon the island about a year and a half
since, and sent up to this Society by Dr. Hueston ; as well as
a male and female spoon-bill, the head and feet of which are
now laid upon the table.

Ocean-birds in great abundance surround the shore.
Formerly, their head-quarters were at Mount Pitt, but since
Norfolk Island has been inhabited, they have removed to the
smaller isles. Nepean swarms with gannets and mutton-
birds, while boatswain or tropic-birds and sea-swallows in-
habit the rocks to the north.

tts Character and Productions. 209

No snake or other reptile, harmless or venomous, is found
on Norfolk Island. It is free also from lizards and centi-
pedes, both of which are to be found on a certain small por-
tion of Phillip Island. The honey-bee has been naturalized,
and often hives out in the Bush.

Fish in great variety and profusion are caught among the
rocks, or on the soundings for miles around. The shark is
not generally large, although a few of enormous dimensions
have been noticed. There are two species of cod, one
black, rising to 200lbs.,—the other brown, of about 17lbs.*
The shoals yield king-fish, trevaley, salmon, snapper, gro-
per, skip-jack, and trumpeter—all so called. Gar-fish are
also driven within the reefs by their numerous enemies.
All these fish, though dry, are palatable and take salt well.
The turtle is occasionally seen upon the coast, more especially
off Anson’s Bay, where it depositsits eggs. The greater
part of the land has, however, of late years been washed
away, so that the visit of these animals is of rare occurrence.

In consequence of the heaviness of the surf, the greater
number of things thrown upon the shore of these islands
are damaged or destroyed. Still, moderately good collections
of shells and corals have been made, which present, however,
no very peculiar features.

The animals required for the food of man have thriven well
on Norfolk Island. From enquiries at the Commissariat,
J find that about the year 1846 there were 800 head of
cattle, 6000 to 7000 Leicester sheep, and 500 pigs. The
stock left when I was last at the Settlement amounted to
about 3000 or 4000 Leicester sheep and 700 cattle, chiefly
of the Devon and Hereford breed. The greater number of
these have been sold for conveyance to New Zealand, it is

* Keppel, vol, 2, p. 245.

210 On Norfolk Island,

true, but it is understood that sufficient will be left to main-
tain the stock for the new residents.

Whilst a convict station, upwards of 1200 acres have
been brought under cultivation for agricultural purposes.
The chief produce has been rye, oats, and Indian corn. The
soil and climate are not adapted to the growth of wheat ;
several times it has been tried unsuccessfully. ‘The crops
were most uncertain, chiefly owing to rust and smut. The
fungi of these diseases were speedily developed, and proved
destructive by their rapid dissemination. The farm operations
have always been effected by manual labour; yet that it has
not been unproductive is shown by the returns for three
consecutive years, obtained from the Commissariat-oflice.
There were harvested in

MA ee 425,365 tbs. of maize, or about 8507 bushels.

HAG ee. 421,790 tbs. ditto 8435 bushels.

TSLp Ae: 711,296 tbs. ditto 14,225 bushels.

There were two large gardens belonging to the Govern-
ment: one at the Cascades, the other at a lovely spot called
Orange Vale. In these, as weil as in the private grounds
of the civil and military officers, the variety and luxuriance
of produce were extreme, the chief labour arising from the
necessity of constant weeding. At the dinner table of some
of the residents I have observed seven or eight different
kinds of vegetable obtained the same day from their gardens.
It may be well to enumerate some of the things cultivated,
in order to show the capabilities of the island in this respect.

The Coffee-plant thrives well, and yields berries of small
size and good flavour,

The common or round potato is cultivated, but not with
success, although four crops are produced yearly from the
same soil. ‘here is a great tendency to run to stalk, from

ats Character and Productions. 211

rapidity of growth, and the tubers are generally small and
watery.

The Sweet Potato, or Buck, as it is called, the large
tuberous root of the Batatas edulis, a plant of the convol-
vulus tribe, is the chief garden esculent. It yields good
crops twice a year, and may be eaten roasted, boiled, or
fried in slices.

The Arrow-root is very extensively and successfully cul-
tivated in Norfolk Island. The starch is separated in the
usual manner, in the months of September and October, and
is found to be of superior quality.

Cayenne pepper, manufactured from pods of the capsicum
grown in these gardens, has a quality and flavour equal to
any that can be obtained. It is in much demand.

The Sugar-cane is seen in many places growing luxu-
riantly, but quite neglected. ‘The first settlers introduced
the plant, and made rum of its juice. Under the subsequent
regime this distillation was forbidden, and hence the cane
became valueless.

Garden fruits, though varied and abundant, are-not always
of good quality. The banana, strawberry, and grape grow
freely, and may be cultivated to advantage. Raspberries
grow vigorously, but do not fruit. The apple also fails,
chiefly through blight. There are inferior qualities of pine-
apple, fig, olive, pomegranate, almond, quince, melon, and
peach. The loquat, originally derived from Japan by the
way of Batavia, is rather plentiful during the season; as.
well as the passion-fruit. Orange and citron plants, intro-
duced from Sydney, are now just beginning to bear ; but it
is considered doubtful whether the walnut and mulberry trees,
brought by Mrs. Maconochie, will ever yield fruit.

Wild fruits are abundant in the Bush; limes and lemons
may be gathered’ all the year round. The apple-fruited

2 E

212 On Norfolk Island, é&c.

guava is everywhere plentiful, as well as the Physalis edulis,
or Cape gooseberry. A few orange trees may also be met
with. ‘There is a tradition that the fruit of this tree was once
so abundant, and offered so much sustenance to absconders,
that the then Commandant, (Major Morrisett), ordered them
to be extirpated. Upon careful enquiry I find this statement
incorrect. Oranges never were abundant. An attempt was
once made to destroy the wild guava and lemon trees, but
their very abundance at the present day proves that the
effort was abortive.

It may be concluded from the preceding observations,
that Norfolk Island offers every facility to the settlement and
welfare of a limited community. The chief want is that of
a harbour. But this might be obviated readily at a place
called Ball’s Bay, a mile or two eastward of the Settlement.
A profitable fisherymight there be established. Many more
tropical or semi-tropical plants, such as the real bread-fruit,
cocoa-nut, yam, and mango, might be introduced ; while the
proper cultivation of those already there would yield surplus
supplies for exportation. Coffee, maize, sugar, cotton,
arrow-root, castor-oil, and cayenne have hitherto yielded
well, even with forced unwilling labour, and manual industry.
Much more may, therefore, reasonably be expected from
steady perseverance, aided by all the appliances of modern
husbandry. It must not be forgotten, however, that the
very prolificness of the soil offers great temptations to in-
dolence ; and that, unless this vice be steadily resisted, the
most virtuous people will rapidly, both socially and morally,
degenerate.

213

XIIl.—Hobart Town considered with regard to its
Defence. By Ave. FRED. Situ, Hsq., Lieut. 99th
Regt. [Read 14th December, 1858.]

THE defences of a town may be divided into two parts: the
works forming the basis and passive part of the defence,—
and the men and guns, which are the active part.

The men and guns are, I consider, our first care.

Were an Act passed for raising a Colonial Militia, any
consideration of this part of the subject would be needless :
but in the absence of a Legislative enactment an Artillery
Company might in the meantime be formed, in the manner
I am about to submit.

In the first instance, a body of gentlemen volunteers
might be formed, who would assemble once or twice a week
for exercise in artillery, under the guidance and instruction
of an experienced and competent officer in the army, to be
selected by themselves, subject to the approval of the
officer in command of the garrison, or of the Governor of
the Colony. They should then obtain leave to practise on
one of the present Batteries, or, if possible, in one of their
own construction, in some convenient place; making use of
such guns as could be spared from the Ordnance Stores, or
borrowed from merchant ships, chandlers, or the vessels in
port, for the purpose of learning and perfecting themselves
in the exercise. They should twice in the week hold meet-
ings in the afternoon, when the main part of their other
business has been concluded, and at each such meeting a
lecture, or instructions in some form, should be delivered
by the officer appointed. When these gentlemen volunteers

214 Hobart Town considered with

shall have perfected themselves in the science and practice
of gunnery, so as to fit them for giving instructions to
others, there might then be raised a general artillery corps
of well-disposed citizens; the first body acting afterwards as
instructors and officers in their turn, under the general
superintendence and guidance of the officer before men-
tioned: and they should meet as often as their several
avocations would allow.

The uniform worn ought to be of the plainest and
most economical description, and found by the members
themselves.

To further the general views, and cover incidental ex-
penses, money should be raised by a general subscription of
the inhabitants. The expenses would consist of ammunition
for practice, side-arms, (7.e., sponges and rammers, port-
fire-sticks, handspikes, &c. &c.), and of the hire of a room
for meeting in for the delivery of lectures, and other
purposes.

The funds would be disbursed under the control of a
Managing Committee, who would appoint a Secretary and
Treasurer, and frame such laws and regulations as are
requisite for the successful study and prosecution of
military science and exercises, and for the government of a
well-regulated Society.

Thus would be formed the nucleus of an effective Com-
pany of Artillery, which might be increased to any extent
warranted by circumstances. If other force, as infantry,
were required to be raised, the same method might be
employed. Artillery is generally the chief difficulty, and is
therefore dwelt upon in detail.

There are at present in the Ordnance Stores, in addition
to the ten guns (82-pounders,) on the Battery, fourteen
32-pounders complete, making a total of twenty-four of these

regard to its Defence. 215
powerful guns, which are considered the best for distant
ranges against shipping, &c. This would give us three
batteries of eight guns each, or four of six guns. In addi-
tion to these are two small mortars and two light six-
pounders (field pieces); there are also other iron guns,
most of which are condemned, but they might at any rate
be used to instruct beginners in practice, and as models,
should it be found requisite, to cast guns here.

The next questions are, what are the best situations as sites
for defensive works, then what style of works should be con-
structed on those sites ?

Beginning at the Harbour we find three good situations,
viz.;—The place overlooking the present Battery, now
occupied by the shipping signal-staff—that point in the Do-
main commonly called ‘‘ Macquarie Point’*—and Kangaroo
Bluff: on the first two of these, batteries, and on the
third a closed work, should be formed. (Vide Plate I.)
By glancing at the plan it will be seen how works placed in
these situations mutually support and defend each other.

Lower down the River we have Sandy Bay Point, a good
situation for a fourth battery. I submit that a battery upon
this point, having as a citadel of retreat a substantial closed
work constructed on a convenient spur of Mount Nelson, so
as to command the Brown’s River Road, would form the best
disposition of works here.

Just below Kangaroo Bluff is a low sandy point, upon
which a martello might be erected, or a similar work, to
prevent the enemy landing in the bay below.

Thus far have we traced works down the River, and I
presume that any erected further down would come more

* Since this Paper was read, Batteries mounting heavy guns have been con-
structed on both these commanding sites.—Ep,

216 Hobart Town considered with

appropriately to be discussed under the head of coast defences.
We must now consider the reverse or rear of the Town.

This ought to be defended by detached works, which
ought also to be closed works, unless indeed their rear should
fall upon any building which could be used as a citadel of
retreat, and thereby the means of a prolonged defence secured.
Commencing at the end of Mount Nelson Range, near the
termination of Davey-street, a strong work should be erected
there to command the road which comes from the River
Huon, and Procter’s Road from Brown's River: this should
be the first of a line of detached works (vide Plate I.), extend-
ing thence through the valley to Knocklofty, and along the
top of the Knocklofty Range, and then down the ridge which
leads from its northern extremity to the hill in the Govern-
ment Domain. A few small works within a proper distance
of each other should be disposed along the water’s edge, so
as to close the line up to the battery at Macquarie Point.

Ifany exterior defences were required in the direction of the
Launceston Road, to check an attack from that direction,
a line of works on the ridge of Mount Wellington, beyond
New Town, would be necessary.

Thus far have I endeavoured, with the help of my plan, to
show the ground to be occupied. I now come to make a few
extracts from standard military authors, relating to the con-
struction of such works as have been considered advisable
to employ.

The Block-house is the style of field-work to be erected ;
and, after showing various modes of constructing it, I
would ask why should not a block-house (with a little addi-
tional labour) be made a permanent work ?

The Royal Military College Course (p. 225) thus defines
block-houses. ‘A Block-house to resist musketry should
be composed of trees squared, so that the parts in coitact

yegurd to its Defence. Pig

may be at least 6 inches thick, that being the depth to which
a musket-ball penetrates in fir. In order to resist artillery,
two rows of similar trees are placed vertically in the ground,
with an interval of from 8 to 6 feet wide, which is filled with
earth well rammed.

“ The tiers or logs should be 11 or 12 feet long, so that
they may be planted at least 8 feet in the ground, and allow
the interior of the block-house to be 8 or 9 feet high; it
should also be from 18 to 24 feet in the interior.

“The earth used to render the covering shell-proof may be
formed like a small parapet, and from this an additional fire
of musketry may be obtained. I would here suggest that a
small pivot gun, say a 8-pounder, might be used from this
parapet, the pivot being stepped into the centre-prop of the
block-house.” (Vide Plate III., fig. 1., the dotted lines.)
The text goes on to say, ‘ The access to this upper parapet
is through a trap door in the roof. To prevent the block-
house from being set fire to, a ditch should be dug round it,
leaving a basin of 8 or 10 feet; and on this the earth is piled
up against the wood as high as the loopholes.

“‘ These works are sometimes constructed in the form of
cross, when the flanking fire thus-obtained renders them
more powerful. Sometimes they have an upper story, the
angles of which project over the lower story: the foot of the
lower walls may thus be defended by the fire from
above.”

Captain Macauley (page 149) says, “ A block-house may
be constructed of less timber, by placing the upright timbers
6 or 8 feet apart against the interior slope, and covering them
with a capsill.” (Vide Plate III, fig. k.)

Captain Straith (page 377) thus describes American block-
houses :-——‘‘ The Americans build their block-houses lke
ordinary log habitations, of thick horizontal trunks of trees

218 Hobart Town considered with

roughly squared ; and several of these works disposed like
bastions at the angles of an area, in such order as flank each
other, and connected by a stockade, as a curtain loopholed
for musketry, form no despicable strength.” He speaks
also of their being strengthened against Artillery by
interior traverses of earth.

Block-houses are, I would submit, the closed works to be
used,—as at Sandy Bay Point (or rather above it), one of
the American build, in rear of the Town,—as at the top
of Davey-street, &c.; others of a simple kind, varying in
strength, with the value of the position or its liability to
attack.

The materials are at hand, and the inhabitants used to
the construction of timbered edifices,—substantial reasons
for their adoption.

But in case it should be thought advisable to erect at certain
points Martello Towers, I append a description (and drawing,
Plate IV., fig. 7.) of one which may prove useful.

The R.M. College text-book says, they are “ buildings
of masonry, generally circular, (Plate IV., figs. 2 op),
from 20 to 140 feet diameter and from 30 to 50 feet high:
sometimes they stand alone, and at others they are sur-
rounded with a ditch and simple glacis. They generally
consist of two stories, of which the upper one is shell
proof, and is pierced with embrasures and loopholes ; the
lower one is used as a store. ‘The roof is surrounded by a
parapet, and a gun on a traversing platform is placed
thereon for the purpose of firing in every direction.”

The batteries near the sea-shore, as at Macquarie Point,
Battery Point, &c., may be constructed somewhat similar
to the work in Plate II., fig. a.; their faces are traced, of
course, at right angles to the intended line of fire ; or should
this be impracticable, then the embrasures must be traced

regard to its Defence. 219

obliquely.. Their parapets must be 18 feet thick at least,
15 feet being the penetration of a 24-pounder ball into
earth.

In conclusion, I would remark that my suggestions
would be,—at Sandy Bay a simple Battery of two faces, one
up and another down the river,—on the side and near the
top of Mount Nelson, an American block-house,—and in rear
of the town smaller block-houses of simpler construction,
joined where necessary by curtains of abattis, troups de
loup, entanglement, or fortified hedges or walls,—at Battery
and Macquarie Points, (Plate II.) simple but well-defined
batteries,—at Kangaroo Bluff another American block-house
armed with artillery,—and at the little Point below a smaller
block-house, armed with a swivel on the reof, to command
the Bay, &c., beyond it,

I have, on the plates, copied diagrams from the best
authorities; the survey of the neighbourhood (Plate I.,) and
a few of the diagrams, are my own.

To fortify the place by detached works of a permanent
nature might be too expensive to be at once carried out ;
still, the spots I have indicated might at any rate be re-
served for purposes of defence, and the works I have described
might be traced and picketed off, to be constructed when
necessary, if only as a line of field works. Many of my
readers are probably far more conversant with the matter in
hand than Iam ;—let such, I would say, remember that a
humble though earnest follower of the arts of which they
are masters has offered his ideas for them to enlarge and
improve upon, and that in doing so a hope of being instru-
mental in good alone has actuated him.

ww
eal

220 ' Hobart Town considered with

APPENDIX.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate I.—Represents the Town and its neighbourhood, sur-
rounded by works varying according to cireumstances.
The red figures denote the different works.

(Ba) An American block-house.

++ One in form of a cross or smaller.

NEN “\, Batteries or other continuous lines of parapet-
O Martello towers or block-house in lieu thereof.
if] Lines of fortified hedge loop-holed walls, &e. &e.

Plate II., fig. a, of which fig. 6 is a section, is a battery of
one face with returns. The parapet of the battery is 18 feet, to
resist a 24-pounder; but that of the return is only 12 feet.
Fig. c is the elevation of a loop-holed wall. Fig. d are sections
of different cases. Fig.e a tarnhouse over a window. Fig. f
shows five cases of fortifying hedges.

Plate III., fig. g, is the plan of a cruciform musketry block-
house. Fig. / is its section and elevation. Fig.2 is the section
of a block-house to resist artillery, having its bomb-proof formed
into a parapet. The dotted lines show how a swivel gun may
here be used. Fig. k is Capt. Macauley’s economical block-house,
and fig. 1 the plan, and fig. m the elevation of an American
block-house.

Plate IV., figs. n 0 p, are respectively the section, plan, and
elevation of a Martello Tower. Fig. qg is a two-storied dwelling,
house fortified, and fig. r a single story cottage, with verandah
in like condition.

regard to tts Defence. PP)

TO FORTIFY A HOUSE.

Barricade doors and windows, loophole barricades, walls and
partitions, and the upper floors, so as to be able to fire down
through them; cut away the staircases, keeping up the com-
munication by ladders. Place vessels of water in each room to
extinguish fires. Remove thatched er wooden roofs adjoining
the house. Sink ditches opposite the decors and windows, and
place obstacles in front of them, give a flanking defence where it
is required over a window, (Plate II., fig. ec), or at an angle of the
house. Lastly, if there is time, loop-hole the garden walls, and
remove any thing that may afford cover for the enemy within
musket range.

(Manuscript note to R. M. College Course.)

XIII.— On the Science of Astronomy amongst the Ancient Tews.
By Mr. Putyzas Moss.

Trustine that the subject may not be thought entirely out
of place in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Tasmania,
or altogether uninteresting to its members, I have ventured
to throw together a few brief notices of the Science of
Astronomy as known amongst the ancient Jews, taking
encouragement from the circumstance, that as a lineal de-
scendant of that people I may possess readier access to their
records than a stranger could have. At the same time I
experience some diffidence, from the feeling that the time
and attention of the Society might be claimed for matters
of higher importance and of greater practical utility.

The earliest notice we meet with of the stars and of the

222 On the Science of Astronomy

constellations in the Zodiac is by Job, who, according to
Hebrew chronology, lived in the year of the world 2362, or
about 1400 years before the Christian era,—contemporary
with, or at least very few years antecedent to, Moses. In
chap. ix. verse 9 of Job, the words owsai ush I’sil v’ cheemo
occur, in reference to Arcturus, a star of the first magnitude
in Bootes,—Orion, a brilliant constellation,—and Pleiades,
a group in the neck or shoulder of Taurus.

Again, in the 31st and 32nd verses of the 38th chapter,
Job mentions them in connection with Nazzareth, a Hebrew
word, which literally means Zodiacal constellation, and
might have been rendered by the well understood term
signs. In the Vulgate it is given in the expression
“duodecim signis.” The Hebrew words hauskaushyr
mauadownous kemo—in the 31st verse translated “ canst
thou bind the sweet influence of Pleiades,’ might with
greater propriety be read thus,—camst thou restrain the subtle
influence, that is, the attractive force, of the Pleiades—the
word influence being understood as a directive or impulsive
power, such as the attraction of gravitation. Job appears
in this to convey his knowledge of our whole Astral system
revolving round that group,—or rather one of the stars
therein. The profound researches of the modern German
Astronomer and Geometrician Meedler having established
as a fact the hypothesis that our system does certainly
revolve round Alcyone, a star of the third magnitude
in the Pleiades, a sufficiently convincing proof that the
Heavens had been carefully observed, and the movements
and revolutions of the celestial bodies consecutively noticed
in the remotest ages.

It is evident that Job was well aware that the globe of
the earth was suspended in space, for in speaking of the
Divine architect, in chap. xxvi., verse 7, he uses the words

among the Ancient Jews. 223

Toular airetz ol Vlemo, which in the English Bible are ren-
dered, “he hangeth the earth upon nothing,” literally, he
suspendeth the earth in a vacuum, the Hebrew word B’/emo,
meaning in English Space. In Genesis, chap. vil., verse
11, where the deluge, which, according to Jewish chrono-
logists, occurred Anno Mundi 1654, (the present year

(1854) being reckoned by them 5614 of the creation), is
described as covering the face of the earth, it is spoken of
as having begun on the seventh day of the second month.

I shall only adduce one or two more instances, from the
numerous references made in the Bible to astronomical
facts, in proof of the antiquity of the science amongst the
Jewish people.

The commemoration of the deliverance from Egypt (or
Mitzroyim, so termed in Hebrew from the name of its
founder, Mizraim, the son of Ham), was ordered to be kept
in the first full moon after the vernal equinox, when the sun
had entered the Zodiacal sign Aries, on or from the first day.
of the lunar month in which the occurrence took place,
(termed in Hebrew Neesan), from which the Jewish eccle-
siastical year began, and by which all their festivals were
regulated.

' Before concluding I will give the Hebrew names of the
months, with the corresponding periods of their connection
with the Zodiacal signs, merely observing that the rules
for compiling the yearly calendar at present in use amongst
the Jews are chiefly from the direction of the learned
Maimonides, who flourished about the year 1150 of the
present era, and, following the system adopted by some
sages who preceded him, divided the hour into 1080 parts,
so as to facilitate their calculations of time, this number
being divisible without remainder by any of the units except
seven.

224 On the Science of Astronomy

The Jewish year, from the earliest time, is what may
be termed luni solar: that is, the months being lunar,
their calculations were all made in reference to the lunar
eycle—the cycle containing 235 lunations, which were
divided into twelve years of twelve months, and seven
(termed embolismic) years of thirteen months; every nine-
teenth year, therefore, they came to the same date in the solar
or common year. That their months for the earliest time
have been lunar is likewise shown in the Ist Book of Kings,
chap. vi., verse 38, where the words are: Oovaushono oauchoss
esr Pyoriauch Bul hoo auchoudesh haushmenee: “and in
the eleventh year in the month of Bul, which is the eighth
month.” In the Hebrew text the two words thus trans-
lated “ month” vary, the first being derived from yortauch,
moon, and the last from choudesh, new, or innovation.

The celebrated mathematician Meton of Athens, who
flourished 4:32 years before the Christian Era (in the reign
of the king Zedekiah), made a similar division of time; but
the first mention of the calendar is by the learned philosopher
Rab Judah, surnamed the Prince, in the Mishna written
by him about 140 years before the present era, and in which
he speaks of embolismic years.

It is recorded of Rab Samuel, an astronomer of Babylon
about the same period, who was well acquainted with the
science as known in his day, that the paths of the Heavens
were as familiar to him as the streets of Nahardea, where he
resided ; he calculated the solar year to consist of 365 days
and 6 hours,—the same as the Julian, which is incorrect.
Pope Gregory in 1582 altered it by deducting from October
10 days, making that month in the same year to consist of
21 days only; and in order to prevent the occurrence of
discrepancies in future, he then ordered every fourth, instead
of every centenary, year to be Bissextile.

among the Ancient Jews. 225

Cotemporary with Rab Samuel was Rab Ada, born in
Babylon in the 188th year of the common era, and who
wrote a century at least before the convocation of the Coun-
cil of Nice: his calculations are still inuse by the Jews; he
computed the solar year to consist of,—

Days. Hours. Winutes. Seconds.

365 5 55 25%
The lunar year from one con- 9 a
junction to the other ......... } 2H 1 fi 3
And the lunar ole of nineteen 1
Sa ven 6939 16 33 33

From hh cseeion: in 853 C.AK., about 170 years after-
wards, Rabbi Hillel formed the ies for the calendars now
in use amongst the Jews. The difference between the
Hebrew year according to Rabbi Ada, and the same number
according to the Gregorian system, in four centuries will be
about one and three quarters of a day, or exactly 1 day, 17
hours, 29 minutes, 3522 seconds less. This will occur in the
year 2000 of the Christian Era, 5760 of the Jews, and 146
years from the present time.

I have omitted to notice that the astronomer Rabbi Samuel
calculated the precise time of the commencement of the
T’koofous about 248 years before the current era; and it is
certain that a knowledge of the Heavens, as far as they could
be viewed without the telescope, was familiar to the learned
Jews at a remote period, references being made to each of the
Zodiacal constellations or signs im succession in the ritual

composed about the 10th or 11th century, a copy of which
I possess, and which is still in use in their places wl worship
in various parts of the earth.

At the commencement of the vernal and autumnal equi-
noxes, each month with the Hebrew name is mentioned
separately therein, with reference to the sign of the Zodiac
in which the sun is at the time, commencing with Tishri

226 On the Scrence of Astronomy

in the months of September and October. They are as
follows :—

HEBREW MonTH. HEBREW SIGN. SIGN. ENGLISH MONTH.
EHsauneem or Tishri MW auzneem Libra Sept. and Oct.
Bul or Cheshvan Ekraw. Scorpio Oct. and Nov.
Kislww Kayshess Sagittarius Noy. and Dee.
Tivess G’ dee Capricornus Dec. and Jan.
Sh’vaut D’lee Aquarius Jan, and Feb. .
Odur Dogim Pisces Feb. and March.
Ovio or Nees’n T’ lee Aries March and April.
Ear Shoor Taurus April and May.
Sivin Tiowmim Gemini May and June.
Tonmz Sortn Cancer June and July.
Aw Auwreoh Leo July and Aug.
Elul B’soolah Virgo Aug. and Sept.

In conclusion, I cannot but observe how much a critical
knowledge of the Hebrew language might be made sub-
servient to scientific and literary researches; as not only
the names included therein, but even the very words
composing the language, appear to have been originally
framed on strictly philosophical principles. I will adduce
two or three instances :—The word in Hebrew applied to the
Terrestrial Globe (our earth) is avretz, three letters derived
from the simple root Autz, consisting of only two signifying
literally a running or rapid motion, proving, as far as analogy
of language can prove, that in the most remote period of
human history the Jews possessed such a degree of acquaint-
ance with the science of astronomy, as to be in possession
of the fact that the earth revolved round her axis most
rapidly, independent of her movements in her orbit. At an
early period of history, it is said by Job, chap. xxvi., verse 7,
as already cited, Zoular airetz ol Wlemo, that the earth
hangeth on nothing,—or rather, as it ought to have been
rendered, 7m a vacuum-—the word B’lemo signifying literally
space. Again, there are three words in the Hebrew

Alpine Hurylia of the Australian Continent. 227

language incorrectly rendered in English by a single word,
namely, Sun: one is shaimesh, the orb or body of that
luminary; the other chawmo, its heat, the last Zsawr, its
light; whilst there are two for the moon, one yortauch,
signifying the orb, the other L’vono, her pale or white light ;
but there is not any implying her heat; the word choudesh
is sometimes given in English as the moon, but this literally
signifies new, in reference to her change only. ‘Thus the
knowledge of Philosophy amongst the Jews appears to have
been coeval with their very existence as a people; and the
instances I have brought to your notice are but a drop in
the ocean of similar cases occurring in the language.

XIV.—On Two Alpine Eurybie of the Australian Continent.
By Dr. Ferpinanp Mvurtier, Government Botanist of
Victoria, &c.

Tue present splendid elaboration of the Tasmanian Flora by
Dr. Joseph Hooker, together with the ight thrown by this
laborious and learned botanist on the vegetation of New
Zealand and the Antarctic Islands, render the knowledge
of the Alpine Flora of these Islands, which was formerly
but so scantily investigated, now nearly complete.

In three successive seasons I attempted to ascertain the
analogies and the differences of the alp-plants of the Austra-
han continent compared with those of the adjacent Islands,
and in the transactions of the Philosophical Society of the

2G

228 Alpine Eurybia of the Australian Continent.

eolony of Victoria I explicated those forms which seemed
new, whilst I pointed in my annual reports to those iden-
tical with species of Van Diemen’s Land or New Zealand, or
of both conjointly.

With a view of completing gradually those fragmentary
notes, I beg to transmit to the Royal Society of Tasmania,
accompanied with specimens, the definitions of two fine
Hurybie peculiar to the Australian alps, being under the
impression that the plants comprehended in this interesting
genus are particularly valuable to the botanists of Tasmania,
since the Eurybie-species are so beautifully developed in
that Island.

Eurybia megalophylia ; Ferd. Mueller, gen. rep. p. 14,
absq. diagn.

E. foliis oppositis coriaceis petiolatis planis oblongis ova-
tisve intigerrimis obtusiusculis basi rotundatis, supra niten-
tibus glabris reticulato-venosis, subtus cum petiolis ramu-
lisque tomento alampro velutino fulvescente obductis ;
eapitulis subcorymboso-paniculatis; pedunculis elongatis ;
involucri obconico hemispherico, squamis inferioribus laxis
remotiusculis oblongis obtusis dorso dense tomentosis, intimis
acutis glabreseentibus; ligulis suboctonis; acheniis angu-
latis striatis ewtate glabratis; pappi setis scabris biseriatis,
exterioribus inzequalibus brevioribus, interioribus apice bar-
bellatis.

Tn clivis scopulosis minime humidis alpium Australie.

Frutex pulcher pluripedalis oligocladus, ramis strictis.
Folia utplurimum 2 —3 un. interdum ultra 4 un. longa, in var.
oblongifolia 6 —9 un. lata, in var. ovatifolia duplo latiora, sur-
sum per gradus angustata, juvenilia supra tomentosa.
Petioli semipollicares et longiores. Pedunculi oppositi et
alterni, inferiores szepe ad 4 un. longi, nudi vel superne folio
unico bracteisve pluribus parvis instructi, basi folio minori

Alpine Eurybie of the Australian Continent. 229

suffulti. Involucri squame interiores 3 un., exteriores 2 un.
longee, margine vix scariose. Flores radii albi vel rosei,
lamina oblonga circiter 4un. metiente. Flores disci circiter
3 un. longi, ad trientem longitudinis quinquefidi. Anthere
semiemergentes, styli ramis superate, basi sagittate. Styli
rami papillosi, dorso convexi. Achenia glandule annulari
insidentia, juvenilia parve villosula, matura glabrata fusca
suleata 14 un. longa, basi attenuata. Pappus albidus fulves-
cens, setis interioribus 3 un. longis.

In systema prope Lurybiam chrysophyllam inserenda.

Floret fine veris et initio estatis.

Hurybia alpicola ; Ferd. Mueller, secund. gen. rep. absq.
diagn.

E. foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis crassocoriaceis lanceo-
lato-vel angusto-oblongis elongatis integerrimis margine
leniter recurvis in basin et apicem sensim angustatis acutius-
culis, supra glabris nitentibus subtile reticulato venosis,
subtus cum petiolis ramulisque tomento tenui sericeo albido
obductis; capitulis subcorymboso-paniculatis; pedunculis
elongatis, involucri campanulati squamis exterioribus ovato-
lanceolatis sericeis, interioribus lanceolato-linearibus acutis,
margine atro-purpureis, dorso glabrescentibus ; ligulis sub-
senis, achentis subcompressis glabris striatis; pappi setis
seabriusculis biseriatis, exterioribus brevioribus inzequali-
bus, interioribus apice inerassatis.

In alpibus et montibus subalpinis Australie serus fontes
et torrentes; e. g. Gibbo-Range, Cobboras Mountains,
Limestone River, Freestone River, Berrima, Pinchmoun-
tains, alibique.

Frutex speciosus 5—8 pedalis strictus. Folia pleraque
3—4. un. longa, interdum semipedalia, 3—6 un. raro ad | un.
lata, juvenilia supra parve tomentosa. Petioli vix ultra

230 Alpine Euryiie of the Anstralian Continent.

3 un. longi. Panicule fragrantis polycephale rami alterni
et oppositi graciles teretes incani, inferiores pluripol-
licares, superiores gradatim abbreviati, fere semper nudi,
ad basin folio bracteali minori suffulti. Involuecri squame
interlores 24 un., exteriores vix 1 un. long, ile margine
scariose ciliolate acutiuscule. Flores radiales albi, lamina
angusto-lanceolata ad tres lineas metiente. Flores disci
pene 3 un. longi, ad trientem longitudinis quinquefidi.
Anthere breviter exserte, styli ramis demum superate.
Stylorum rami linearis obtusiusculi, dorso convexi, sursum
densius papillosi. Achenia jam primo initio glabra, cano-
fulva, circiter 13 un. longa, basi attenuata glandule annu-
lari, insidentia. Sete: pappi albide, interiores 23 un. longe.

B.

Foliis lanceolatis, pedunculis abbreviatis, involucris angus-

rhodocheta ;

tioribus, squamis intimis densius sericeis, ligulis subternis,
pappl setis roseis.

In tractu Cobboras Mountains.

Species bene limitata, alts notis ad Hurybiam megalo-
phyllam, alus autem ad L. argophy ee approximans,

Floret estate.

Botame Gardens, Melbourne,
January 1857.

XV.—On Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants.
By Dr. Ferpinanp Muertier, Government Botanist of
Victoria.

OF the numerous paradoxical plants which characterize the
Flora of Australia to such a great extent, those of the
Umbelliferze are not the least interesting; and I beg to
review briefly on this occasion the various members of this
order, which, through the exertions of many a naturalist,
became successively known from Australia and Van
Diemen’s Land.

In Labillardiére’s Nove Hollandie Plantarum Specimen,
(published in 1804), we meet with the first account of the
curious genus Actinotus. He describes and figures also Daucus
brachiatus Sieber, (under the name Scandix glochidiata),
Apium prostratum (the native celery), Eryngium vesicu-
Josum, and three species of Trachymene as <Azorellas, to
which genus, indeed, they are closely allied. Im 1805 a
second species of Actimotus from New South Wales was
defined by Sir James Smith with the original one, under
the name of Zriocalia, but it was reduced to the older
genus of Labillardiére by the ulustrious Robt. Brown, in
his appendix to Capt. Flinders’ voyage (1814). To Rudge
we owe in a paper issued by the Linnean Society of London,
(1811), the proper definitions of the genera Zrachymene
and Xanthosia, and Sprengel, Sieber, and De Candolle added
to the former genus, Cavanilles having previously referred
one species to Azorella. Achilles Richard added (in 1820) to
our knowledge of these plants various species of Hydrocotyle,
principally supplied by Robt. Brown; and Allan Cunningham

232 Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants.

characterized in Field’s Geographical Memoirs of New
South Wales (1825), his Eryngium ovinum. The invaluable
Prodromus of De Candolle brings in the fourth volume (pub-
lished in 1830) important additions; the genera Dimetopia
and Astrotricha are here for the first time distinguished,
and new species are added to Hydrocotyle, Trachymene,
Xanthosia and Lryngium; and Helosciadium leptophyllum
is shown to be an Australian plant; Sir William Hooker
having previously given in the Botanical Magazine,
(t. 2875), publicity to two species of De Candolle’s genus
Didiscus. From the collections of Bauer, Cunningham
and Baron Huegel, new contributions were made to the
Australian Umbellifere by the ‘labours of Bentham, in-
corporated in the Huwmeratio Plantarum Nove Hollandia
Austro-occidentalis of Huegel (1837), by which the genera
Hydrocotyle, Didiscus, Trachymene, Leucolena or Xanthosia,
Astrotricha and Actinotus became augmented. The Austra-
lian species of Caldasia (Caldasia ertopoda of De Candolle’s
Prodromus) a plant which exhibits the most extraordi-
nary varieties, changed its preoccupied generic name into
Oreomyrrias 11 Endlicher’s celebrated Genera Plantarum
(1840); Pentapeltis, previously (1857) published as Leucolena
by Hooker, and afterwards elevatedby Bunge to generic rank,
forms here a sub-genus ; whilst Cesatia, a genus seemingly
near to Didiscus, received its characteristics by the same
author in the annals of the Vienna Museum. In the import-
ant work, edited 1845 by Lehmann, on the Plants of Preiss
from Western Australia, a work so replete with novelties,
Bunge made us acquainted not only with new Hydrocotyles,
Trachymenes, and Xanthosias, and with two LHryngiums,
perhaps also new, but he discriminates also the genera
Schenolena and Platysace, and unites Pritzelia of Walper
to Dimetopia. Myr. Ronald Gunn’s and Dr. Milligan’s

Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants. 239

zealous investigations of the Tasmanian Flora enabled Dr.
Joseph Hooker to elucidate with his usual skill the new
genera Hemiphues, Diplaspis and Microsciadiwm in the sixth
volume of the London Journal of Botany (1847), together
with new Tasmanian Hydrocotyles; the same famous Botanist
having introduced Didiscus humilis and Xanthosia dissecta
into the Jcones Plantarum a while before; and in his admir-
able Flora of New Zealand he identifies the Australian
Orantzia with an American species.

In the year 1847 we find proved in Schlechtendal’s
Innnea the existence of the European Simm angustifolium in
Australia, from specimens sent by Dr. Behr; and we observe
nearly simultaneously an account of a new Dimetopia by
Bunge in Schlechtendal’s and Mohl’s Botanische Zeitung ;
two other species of that genus are noted by the same
acute botanist the year before in an index of plants culti-
vated in the Botanic Garden of Dorpat. The next contri-
butions are chiefly from the West Australian collections,
prepared by the venerable Drummond, which offered to
Turezaninow the opportunity of enriching the system of
umbelliferous plants with additional species of Hydrocotyle,
Didiseus, (referred by him to Dimetopia), Trachymene,
Xanthosia and Platysace, the diagnostics of which appeared
in the 22nd volume of the Bulletin de la Societé Imperiale
des Naturel de Moscou, and are reprinted by Walpers
in his useful Annal. Botan. System., a periodical which we
regret seeing discontinued after the death of its laborious
and ill-supported author, and which was formerly the
principal source of information to botanists abroad and to
travellers who had no direct access to numerous botanical
works, for which the fRepertorium and the Annales of
Walpers formed a valuable substitute. In the 1st volume of
the latter, (issued 1849), we observe the genus Microsiadium

234 Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants.

inserted as Oschatzia, since the Hookerian appellation was
pre-employed by Boissier for the distinction of a new oriental
umbellate.

During the botanical exploration of the colonies of South
Australia and Victoria, (from 1847 till 1855), it fell to the
share of the author of this memoir to disclose new forms
of Hydrocotyle, Didiscus, and Dimetopia, to point out the
range of the Tasmanian genera Dichopetalum, Oschatzia and
Diplaspis, as far as the alps of the Australian continent ;
and also the occurrence here of Pozoa, Seseli and Aciphylla,
the latter combinable with Gingidium, both established
simultaneously in Forster’s Characteres Generum Plantarum
as early as 1775. Definitions of the last mentioned species
are partly given in the 25th volume of the Linnea, and
partly in the Transactions of the Philosophical Society of
Victoria, or of those of the Victorian Institute. Dr. Joseph
Hooker refers the genus Pozoopsis of the Icones plantarum,
as a second species, to Diplaspis, in his Mlora of Tasmania,
and states the approximate number of Australian Umbelti-
fer@ as 120, from which remark it appears that several
plants of this order continued undescribed, although existing
in herbaria; and, indeed, several unknown to botanists are
mentioned in the works of travellers. Thus, Allan Cunning-
ham speaks of a North-west Australian Azorel/a in the
appendix to King’s Inter-tropical Survey of Australia as beng
“remarkable for its gigantic herbaceous growth.”

The last expedition through the intra-tropical zone of this
country, so ably conducted by Mr. Augustus Gregory, has
but furnished a limited number of plants belonging to
umbellate ; yet, perhaps, even more than might have been
expected from the known geographical distribution of this
order. As new, I may mention a Hydrocotyle, two Eryngia,
four Didisc:, and a genus which may be distinguished (as

Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants. 235

Platycarpidium) from Astrotricha in deciduous petals, from
Trachymene in flat and smooth carpels, from Platysace, as
far as the immature state of the fruit permits me to judge,
by the want of vitte, and from Dzdiscus and most of the
allied genera by a tall shrubby habit, so unusual in this
order, and, finally, in a paniculate disposition of its umbels,
of which the greater number, notwithstanding their being
hermaphroditical, remain perfectly sterile.

Besides the description of the new Hryngia, I beg to sub-
mit an enumeration of all the species of Didiscus with which
we are at present acquainted. Those of the sub-genus
Hemicarpus have been considered formerly by the author of
this treatise as constituents of a new genus, and are described
as such in Hooker’s Kew Garden Miscellany of this year.
Observing, however, on a re-examination of all the material
now at my command, that one of the mericarps, sometimes
in several species of Didiscus, and often in Drdiscus pilosus,
remains undeveloped,—l prefer new to reduce Hemicarpus
to this genus.

Thus another is added to already numerous instances to
prove how much often the best characteristics, which are
adopted in botanical science for the division of species into
groups, fluctuate. Nature, which created but species, steps
with an easy pace over the arbitrary generic limits within
which we narrow and unite for the facilitation of study every
complixity of closely allied forms. We will ever, therefore,
remain at variance in opinion what limits to assign to
genera, but we ought by useful research to arrive at last at
one and the same result as to the true precincts of species.

Eryngium plantagineum.
Erect, glabrous; stems furrowed, the lower part leafless, the
upper part paniculate; radical leaves long or lanceolate-
linear, entire or with remote thorny teeth or with narrow
ick

236 Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants.

segments ; leaves of the stem pimnatifid, with linear seg-
ments ; flower-heads cylindrical, on long peduncles, terminal, »
erowned by simple palezx ; leaflets of the involucre linear,
mucronate, reflexed, scareely of the length of the flower-
head, as well as the palee undivided; pale linear-subu-
late, but httle longer than the flowers ; papule of the fruit
blunt.

- On the fertile basaltie downs around Peak Range.—Ferd.
Mueller.

Amongst Australian species nearest approaching to L.
angustifolium (D.C. Prodr. iv. p. 95); but nearer allied yet
to the South American 7. coronatum (Hook. and Arn. Bot-
Mise., ii. 350).

Hiryngium expansum.

Procumbent, glabrous; stems streaked; radical leaves
rhomboid-cuneate, deeply toothed ; stem-leaves broad-rhom-
boid, deep-trifid; their lobes broad-cuneate, incised-
dentated ; flower-heads small, nearly globose, axillary and
terminal, on very short peduncles or sessile ; leaflets of the
involuere longer than the flower-heads, lmear-subulate, as
well as the pales undivided ; papule of the fruit acutely
pointed.

On the banks of the Dawson and Burnett Rivers.—Ferd.
Mueller.

Similar to #. vesiculosum (Labill. Nov. Holl. Specim., 1.
p- 73).

Didiscus. D.C.
Suor. I. elesocarpus; Ferd. Mueller. Both mericarps
fertile or one rarely undeveloped.
1. Didiscus ceruleus ; Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 2879.
Western Australia.
2. Didiscus pilosus ; Benth. in Hueg. Huwm. Plant.
Nov. Holl, Austro-occid., p. 54. Port Phillip,

Australian aud Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants. 237

Ferd. Bauer; Tasmania, Gunn; Gipps’ Land,
Ferd. Mueller; Mooni River, tributary of the
Barwan, Sir Th. Mitchell.
B. parviflorus ; Ferd. Mueller. Myall Lake,
New South Wales, C. Moore.
» Didiscus albiflorus; Cand. Prodr., iv., p. 72.
Port Jackson.
4, Didiscus procumbens ; Ferd. Mueller. Stems
slender, prostrate; all leaves 3 or 5 parted, scan-

ISS)

tily hispidulous, segments bifid or trifid: their
divisions rhomboid or ovate-lanceolate, deeply
dentated ; leaflets of the involucre imperfectly
laciniated, glabrous, of equal length with the
smooth capillar pedicels ; teeth of the calyx trian-
gular, blunt; petals white; mericarps minutely
tuberculated.

Rare on the Brisbane River; W. Hill; Ferd.
Mueller. é

Easily to be distinguished from the preceding
species in its flaccid, procumbent, distinctly
striated stems, in nearly uniform leaves, broader
leaflets of the involucre, and in blunt but not
subulate teeth of the calyx.
» Didiseus humilis ; J. Hooker in Lcones Plantarum,
t, 304.

Sub-alpine localities of Van Diemen’s Land ;

Or

Backhouse, Gunn, Milligan, Lawrence, Stuart.
Australian alps in humid grassy vallies at an eleva-

tion between 4000 and 6000 ft.—Ferd. Mueller.
Suet. Il. Hemicarpus ; Ferd. Mueller. One mericarp fer-
tile, the other always undeveloped. (Dimetopia, sect.
Amisocarpea, Turczaninow in Bulletin de la Societé des
Naturel de Moscou, xxii., part ii., p. 29. Hemicarpus, n. g.,
Ferd. Mueller in Hooker’s Kew Garden Miscellany, 1857,

fase, 1.)

38

Australian and Tasmanian Umbeliiferous Plants.

6. Didiscus setulosus; Ferd. Mueller. Hemicarpus
didiscoides ; Ferd. Mueller, L.C. On barren
plains and ridges of Arnhem’s Land; Ferd.
Mueller.

7. Didiscus anisocarpus ; Ferd. Mueller. Dimetopia
anisocarpa ; Turez., L.C. Western Australia ;
Drummond.

8. Didiscus glandulosus ; Ferd. Mueller. Annual,
glandulously pubescent ; radical leaves dissected ;
lower stem-leaves 3-parted, upper ones trifid, divi-
sions lanceolate or ovate-cuneate, in front deeply
toothed or jagged; leaflets of the mvolucre from
13 to 20, linear-setaceous, fringed, of the length
of the pedicels; petals white; fertile mericarp
roundish-ovate, with a narrow keel, sterile one
with two short subulate teeth.

On the sandy banks of the Nicholson River,
(Gulf of Carpentaria), and on Newcastle Range ;
Ferd. Mueller,

B. levocarpus. Nearly glabrous, segments of the
leaves more numerous and narrower, fertile meri-
carp without tubercles.

On the Burdekin River; Ferd. Mueller.

9, Didiscus villosus; Ferd. Mueller. Hemicarpus
villosus ; Ferd. Mueller, L. C. Sandstone table-
land at the head of Sturt’s Creek, N. W. Austra-
lia; Ferd. Mueller.

10. Didiscus grandis ; Ferd. Mueller. Dimetopia
grandis ; Turezaninow, L.C. Western Australia ;
Drummond.

11, Didiscus glaucifolius ; Ferd. Mueller, in Schlech-
tendal’s Linnea, xxv., p. 895. Rocky declivities
of Elder’s Range, near Lake Torrens, very rare.

Ferd. Mueller.

9] yonUI-s0n5),
qeoyAuoovyy

ayo] [equreD

eo]TeONy

volqed

‘ysutod sjqeuouory,
vogeylod

eTapy,
voplodayy voyages,

qsuoy, voqeuur A,
BIeuURye

2eareyye

"SOQULT,
UADISIAL PUD ISA 44 YQLOAT

Axroq Aofy

aderouysQ pun adrmouysQ
BHeSSON

eIesoniy
eueM-vuUn

VUUSUSI AA PUD UOT AA
aueeUoOU 9ULOg
BMOUSI BOOT VULSULT
eyeysn euesnoig
sAqqen

YRuroltey,

qeaurypeny

j OU-OTT AL

VAICTSCIIVM VITEN
ahoqeyescen
QU-o}UN\y

ot Meuueny,

BUNEMOTT PUY 9CUOINT
YeME led

gesuny, vivssn Ay
ean A\\ sou euossog
wiBESNI QUOT LO B}INM QUO,

aa[tON

OMvIIET
PICO I,
970ulTy,

‘ormpnusny, fo YyInog ay)
pun hog ayssayooy “punpsy ounage
“oho puUnOTT 7n0qQv saqusy,

eUvIIO}ING
v}jordiouessng
gdeidosung
yoevonoqqey,
somU
eueysvuunyy
eAuomod-mar AA
vUBYIOUIUUODSUOITT
eAmyemofuuny
oyeur Any
yonwmoedAyun yy
yeueyoog
eiounwi¢)

iqV

VMOILHCUSTT
Yoryeanory-euuLy,
OUNMLIT
youdyy09 vuuery,
euuokuryy v][eaory
euuaduryy vuessng
gr0AUn -Uofor.T
guoporg,

yovino00g

HOvoL AA -ON

ome T,

elew-vunN
edsucly,

oquinyeyy
euouloory

‘waqungrg 02 hing agshQ wort sagan,

Suipows Suorys ‘xovyq [ems 4uy
ong ese, “uy

(0}) tomsuy

Lomouy

quiouyw

Pav

(Moq[o aq} ext] poxyooro) osuyw
jasuy

(ysuyex) Aroyeury

YOTV:

T9G}99 0},

Ssoryeq ry

aN,

idv

OSV

(pouoq 109301 Ayperoy1]) ‘posw
uooureyy

PICA

UBIO ynpy

uvul ynpy

(soxjd 10 ynd 0}) ssorow

qnd 10 0} ppw

(938"}) prow

(93s¥3) plow

Auvdwuooy

(jonpop 03) yow.ysqw

Ore eq Vi

quesq Ww

ss00sq V

ysep Bunz

‘Ong “S'T'a “NVDIITIN Hagsor AG

VINVNSVE JO SHIIML TVNIDIMOGY 40 SLOWIVIG 10 KUVINGVOOA

USMANLE.

tects of 7

PD PRP PP PPPS IPDS SLD ISLS LLIS LSI IP LIL ILLS LLP IIL ELI

ta

t D

°

‘gun

.

Vocabulary of Aboi

24.0

9[0SSBM-QUOTIOD QUULMOD yeuuomd vuowoy pivog
yoy tuomASunyy euesuny[erfy yeursueAuolyy apeg
yeyoon'y wo yeursory yeuuoamysng 0 euuokunoeg qeq
ILL qeuory, yeuerqy.sn, J, SpOYseg
J [emeunoyvoTy euOOWO.SUe NT “oyIp ‘0731,
eqoouszidory Aurnyessnd emory yeuoqeryoy OJoovyy (uemIOM) uoleg
yey ota | IIe qeu-viood ‘e100g (90.13 @ Jo) yaregq
Yeo] Ywulosany, Yeoriosny | yeSauoy wo ‘euusy, .o yeueysuay, yeuohuory, wo qeuUudly, (ninsaqgo sojownung) ‘ooorpueg
9}0no01} 09x] yolovdurviue yorT possdoy-Apurg
yeundry, euuody-qeory (snjounjow owhydsog ) 4009-pyeg
qeol-vl-ysuke-o OTION yovromo Ny (pood ou) peg
WR OREM AAR | ONT, o10u'T prea yorg
Yvol-oopouues9ay, eure, BUBYSUI-9]AL (oyy) Horg
ayyemouuodeg Aue MoT okyqror vavuessng lopoyoeg
2}UOPNY Bp vyesong 9443 0]1.19}09 Ogu,
gu ysnaeyyey, joystom ‘oyeasod ‘oyemen ; vunm voce} ‘olqeyUoIrT (dn 408 ‘of osnoi) oxen y
Yeoouuvreoy JU-BLTG AA PLA CROLON (44s) ormzy
OLB VITEN CMBLLE NT VUNUILAIE NT (sok) Ay
gdenor] odv1juelrry MIY asnor ‘wy oyePAY
9}CYNpror-ouroouun jy goujsuow sus AA oid
goq}su0w-Auues9 (soko ayy uodo 0}) oyemy
Boq ed UOILUO NT eueysuoy yormessn y, doojsy
gaqqemeoqeug JopIMeUYysEO euUOMIUUvALSOY. SUC IsSV
gu ATHY Snoy Axr0q10 7, eauoAleynoy, soysw
| oormmossiaad ‘euomoou-vaq[e140055 i yeroqay, ; yeduuy | voppns v jo jv Ayjns ore nod j eyW
9)nuUery yovAu0}WOTOT poweysy
eUY TAA eu AA wy
gyasuyreyy eduravesnd euunnyy (posou uvmmory) ourmby
CALLIN A-C1Y YovouozpUIIUI0IJOITY ‘BUOM-PLIN AY uotjeddy
yeuumooyy vo oAuunyy eoudoyy 0 vuuoksunyy (vsojas wupryarp) ‘xayR0-QUy
VlIyyeo'yT pup vyjey eylojvmon | Ie} pue peey youlq ‘Apoq pot uy
WL CIOL, snowoUdsA ‘yxov]q Jsosiey ‘OW
6 “PIUDUS DY, O YZNOY a
S7qhhL ee waqongrg 07 king 4ajsiQ wows soqeuL -ysupbusy

ULAISI AL PUD 98a 4, YPLONT

pup hing ayasayoary “punpsyT sung
“whoxy JUNOTL 7nOgGY saqréT,

241

ta.

nal Dialects of Tasman

BVA Va UUAVATAUNATA CATA CATA AVATAUNTA ANNONA AACA ATA ns AN

rigr

Vocabulary of Abo

eopesulesuny sqiquysany,

a} vourysnou von
yesy-o1y0n} guuoddey
9yeL 9OQloqysuoyy
Yes] YRIOUrMIE|D

SOQ];

yeooreg |

yearnede Ay

YeULIooy,

ooqvuued vu vuesuoly,
eu-ooqeuurg
yeusouvmyepiog
OML-MET Yepessng
Amery vo qenoASunweg
yeuessnieg

YeyeUaoryT

Yeuvsuloy

Yeursuoyy
soUNBUEge]]LINg souue yy

yeoooy
ayivdvory

SUTUAOY]

Ajiou eurog
eure yqoy
euung

vIS00q

eldeg

9}eMO'T

euuey euoo'yT
eulley,

900unlg

Auowou vimse11¢,
CULINM BIINGPLIO
BUUNYVUULIVMOT
Atoulu-voT
@MOJ-O.LLN

2170} -YeMolyed
eunssn'y
Autj-ul-mog

pupusny, fo YInog ayY2

gAnaqa gy

VUUBIOOY-od suv]

euuesI0y

euooqeuued odeiu vuuory,

ooqeuueg

pAqupom-49409

euuoASnvyel

eroAuomeson gy

euesohieg

euowloor'T

aunsoTyT

eUvsUO][

9 Aqoo]e YL

CUT VIVSALV AA

euURqMVy £0 youq Mey,
"JOULgSUT BY} UL BUOAT

yoriaorery

VUMOM YC 3T

euusdAunscng

euunoyil

euUunoey,

ULIZ-OLY,

euuny-eun0nT

CIPPUIALOT BIFY[COFT

Yeoqo[N.cuel1}0}[vo][

eUOULBUOO NT

QOULOdyOV.A}.L0,

Yeuunye..oog

Teopeuvqoojo-euueMoT

9Ayeyydejo-euue Moy

gAjooroyeurssng

aydumnjnsoursscoy

yeduvi-vuow0(

(mosoq @) WOOIE,
yooigy

(qsoqo) ysvorgy

(omos ow OAIS) peorg
pvolg,

(oy1p osrey) Aog
(prego ems) Aog
(s,ueu) woOsOg
(s,uemo) MLOSOg,

ie

(srynounun gy ) jog
(Apqroroy yynow os YIM) Moret
AQ-aoygy
MOSSOT,
(Aut) poorg,
OR
syrqou mypLofpunyey
TOPNEL
antes
Pale
(spaq) (Te
(osrey) sig
Ayeog
(09) yorog.
PUNO
OL0JOT

OWE
(qsnq 94} ur sovjd-Surdoojs) pag
(daiddep) 00.13 Jo yaesy

OMIP *O11G
(aemom Suryooy-ouy) Aynescy
(quaooxod) neog
(oyLyS 03) yeog
sso[prvogr

pup hng ayasayoary “punjsy aunagr
NTO AERIS GONG “phox JUNOT 7n0gY saguty,

SES ESS FP EE SEE SSD BSE RAT PSP EE ES A SE See TEE ET SES?

-Lagpngrg 07 hog sa9shQ wolf sagutg, ysybur

G

Nts

“ Dialects of Tasma

6

bulary of Aborigina

Voca

euessn[nyy euRssnpINnyy (uope}) meg

euUn Mey eueyovmeMmory Q]OI1D

qeury-e-AV qeury-e-Ae anjdAyeong wory r0pig

euoorey, euoomessng ({]2ys ves) WoOZITy

euunie.n J, eusu9}-euesurd AL (amoqyovq) suIyD

eque A, euuatuMod uly)

e411], ruuosyoy, (03) dnangqy

goqeynood A1ory oyoXurysy (03) osveyg

eIIvOrT euoOMe eooreyy

MITC T erewmood 0}) aseer
Go[LoMe} NS] 0 CU][EAOTT BUHL qeuleoy Budo erosa ido nea
eulyeog eUBSUT[OM O]OrT WIaAeD)
esud0g euuelny (qeuus) xeq]1d10,%9

O][POVUNBLOOT OLIV] Yeuuryy oAqyne yy I, paudshqy Wit 01C

Auunyvoo J, Auoryeyey, yeAuouyeay, Wqejyeg
eusoIqoVay, yeuryl euomAIqovay, YLVZVO
g[usoutoqen 0 vuASSequry euvssndey yqoAuooi sung SAT} [TeWIS) ye
gqroqey 40 vaun'y euuoAnT euuedn'y eae aSIv]) 38D
qeuodicdorpyy YOVINog WoVlyy SSVI
eunqounyy yqeuvsunyy CUUelIPIAL (uereureyye9) souen
sodjedAuuoy OlUNOy ie)

yoyeray ewe} euUsUesO YR}}VMeL}}% JT, soumreuund-vuedn 7, oudpemvddye y, nod yuem J ‘Suoye am09g

yeuunyeu yeyeuuny,

yeuesuoy wuvsuoyy | (Ap jo omeuosje ‘Aye oyt) zzng
eoqeisqqnem woAuuns) e qld gene

qyeuunyy UvsUOVT 3
oynpououueu0g oodeyunsueed gavireg (0}) Aing
yeyessn eusoul vung (ory Aq ganq) wang
yeuesooT eines }o9y-CU90 AA poomysnigr
yeuUUNa-10sy euo0soy (peoyatoy) morgy
yeuueso0g qedqquueny, vuessng (Siq) 104 }0I1g¢
LONG WIT VUBIIVIOIU LO BUTI C}}OINT (9p991]) TeqoIg

*SOQULT, “pyupusDy, fo YJnog aY7

pup hog ayasayooy “punpsy ownage
“whoy JUNOT 7NO0GY SaqwutT,

SS ea a RE SI SIS A SS SS SESS SLD IE IEEE LA ELE LEE LLL ILL LLL LLL DAL LIEDER PEDAL LL LDP LPL LAA LL LLL LED IOL LD PI ELE AE I AON

ULaISA AL PUD 48944 YIMONT “aqungrg 07 hog taxshQ worl sage, sysubuay

243

SUMAN

alects of Ta

LLP LPAI LLL LIL ISLLILPLLIISPPS PLS PL ILLL LAA LILLIA AIL ILIA

a

t D

riguna

Vocabulary of Abo

spsonjyesuoy wo oun}

-BSU0Y LO ayeuRyo10g wo spoooudde AA

SOGOU 7,
"UsOISA A, PWD SAA, YI40AT

euunyeyoy

yeresvoy,

9U00} PALE J,
eyesSuy-lOW

yeury vo Aute1om Mey,
eqesuny 9110g

ejyodery

enoosUoly

eO}EUUR J,

yedrieoyy vo eum Avysu,
Yeiog “oe vaivysu,
Arewredyeaeyeg

Ayn yeaeyed
Appeyeuueyy

OqeIIN

9fsunu Lo oo

SHIA

PIL[CULE ST
pueleuoouvUIe yy
guomienu vuuny vivsog
euloied vag wo AuloyT

g[Aqqumequyeg

eye en,
Suellen

eULUd TAL

e[oASty,
VUUROI

vole

soe oAjeddeg

pumuUsny, fo Yynog ay)
pun hing ayouayaay “punjsyT ounagr
“who JUNOTT ynogn saquAg,

euuny vjomay, |(s9or} JO Squ] JO WOTOIIZ WOTZ) Yeor_

euunos1q9 J,

9ucosO'T

YOVIWI00} VIVSET,

yovinog yseynoen

YRoor'y Lo euuojzory

s1uoode.m vrucodny1eG,

euurjooy eAuoueyy

SUSU [NMOTOVT
york

-uoossng euessny wo vuuodjzuesey,

yeuesunderoysn \A
euuByOUuopy Lo vuessnuoyy
eudiqooudsicQ wo vukiqoouved AA
euod Auyessng

eAjoorey vuesong
eAyoorvyory,

9 Aqoo;eoouduug,

yovrrocq yovA Ty
BULIIOLIO IT

vApVUIEyy
eXuowrypeduiey

euessod vaunseuosunu vmooulyy
ures

BYYOOOTVM’ IL
eXuom vuuesueAILy,
e9]-vATIe I,
ouopemedodyv y,
yoeuny,
eAUUNYVUIEIIE M-8 X

yov.100qyorry,

ahsuo1yy

Z euqoopeoAuueg
gATe, RURSOUNe

agpngeg 07 hog sagshQ WOLs Sagu7,

(asensuey) purpsog odeg
(07) yng
ond

(doom) Ag
MOID
S019

YooIQ
SHOOI Ul OINSSY IO OOLADID,

(Ayue19) Azeag
(jsoSaey) qeig
yovlq ‘ooyeyoog
aM ‘00783009
ou
(Mo][o} Suryoo]-oug v) quiooxog
ysnog
409.1100)
: (aseored peap e) osdi09g
(odoa jJems e%) prog
oa
oC
(duryye} yeors v) uoesioAu0p
DOlBISe_UOD
(paoro) xnpu0g
oI
(04) eutog
PI°D,
(parq ®) [AY s.to[qqo9
(02) younO
(04) quu9
uvg9
4vi9

"ys buy

21

o

Oy

t Dialects of Tasman

o

rigina

Vocabulary of Abo

PLL LLLP PIGS PII SIDA ILIA SILL IEP EES INI ED PDD BIE IERLL I LO

a] A[O0-SUIUO] MET

e10h0g SuOT,
AURA

BIVSNNT

BILSON

BUBY.SUSTAL

Teyeoyl

atoued

ej Auejo1quy

OMY LILGSNT
Yep voryT vuvso f,
Atoqqom vues.coueyy
aUL[VUOOP, VUULYT
SIME SARE

edur yl

eUBUUR IT

g]]na vuruueyy,

aATT EYL BUBUUL TL
QMOU VILSSN,
yeqeire y,

oI MBIT

ere yoy hog
oLo1deuuyy ByeVssnvoy[
euomodeleg

eUlyeOg BUacUOIy

Q[LOU YEMVITEA ITT
AVEDA L

apaqoode A.

9 A0W

j]elueIessny

CUO 9[VIVI.SOT
ooqvarey ousOU OUN\T
euvsueleny

yermnoq suo,
yovouvywory
99/0qonoy
souvoivssnd vyoveyy
ndo[n-oxy
ek1ou0Te.s UO,

. eJOOVIT
WOvyuezSuopy
9|[eAuooT

o,UN] QUOT,

eloq MIN ULYL
ekqjouuens vouUuny

-tod vunnynyy vo o1omelUL TySouaryT
edvoscnd | youd a ey
Bust

end eursueg

eAqoo[vul vuBsouR
yov100s 0000 g
yeuuniog

vdounsloIn Mee
yoviuse1oreu0g
euvssnnMey [vUnsse J,
BUOOOODL T
CUISUL[OMUOIT

enbuoy Aus9joyxoy
eAulsuolyl
BISUL[LIAovy, VOT

yorr| eyeysuens yoresuoyeny
MOG YORAOW PUD YORLIM0G Suny aryl
pAUULIEUL O19.0R J,

euguidyuro Ny

youdeulois.sv J,

VYUNOPE VUUIYT

uUAMOICL
(10}em) dorce

e(Gne

weap

(qjnd 03) Merqg

(aoosid ppm) eaog

sod

AZ21g

(Aeyd 4x0ds) uorsr9atcy

(03) oat

queysicy

(03) ajndsicf

(Ar8ue oyeut 03) osvopdsigg

Ay

TGE

(perp pnun) 411

(«nooo YS B Jo pnw) WIC

(01) surg

(snursunm snunfisog ) [LAT

(03) 9s1soq@

oye | (03) a.t1soq
Yysiiy ue ye se yuourey 03) a1ojdoq
(jeoorvyo ut uSIsop e weap) yordaqy
(sjeurae pyr Jo) Te

(q]quInIs) mUE¢T

mOmMa(y

(1038) dooce

seOGE

pea

qystpsed

ToyYSNV

TEL

oourd

244,

‘piUnUsny, JO YINoY 27/2

woywagrg 02 fing sagshQ Wout sequtT, I TLALG

*SOQUuT, i Gare
Wdd}89.41 PUD IS2AL YILONT pun ‘hog eyasayoayy “punjsy aunsgr

[who JUNOT TL 2N0GYD SagueT,

245

2

SMANUE.

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Ta

yeuura de jy
qyeuseyeg
AOS Sea
yeuomosury
a9 heueuue yy
YRUN1o yy
TeyyyVoN
YVuBIosn J,

yerysn y,

ere]]O'T
euUnIjOg euUny,
eUSUMe AL
vAodvuomeun yy
aofB MA
eyysnmoory
Ayepoo
eUUrye19 J,
eyysuvpeuoon'y

gtAqqemery,
amedeyeosu yy

guojerqnaeg
euoLy,

Ajo Meuyrl
9Auuejos0g
euvoonieg
PILOICO MA

oploreure yy
Apauoonyy

Se7eGT,
UBASAAY PUP 48944 Y2L0 KT

YCUUIUOL AA,
vuund vuory
OvOAQ OTT
eAuomo0sue'T
CUIMUIINM vuUeyNy
qyeudnyy
qeuued310 7,
euvsony,
seTysn y,

94 99]9}9q]9 J,
Te
yovrmuersysn AA.
VnVsuogy
oAuurvremessn y,
euUasun yA,
eyjounwioory
eBYY.SGURTVvOOK
YOUUIpe199 7,
Byouvpeuocon'y

eAtuonbery,

eXjooed varomysn Ay
euudITpSn

VOOR IT

CUSMeLY,
VUNUOTUMIOUL AY

247 V.12}5 UL] [NOYT
el[ensooiwg
vAUUOSOLAA
yovocunosy
BOVLINOG Suopniosuo0ry
yovimuemguessny,

(Tre}-0Spoyy)
(AoidsQ) opsenp
oI
(03) ae
Ayyavoy yeoy
ULIOM YC GT
ae
plnow) y4e7F
GqSi1M5 ye Surmtow 04} ur) Ae
IEA
SoU 8,0] Seqy
apseg
YOON JMU epseqy
yoon Avg yseq

voquviq to Aroyuoskq
BRIGG
asnq
ys.
(yUeuleIOxe) Sung
CU
(top pidnys) qu
sng
(peysinSurjsip you topues) yong
Ue
c
demons

“puUMUsDT, fO Yynog ay?
pun ‘hog ayosayoayy “punsy aunage
“who qunopy ynogv sequuy,

“Lagnmgrg 09 hog sagshC wouf saqrsy,

sysop bug

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

246

IIL LLL IAISIID IIIS IPS ALLS LINAS IRIS IIIS IIIS ILLIA PILED,

*SOqULT,
UdAISA, PWO 9SAAL YPMONT

gpoqqeueuey 0 9uag
OIL BUOION
qWeuoudio nN,

[euourry

OUILINA Sqn yy
Auvsuo, 9.iquyy
guULUIOSTT
qeuorqnny “0 c1quyy
euomlodersiory]
garyerM
eqvunsuyeg
gpaloul vuLe ||
YUUrl fy,

erzoynpoAu ouodey, wo aqouodvy,
YrpOOMeyT

PALO g

BMOIOUUBLIE NT

g/PMVsunyy
[eyo ouryT
yeuneunsd,

ered

BuoyeyloyL CPVMETTL YT,
Sqyele gd
Teynyesa AA
guvBuoOUBUUL yy

YVURMOTION wo YeusoysunNY

pmunUsDy, JO YINog a73
pup ‘hog ayasayoay “puojsT aunigr
“who yUNOTT 7n0gQ” Saquty,

eurseousiog
eoyeyjdejs ryoysuoryy
eV OSUSIN

euUnyy vIAvanyy

eussm VUULLeTL

euuos vyshoW

eUUl[e}cuOT

euuliood euurmoAry

VU9}.S UOT,

euoodeyiery wo euoodvurylory
-UOTUUTTVAA LO YVUSTTeAA LO VUITLIA,
eyn] QLOTIVg
yovouvsery voresvay,

euoweLy,

“OJOISURIY, LO 9}U0M vIOZLVMOzOLT,
euduios | e{00RST
BUVSUVIYVL, LO vuULLy, vues
gow gIOWOIP,

yovAwoxuol py

YONOS USIP

euvqoo[eyor vyysNM vuo'T
eyuoomeuun

ey10730 ANG

SOUVSHIII eUNUILIT

DAIVUBIINM BURST

VMLYIVATL J,

VULSULIYVI] 9MVIILT

9]90U0 J,

qeem eiguueyunyy

ehut-Sueyy

‘Laqungig 02 hog wagshQ moLf saquty,

(ou) sows
e0R iT

TOALY 8,081005 pue yynowye

Auk

peda

ysepoAg

MoaqoAny

oAny

(oyVUS B JO ULYS) VIADXA

UOlepnxgy

Ysinsuyxg

97210}00d x57

yuomMaIOXy

esuvyoxa

SULUOA RT

s]eaqugy

(jueromns) ysnoug
: ONG

(03) eqoogugy

quoudmvouny

(pq) nwo
(jue ][ems) yourwag

(o1u0jeTg{) sovrquigy
-(SIp 09) omoquug,
(joy port) raquiqy
(aatyeyyey) quonbopry
(sonny Yo}00g JO MOLYSeT
ay} faye ‘s][iY 943 UL soouBp
pue wuoalprqgo jo puoy) Amey wo IPT

-ysup bun

247

Manta.

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tas

VV AV ATAU AAA AOA ACA an a ea a Aa

euAqnyy

YeoyeuUr AA
yeopooy

*SOQUAT,
UNIYSOAA PWD 4SA44 YILONT

9q0N
euessoog
euNNnIOTT ayesuvare AA

JI [N.100 AA,
yeuary

euesudeyT wo yeyoAry
eunsu,

eu-oAy

BuLIVUey Vy Sang
gpiou ourod gury
eursuom AoW
NIVGeYySenpouUl AA
gAysniviog

eyeIssny OL,

e}{8M vUUeyT

eAuroderT

qeueysny,

SouvySul A,

1B}} B.S,

yeurry,

QUULMO'T

saqioid AyoSsn,J,
somvysuRN LO soqey suey
emloid BaMory

euloid Yearyed
gopoAva vuesueg
yepeuoy,

edmeucy

eurl00( 10 9fAjo1 ooAvg
g[lou evsuiuey
eXuueynqun.unyy
g}oUNeJOIQN NT

piumUsDT, {0 YINog 2Y7
pun hog ayarayoary “pwojsyT sunny
“whowy qunopy qnogn saquty,

eAuunyy

euunsuny

VUUIYCIIE A

490.199 AA

CUULLIN MYT
yeipucjuodeusdTy

eunoy,

eud-1t]

eyun AA

gXaqouduay

euesuowMely

eAuulsuolu so vojjoule A vAUUL AA
eMONT

yovruoood wor

vuug[ool

e19970 4 AUUNST
OULUIULODB.ATE MO NT

Bo} N.AG-VIIMe'T

suUvysN AA

Yeuooqmessny,

eurUurly,

euullossng

eoqosye}jod Ajos.on J,
ULIOUI[VUOO NT

SHU] COUSIN

eyuoom BvueWeU00g
euUdoTUeUUOI NY

eIOWUINSUBN LO OOUDIeMOTT
eloWOosUOT,

eULGOI[OJOSNY VUUTIOYSN AA
euedejuooney

ekuuisueyy wo eAuueyong wnt]
: YOvIULy.ouoy[

waqomgyg 07 hog sagshQ WoLf sagen,

(Aex9) ysny
(v) ysta
(Ays) JUSUIeUNIL AT
(u99}0a You) UIA
sseIs YSNq 9Y} UE Oty
(oyj2q Opja“yse]) [e4-OAL
Oly
IOSUL,
(ysy v jo) ut
qua
WELT
PUT
MOT
JOAO WT
Quuids ¥) qoj07
(Suttq 03) qo19 77
99.14-U.197
UOT
(qourd 03) joo
91999
$009,
TOYZVO
qseoy
TOYIe
UBUIOM 9B iT
UCU 4B iT
ver
oud
ICT
(q}00} 9uIuvo) Suv
pooyas|e
Aug
qed

“ys bua

Vocabulary of Aboriginal, Diatects of Tasmania.

RI SP PPD PS PPP SPP PIPPI ILI NI ID LAI IIS I I LILI ISI OP

soe sulu0g

vAlem v0

gAyoo[Ru vyjod wo vyQv0g

Ou0}SOOT
gyenvours ulog Qiu 9ulOg euvqao, Aon (jews) yuersery
VMeATIN AA eunseg INOW
oosezouurAryT yorro00Aeqvuur AA qYeqvucvog 493.107
asuoouAuRTed oeizerederhe AA Yeurlieuivuuvy v43vd07, PpuNoIs 489107
BUOY BuUUNINI0{ 99037 eAuory WIUNOSOYy wo Yeuooey proya10g
eueysuog eamvuuvy e)4v90, IOAIL & JO PLOT
ysny eusAyeyy yeurssny vooy euvssny ery UCU OFM Jo Yrvwjooy
Sn] Wed yeurscny vaoryeg euuessnyiessng avUl You]q Jo yavu0077
gyeo0uA4B[00 eysurg vssnT ejooe vuURSoWy (ajay) 300.7
p1B99] [PL VULIOM BssuT eurqoo[o vuvssnT (34811) 400.7
ysuy qeuessny euesen'y 400.7
gyeoouno'T O9]1ONT yovAuovd vuvsun pw ([ooj 10) Ystpoo'y
ayesuryng OTyeaae AA eurAvyUsUle yl SOT
OMLILIV] CIT euoW-PUOUIP yD Sy (q303}) weOT
eOUOTN BURS UOT (goosut) AT
VIS BLODE B[POWMLOOTT (parq v ony) ATE
Auurmsuory euUu.o000g (sTeuurue Jo Inj 10) 9090] .7
VUd}}N10} BIT eVoyysiiey vvy (19}2M SV) MOLT
90j0u-vjodnsu, euunsery (qsy yey) TtepunoypT
guuey euvysun'y guviesoog vurssny SOL
euekuury wo vyessng vo} {HONA very (03) aro,

VU0I} VIO (yovyq) 071q
BIVSUNTA, en MOL, qUIp aL
eIvYv amvog Sulp yy
euoulmeeg VIVSULI AL (qvout) ysopir
euvsu0o'T gAqoorejeuood eyesuetin A, (Qjims) qoopT
CULIVMBOT BICS.10'T BOW. 9900q [01] ALA
QuON, VUSTUTIOS UPA OTT rola
JVMVIY, pun eyuanyjoog BUULMOT[OOT yey
9LINAOaTT eurssouvyy vudloog NvaqmMeypiy
YRieyiy euUuvson gy OAL
eyyNU-I9y7 CUSIIOLI-9037 shy

ean DUDUsnT, fo Yynog ay

24:8

pup hog ayosayoaay “punpsy aunag
“whoy qunoyy 7n09Q” saqutZ,

EE A I LR ET TE SL ESTE NSS ET EE LES I SE ST PB ELS ITE I BE ET

UdOISOA PUD ISOA, YILONT wagnayug 07 hog sagshQ Wout saquuy, -ysy bury

ASMA.

i}

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of 1

VDL LIP IVIL LILI PLIES S I L I PLA PPSIII ISON INI I INININININIRSRI ILS,

nqrode Ten
SR} Ag
qenjiqorg
99q UILUGO NT

QUOAT

Aowvuoon
9M,
9}8Suavou vuueyy
o}}v00de47855n J,
9eqlojoulvoN
UUM B.dUBUBOOT,
qyeopoo
-ndeo yeoqvieijoo vedeyuey vuesu,

TESTO T
AusomoTyT wo Yeo, wojny Ausomoy

1e}e][-nAqnuUseN,
Q[OS.Se AA

EN RaL
BLCUBYOVS T
erIeunsviypldey
9800)

YeIpoo
GLOT

eyefoouno1yl
eLIVUNd;
OUILPJENSOT 9304V7\T
pyeysuou 9iT

“SodeaT,
UNOYSA AA PUD 78244 YZ4OAT

eAqeu vAyooqoN

VY] VIQVMOT viVIonT
Quod NT

euowmod A 0 BUOWIeOY)

QUONT
a[LqeMUIe.10G
sq Myx Ay,

SERINE

999} UL[eUOOWL
a[AlecuoTyT
yqedemrieaeny

saqieuve vuUBIyy
elyey

BUdIOLd VUETTeYy

qeuvrouoodery
AuutmsuoT
QBULULOTT 9107]
BIVSSN'T

eUUe yy

Aye[99} VI
BUUTAA LO BUD900
10}}.10()

109} 8.100
eudndounoyv yz,
A|[IMVURLyT,
PURTTe IAL
Yeuvjoou yewuooiseu ny opodery
SUMEMAL

“puupusny, JO YZnog 27/7.
po hvg ayasayooy “pwojsy aunag
“phory JUNOTT 7109 SAQulT,

vAqo0qeI0N
VUOUULOLT [PA OT
euUuLUnoYy,
SUSWIOIBY ULMO'T
BuUI0q VIOOVYT

ehyoopeyuer pA 40 @4400.10} 0010 me

euooul VUOONT
MBL

eAuoosuryo vuuv yoy
vAqq1taynofuory

aXjo[[VUL0}}OY, 0 BUULJOOY vUeMOT
BUBMELIN AA

euunovuneLy
qyeavsoory

Byyouvypey

eAjoruvueoy wo gAuunsavusery
eUULLO00g

BUudolo'yT

BUIMELYT
e[diyjoojoonyy
YOvooRMeIY
BUOANIOL AA,
BUBIywIv

yee g

URE,
JOV1}}00-UeLy,
yovuun y,
YVUIUIVUBOOS EI 90" YT
RUBqoo]o BUTT

“Maqnngeg 07 tng Washo worl saquty,

(Surq}) aor)
(PIEYD Yat) poryjoq yeor4
SSCL)
TOYOUpUB.Ly
Suljsox
“OFT “ao\T sisdoasay)
(uoteg odeg) eso04)
(ssurqy) spoon
re)
uosied poor)
110390)
oti)
3s0uy)

odes
(syp.usny png) youues)

i) hard)

Ama

s[eurue Jo myT
queepUn iT

(jaods) unit

(peqTY Jossoa w) yn Gy
(jvour vB 109%) TOA
Lue §

(tvoy) sory
qSOu,q

BOAT

WS

(p10) Prony
puoity

TOyVM YsSoaT

“ysy bury

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects. of Tasmania.

250

oqauuey wo saqvuue AA
oesurjesyeooyy

Aoyysn'y
elias

Aowuey ey
9yhoT

99M} 89001]
Bvoqvuuoy,
ysoudeg
gaMsuvry
eiouomeu vyyoAcT
e yore
anyen
QUBIIV ,
resugq
ySroyeuus X
eojuoouuoqvog
TWh

‘SOUL,
UdBISI A, PUD ISAAL YPLOAT

euvsulyegy
CAUNE LLU Crone |
ejiuade J,
vqqe.L
SOUBSIT,
eyessourg
eulog
QUUIMSUOCT 939107
1ela.n Jy,
qeAuuoyy wo
Aqnunyejuou guey vuoom vuury
guooorly

eYNYO.10'T
qedo}oNn

euoopehe gy
BULIJBUIOT MYT
Budop Mey

euoled

euooy{

478993]

QUBSUOT,

qeaesu, wo yeyoddory
VITULOBAIe'T
a1oredeuuenbeuun yy
g1o1odesueyy
BUIUUR AL

eulMeLy,

BILLET
euvyonjoAvg
Tesunjo£0 yy
gukounnN j yey

‘piupusny, fo yynog ey)
pun hog ayosayoay “punpsyT ounugr

“whoy JUNOT 7n0gQv saqutJ,

oAyns9jouem Lo vuesulyeuessng
euoly

Cau)

eum dig

yovruunsug

BU00Gk}O9 A

eueysulog

euuod[sul0g

€978.10}} BT

YeUUeYyVoy] LO vuLMVytoeqyo-AJ
9£u00.10} USI
yqedueiseyyl

RULE 4

euoMeIySUOTT 10 VMoy vsuvssng
euviyALoy

eSuvy oT wo BudLoT
euuosu,

qeHnoT

euursuny

euuUeMsuoy,
euUuviojoon'yT

eXuoMSunyy “0 BIUoT
aquenbeguue ny

yovinog esuvyedyy
euesuoAg

SULIL]VSUNT

euuofm0g

evuedyy euuLiessn
ofyoor0vd yourmoovdeuopy

pemAyeaqey | qyel

‘wagon 02 hug #agshQ wouf saqutg,

joe yy
pue
(aq) SuneeeE
ysnoy 10 wepy
(S9] wo dun) yey
(uoow oy} punor) o[eET
(91400 WIL pozyeu) ‘o731G
ney
ast
ofq pu
akq ‘uoryed oq ‘onSuo, amod propy
(eAnyeu) UdFT
s Digu *T7
pynjna.vaqny “FT
(Tleys 4vo) sounrr

goussaroydsoyd Io ‘UIOM-MOTS
iepmoduny

(eysnm) uny

(qjnowm oy} jo) sums
(snjdAyeonq) 9913 wny
(9013 97}9"4\) wuny

(03) din

(snofiong snuvT) [IVD
GIs)

[“ory

(pltqo ‘9013 ¥ se) Moy
punory

UIOLY)

OTISLID

(43003 yowq) Jepuly
(soory oyu 03) UTD
(v) Suyoery

“ysybugy

DE TE EL LE ET A SED NS EL SEES EF SS SLE EES IE RETESET ESE EL ES I PT I DIL ES SE ET EE EE IETS ET

251

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

PPS DAIL LPP LPP LDP LLL IIIS IIIS LL SP LIISA IRIN III INA

BiIqaoy 10 VULIgo'T

quue'y

TONG
UhIYSA AA PUD YSAA, YJ4OAT

yeyoseT
eye yO)
Cuba
eyeIyon'y

YRYLOILY I,
yeuvosu,

gpvooqvunory

Te}yere AA

g[vsuny ‘eyesuny ‘eryoxy,
PUTO

ystoid ayohey

guved ojohvT

yeissnyl

YRass ny

qeisey

Buryoy,

Yeo

BRITON [essay,

yecqeny

euessoy,

o0hB

9}809],

9uTN

eyesutod pup opaiour o}o10q
2} 010g

Yea eno Vsun'yT

yeuseoy,
euesuog

, 9409

OBooyle TAL
euesonpAy v0 euIeovULlescny,

euaidery wo euuery
yortuo00g

euuasyedery
eursusy emory
yoevod Auory
VuUByeID eIytoqaod J,
somvda oomvysng

Anup
aIvelly, YeIvuvsaeyuedy vuonlog
yerre sa | euoulog

YRIOIVY IN ]AL
loulvy BvuommeadA'TT
STUANONT

BUvsdOy, 0 VULYOT,
Or} COOMMOT IAT
yoeAuoosuay,
yovrmo0eg,

VULIIVM VUBIOVIT,
yowrlooq oousroy,
eyuam Ayunu Awyorg
YORLIMOG Yorery
Yoel] VuasUOG—)
ejdunjoo

yeuouns 7
YUU VATE MONT
BULILOLNT

euvseny wo eXuey

“pmupusny, {oO yynog ay7
pup ‘ing ayosoyoay “punjpsy ounagy
“who qUNOAT 7nogY SaqusT,

wogpmgyg 07 hwg LagshQ woLf saqut7,

*

(doep yom) pronpy
(Sop v OM] Ssoxjstp UL) [mopy
quyy 10 osnoyy
10H
(nupisn7
-pysny oboydyapr) seyons-Sauozy
(“oLIng yRqQuIOmM o¥yIT) oTOFT
OSILOFT
4S01}-TVO PT
TOUT, PUB TONITE,
WEL
(ureyumoum) qTLEE
(ou0 97911) TEL
JI98 $,ou0 oprpT
(ooresavy [220005 03) oprpy
dary
123
Saveoyy
(qued 03) oavozy
qeoy
qleo FT
(09) eazy

(ev oyeurt 0) deoxy
[eo
OOR-pvofy
peory
(‘punory
"AON, vapsy) (euRID onjq) woxLd FT
(snsoydomuihs
spUpo..azy) OYA (JoLdoy) woTO;T
(sununxouddo unjsy7) {Tews 01G

(wapiovsay) Yareyy
(Apy0mb) Apysery

“ys bury

SL ES ILS ESTEE PE LL OSE ELE ELE SL ITT EEE SIE ET ETNIES ST SO LT aE EI SI RE TLE EE IES SEE

2K

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

Z52

PEOLLLIPPLPA PLOY SPSYIPLSLLL PIP PP PIPL PP PPS SP ALLS LILLE

yearn yy
YyRoleare y,

Yroy PUNOUINT

g]Avpuopiodery wo oyejtodery

TPeLINuvsvnoyy

qeoloyed

*SOQt4T,
ULAISIA, PUY ISAAL YPLONT

yeuery vo yeyezzery
RULE,

ele were

VUUIVIV J,

euoo|BSUOL](l

eInyon

Ie[vomouiod pup reyromoryeyl
BUULIGeaA PUD Bae

eUlYVUOTT
erond Auvog

Pee Muon,

suoun eosny

9780NT

wuooml vURSUG
yeursued

geny vyessng
eyedsny] VAoT
eyjosong

YeULIooM Yeuaeyy
YeuLLoom yeuuery
guUB[euOOMeUOe yy
gyiou oddeivm viz
youApArou pup spo19qil

qeilooy,
guyeresun eyny

eundioy
Yeppyog
euoou-yed
9330099],

puUpnUsny, JO YINoKy ay}

pup ‘hog ayataysay “punjsy sunig

euuod'T 10 PUUd-soxy BAIOO;LOO
pAVIMON

pAyoopoul ¥9920.19

ooT(eysn MA.

gApoopem vivscnT,
gkquoqesurlyy

91-09

sy Suo]-vorqeyorg

euosue

99}U0010} 104.0 010 NY
CUSYVIILLT,
sondvuuisuy
gAyo0ousLy,

guow vjood véony
909} 0.19,

el VIREO

eUueg

9A44ynJon1109

eUUdISUr]eT

Auoodeu vovyueu vyoucounyy,
2449SVALOUO} 99] [BOTA

yoy voyvsuem lay,

eAjounvm vAUlA
yovoovuryovig

qeuuodry

eByyeied

goede

goroAvr oouuedeyy
eusou UBsSng
yovoudsuoosas

“Laon 02 fing sagshQ wouf saquty,

(qsn.iq) 0731q
(xo}s010}) ooreSueyy
eTLUSANL EP
dune

SA eS OR
por “queyd v Jo come
BIOL
sno[eer?
euoqmer

O}IOSTAUT

SouljsoyUy

costoyUy

STE Rar

doysuy

(yomb) gueysuy
(our 1193) ‘011

(1193 03) wat0;Uy

uroq A[Mou ‘Quejuy
eyemey ‘0731

quejuy

(Aze]) yueopuy

(quejopul) aAoruy

yuoljeduy

dwy

(1918) TIT

(pxezl]) euensy

907

(orppeas yytas) qn AT
(awads 431M) 91nFT
purqsnyy

resunyyT

“ysypbug

255

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

PLL PDIP LLADISISL PASI LLLP PPP PLP LL INI NISL ILS LISI ILL PLANO

osmiodoe Avy
eudemeny

9ilU-eISS0'T
P}OosuvISsNT
ey NUIe}}00
CUOMBIT

eyyesu,
euomoo}eAqooreg
euloqoyoore, J
qeuepnyy

euUlUe

qeoy Yepnusospoy
soqArovMurIUE vAqvuUY
qeoy vuuiMesy

aumnpVI

“SOQUaT,
UAOQSA AA PUD 4SAAL YQLONT

euos|eyemMlog

oqiou eysnury
OTNTBUN BIN NT
OIL BULLI A
e1oosvun ssn]
9409 NT,
yesurg
eleovliM MA
TU} NT,
euouny Aor
9101

190d

Yoon ery,
euvysuog

CUOTIVMVINTE VILSINITAL
yeqeysnu vurorg

euog

YeynwMessey vo nauessnT

euol VIL
eulye}-V.3-e,7

euvsscnd vy
qesurieyoory
eoUery

DALI SSO],
ean y,
eursuny
VILVSL Y,
Yeuooy
BuAIIEry

g Aj oulog
euurAey VuUOT,
greddex AuoouomveSuvd J,
eysurAysuouryy,
ao[nsunoN
euvgqoo[o vAuocoory
evueAuooo'y
1008-8U9I13T
euuok
qoregsn MA
yovAuoodeuoysn y,

-ofon ofured pun yookeu-oAyn10g

9Aqyni0g

yor Aousryy
CUSWMLUULOIOVL,
euvscokus00g
elem oj U900'T
epadavg

euuslg Lo euudleg
BUBSUNATVAARL
euow ‘Budly,
eneqoorovuuvssng

CUULUO}v yO
BITOUVUBTUL O][VOT|[
eUUudlT

PTTEMOLIA
euvyoodea y,
OJUOLME MATT
anderen,
qenuoAueryy
eunrumn J,

Supa sry
OI BJO Fy SVT

(pooyostry) avy

(onsu0} 94} yyIM) yory
qyoLn ‘sory

Yl ‘SOT

pace

qoooy

(dune 90s) dvoy

uvo'y

SsopeoT

geom

(yuojopuy 99s) Azery
(eooylaeiq) xv'T
yonvy

(TY UE Ise] Tea 04) asvT
(s1q) oS1vT

(1vods uspoom) souery
awey

(uo0#v]) oyeT

Deak

aT ONUYT
ee

d0USL

0} ‘SSIXT

(sesuauauayg suohayy) Ieysysuryy
(ojt] Jo oantdap) TEST

dooxy

qe OOIVSULST

(Sunok) ‘oof ‘ooresueyyz

‘puupUsDy, fo YINog ay?
pun ‘hog ayasayooy “puojsy ounngr
“whory qunoyy ynogy saquiy,

wagon 07 hog sayshQ Worf soqut7,

“ys buy

ELLE LO a ESE a TI ET ET IT TT TIE EE RL DI TT LCE TEI EI SIE IEE DTT EGS TT IEE TESTE PTOI SE IOS Te SES FS TE SII I LE BETTIE

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

254

PRA PLP PPI PPL PIPL LISI SLI IS LISS IA LIL ILRI ILI LSID IRL GS DLO

— qeopoodenes AA
qeoy] Yeusa A

eUUTe NT
eyyoATyeg 40 Yeo]-yed

oy Aqirenmg

Yeo] MOY

ea

“SOQULT,
ULOISI AA PUD ASAAY YPLONT

BuU00dey99 AA,
e199 AA.

o7yeuUey,
ouvyeuoomuuad
eullog

YVUULOU VS001
BUUNA BUIOT,

qeuryy 40 Yeuooyy
euUBIqoTT

qepoqqet
guaLMopiy

WeqorM 40 YeMeT ed

BUUIUO

oyeuerg
eqvssva outoid guuryy
pumonoiqnyiny

YRyULBY LO VILLI VULON
OTE

eysutord vo AA
esuvurmoursy)

yo -v- ART,

Ajoqqeu oysuanyy
euunuvdAly lo PeuEMBUUNnYy

phon
qesury,
qeynwessey

yeuunMosey
euo0deyos S81
BUIPOSSL AA

vuomom {MeN
yovqoudong
gaudy
Yepouvuulyemoy
Yee soorg
eySuryeu ASsooy,
BUOMIL}VUSURM BIGOT,
BUI]

Y[RUILOULOO |
yearn'y

euUrly

eq 0 vuuedong
OOMUBUUD IN
euuoAuonlog

equ]
eq Survy vuvssnyy
euuenbifoy

eydunivmeug vAyvueweLinyy
BUvqI91910.9 03

eByySury ook A

aAUOMMUMMeUBY

eayeAvy,

VAYNISULY

yeyoud Lo vuusyeaatg
eunoA{eUeLin A

yeunoy

qeqye M

euolyon MAL] T

eueqes]o BUUT SD AA

SSOP

WSTTUooW,

WOOT

JOMOIIO-a]O Py

JOMPOSHAL

WA
UE

(wemom [BULSIIOgY JO) ane

(uoou 10) ABppryyy

a} eNIysu9 jf

oN

MOIETY

(xoquint years v) Aueyy
(oq1y) 0191¢

(qovjq) uel

OILY

aidseyy

MOTT
(yweds 03) pnory
(aves 01) yoory
Ava Su0'T
Su0T
(pooa) sory
(I'd “A) 3sn00T
IO}VMYSaTy ‘10}Sqo'T
DEORE
PlBZry
Sspg epay
sdiqy
jody

200F IFO] ‘OFC
400} Just (owe oes) dury

“PUUNUSDT, JO YINOY AY

pup hing ayasayoayy “pwojsy oti g

“phosy JUROTT 7n0gGD SagULy,

ran

waqomyrg 07 hog 1ayshQ mows saquay,

“ysu bug

25
pic)

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

yRoy vAqeyy

qroy vudeg

YRUUNT B90 A

ouUnIvIIOg
qvoy opue

qeoy Aysnodeyy
Yeo] yervo}g

ysAoy, BUSaNT

“SOUT
UlOISA AL PUD ISAA4 YLONT

BuULyy

yoedyyog wo Aua1y, wo youry,
euuosodessnig
he UES

gunn

PLO

Awty, £0 youtry,

oul und

SULT

AUT,

TRUreLory

RENE

YRSUIVqL AA LO 7eI300 4
1ysny wo youny,
Teuooy

vuunqely,
eAuu0}-veSnT
ahuoyoodyy

yeuooady,
edoyan

ey yNyoIOT
NOC

qeMesury
VUUVIBON
CIVSSNTLOIVULYT
yoy Avm Auueur yy
qeuroueyy
Yeqqoiwuesong

yedo
YUIUUIO NT

DUNUSDT, f0 YInog ay

pun hog ayotoyaayy “punysy aunwgr
“wlioy JuUNOTT 7N0QY Sagi yz,

yoeAuouIyye vnUueyNyy
yeirs Veg

equookod vesnig

gra huoy, 9fopoxy
BUSTING, J,

99}B019

yovoooyy so youhur ofony

eUUny ey
CNOOMVUUN MOP
CE OM Tcl
eyoAuuneyy
TRUSJOLAA LO VULTOIVIO! AA
VUVS.SNULUOITL
yeuuodny
yeduerosung
eAUULA BIOS UOT,
euoiohag

sXkunog wo ofuoy,

euuleseieg
TRVUSLIV ME
yeduuviseyy

NOIR

euuokysuay,
eUNeIAY VO NT
sournbeAaae yy
akjoo[OYOIT VILIYOV
eulUUByey
euescnunyy oyesuriay,
2q)nuUL vUUOT
vurousuMoy

BUNA SOLON

“agony 07 hog sajyshQ wort soqury,

OSION
NG
erddiyy
(yourd 09) diyy
ISIN
(pjo you) mony
JOAON
(spuq o[9T) 98°N
(sparq) 380N
91})9N
3{9°N
TeaNy
(qnnuoboF) Toys snyyMeN
JOAe NT
(snautuona 7) Tews ‘07317
napus snuntisog) osae, ‘ye oAyeNy
(snqn)| UF] OAIBNT
(003) TN
(tesuy) [LENT

(ysy-T194s) TessnyAL

(ySno.) ysy uojqnyy

(syouveT) ‘qjoows ‘Ysy uO WNTT
(jayeg Aj00s) pug uoynyT
(91090) numzrg ) yong Ysuyy
TWOOAYSNYAT ~

INULIN

quauIpes ‘pnyAr

qInoy[

OSNOyL

(nyojound soup) yong urezunoyy
ON

TOYIOIN

"yse)Ougy

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

256

PDL ISIS I LINININISII IIIA II III PIII II III III III

yeoeuuesyoyy
yeoeAey,

yervojouodeg
YRpPIUN vunypoy meg
salyoneyy veyAwmoy, yeyAuoy,

ysrournyy

eddery wo yeyoosy

youdog

yeauesy

Aorma ker]

yeyopoiemesu, 40 ouuka-u07,
Yeuog

Yro[.zzeqT wo gudoy,

Qu90}}0'T

: 9u-BaS07,
Yemonuesduo yf

ey AreLte yy

eATIOM

UePpAID
CITVI-LOO%T

opnike yy
yeyeloppoy

QUUIME} UT

Yeuury, 20 yeiney, 0 0} A001; Mv AA
yey Lo yeyeyoyy

yo}-A}7 8.17

YO}ITM-YR AA,

yedeymeyy 0 vusary

Yyeuoosueny Lo vijoyaveg

g]eyvoy, 4o yeyAuoy,

Yeo, 40 YVMvireyy

POUT AE Tee

*SOQU4T,
ULDISAAL PUD ISA, YPLONT

DUnUsDT, fO YInog ayy
pun hog ayosayoay “punpsy ounugr
“whoy JUNOTT Jnogv saquiz,

yeuossnyy wo oAnpy

vhjovysoog o eXuoojeooy,
vuoAURIIV],

eSMO[AIOGVMOTT

eAUUL AA

vhqoo] 0037

euUudAUOUIOT,

yeunedsu)

YeyUNooLy, 0 vysuvyeyezuooaly,
eqysuvpeuhog
VUddLONVSSNT
yeuouvuvsunyy

aAqyeou eATe AA

eAY90T]9 MA

euesenlg

euvssniy

eULSUI[O MOOT
yovoAuryoeig

yeuesoo7y

eyyery

qeAuor vuvssun'y wo yucovry
yeduuliiey, o vuusokuy,

99} MOTO T,

euuad|[Oyp

euuofoMmoy wo vuuokSuosoTy
euuodudiie y, Jo ojeuedmey,
BuogqvMLysuryen\y Lo vySuepoooyy
eIV]T LO YEMVIIE PY

SUNIALT eg

909} OID)
rununy,

(podurM-ozuorq) woos

(snjngo) snyjaunarqoT ) ‘payyyeas Meg
(ysniqged) 4oq

({[9YS vos) opyuratwog

omds.og

(coum snasruosydy) umSueg

-pind snyouliysoynuig) snddyerq
(snaop | ueoleg
(TET ®) 3eod

Med

(arwojzsoshuyo nuaydngy) oyig
(ysnur) yooyeieg
(QJlMs) Jooyetieg
(IETasoy) 0791
(ueeIs “0D) Joe
puvy 943 Jo weg
ureg

1askQ

(jured youlq v se sauSt0qy 243
Aq posh) ‘sour[x) woz ‘uot Jo OQ
(yooqoog auayiy) ‘Tyeus ‘Tao
(sdounjsng w21j61) ‘odie, [AO
SpIsIn@
urydag
(punw ‘yq) ‘asnou unssodg

(yyoo) Yq) poyreasurt ‘0731¢7
nf msibunoyq) ‘yovyq ‘wnssodo
soub| aug
(por) erqoO

(ou) sIq} 4v) AON
OSON,

aqpmrg 07 ing sagshoQ wot sagruuy,

"ys bug

257

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

CRA LL LILI ILL LLLLILPLPPLSSSLL SS PLL PLS LPI LILLIA INI S

BIN

YeIIeMooy, Buoy,

geseuvy vuudsanyy

‘saqgiad,
UhOISA AY PUD ISA4L YPONT

Ve
e OV
qyeamnoy 10 gMoelg

HETO EAN
yeounny

Yeo,
BUBIIVOO J,
some g
quyede Ay
eLLOT
yeatog
Yeyoon
9}0009'T
RICAN)
-uvyy oayAvyy vo eyynisurg soz Avy
yemooy, 0 vyynsuelioy, Pug T,
T[elVn Ny

qesoy vo vuvseyy
IeusdTyT 10 Buse,
VIINUIVAT,

LTE

euaudoy
eyyNyewMoT
yeduoousM Lo yeunetsog
ghsunyy

yeuueyy

euuoshog
YRlrssny

euoudodoury
UAT
es sec we ee Tee
‘DUUVUSDT, £0 YINOg ay7
pup hog ayosayoory “pwnjsy aunng
“mhoy qunoyy JN0gv saquiT,

euuoAqny

eAquoy, 10 yseApuoy,
euUeloy

eueyNUnU vySuesey,
qeuouvsun'y

yeuoyy
euouvsuLAry
eueqeo[e-oA139 MONT
eo} £90
VyYSuULl-vsdo1g
vuBsOT wo eueyOT
YVULIny Vryy
yorAcuo00Ny

eno AUUvOD)
eyyensueso J,
Al[esory

CSV
euuoid-qeyqeyy ‘eaqury
ehuooMeysnyy
eAyoqSnTTN AA

SOTO UI-PUO IL
vouofuvuLoo][e Moy
yqeduto-vsuryy
euuofsuny,

eUIO MeO PAT

eyuso hog

gaudy
YOV.M0gG.sueljoyy

euudy

‘waqomgrg 07 hog WagshQ Wolf saquty,

TEA-Poe,

ped

(sorv8urjg) Avy
a80U JOooIpueq Suoy ‘oI91CT
poyrey-Suoy ‘oy

(uapsnboshayo

swmolphyT) Ysiur 10 Oy 0991

very

yeosey

AOQTILE TT,

(Aavoy) urey

Oey

(synwopod snypney) rey

eseyy

gomn?’y
(sypsopoad wruinjon) treng
(UIP) Feud

(sauauad suow) soqng
sluog

zyrenb poypor ‘elqqed
yung

ALOU

qUvUSOLT

astodiog:

ourdno10g:

woosery £0 100g,
reeds Jo JuLOg

Avid

que

sIgy ‘ooRTd

(e) could

“ys burr

eee Nn SE ree reer cee ners

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmama.

OpIMory BUsUIILO'T “0 wus di0ry qeag

BUoT]eA100T (oyrye HILO) 0771G
vAjooemsurrpy wo vAynoyeSuriyy deg
yVany euokueiyyo y, (nyprdooyne mynoynrzy) yxe]-pueg
BunSU, CuO vIvSUNT pura

euoodeuvyordory oI
oA}}IMOUSTT apis-vos oy} Aq syooI 94} UO y¥G
eueysud0g eud00g Bueqs9[9}0018-SUI- Mog |(91Y90 par WIM ‘sMoLOSyI09) sje; Sury
Bqo”d WiMEL
wuesuooTy 9jdmounu oucry 19Y}090} uny
BlVcoT auayy uny

youdpuojuaryy og,
eyoyy yovduvjoa00d Arp sysoqo Appnyy
BIIVIONY s90Mo UU SUN, (vey ur qna) quiz
: BIRO Rroqaopopuovy (au0 Suoy v) Moxy
RYT YOVIMVOITAL [eq & ey], punoy
9][M37 yoeAjerdeg ysnoy
RUM J, yoyeloaay, poom 033037
Apeomysug so vueysnyeuoyy 9 Aug m0x7 (9913) yooxy
euunq vuoeyT Ysy JO 807
euUrUTeUUe ehyodry Yovoq-vas WO slexeorq 10 sLay[ory
qejoodsom vuvsue Ay (03) ][Oxr
DOMVT KOO AA Yyeuuezooyy Yeuse AA (yes) poxy
soAoig soudory vyysurlaory wo yeuoy (ascey) yoo
qyejood-vrq Yyeuurjzooy oavuo jy (e991) Taany
yervsog | YOVlooq Suojoung “0 yov.ooq-Suvag adny
CUIVIAN.IVS.390 7 eununyry, ashy
aud], BUusoMILIO T, quy
yeyeyN yy yovAjn Ny (qro0A 03) YO}037
euvsudleyAvy, yovAoueyovd 7, audsaxy
Yorwssni0g eoT.Ly, niedayy
YVMooURsuay, vuoAudysng UIgoYyT “ysBerg-pory

ee ee eee
"SOUT, pyunusny, fo yynoy ayy E
Udd7SA AL PUD FSAAL YPLOAT pun ‘kng ayorayoary ‘punjsy eunegy daqpnpry 02 hong sayskQ wort S9QULT, ‘ysup bury
“whoy punopy 2nogv saqusy,

——————

t
é

259

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

PPI ILI POLI LILI IIIS SEIS OLLI IIIS IDI ILL OP

40 YBUUBALY Lo YRUNoy wo Yeur-ney

aq AlTvoT

yeopAurpogq

Teaqeljeoy “vo yeueAol-eemeyeg

PAL WLaeaL

yeoyeuusduejooy,
TOUBUUOS UY NT

100007
equyyeu vurod guny
oq-yuT

gpeAeurr ojeyscudsog

qeuony
eYSULUoyy

YVIOOPL LO FVIOO

YRIOOP[ LO YoTerreqeo
euopAeyAl

P1940

eySudod vaiqaay,
Vso 0 vuvseyy,
vy}ieN

Teude'T Lo vuoay

YRIomVg
qesyinyT 0 vuioTyT
ETM vyeuryy
9u0}e.IquNy

ruueke

eyJOog
eunuieurg
OLIV]

prouvog

9}7C MOT,
vuooderssuny
CUULAO'T

op dmope yy

BUIMOO] VISULyVUI0}0'T
euUatq-vues Sn'T
aeAuuns vgsuhog

ey oA]

vUuURSU,

VUvSOOTT

yeiooyy Lo ‘euuvyeroog ‘euesei00g
eYOL], CUIMBIIN AA

youreop he AA

eyyoudod viqooy,

euBsyeyL

Yeqyeyal

viquy wo vuuoid-ey4e

eopOU VYSULOT LO vOJOU VAULO'T
ek} OWIVIUIMLOLT

qeuesfoy 10 oqeunoy 0 eusiorT
esuonb-Auesoyy

QU0gSUOIA[

eAjoouomIOse} eM

eAUOIog

e£jOOMBN

vounuvdey

wopooTRl] pun vAyna euuolyT

purerT
yovAaqoyl

: QuOOMO'T
euoodoyesniy,
BUULIOOT

S290 T
UMIJSI AL PUY ISIA4Y YZAOAT

“puUIMUsnT, fo YInOY aY49
pun hing ayosayoory “punpsyT ounsge
“who JUNOT 7n0gY saquuy,

“wagnngrg 07 hog wogshQ uworf saqeny,

e10yg
diqs
901} yeo-o4g
(jury qt) ‘oy ‘oangg
(ajay @ omy) daeys
yeus
(409800
-09na) J) OFIP posvarq -97 1] A 0F91CT
(sapr0qg.oa wou
-0009D)0Y J) ‘Yoe|q JURLOUIIOD ‘Seyg
Mopeys
MOTTE
puboa “s
silauaa suow ‘ayeumajy
wnjouos §*
sruad ‘ayeyN
—suvs.io [enxed
OSMMODIOJUL [VNXIG
(0111p puowterp) 0991
(ayeus yortq) yuod.sag
(ozs pes) snoieg
(pjotjaq 03) 99g
PorTloq-o9 a ‘0191
syoor UO yovlq ‘oI1C
yovoq Apues uo ‘(n00y7) [vog
(sndwunooddryy) a310q-v0g
(av000) vag
yoyerog
queog
Aytavog
Ieog

(qsy Jo) sojvog

"ys bug

Pa AG

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmanie.

oqsuvieg wo vueduvieg
030090] 9MvI,

euvsuryeieudoy

euesuoy, / qreug
que, eXuruued yjoous
yepoog euvooid wo vuooso1g aTOUg
eqvomemedeuyy sorogu0Yy on apg
OJoo[NABUUS} TeogVUNnNy (punos Area) dass
qeoqeuny euesuoT Auuo'T daajg
§ BUUOJUIIIV AA PUD BUTTE A VULOJUILTY _ (ar pnoyo) A¥g
; qeuunie}00q euosoomedont gy Tyg
; 91N.A99'T yRousoMery, ooresUvy JO 07917
3 eAUSB]AL VAIL, ULyS
: yeuurray, yeudsay, (Jo souoq) wo,9To¥S
: BUIIIVIUV MON TOYS
$ yRyou-vyouig, euoyovio wo vysndyjeoyy TANOP 91
: ByLooq ‘oul0} ‘epuUoy, UI
3 euunovit AuusA'T Suos & dUIG
3 auuodry Auuoary (aay 04} Ul ZZ 10 ssty 03) Sag
3 Yew (qe-jouml) qriey (Oo1eSuUBy) MOIS
; vhq aryl ehqqo aplse ‘apis eu0 UG
: euukey, VUUIpO}Or'T (249) epig
3 eAyooreyeusxov1oA lL ona
g Sparrow qorAuvyoRIOL yog
5 SUUCU BIVATE TY, 99009 BAG J, quays
3 yqeunesuny, euueny vuueyog (uIei Jo) TamMoyg
3 msoub
3 euuluoyy euuoduaroiog |-27nf nweda.yg (e1dsem) we OIC
3 wnow
; eunokSuooy, |-vbu0 vurysouwsiy ) ean aynyg
2 eUuUBy-vIp[e CUUOIEIINM euueyn [[@4) Jno
Z FETE ASUS Tapawat neuerder (q1d-m1e) 0331p 1apu ee
qeunjoy, 40 euusaesong Jopjnoys

o10Yse Ox
(qoveq Apues) o10qg

260

*0qUl ‘pymusny, fo EES AE Bina
“UlOISAAL PUD 482.44 Y9olOKT pun hog ayasayoayy “punisyT aude aqua 02 tng woyshQ moLs soguLT, ysep bug
“who JUNOT, 7N0Q” Saqv4T,

261

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania,

DISSIDIA II III PIII IIA IDI IBID dd III III IIE OD

gyeAurony
yeuoay,

qBUSMONqely Lo eUUNPMOY
OYSIIM 973015907

qeusuadod-iyeey
somed-viysn'y
DoL0GABM PMBIY
QOWBUOMITE

euo}dm09

qoqvuweoe100 7
euudisny

qeylig ‘euag

e]foayeg 10 yeqoy wo yndoy
sehunom vuduoomysng

qyeuneoeny
Aysnqyeueny

YeUUOsvATEery

°SOQULT,
ULIISIAL PUD 4SA4A, YILONT

sulory 2o vanory ‘yeulory
eu99 J,
euuvovssny
amvde] PuoOUR yA
yeoreyoug
YIILLVO,
Ruz mo y
eyegsnm-eyoviy
advyo}uoory,
so0id VULTTeIy
gamed oywiessnyT
CENA

VUOOU BUOWI IT

ESS WO YVLooqsuMeN wo vULUIE Ny

vedo]

YOMBIIEM
Yeuunse1oyH J,
woueyAv AA
yoqruunyero00g

eV yO

eu-og

eueysunue yy

9UNSN,

STMT,

TeIyxOoy[

TION

yeyesong

9TIOM

9qeli-euny

* yeuunyp vessny
BUBIN IT,

ees Soy

91Le]OUOT

BUINIMAyULOTT
yeuoay,

Yeiewm vuessnyT
youesury vuooueypy
ehjooirssng
euyovr1oeAy10q YLa J,
eueiqyra y,
BvunwMeyor y,

ade yoy cov y,
eISUYEY

euoord vAuamog
eUOMBIYT
eusoul-oareyovA Ty,
euoqulieyy, VURSSTy,
eAUL-SUOIIT
CUOMPLIN A
Budiey vunsuldAyy
CUBSUvT,
Auueyeypoong
eyoN

eUud1a,T
euvyshuryl
euUuoy,
euutidodAuoy,
BIYOOK LO vyoovyy
ypoeATM-ON
BUSSURRIL
efmoory
yeuunoviy
euuodsn'T
YRuriyjeivg wo vyyvivg
YVoUo] VIILULYLIT,
eynysnuoT

904g
youuioyg
(doq8-400}) dayg
[T891S
Ieys Suryo00yg
WSNIVIS
eg
(dn puvys) puxyg
400} Oy} YIM) dureye
qjenbs
(WOs¥eS- THOSsOTq-0]}1"M) Sutdg
(Aeqd) y10dq
qidg
Tomod oarjwaro yvors Jo ‘o71q
[TAOp 04}—T149 Jo ‘oI
pvop 94} Jo guiidg
euida
topidg
yuodg
(0) modg
(poom) avedg
(sSo1 Jo) uavdg
aug ‘oVIG
yanda
(Sop) yorurds
imog
uog
u00g
su0g
(300J JO) eTog
Moug
a0ug
€Z00Ug

“DuUUnUsDy, fO YINoK 24)

puo ‘kvg ayorayooy “punjpsy ounsge

“whoy JUNOPT 72090 Saqru7,

‘Magu 072 hwg sayshQ wolf soqguuz,

UB.

lects of Tasman

a

LPIA IL BALI LLL PII IIIS SIL IPOD PPI EL III LPP DIPLO

"gina

Vocabulary of Abor

262

AAA DINING

eINUOOWMUNY LO 9IvIUN yy

JUCIMVIIET,

gqnq 10 yey1o0yy

vo-qeuoy, co vudiqnueg

ye1oowojASSng 10 ooqerejoode Ay
eueysudyvoo AA

yovoqeay 40 a[ni-euvmey

uu]

"SOQUUT,
ULSI A, PUD ISA 44 YJbO AT

eusoulodvasery,
eursoniqnyy
qynjoy,

JuULTeUCOM vuULyN yy
yoqeuuey v010g
qoqeuunyy
yeuyssng

YUCOOMVLIL
g1ecuery
yqeiysng

VENI E

SUIOW-VIINM-99T7 LO VMOTUOAY SOT
yeyuoy sng

yeursuoy,

omejedyg

9UOye y,
qeroolosuo} vaquweg
yovroodejao04r a.tqnueg
yeuviqnurleg 20 91oqnuegq

yoye1oysnyT

viqlarjeoyy Lo vuuiog
yond Biyopy
ooqe11e}9AQ,
LUMO

quay “Blayy
vueysuny

eqvysuny,

guivoouny

oqsueeny vurssng

euvssoyyndeny

vurddn[ny

vURd9[9-SII Ueqvoojap OLeyy LT,
vue YeodTeoyy LO Yvoroly vuULyNyT
guuvopsong

guunyy

euood vuueyy

BUOY VaAIVT,
ayeysuUBIeO
Ajossng
yovAuory
euoodas[sexy wo
ee Lo ekyoo[soy Youool|ey
euesooqoy wo viunsuryayy
eumenbsuoy,
euurfayAe AA
evonueiood exssnTyT
yovAuosuray,
VUSTASU0ZAJOI AA
yorioog yortied vuspessng
yeuaiqouryyng /o yeuvaqoourssug
eysuri[oyA Sur
eysuoy oiodvmory wo vuaiog
BUUO]T LO QuUOUUBYeY ofooqoyemorT
PION
YO VSury-voy
yeuuny vAwog
Yvoqjoy /o vq4e.10}0 aukO
aydwnyjos vuvssn'y
euvqoojoA0suy
910040g
yovdyerivu vuesong

‘DUDUSD, fO anos ay}.
pun ‘king ayosayooyy “punjsyT auneg
IPE puoi Bee) 82904T

“doqpnaig 02 hog WagshQ mou saquty,

owe fy,
UOle, J,
We
(suryveds yonur 003) 0331¢7
AL
ON,
AE

(v) youag
APLAS
WIS
1248

(amdsiad 03) yeomg

URMS

(uoIyN]Sep Jo yow) MoTeaAg
(pag v) Mol[ems
TOATAING

(ysis) uonwudsng

yosung

@SHIUNG

ung

TOWING

uay}ug

yong

pidnys

90.1} @ Jo dainjg
Suong

aYLYS

qySreys

dogg

dooyg

TLIC &

263

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

Ven
qeoyeuuo x

YVuULIeoT

eUUVON LO WIeMON

“899047,
UlA9SA AY PWD 4844 YJL0 AT

yeunnyedery

do] [VU BIG SNIY

Vey SN A

yeaoudeyy wo vudey wo gau0ly
euvd-eg «0 e-90-Avq
Auryeodeg

Yee

aTehe AM VIVyLyy
aMvdvao AA

teurod-v-99 A
eueuoor'y 4o YeuUNuU- vy
yqeyqniysey

Yeyoosurypig

omvkeg
yeuvoumetg
gunsuojyedeg
eULd10,],
eyj00vuv AY
yeiwssag
Ye1souoyl

euUBy Susy
QdIOLVUUBYNYT
yeigon y,

Ye YON

BIBI

euvsonig
9}IVSVAIIVT,
YVINAIGSUCM TLS AA
QUd9 AA
yeyeuuwUsy,

‘pumusny, fo YINnoY ay

pup hing ayosayoasy “punjsy eunsg

“who JUROPT 2N0QY Saquuy,

eyo4, peu hog
ysvopuay,

eusopudsjn y,

Bushey

VUULIY SD AA

yeAwion vuuroysn AA
eysuo,

qeyey 40 yeavnurmvoT
yovryjooymouus dry
BIOL AA.

e}SUBOL AA.

eqyunsey

ysouessnT
sooqvuueynyy

eojLIesuvo'T
eA}}OWIOg
ahuog,
equooLULIYy
eAj00011eM9'T
yeuusfon
PML T
Asus
yorAuoorvuneynyy
euunsunyy
yeyan

BCI

CUIMICSE J,
woJOOIquIywUUdA yy
Quysn AA
eisuryesun-oN

Magog 07 hog 4agshQ Mout $aquAT,

(I1y poyeed ) 107,
({e3s4.10) zedoy,
doy,
ensuoy,
400],
SS9TYIOO J,
BION
BOI 0 peoy,
ING

(Irews) o11¢
(ogie]) 1oquITy,
-aouha snmonhyy) “Td A ‘sosty,
(snyoyd] Oph.
(joy ¥) ory,

(xa}ea qsiy)
(419}8a MO]) OpLT,
(joesur onjisered) yory,
Jopunqy,
[escent Gh
quny, 7,

ySol0j osuap ‘oq
poyods ‘ysnaqy,
Aeme ynd wo Moy,
MOLY, TL,
Ays.uyy,
qsiyy,
o10U T,
So} J,
yeoy,
(v) away,
189,
O88 J,
(tapids o81ey) vpnyuerey,

"ys buy

LE ES FE ESE SES PERL IIE YE ESI PE YE EL IEE ES SS SE a To ST a a STE

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

264

ara
(DPI LDL LLIN LILIES LLL ISLIP III III IIIS IID MO

BUUIM 994

UlIISAA, PUD 9894, YILOAT

qoqrysunw oyeysun py
qeqessnu oapreo yy

gAuuvpossnd vmoTy
eursunyl
eueqRoorm A}eVMON

SNOLIOX
aut,

Asn

JOOIMOLLe para sqgoor ueyd

VUUIIO-10g vuo[wmould | Ysteu oanen e ‘ysnayng ‘oydiiz

YLeoog Yea vig OAT,

VA¥-O5] 2/01 (xonqd) yout,

VY SLC SOTTO UTeYy SN AA (ast) [tay

yeusau-o,-unyy |-SUO] VIIeU vuLyzoOyT Auow AIS Soq, JUSTIA T,

eu-euUteyy |{oe100G | yookquudreyy SUI J,

PUUNAA B99 (A Buvey vjIVOT SIM,

a14y01 BY ‘ookeg BULGIOTL}OL VUULIOS IN AA (4}00} oururo) ysny,

eursuemolyl SOUIvUURYSN AA (03) um,

euesuvdeuoojy BYWOZUSIPL ajquny,

9qn},03T an soy (our 20 odox v 4 ‘o3) Sny,

999M g9uyon Ay (0}) Ary,

SII BUUEY CUBY SN eXqoovoouduodN, ony,

yeuny, Yea, (T[9y8 vas) uO,

viVesaniy, eusoM vuOWIeY Nyy OTOL,

Yoo mouory, yeAqaruorypy a[quiaty,

euesund eucoy, Yov.looqgsuoog (B JO [B}) oar,
rel (poommortg.) 0391¢q

910T 10 933077 e4}e0T (9a. Wns) 99.7,

RuduooMeryory, BuoOWe OV J, [OARLT,

9}Q} 1080 NT oo} npettojesurd-Anuad py (0}) xysueay,

aqijured yz, yenueay, (03) ajdureay,

gulogvesny joustmnoeuvysny, pup vuvySeyessng (ytewy0o}) your,

T[NIy ovoo} yon] yonoy,

P44} eAIY.SURMBOD A, €4VVINO 991410 AA (pooa 1193301) pooar-yonoy,

qeuvsuray edsunon yonoy,

9. MOOT VUBSSOUOUM VUILOOT YO.0 J,

‘pyunuUsny, fo yynog ay
pun hvg eyaueyoayy ‘punjsT ounugr
“whog qunoyy ynogn saquty,

“wagpmgrg 02 ng wagshQ wou saqrty,

‘ys usr

265

1.

alects of Tasman

.
Ln
LDA ASS DISS PLSS SS LIPID LILI SSS DISS PISS SS IPDS ISI IIIS II

rigina

Vocabulary of Abo

euergsnyery
SOMO MBIT
QOUIMUI'T
eid NUNN
OUTIL ©,

YeoLT PU OUUTM VIT

OVI SN'T

gAqqeurssoqy

9) }NWIII0;
T]OQeU UesAOU IOP
VIB], LO BUUBIe
BUBIOOGEI MYT,

PAUPH CUT
euouINAeoog

VUBIS SNOT

£090 A

yeusy, 40 yeotfonson
P19".

qeoquyw'y

euelysn'y
YeUolIomoyl

TeopLoojpy
Yeuog

LIVSO J,

yeusesu,

eulom VUCTAR yy
yeqesunu yov.rooqysuny
eU-BIVU 9001S 10I07
ysnquery,

99]-Avm-vaileyy,

944,¥0u ery

yovAuoood vuory 0 vXuooed vuory
euUIyOr]

eueqoo[q-Ury “0 emery

LOW[9UO NT

euood-urw9lyy

YeyUNLy

yovAuooeg

VMBYSHIOOTT

VULILTAL

eXuowmlomvuuoyy
eunsusyey vo vuesueyny
alouoody yey,

groXkodyas py

eUUIUI]eOo

ekunuuey vurdsso J,
OMOEA |

BUBIYSNT 10 Yes.iory
DVIMUAWUIO,

euowAvaryy

eudkiqoy

o9uedoT,

eUuesul] voy

CuI VUE

edeysunu s1ouund 90x
Buom eueddojoong
_yovAyyej0d vuodog
eXuoulod BI-eIl

(sqes) “

(arem) “6

(pjos) “
(qso.y) 109% AA
(03) qse AA
qe A
(nouns, vadojay, \ qeyerre A
ULIe A.

(om

IO 9UO Yq poy Te ‘opyeq) we
(po][E] 0444 IO ouO ‘YstUMITyS) Te AA
TRA
(LapLnyug snungouveT) 9ocyetye AA.
eM
He MA
ISB AA
quUoUe] OF “Te AA
oye AA

suung

pue Ie Ul OfissIM & se posn
uodvom o¥l[-uooyqouns e ‘orppe
Ope

(suusofisnf{:4) Buoy ‘*
(oyunu *4 ) oBre] ONTO A
(peasy Jo umodd) X07.10 A.
quo A.
THOUS A
snouraue A.

(jaas) pesse A.
YSIUe A,
Age A 0 ae

“SOQ,
UNIISO A PUY 4SAA4 YPLONT

“‘puuMmUsDT, JO YINnoY aY7
pup ‘hog ayosayoayy ‘punpsyT ounnge
“who quUNOTT 7nN0gQv saquiT,

waqungrg 07 hwg sagshQ wolf saqu4z

“ysy bua

a a RSD ERTERL TSC a T a)

dds

e

“ Dialects of Tasman

“gina

ocabulary of Abori

V,
r

266

EAD euuny, TOOL,

93901 vaqnyy YOvloruep SUL AA
euuniosorT vuysonog vueyAryy euUlpLog Su
BULIeOT pup vuuory euuo'y (wopy wnwog) edidpui,y
yooqurmoy eusloid eSureyy eyysuryery ysig ‘0W31q
UvMO'T guunuesuryyey euUlp Mey pura,
quoreyoug wajoore yor (snnqof svuby ) Astm-o4}-,0-1]1 AA
yetmuatuoodesse gunury vAog eAunsury vyyeo1yy poktreun ATMou “ast Ay
euue
wud} VIN} vUONT | -MOT BALIINA, 9A}VOU-RMBLIN A AMOPEAA
eyo] (jjays-ees) Artoy AA
9 Aqqe eaqnueg XLIYVROIUIOJ ‘O104 AA.
Yeoynuiosuvyy |euuny euansudog wo euvuunsudeg euunyy enosN, (029 ‘][eq B OMIT) ZIG AA
qeaiesysuedsunyy YRnyeo oye 9A}92] [8] 931 AA
qeoqnyg vuueyeuun enuvyy Bling OTISIg AA
eredokund eueynyy wo erAnut

yeoreAep yeoqeug yeq ookemed vuuvy vjoog |-oyed p}unu 10 vdsueseugl euueyynyy |teoy Apoqou yoy ‘soy yeods ‘1odsrq Aq
6 vareqqe A é qopAeyy vpoueus, e1oyM pue Woy AA
@ vuUIseLIE yeouny #0 3 yopearyeg évdqoy, ¢vysuroy, 6 7eq} Savy 2 yey Ay
yeqeaeg eAUUOMETAL ale AA.
euvsco] £0 VASO Lo YeHOT ey-Avry yovra-Avy (Autres) 99.4
euokSn, euojn-AO'T (surds) T]O A,
yor sea vie y, BUOUIVIILSB T, dao Ay
1}) VI] T, 94}}n1q UoquuURT Peo AL
yoyAem viyy euuokWooyy YBOAL
euomvuueg 0 LnyvoT euosuom vi}o0] S07 OAR AL

qelpeAqoog yepedqoog | (vuapuvw nopop) opts-vos a
euue e}} 0.120 SN; 991}-O]99R AL

euuodueInmooT Joyjems “
vA 1100 J, PAG 97992 Ad

(djoxy 981] oy} Jo saavoy
qeanoyy yeroyy Lo qeuns0yy : yeunsoyy | YOY} 94} jo opeur) xroyozrd-109e Aq
*SOQULL “puunUsny, fo YINnoY ay
ULdISI AL PUD 9SA 44 YQLOAT pun ‘hog eyouayooy “punjsyT ounugr | staqvageg 02 hog sagshQ worl saquty, ysu bury

“whoy .UNOTT 2N0QV $aqruJ,

TI PY ES I IT SS SES I FO EO I I ELE EL LEE ELLIOT TE PITS

267

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

VIII

vdeiieu Lo OITE - O11 AT

YeIomMooy
eusazje[qoIg Lo yeqoa0yy

VPP AL PLSD DIL PLDI ISIS OPINED

WADI ALI III

Yeoye mony
j 9yvonbey,

*SOQt47,
UhIISA A, PUD 98a 44 YPLONT

vuoomed vyessng

DON 0 BIDONT

SMEUUNE BOON

TEMUNTBITE NT ‘QMvITEN ‘eI Mee NT
AuueyvoyT

eidtunjoodeny

oyoAn yy

qouoodAurjog

euoeny

aqoMr}iV PUD 9qOMVISSN A
BIPIMOY

eustod vj euoNy
yeuryyeyesuoTy
euevssnd ol[eory
yovAemApedy 9101-vory
BUUBAOT PUD BUBO-ONT
i qoquoyAu

‘DUunuUsny, fo yynog ayy
pun ‘hog ayasayooy “punjsy aunugr
“who qUNOTT 7n0gQv saqutLT,

BULOJOIVYT VUULAOTT
euuotksuvleyy Buuoyoovyy
eudoNT

eme duo 8859}9 NT

OO] [VMBIIE NT ‘BUOOTIRIIG NT
euuny vuuesy

euowmpoodery
eUBSUOLIAL

Auoodou 98ueiyy
VUOU}IO

CUUIM PUD CUOL AA
eyemoory ‘ejduo00Ky
BUBMOT BINT
euuedkeg

vAqooTpeu veASSng
9AJoo[OUI 0930137

AU vO] pup eueqooja euurory

eMOT LO CUUBMOTT
j Yeo] uNnyy j easeg

euemoy vAueynquernyl

18 (9997) onc
Aoq (93311) Sano x
nox
Avpi0}soK
sox
UME A

4STE MA
SUT AA
OPAL AA,
-abu0) snunopr) ‘pepeoy-onyq ‘uot A,
(snpuno | pooma.m ‘poo A,
(snyoquioa shwojoosny 7) yequio Ay.
opty *O7I1CT
PIO ‘pose ‘oy1G
qynpe ‘od
[us Sunod ‘o31¢
sulospuvy ‘0141q
UCUIO AA
j OU Ye j OU S,00 44
yteq Shoiqy 10 ssvis yIIM pooja
oq 0} pres ‘UI[GOS oyeMEZ LO YOU A,

“haqoanyegy 07 hng sagsho mou saquiy;

“ys buy

SS SS SS FSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS

268 Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

SHORT SENTENCES IN THE NATIVE LANGUAGE.

(Gaye) WHS) BY ELON) | Sododdonacuoadoonsoocosonodbod Lonna or Loina tyennabeah mito.

Giver himalistoneteeoncscescsccteeeesaseeetscts Lonna tyennamibeah.

IcivenyOulSOMewAleIiemcesecraceosecer Lina tyennamibeah.

I will not give you any water ............ Noia meahteang meena neeto linah.

WOO ANE TNOITOG|. “Gaccoaddsoocoadoonssboaodos Tyennabeah tuggené,

Youd omotronvenme toodsseeesn-ceceter were Noia meah teang meena neeto tuggené.

Givemmeysome breadiarcscancceteeeeneect Tyenna miapé pannaboona or Teenganana
ma pannaboo or Tunghmbibé tunga-
ringaleah.

We will give you a stick .............c0000 Tyennamibeah weena.

We will not give you a stick............... Noia tyennamibeah weena.

Give me some bread to eat, lam hungry Teeanymiape tuggané, Meeongyneeomé or
Teeanymeiape teeacottym’na or Teeam-
piape Matughala Mapilrecottai.

ANTES Wah? NEVE) cocoosHonoponsednes60e~79000000 Reena or Riena narrawa!
This is not my hand .......... Saaddocoba0006 Mi-ang-unnah.

SHAY?) IOEN cogdsoguasacsas Gd. booueboossacoKbod Lyenné riakunna or Rialinghana.
Wiherepisnyour Mather iacpancesecdese ecto Ungamlea nangéena.

IMGyj Hath ensisshenreynnccmcceersereeceeccesceet Nangamea numbé.
Pevismiybiathensaceseceesceceece sn csees tees Nangamea numbé,

iEfevis not myaHathen: sicaresmdcscasseececeer Mianguunana.

Dell'your Mather of) thisi-. esc seseesceee Onnabea nangato.
WiersontoseentheMmivier shesseesea cestode: Nialomiah manaiah.

like to drinksthekwatersvesscccseeceeeece. Monna langarrapé.

imalke; the boatiootastyecemecc csc Parapetaleebea malanna talea warrangaté.
The ship goes upon the sea..............0006 Tiretya teeakalummala.
The waves make the sea rough............ Leea leetyah poinummeah.
Woulsee|theseajover the hill sce ceeeens Roogoomalé linoiyack.

Go down trom)thehilless.ceweeeceseeeececee Rongtané Tyungerawa.
TRY OL ASTE WANS AKOUNOVE aa gnaonoasnodododeosoode Ringdpyanganaweberé,

Do not run along the road ................6 Parrawé ringapa.
wRhesmaniiteeds)thed oo meen nee eeee Tyénnabeah kaeetabeah.
The woman makes.a basket ......... .100. Lowanna ollé tubbrana.
Mhehwomanirsyvenyo tar ences.eesscesncceese Lowa maleetya.

The child’eats his|food ssces.sceeeceees soc Teeana malangeebeah.
eMtrevchildirssmalllacnccaemee cee ee eeee eset Malangeebeah.

AN, IKONS cdopneeduoascosoqoddus adoddonuoudccueooo6 Pangooneah.

The horse runs on the ground ............ Pangoonea rene pateleebea.
The horse kicks the child .................- Pangoonea paraingumenah.
LX Cone? OP OSagooob00000pa0soquedsonenondeesooGe Packallah.

INfenTEREN I OG) Soasosoonsadsonconedcsodsoasosede Marrawah.

. PUG One deeeatoc ae sisai si sel saereeeens Piawah.

MMU See see cci isa yicesk cso eee Luwah.

PP MAMON OUT coe Gacninuatuaronacmtere .. Paguntawulliawah.

a IBSIV.G rae Seaictivciccis oats seeceeeneane Pugganna marah.
Mshalleeoutopmyehouse) eeceesesen oor Tugganna lunameatah.
Histmikelthewnorsecneseerseocenscacsseseeteneces Pella pangooneah.
PROUCHYMISHAAHG ieiccctcncsesiassasceccuseeereeee Rieutonnabeah.

Do not toach his hand ..................06 Tellé tallé parrawé.
Cutdowmuthestres yey. lsccese eee Ugana puyé loté.

Tell him to go to the house ............... Tallé lenutoo, or Talle leebraluto.
Speak to the man........ ee valle tie teak Ee Oonah beah,

PCM SHMULHeunOUsSe Mreeaieee ee een ee eenS Lunaretah,

—_ —$—————$— a

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

They jump over the river .........ceeseeee 9
They walk through the river...............
Run along the side of the river ............
They swim in the river ............000.e008
eRheiyisinke in| the) Livers... seceeseraene
Wey drinks water ei... 65. .cse...sa Sea Ae
He cuts his hair with flint..................
My brother has a long arm ...............
Miyssisterisiveny tall. ic .scccscs.ccccceosees
ile) has) tworchildyen ./..............cceecees
Take a stick and beat the dog ........... 5
The dog is beaten witha stick ............
PRMETSUMPISPNISIMO Ys aeincececiseeciecssncescss ess
Pe RSUUMIS Se ppAlnCAd yz tineisasessssicsiescsiorns
Bem MOOMUIS HEISEI) 2 eelcacseiecicse sec ee esion eis
Mhe moon is not Seen ...............-00- crabs
‘The moon is behind the cloud ............
Wourstand|behinglithe tree). ccs sesesscs
siheyachimibrupithe tree) Sie.cccs.secssese sce
The swan swims in the water ......... sa
The water is very WarMm..............ssee08 :
eRe Wate HAStM OGAWA te teeciectleeseisleers siecle
Salt water....... Bae e te ehisciaci dais sinse casts G06
Fresh water ..... apoqs00aqneNds HosadeéooocaKEdGK
HT CHISt AP OOMEMAMY leniswslescincciossisclsesie se ancie
VCRs ay AC TAM esas ceeceecccinsie ees Sodbouonn :
Come and drink the water ........... sobod60
This water is salt......... bocageennoosbadcose0
That water is fresh .............. Shceeciee Spo
Milk comes from the cow ............. 008
Send him to get milk .......... BondoHSdodOGOS
esa the tree) esterday... .c.ce-ciceceeesse
Wghave Cut mayer) s.ceeseacns. Goatonedo
toplimps) with, One) leer. vices nese cose
He sees with one eye ......... sedudlssaseeiiee
My face is very black..............0..- BHEAR
Make the horse run fast ............. Badonead
When the warm weather is come.........
It is now cold weather. ...........s00.ece.ess
They are white men (the men are white)
This woman is very white............scs0+.
Bring him and put him dowu here........ :
Come along, I want to speak to you......
Aha! you are sulky all of a sudden......
Hold your tongue—be patient—by and
|Dhy@oodeannsaoouodenes Neaneédud a Aenea
Come here........... gadeBeescs b isschiveastue Ban
Walk naked...... ooodgodeabodnegasons ‘aasnaKes
KEOPASHOKE NNEC ccc atc yeensievnnes oe Sedu sncgode
Make a light, I want to see you .........

°

Run together (4 race)....ccsseceovenseesedss

269

Wugegala menayé.

Yangé menayé.

Tawé ranté weberé.

Puawé menayé.

Tongé menayé.

Loa lyé.

Tugganna pugheranymee trautta.

Nietta mena oon root’ eleebana.

Nienta mena tuggara root’ eleebana.

Malang-piawah.

Tial wee pella kaeeta.

Pella kaeeta naoota mena.

Pugguleéna pareébara

Pugguleéna toomla pawa.

Ooeeta or Weeta poona.

Ooeeta mayangti byeack.

Ooeeta toggana warratena lunta.

Mangana lutena,

Crongé lotta.

Kalungunya tagumena liyetitta.

Lia pyoonyack !

Lia tunnack.

Lia noattye.

Lian eleebana or liana eleebana.

Pagegana tareetyé.

Tagantyaryack.

T’allé ie loolaka lia,

Lia noattyé !

Liana eleebana.

Prughwullah packalla.

Rangé prughwullah.

Lotta monté meena cotté.

Rié poyé pueningyack.

Raggamuttah !

Raggunnah !

Raoonah mawpack.

Pangoonya rené wurrangaté.

Nente pyoonta.

Tunna.

Riana. Rianowittyé.

Lowana elecbana!

Nunnalea pooranamby or Kannawattah
ponnawé or Kannawuttah ponnapoo.

Talpyarwadeno tuyena kunnamee or Tutta

wuttah onganeenah or Tunneka makunna
talmatieraleh.

Auyah! Teborah! Keetrelbya noomena
peniggomaree !

Mealkamma or metakantibe or kannyab
mielbeerkammah or kanna moonalaué,
Wannabee kannvbo.

Tia neberé or Tialleh,

Tia reea lungungana.

Tawé locata.

Mené le monghatiaple monghtoneelé

or matangunabee nubratonee.

Rene nunempté or leoncana.

270

Stay or keep a long way off ............04
Awake, rouse ye, get up!.......cssccseeees
Don’t wake him, let him sleep......... doo
Whisper, speak low, let nobody hear ...

Hither and thither ........cscceceees Sethe mente

Tientable

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

Onamarrumnebere or crackné lo maba or

kleaba rowé.

taggamunna or nawatty!
pegraty ! wergho! or takka wughra !

Tialenghpa lontun-narra or Kunuyam
tilanga bah or Kuunyam narraloyea.

Kukkana lengangya nunty pateiuuyero or
Onabeah dayaleah.

Tackwaybee Tutta watta or &c.

SOME ABORIGINAL NAMES OF PLACES IN

TASMANIA.

Cape Portland District ..............cceeees Tebrakunna.
Country extending back from Ringa-

rooma Township .............scsessseeee Warrentinna
Dow elassRivenecnseoeenenadecsccecsecsases .. Leeaberryaek or Leeaberra.
INicholas]siCapyceccusssecanseneccateseseccsess Mita winnya, Kurunna poima-langta.
Doctor’s Creek (Hast Coast) ............00. Wuggatena menennya.
I Diaper IPtONIO: GobcdobooodasbodeK06 Ha cquEGoAb000d Wuggatena poeenta.

Salt Water Lagoon, near the Coal Mines
Governor’s Island .........csssecseeveee pa9bo
George’s River District ..........scceccesees
Meantapislandeencasehencsccadecdccenccetecteoseccs
Mount Royal and Port Cygnet, country

lying between
Oy stenmsays ic cscmeees cece iseslarteeeescnnsts
High lands behind ditto ..............0000008
‘St. Valentine’s Peak, on Surrey Hills,

Peak like a Volcano,” of Flinders...
Piper’s River District
IEGIHR IDERYEN? Gosdodcodotnoadocoasdenccoabasqacous
TOES IER INES dosdoooayacxGc6K8-doacecosnade0e
Hagle Hawk Neck) oon. scorsssccccscsseccss
Hampshire Hills District, in the North-

WESE ..cccccccsccseccscscccccrers Ceceeceroas
Beymer diay IUSenaNe Co aoodaqccussaacaosoqc00NK6
Glamorgan) District.......0.......0.cersceves
TRO ZAI TUBE oo pbcsodgagoascop09obeddesbogoD9000
Macquarie Harbour...............ce.sseseeees
TReeleS REN IBEKSadobooasocoodanuonoddaendonocooe
IROvEPHSPeLANCeN re pccsceesecsercscsssocectece
SOU OF OOIAE coopnodadonopupscodoegaouoncogondodaoNG
Brune Island
SOMME ZANTE," GogodsconbooboBnodooDoodseoooURoGaG
Elivonplislandeccceescmcecccrccencessceconsececes
Betsevlsland mecwcsssersscccecseseesressee ee
Three-hut Point ...
tihodleyes|oor< IBANY GSecocqnodanposcanodcono00RK0n"
IB OVOS 1RINVEIP SooopaoseadgopdndeaBanoaoedocaD9CN

@ecevcccooseseecccetaccen

ee ereessceccesneccese S8sescccces

eceossscccvvesacescovonsse

Mungarattya.
Tittanariack.
Kunarra-kunnah.
Toarra-marra-monah.

Taluné.
Poyanannupyaek.
Pothy munatia.

Natoné.

Orramakunn>.

Poynduc.

Lueena langhta Muracomyiack.
Teeralinnack on Tera-linna.

Pateena.

Roobala mangana
Tebranuykunna.
Prémaydena.
Parralaongatek,
Leillateah.

Raminea.

Lamabbéle.
Lunawanna-alonnah.
Reemeré,

Prahree.
Temeteletta.
Taoonawenna.

Renna kannapughoola.

Promenalinah.

Poora tingalé.

Ponrabbel.

Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania. 271

DROW MINMVCT Nistor oetelstisowicelsiarstesienntactselssiatettes Wattra Karoola.

velo LeI eval saGahcandsdoneddsa udsueoostonnodoos Terelbessé.

ANTONE IRINVEI “cocugenooooudepapocepbudoopubGag6 Tunganrick.

Solnomusiy Isle waeh casas oasconsonnbodcoosoGonEeT Tiggana marraboona.

(Cheyne Ginllid. | Goouccusedoadugedananenbougagdeso0a0 Kennaook.

Mount Cameron (West Coast) ............ Preminghana.

Mout HEE Das IM Mee tctesciecccssssclecicncescsecies Roeinrim or Traaoota munatta.
IW I@qaas ZAR) NENA) os cos bec oqadedboobHoso Heo Loosdee Weiawenena.

Wincularileady ec scacccans: cisiensccecdaeenseee's Monattek or Romanraik.
HrencamantsiCaprcceccescssccssccrersecostens Mebtelek.

PAllbatrossplslan Gy cpscai-dsecscactcscsceeaesees Tangatema.

Telnaes lslensvel Seopcososse.ceconsadoobdea 080s Reeneka.

MZeMAUMSWEVVEL scicsdesvoseveseccecanaeccesetee Corinna.

District north of Macquarie Harbour ... ‘Timgarick.

MACRO tM CLAIM eeta se shecnchaisecsace deen siseets Leeawulena.

FLU OMPIVIVE Eee rancscccterssseessansstewdecdnesen Tahuné-linah.

Satellite Island....... Gan clne are seenia soeisa aeons Wayaree.

ID eyr@iNt JIN/EIE Ss coqocepsocoosddooonHeceq0q000000C Teemtoomelé menennye.
MOU VVAE NMI OGOI, eel cictceiticinceisceisesloscie Unghanyahletta or Pooranetteré.
@laremce elaine esas is. Godse cccenseneese Nannyelcebata,

Crooked Billet and on to the Dromedary Unghanyenna.
Range of Hills between Bagdad and

Dromedary ..... qnsubaseeageu) deeododucde Rallolinghana.
OTMAMNBRIVET Pete. esredcrcsscncscteos setae elescs Kata linah.
iLowelhy LBbIMRS) “ood osnosnecenassoanodequocos0Cees Tughera wugnata.
PS OMMBAOITOMA nse csisceconsciics lecsessecesensslcls Toorbunna.

SIODUHO IBIS IRTNVEIP co sagngdsooqeoosDooneEoOUneson Mangana lienta.
Lagoon or summit of Ben Lomond ...... Meenamata.
Sit, IPN YS EIGEN) Boos sccoteagaduasocuennedec Lumera genena wuggelena.
Tract on the Coast between Detention
River and Circular Head ............ Purreka.
Small Island half-way between Maria
Island and the main land ............ Lughretta.

SOME NAMES OF ABORIGINES OF TASMANIA.

HEE N.

Manpnalaggana....... sono 9cq9oNAEaDCaD900000009
INGTEXEIS pad coaboansedédoodosboG GeooBocaaonsoced A native of Macquarie Harbour.
Wureddy or Ooareddy .........seececseaees
Pooblattena (literally—Wombat)......... A native of N. W. District.
Kakannawayreetya (literally—Joey of

the Forester Kangaro0) .......+...0++ A native of Oyster Bay.
JB{00112)0) = cocecsodecpagbooopedcecgconoaccaq0DedDuo0s A native of Macquarie Harbour.
Kellawurumnea .......c.sccccseseeessesseenes A native of Pittwater.
IDEN VIET ne cooososcunsoosdonndanoouoddodaboodsoDoa" A native of the North West.
Kummarawialeetyé ..........0c0sessereenecees A native of Oyster Bay.
Mic enape cameo ale yenncrsescsesiasiascterissls tls A native of Lovely Banks.
Maywedick or Maywerick..............066 A native of Port Davey.
IREGEVAVTONGLS suécuonosoceuosoacaroqnosoonoduGdde A native of Circular Head District.
JRGSR INE) UIISEWGY Scadodonnsnpadoodoanobooo00 A native of Pitwater — the only capture

when ‘ the line” was out in 1830.

272 Vocabulary of Aboriginal Dialects of Tasmania.

Menepackatamana .......scecseccessseeseoses A native of the Derwent River District.
TEEO@ IE) oqoocqucconscodagsoSnqDonESSoRCoBboGSe0C A native of Circular Head District.
Rienalbuhye (literally—snow falling)... A native of same District.

TRAIT so shacdeongasoaceqsansadcu swuncedan|gen=30 Ditto.

TBEMEATENN,, Gooqsoesconedusegdoedesuadseatocaqs0ac6 A native of Cape Grim interior.

Noblatigzh <2... 200 .cc..csensescssesseseseassesenie These two last named were of the family

captured in 1842 or 1843, and no wild
aborigines have been seen on the
main-land since.

Mooltealan canal ccs srccssconcsnassseosescseets A native of Launceston District.

Rawaelee banayonenscwscle ces sisseelecieorae A native of ay of Fires.

INGO WAANOEATTUOE). sacadgabsaen GobaoBons06500000000 A native of Port Sorell.

Mun che pug anmayenencscccecdssescecsessionecece A. native of the District about Bothwell
and Oatlands.

TRAD ed SRA OOYONASIOE) |S ogascouayaooadanaccocaqeoesoo A native of St. Paul’s River District.

EVAR WAT © PAs taoctststsieeiceei sclnctsisstewstetsestseeetts A native of North West District.

UG ATMA MEN Aloe ccserceclestcisescosteciisceeseccet A native of Ben Lomond.

JELSsaVTEN A010) n), Gecooosadsnadonasqc4ocuRacH0K5CaD00C A native of Circular Head District.

Marooltiohenictansrssanecsceecbeccsneacescoeecee Ditto.

IRCA OENSNTE conacaqsounecoaddoats goouss0da0G0 A native of Oyster Bay.

IDAMEANNS SoqcaGoconancadenocosnen00006 6 . A native of District of Circular Head.

IMOnopelettogemersasssectccrsscesesemaseccencsres A native of District of Derwent River.

WORZTE N.

Taenghanootera (literally —weeping A native of George’s River.

[OKREMK aocossscodoscegscosquooesond05, onoDd
Worromonoloo (literally—boughs......... A native of Piper’s River Road District.
Rammanaloo (literally—hittle Gull ...... A native of Cape Portland.
Wuttawantyenna literally nausea ...... A native of Kast Bank of Tamar River.
Plooranaloona (literally—sunshine ...... A native of George’s River.
MenghamOOp <<5....--.ccecesrsaseeceesescoessse. A native of Port Davey.
MMLOGPAMEENMIC Wecciectacweestsiio se sciecelnlecisiasiys A native of Mount Royal.
WIG ENIEE, Guage daconacadnoboa5090000000 0000000 A. native of North-east Quarter.
AMG) EE bl, gadoosacaodsnccsoobosHodcaeDsdaDGde9cq000 A native of Bruni Island.
TROND, covosaddncadaoodGaondcodoDG0NG odasoanG0NC A native of Sorell.
Pueclongsmeena) 2. .2.....cecscssseccensseasers A native of Oyster Bay.
Unghlottymeena.............scesesenreeseeeeee A native of North-east.
IRENADE), ceocoodannoneceadaab Sbodedondoogac00D0000 A native of Pieman’s River.
Penghanawaddick .........:..secscsseceeaves Ditto.
Oattamottyé or Wattamoityé ............ A native of the valley of the Tamar River.
TRIN OAH Gcoscnoocasecausoes5008 cduobooubouDNGK A native of Oyster Bay.
ISGP IA WE lad conncooobaccHonoondbdododecbdacqen—d0000 A native of District near Detention River

and Circular Head.

Miraluelitenaeeewcastencerclaccecssscsaceasssecs A native of Campbell Town District.
MAMMA OOLYA Wiamoseceeces ac ceeusereseslenerisle A native of North-West interior.
Male awe gee ke ree ee a a aiccchaeaclsyezerene A native of Port Sorell.
IPOIM—aAnA- COMI EMA Ms ecenacescoueocesleosserac A native of Pittwater.
INROETUTORD, © conosnodooasasQooenobanucooLonNeC A native of North-West near Circular Head.
PPOOTALAINE MAawe erect aneess Mee cccclssenekcaecte A native of George’s River.

Man ava OottaAaneeceacdssttaseesscosecsclee A native of Banks of the Derwent River.

CPT)
ABORIGINAL VERSES in honour of a Great Chief, sung

as an accompaniment to a Native Dance or Riawé.

Pappela Rayna ’ngdnynd, Pappela Rayna ’ngonyna,
Pappela Rayna ’ngonyna !

Toka méngha leah, Toki méngha leah,
Toka mengha leah !

Light méngha léih, Light meéngha leah,
Lugha mengha leah !

Néna taypa Rayna poonyna, Nena taypa Rayna podnyna,
Nena taypa Rayna poonyna !

Nena nawra pewyllah, Pallah nawra péwyllah,
Pellawah, Pellawah !

Nena nawra pewyllah, pallah nawra pewyllah,
Pellawah, Pellawah !

Lragment of Another Song.
Wannapé Wappéré tepara,
Nenname pewyllah kellape,

Mayngatea.

Maynapah Kolah maypelea,
Wappéra Ronah Léppakih,
CECH CECH OCC:

Fragment of Another Song.

Kolah tinnamé néinymé,
Pewyllah piigganarra ;

Rodonah Léppaka malamatta,
Fey Weonalles

Rénape tawna newtrra pewurra,

Noméka pawn poolapa Lelapah,

Koabah rémawirrah,

&e. &e. &e.

(274i 3

Legend of the Origin of Fire and of the Apotheosis of Two
Heroes, by the Aborigines of Tasmania, as related by a Native
of the Oyster Bay Tribe.

My father, my grandfather, all of them lived a long time
ago, all over the country; they had no fire. ‘Two black-
fellows came, they slept at the foot of a hill,—a hill in my
own country. On the summit of a hill they were seen b
my fathers, my countrymen, on the top of the hill they
were seen standing: they threw fire like a star,—it fell
amongst the blackmen my countrymen. They were
frightened,—they fled away, all of them; after a while
they returned, they hastened and made a fire,—a fire with
wood; no more was fire lost in our land. The two black-
fellows are in the clouds; in the clear night you see them
like two stars.* These are they who brought fire to my
fathers.

The two blackmen staid awhile in the land of my fathers.
Two women (Lowanna) were bathing ; it was near a rocky
shore, where mussels were plentiful. The women were
sulky, they were sad; their husbands were faithless, they
had gone with two girls. The women were lonely; they
were swimming in the water, they were diving for crayfish.
A sting-ray lay concealed in the hollow of a rock,—a large
sting-ray! The sting-ray was large, he had a very long
spear; from his hole he spied the women, he saw them
dive: he pierced them with his spear,—he killed them, he
carried them away. Awhile they were gone out of sight.
The sting-ray returned, he came close in shore, he lay in
still water, near the sandy beach; with him were the
women, they were fast on his spear,—they were dead !

The two blackmen fought the sting-ray; they slew
him with their spears; they killed him ;—the women were
dead! The two blackmen made a fire,—a fire of wood.
On either side they laid a woman,—the fire was between :
the women were dead !

The blackmen sought some ants, some large blue ants
(pugganyeptietta); they placed them on the bosoms (parugga-
poingta) of the women. Severely, intensely were they
bitten. The women revived,—they lived once more.

Soon there came a foe (maynentayana), a fog dark as
night. The two blackmen went away, the women dis-
appeared: they passed through the fog, the thick dark fog!
Their place is in the clouds. Two stars you see in the clear
cold night; the two blackmen are there,—the women are
with them : they are stars above !

* Castor and Pollux.

XX1.—On the Dialects and Language of the Aboriginal Tribes
of Tasmania, and on their Manners and Customs, By
JOSEPH Miniican, F.L.S8.

Tux day is not far distant, when according to the ordinary

course of nature, the last of the surviving remnant of the

aboriginal inhabitants of Tasmania, now maintained at a

Government establishment, and little more than a dozen in

number, must be removed by death, and a distinct people

cease to exist. The entire extinction of a population, an
isolated stirp of the human family, is neither a matter of
every day occurrence nor of trivial import.

When Van Diemen’s Land was first occupied by Kuropeans,
half a century ago, its aboriginal population spread in tribes
sub-tribes and families over the length and breadth of the
island, from Cape Portland to Port Davey, and from
Oyster Bay to Macquarie Harbour; and their ageregate
number at that time has been variously estimated at from
1500 to 5000.

The early navigators make frequent mention of rencontres
with numerous groups of ‘the natives,” and of fires, and
of ‘‘ smokes,”’ seen in the bush, which were considered to
indicate their presence in considerable force in the neigh-
bourhood. But experience has taught us that such evi-
dence is at the best, fallacious and untrustworthy; we all
know that bush-fires may smoulder and rage in turns for
months together at certain seasons, and over a oe
extent of country, without the actual presence of any
human being in the vicinity; we also know very well
that a mere handful of aborigines appearig, shifting their
ground, and re-appearing on the edge of a thick serub, or
in the recesses of forest ground, variously grouped and
under different aspects, may easily be, and have often been,
mistaken for a formidable number. We, therefore,
receive with some allowances the higher estimates
formed of the aboriginal population of this island, at or
about the time of its discovery.

276 Aboriginal Dialects, §¢., of Lasmana.

Assuming that the number of tribes and sub-tribes
throughout the territory was then about (20) twenty, and
that they each, mustered of men, women, and children
50 to 250 individuals, and allowing to them numbers
proportioned to the means of subsistence within the
limits of their respective hunting grounds, it does not appear
probable that the aggregate aboriginal population did
materially ifat all exceed 2000. Jor it is to be borne in mind
that all along the western side of the island the face of the
country is thickly covered with dank and inhospitable
forests, and that other physical conditions most unfavorable
to a natural abundance of animal life prevail there, while our
traditionary knowledge of the tribes known to have existed
along the east and centre is sufficiently accurate to enable
us to form a close approximation to their actual strength.
The Estimates which fixed the native population at 5000 or
upwards when the colony was first settled are therefore ob-
viously in error.

The open grassy plains and thinly timbered forest ground
along the eastern and central portions of the island were the
most eligible for the purposes of the early settlers, and were
therefore the portions of the territory first occupied ; but
these fine tracts of country were precisely those which
naturally yielded the means of subsistence in the greatest
proiusion to the aborigines, and they were accordingly the
districts chiefly frequented by the natives at that time. The
first colonists were therefore unavoidably brought into con-
tact, and frequently into immediate and familiar intercourse
with the tribes belonging to the districts in which they had
located themselves ; they thus enjoyed peculiar facilities for
becoming acquainted with their disposition and habits, and
acquiring from the more intelligent of them some knowledge
of their history and traditions. Few comparatively of these
original settlers—the pioneers of colonization in Van Die-
men’s Land, remain to communicate the information which

Aboriginal Dialects, &c., of Tasmania. 277

they may thus have obtained. A fortunate few re-
turned home, enriched with the legitimate fruits of industry
and good management; others, less successful here in the
first instance, migrated early to a neighbouring province,
and reaped largely of the golden harvest with which it has
been blessed: while many have ‘passed that bourne
whence no traveller returns,” and left no record of the simple
race whose position, rights, and very existence they had
come to usurp and to supersede.

As, under such circumstances, every scrap of authentic in-
formation respecting the aborigines of Van Diemen’s Land
may be regarded as of some value, I avail myself of
the opportunity afforded by the publication of the vocabu-
lary of certain aboriginal dialects of Tasmania, and of some
remarks necessary thereupon, briefly to make record of such
particulars illustrative of their habits, manners, and customs,
as have fallen under my notice, or been gathered directly
from their statements to myself:

In order that ethnologists and others interested in the
vocabulary of aboriginal dialects referred to may be
inclined to place perfect confidence in their accuracy, I
have to explain that every word before being written down
was singly submitted to a Committee (as it were) of several
aborigines, and made thoroughly intelligible to them, when
the corresponding word in their language, having been
agreed upon by them, was entered. This, of course, was a
most tedious method to pursue, but it was the only plan
which gave a fair chance of precision and truthfulness. On
being completed the manuscript was laid aside for two or
three years, when it was again submitted, verbatim and
seriatim, to a circle of aborigines for their remarks. A
revision which led to the discovery and correction of nu-
merous blunders originating in misapprehension, on the
part of the aborigines in the first place, of the true meaning
of words which they had been required to translate.

278 Aboriginal Dialects, §c., of Tasmania.

But I found the fauit had oftentimes been my own, in
having failed to seize the exact and essential vocal ex-
pression, which, on being repeated to the aborigines at any
time afterwards, would infallibly reproduce the precise idea
which it had been stated to imply im the first instance.

This circumstance has strongly impressed upon me the con-
viction that much of the diseordance apparent in the vocabu-
laries of the same language or dialect, published by ditferent
travellers, is attributable to similar causes. For instance,
a zealous naturalist, knowing nothing whatever of the lan-
guage the words of which he desired hurriedly to secure,
would point to a tree and repeat the word “tree,” the reply
to which, in all probability, would be not the equivalent for
tree, but the specific name by which that particular sort of
tree was known there; and so with other things. Abstract
ideas are unfamiliar to and not easily comprehended by
untutored aboriginal minds, and hence numberless mistakes
which, from want of verification and correction, become
fixed and permanent errors.

The language of a people, whether it be possessed of a
copious or spare vocabulary—whether it consist of a plain
collocation of a few simple and arbitrary sounds, or be cha-
racterised by elaborate inflexions and a complex arrange-
ment of words of analogical import---ought to be accepted,
one would say, as the index of the degree of mental culture
and social and intellectual progress attained by those who
make use of it, and find it sufficient for the expression of
their various bac eae and desires. A glance at
the vocabulary of aborigin al dialects of Tasmania, and at
the condition of the iis gines themselves, will perhaps be
thought to lend confirmation to the opimion.

The words or vocal sounds of the unwritten language of
rude predatory tribes are liable to more frequent and to
more violent and arbitrary changes than are incident to a
tongue embodied in the symbolic forms of letters, the various

Aboriginal Dialects, Sc., of Tasmania. 27S

inflexions, combinations, and analogies of which have been
- recognised by the eye as well as the ear, and stereotyped, as
it were, by the printing press.

The circumstance of the aboriginal inhabitants of Van
Diemen’s Land being divided into many tribes and sub-
tribes, in a state of perpetual antagonism and open hos-
tility to each other, materially added to the number and
augmented the energy of the elements and agents of mu-
tation ordinarily operating on the language of an unlet-
tered people: to this was superadded the effect of certain
superstitious customs everywhere prevalent, which led from
time to time to the absolute rejection and disuse of words
previously employed to express objects familiar and indis-
pensable to ail---thus imperiously modifying nomenclature
and the substantive parts of speech, and tending arbitrarily
to diversity the dialects of the several tribes.

The habit of gesticulation and the use of signs to eke out
the meaning of monosyllabic expressions, and to give force,
precision, and character to vocal sounds, exerted a further
modifying effect, producing, as it did, carelessness and
laxity of articulation, and in the application and pronunci-—
ation of words. The last named irregularity, namely, the
distinctly different pronunciation of a word by the same
person on different occasions to convey the same idea is
very perplexing, until the radical or essential part of the
word, apart from prefixes and suffixes, is caught hold of.
The affixes, which signify nothing, are la, lah, le, leh, leah,
na, ne, nah, ba, be, beah, bo, ma, me, meah, pa, poo, ra, re,
ta, te, ak, ek, ik, &. Some early voyagers appear to have
mistaken the terminals Za, de, &., as distinctive of sex,
when applied to men, women, and the lower animals. The
language, when spoken by the natives, was rendered embar-
rassing by the frequent alliteration of vowels and other
startling abbreviations, as well as by the apposition of the
incidental increment indifferently before or after the radical

280 Aboriginal Dialects, &¢., of Tasmania.

or essential constituent of words. To defects in orthoepy
the Aborigines added short-comings in Syntax, for they ob-
served no settled order or arrangement of words in the con-
struction of their sentences, but conveyed in a supplementary
fashion by tone, manner, and gesture those modifications of
meaning which we express by mood, tense, number, &c.
Nor was this a matter difficult of accomplishment amongst
a people living in a state so primitive that animal wants and
gratifications, and the exigences of the chase and of war,
comprised the sum total of events which characterized their
existence either as individuals or as members of the commu-
nities to which they belonged. Barbarous tribes, living
in isolated positions, antagonistic to and repellant of
each other, would each, within its own sphere, yield to va-
rious influences, calculated to modify language, and to con-
firm as well as create dissimilarity. New words introduced
into the language of civilized and lettered communities, be-
tray their origin and relationship to pre-existing words in
the same or in cognate and kindred tongues; but rude
savage people often adopt the most arbitrary and un-
meaning sounds through caprice or accident, to represent
ideas, in place of words previously in use ; a source of mu-
tation, as respects the various dialects spoken amongst the
Aborigines of V. D. Land, fertile in proportion to the num-
ber of tribes into which they were divided, and the ceaseless
feuds which separated them from one another. Hence it
was that the numerous tribes of Tasmanian Aborigines were
found possessed of distinct dialects, each differing in many
particulars from every other.

It has already been implied that the Aborigines had ac-
quired very limited powers of abstraction or generalization.
They possessed no words representing abstract ideas; for
each variety of gum tree and wattle tree, &c. &., they had
a name, but they had no equivalent for the expression
‘6a tree” ; neither could they express abstract qualities, such

Aboriginal Dialects, §e., of Tasmania. 281

as hard, soft, warm, cold, long, short, round, &c. ; for “hard,”
they would say “ like a stone” ; for “tall,” they would say
*“ long legs’’ &. ; and for ‘“ round,” they said ‘like a ball,”

“like the moon,”

and so on, usually suiting the action to
the word, and confirming, by some sign, the meaning to be

understood.

The elision and absolute rejection and disuse of words
from time to time has been noticed as a source of change in
the Aboriginal dialects. It happened thus :—the names of
men and women were taken from natural objects and occur-
rences around, as, for instance, a kangaroo, a gum tree,
snow, hail, thunder, the wind, the sea, the Waratah—or Blan-
difordia or Boronia, when in blossom, &c. ; but it was a
settled custom in every tribe, upon the death of any indivi-
dual, most scrupulously to abstain ever after from mention-

ing the name of the deceased—a rule, the infraction of which
would, they considered, be followed by some dire calami-
ties : they therefore used great circumlocution in referring
to a dead person, so as to avoid pronunciation of the name,—
if, for instance, William and Mary, man and wife, were both
deceased, and Lucy, the deceased sister, of William, had
been married to Isaac, also dead, whose son Jemmy still
survived, and they wished to speak of Mary, they would
say ‘¢ the wife of the brother of Jemmy’s father’s wife,” and
so on. Such a practice must, it is clear, have contributed
materially to reduce the number of their substantive appel-
lations, and to create a necessity for new phonetic symbols
to represent old ideas, which new vecables would in all pro-
bability differ on each occasion, and in every separate tribe ;
the only chance of fusion of words between tribes arising
out of the capture of females for wives from hostile and alien
people,—a custom generally prevalent, and doubiless as
beneficial to the race in its effects as it was savage in iis
mode of execution.

2382 Aboriginal Dialects, Sc., of Tusmania.

The Tasmanian Aborigines made use of some vocal sounds
not met with in the Hnglish language; one, for instance,
corresponds to the sound of ~, as pronounced by the French ;
others are equivalent to ch and gf in the Scotch and Irish
loch and lough ; and there are some curious combinations of

nasal and guttural sounds.

The Orthography of the Aboriginal Vocabulary agrees as
nearly as possible with the ordinary phonetic expression of
the English alphabet, with the following qualifications :—
the vowel a, when it stands alone, is to be prenounced as in
cat, rap, &e., but aa is sounded nearly as aw in the word
lawn, e is pronounced as in the English word ¢he, and ee
as in thee, me, see, &c., but é is to be sounded like a in po-
tatoe and in day; 11s to be pronounced as in sigh, fie, Ke. ;
o is to be sounded as in 80, go, flow, and oo as in soon, moon,
&c. ; u is never to be sounded as in the English word flute,
its usual sound being that in the French words wne, usage,
usurier, fumer, &., but when followed by a double conso-
nant, or by two consonants, it is to be sounded as in the
English words musk, lump, bump, &.; y is to be sounded as
in the English words holy, glbly, yonder, yellow, &e. ;
i before another vowel has a full sound as in the English
words siéne, riot ; ei coming together are to be pronounced
as in Leipsic, ou as in mown, oi as in tozd, &e. Consonants
have their usual sounds when single; ch and gh are pro-
nounced as in the German word hochachien and in the Irish
Lough. When a double consonant, or two consonants
stand together, the first carries the accent, as in the English
words cunningly, peppery, cobbler, pipkin.

I propose to treat on another occasion, of the history,
habits, and customs of the Aborigines.

XV.—On the Introduction of Salmon into Tasmania.

REPORT of a Sub-Committee appointed at the February
Monthly Meeting of the Royal Society, to consider the
questions submitted in the note of the Hon. the Colonial
Secretary of the 9th of February, 1858, relative to the
Introduction of Salmon into Tasmania, and the pay-
ment of the Parliamentary Reward of £500.

Members :—Hon. E.8. P. Buprorp, Esq., M.L.C.
J.W. Acnew, Esq., M.D.
Morton Atieort, Esq.
JosePH Mituiean, Esq., F.L.S., Suc., R.S.T.

£500.—* Conditions on which the money would
be paid :—viz. If Spawn be introduced, whether that
should be the sole condition ?”

1. Upon this the opinion of the Sub-Committee is,—
that the mere introduction of Spawn, even though properly
fecundated, and in a state of vitality, ought not of itself
to entitle the person introducing it to any portion of the
reward:

2. The Sub-Committee consider that the £500 ought
only to be paid upon delivery in the Colony, to persons duly
authorized, of not less than five hundred living Salmon fry
three months at least after their escape from the ova, or of
not less than two hundred and fifty of Salmon smolt, alive
and healthy, or of five pairs of full-grown male and female
Salmon,—that is, of fish which have visited the salt-water,
whether grilse or older.

3. The Sub-Committee think that the introduction of a
smaller number of healthy living fry of Salmon, or of healthy
smolt, should entitle the importer to a proportionate amount
of the reward ; always providing that no claim exceeding
half the amount specified in each case in the following scale
should be recognized on any delivery of fry less than three
months old, whatever their number or condition may be.

284 On the Introduction of

4. The Sub-Committee accordingly recommend that
partial payments be made on the following scale ;—

Lor the introduction of — 25
100 HealthylivingSalmon fry andnolessnumber 300
200 ~——Ditto CUETO ce ckaeerncteeccesuen: 350
3800 ~——- Ditto CIttO ieee ener 400
400 Ditto ithe sees a enees 450
500 Ditto itt wdc oaiverodetnsoenents 500
Or for the introduction of—
50 Salmon smolts in good condition ........... 300
OOK A Ditto (SUNT RO) Sose.588s Sansa ceeueeao 350
150 ~=Ditto GU EtOn iiiccevecoe ea eseseecen ee OU
200 Ditto Cittoy ew ees 450
250 Ditto QUEGO Ais Wn ea wraes coke 500

Or for the introduction of—
2 Pairs of full-grown Salmon, that is, of
the age of grilse or older, being male - 200
and female

eens secs coos 2080 oe es eee seo U FOL TeETOOOe

3 Ditto CIUttOM eee 309
4 Ditto Cito Mi ee ee 400
5 Ditto Gittoves. eee eee 500

“If it should be required that the fish be kept
alive until of an age to be placed in the rivers,—who
is to be at the expense of keeping the fish in the
meanwhile ?”

5. Upon this point the Sub-Committee are distinctly of
opinion that, as the successful introduction of Salmon into
the Colony would benefit the whole community, all the
expenses necessarily incurred in conducting the experiment
to its termination ought to be defrayed by the Govern-
ment, whether such charges be incident upon the safe
custody and care (after arrival here) of Salmon spawn alive,
but not hatched, or of Salmon fry of tender age, or of smolts,
&c. of a size and age fitting them for a journey to the sea,
or of adult Salmon.

6. About the year 1850 the French Government thought
it of sufficient national importance to nominate a Commission
de Pisciculture, with the celebrated naturalist, M. Coste, at
its head, to inquire into and report upon a project for stock-
ing various rivers of France with Salmon and Trout, &c.,
and to superintend an establishment formed for that purpose.
Jn 1852 the system was adopted at Outerard in Ireland, and

Salmon into Tasmania. 285

in 1853 taken up and acted upon extensively and most
successfully by the Municipality of Perth in Scotland, in
which body certain rights pertaining to the fisheries in the
Tay River there are vested.

7. The ample experience obtained by the persons employed
at these large establishments, by Mr. Shaw of Drumlanrig,
and by Mr. Young of Invershin, and at other establishments
of minor importance at home, renders it unnecessary for the
Sub-Committee to hazard any remarks upon the mode of
procuring and shipping Salmon spawn, fry, or smolt, or of
their management on board ship, otherwise than as they
may be affected by the conditions of the voyage itself,
through varying temperature, &c., to this Colony.

8. The Sub-Committee think that, were the Colonial
Government to enter into a correspondence on the subject
with the Burgh Magistrates of Perth, a thoroughly experi-
enced and trustworthy person might by their means be
engaged to take charge of and conduct any piscicultural
station and operations which it may be necessary to maintain
in this Colony for a year or two. Itis accordingly suggested
that it be a recommendation from the Royal Society to the
Colonial Government to open communication with the Town
Council of Perth, and to solicit such aid as they may be
able to afford, as well in the selection of one or two active,
intelligent, and well-behaved men of experience from the
number of their employés, as in all the details of procuring
and preparing spawn duly fecundated, or young fish, with
suitable boxes, &c., to meet the exigencies of the long
voyage and its changing climatic conditions.

9. The Sub-Committee do not suppose that any difficulty
would be experienced in finding, by this mode of procedure,
men practically acquainted with the artificial propagation
of fish, who would be perfectly willing to make an agreement
to enter and continue in the service of the Government or of
an association organized here for the purpose of carrying out
the project, during a period of three years,—a term which
would afford ample time to test its practicability, and, pro-
bably, to diffuse the breed of Salmon over many of the rivers
of Tasmania.

286 On the Introduction of

10. Tt is concluded that persons undertaking such an
enterprise would correspond with the Colonial Agent in
London. The Sub-Committee therefore suggest the pro-
priety of this officer being instructed to place such persons
in communication with the Town Council of Perth, in order
that the latter may be thereby enabled nicely to time the
engagement and departure, &c. of the men they may be
empowered to hire, and that the experiment may have the
full advantage of the experience and aid of men so hired
during their voyage to the Colony.

11. In order more completely to ensure the success of
the experiment, the Sub-Committee, without entering into
minutiz of arrangements previous to shipment, which would
be better left to those more immediately imterested and of
greater experience in such matters, beg to recommend that
young Salmon fry (pars) should be shipped in tanks, at the
same time and together with the boxes of spawn, as the
men who attend to the latter could with perfect ease manage
the former; and similar contrivances for maintaining a
constant flow cf fresh water would be requisite in either
ease.

12. In the event of young fish being selected for the
experiment, your Committee would suggest that the trial
might, with very little additional expense or trouble, be
made still more complete and decisive by shipping, in a
separate tank or tanks, Salmon smolts, about twenty-four
months of age, when they would naturally be prepared to
migrate to salt water, and to sojourn there for two or three
months, and might be expected, therefore, to thrive if kept
in it during the voyage, in which case it is scarcely neces-
sary to remark, that any quantity might, with facility, be
procured for them alongside the vessel.

13. It is not to be expected that the enormous growth,
peculiar to the Salmon during its migration to the Sea,
could manifest itself under such circumstances; and it
would probably be discovered that smolts, so confined in
tanks of sea water, would require a regular supply of food,

besides that yielded in the shape of animalcule by the salt
water itself.

Salmon ito Tasmania. 287

14, The grand obstacle to the introduction of Salmon
spawn hitherto having been the difficulty, or rather imprac-
ticability, of retarding the process of maturation in the
ova, so as to prevent hatching out the young fry during
the voyage, the Sub-Committee consider that the experi-
ment made with spawn would still be almost certainly
frustrated, unless means were devised for preserving the
ova comparatively cool during the whole, or nearly the
whole, of the passage out. Ice, as suggested at page 221
of Vol. 1. of Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society,
presents itself as a most convenient and manageable agent
for the purpose. The ova of Salmon have, under favourable
circumstances, been hatched in fifty days, while cases have,
on the cther hand, occurred in which the young fry did
not emerge till 140 days had elapsed from the date of
fecundation. In the course of experiments at Barnhill,
near Perth, spring-water directed so as to flow over boxes
of Salmon spawn was found to answer perfectly the purpose
of the continuous stream known to be essential for pre-
serving vitality in the ova, and so treated, the fecundated
spawn yielded young fry in sixty days. In France the
Salmon ova are said to be hatched in the artificial breeding
ponds in sixty days. At Stormontfield, the site of the
piscicultural operations of the proprietors of the Tay fisheries,
the time for maturation of the ova and hatching out of
the Salmon fry is 120 to 140 days. The temperature of
the spring-water referred to would, probably, be a few
degrees under the mean annual temperature of the place,
which is about 47:5, say 42°, while the temperature of the
water employed by the Perth authorities, which was taken
from Stormontfield mill-race, would probably range about
4° or 5° lower, the atmospheric temperature for the winter
quarter there being 38°8°. Organic development in the
ova is, therefore, hastened or retarded just in proportion as
the temperature may be high or low. M. Coste hatched
Salmon ova arranged with layers of gravel, &c. in the
usual way in canals or drawer-like compartments placed
successively one over another from bottom to top of a tub,
into the uppermost of which, a run of fresh water being intro-

288 On the Introduction of

duced from a tube with a regulating stop-cock, was made to
percolate unintermittingly through the whole series. M.
Coste’s contrivance seems particularly well adapted for the
narrow space and the limited amount of fresh water which
can be afforded on board ship. Were one such tub containing
the ova enclosed within another, so much larger as to
admit of an interspace filled with water, the temperature of
which could, by means of ice surrounding the cistern whence
it issued, be preserved at a point near to that of the water
employed in Stormonttield breeding troughs, say about 38°,
and the ova continuously supplied with water from the same
source, an equable temperature might be maintained within
and around the spawn tub, so low as to give every reason-
able assurance that the ova would not be hatched within
the time occupied on an ordinary passage from Hurope to
the Colony. The tubes employed, it need scarcely be observed,
ought to be of flexible material, and the boxes or tubs ecn-
taining spawn or young fish should be so placed and secured
as to obviate violent shocks, and to have a command of good
air. In the case of young fry it would still be essential to
keep up arun of fresh water through the tanks holding
them, but the low temperature might be dispensed with.
Smolts of two years of age, as already observed, would,
plobably, live out the voyage in tanks of sea water, if aided
by subsidies of food thrown in to them.

15. In anticipation of young Salmon fry being delivered
here alive, it would be expedient and most desirable to have
pens and ponds prepared for their reception near the margin
of a perennial stream or rill of pure water, to be diverted at
will into or away from them, as might be required.

16. Similar ponds, connected with an ever-flowing rill of
good water, would be absolutely essential for the reception
of ova, should such be delivered here unhatched, though
still in a living and healthy condition. The character of
the streamlet and of the brook or river into which it falls
should correspond as nearly as possible with the affluents of
the Salmon rivers at home, up the tributaries of which the
pregnant fish are known to force themselves, in order to
deposit their spawn in the beds of shingle and gravel
prevailing there.

Salmon into Tasmania. 289

17. It appears to your Sub-Committee to be indispensable
that the site selected for the first of such ponds should not
only be connected with a suitable main river channel, but
that it should be within a moderate distance of Hobart
Town, so as to admit of frequent and close supervision from
Head-quarters.

18. The stream which most perfectly fulfils these inten-
tions is probably the North West Bay River. The Derwent
is the only river besides, which, within an accessible distance,
is at all adapted to the purpose, and there can be no doubt
that one or other of its many smaller affluents a few miles
above New Norfolk would be found to suit admirably in
every respect, except in the matter of distance from Hobart
Town, which is no immaterial consideration, however, where
constant supervision is so essential.

19. Mr. Morton Allport, who is familiar with the North
West Bay River, gives the following reasons for preferring
it to any other :—

« First.—The moderate distance from town, and con-
sequent ease of supervision.

Second.—The great purity of the water and quantity
of feed.

« Third.—The comparative absence of natural enemies.

* Fourth.—The river presents a series of shallow,
gravelly rapids, and deep, still holes, from its
source to its mouth, and is fully as large as many
of the streams in which I have caught Salmon
fry in Wales.

« Hifth.—The short course of the river (about twelve
miles), which will enable the fish to reach the sea
inashort time. This is of the greatest importance,
as it has been incontestably proved that the de-
struction of fish from natural causes is infinitely
greater in the fresh than in the sea water.

* Sirth.—The shght variation in the temperature of
the water which at the source is not perceptibly
different summer and winter. The rapidity of the
fall prevents any great change of temperature
below.”

20. In the event of spawn or young Salmon fry being
brought in safety to Hobart Town, it would be essentially
necessary to have them immediately removed, with all care

and tenderness, and with every precaution against accidental

290 On the Introduction of Salmon into Tasmania.

injury, to nursing ponds prepared beforehand. Ground
ought therefore to be enclosed and ponds excavated, in
anticipation of such arrival. 'The ponds should be connected
by shallow channels on one hand with the river, and
on the other with some slender tributary. Clean wooden
troughs, provided with sluices to guard against floods and
sediment from back water, if near the river’s level, would
probably answer best. ‘The egress of young fish and the
ingress of voracious aquatic enemies would have to be
prevented by the use of wire gratings, and the ponds would
probably need to be netted over to avoid the depredations
of rapacious birds. An area of two to four acres would
probably afford space enough for all the contrivances and
appliances needful, and also admit of the construction of a
cottage and garden for a resident overseer.

21. The cost of forming ponds and channels depends
much upon the nature of the ground to be excavated,
and upon surface levels, &. No precise site having yet
been determined upon, your Sub-Committee are unable
to form any close estimate of the probable amount of outlay
which these works would entail; but they are of opinion
that all the preliminary operations taken together may be
executed upon contract for a sum not exceeding £200.

22. In conclusion, the Sub-Committee venture to suggest,
that even after the safe arrival and delivery of fecundated
spawn or of young fry, the success of the experiment may
be rendered still more certain by the offer of an additional
premium, to be paid upon the production of the first proof
of Salmon having actually spawned and bred in any Tas-
manian river, to the person who first placed Salmon spawn
or young Salmon in such river.

(Signed) JOSEPH MILLIGAN,
Secretary.

The Report which was brought up, read, agreed
to, and ordered to be communicated to the
Government, at a meeting of the Royal Society
held on the 16th March, 1858, was transmitted
accordingly to the Hon. the Colonial Seerctary,
on the 25th March, 1858. J. M.

XVI.—On the Genus Eremophila, by FuerpinaNnn MUuELLiER,
M.D. Pa.D., Government Botanist of Victoria, and
Director of the Botanic Gardens of Melbourne, Member of
the Imperial Charl. Leop. Academy, Svc. Se.

A TRAVELLER in the extensive desert-tracts of Australia is
often well rewarded for his toils and privations by the enjoy-
ment which the sight of the varied works of the Creator
must ever cause to contemplative minds; more especially
when it is observed that, with the increase of the country’s
barrenness, variety and beauty in the vegetation increase in
proportion.

Prominent amongst the attractive plants to be met with
in the solitudes of the interior are those of the Myoporinous
order, and amongst these again are the genera Stenochilus,
Lremophita and Pholidia, comprising forms exquisitely orna-
mental.

Having enjoyed many opportunities of scrutinizing a con-
siderable number of the species which constitute the above
genera, I have become convineed that the lhmits within
which the latter are narrowed are extremely uncertain,
and that it would be preferable to unite the whole network
of species into a single and seemingly very natural genus.

This, my opinion, formed many years ago, has received
additional strength from the recent discovery of several
interesting species of these genera; and I believe, that if the
great author of the Prodromus More Nove Hollandia had been
enabled to observe even those plants which were considered
by him as.typical of the above genera in full development
of flowers, no lines of demarcation or different ones would ©

have been drawn between them.
2P

202 On the Genus Bremophila.

More desirous, however, to avail myself of this oppor-
tunity of bringing some of the rarest and most elegant
desert plants of Australia under notice, than to enter into
an elaborate essay on the species, for which, moreover, the
Western Australian forms are but partially at my command,
I beg to limit these notes to a diagnostic definition of
Hremophila Freetingii, discovered by Mr. Hawker in Capt.
Freeling’s Journey to Lake Torrens, and to Kremophila
Behrii, a plant of the South Australian desert, on which
more than nine years ago I bestowed the name of its
discoverer, Dr. Hermann Behr, a physician and naturalist
of great learning and acute observation, now carrying on
his researches in California.

To the definition of these a simple enumeration is added
of all the species hitherto described, merely to serve as a
temporary systematical disposition, until all the connecting
forms, which probably will be found to predominate in
Central Australia, and which the new expeditions into the
interior are likely to reveal, shall be discovered.

In collecting all the species of Hremophila, Pholidia, and
Stenochilus under one universal generic appellation, prefer-
ence has been given to the expressive name Hremophila ;
not only because it is so well adapted for all these plants,
(all without exception being restricted to the desert tracts
of Australia), but also as it claims equal right with those
of Stenochilus and Pholidia im regard to priority, whilst
neither of the latter names applies to the generality of the
species.

Tf in these plants the principal form which the corolla
assumes is to be regarded as a distinct mark of the
genera, then the former arrangement of the species has to
undergo a considerable change, according to the combi-
nations of a scarious enlarged calyx of Hremophila, or an
atmost unaltered calyx of Stenochilus or Pholidia, with the

On the Genus Hremophisa. 2938

legitimate form of the corolla of Stenochilus and Hremophila,
or with that of Pholidia. The flowers of Stenochilus glaber,
S. maculatus, and many others, are, in general structure,
identical with those of Hremophila alternifolia, and LH. lati-
folia, whilst those of Stenochilus longifolius, 8. Bigononiflorus,
Eremophila oppositifolia, and several others, are much more
in accordance with those of Photidia. Indeed, the grada-
tions between the typical forms of the flowers, as originally
described by R. Brown in Pholidia and Stenochilus, are so
complete, that I have deemed it scarcely advisable to employ
these differences for the sectional character of the species.

EREMOPHILA.

Stenochilus, Pholidia, and Eremophila, R. Br. Pr. 517-518.
Eremodendron, De Cand. in Meisn. Gen., p. 292.
Pholidiopsis, Ferd. Mueller in Linnea, xxv., p. 429.

Sect. I.—Serntis. Ferd. Mueller, Transact. Phil. Soc.
Victor., i., 47. —Calyx quadripartitus. Drupa rostrata
imperfecte quadriloculata.

1. Eremophila diwaricata.—
Pholidia divaricata, Ferd. Muell., 1.c. Murray,
Darling, and Murrumbidgee.
Sect. Il.—Eremopenpron. D.C., 1. e—Calyx quinque-
partitus demum auctus. Drupa imperfecte quadriloculata.
2, Eremophila arborescens.—All\. Cunn. ex D.C., 1. ¢.
E. Cunninghami, R. Br. in Sturt’s Centr. Austr.
il., app. p. 84.
Eremodendron Cunninghami, D. C., 1. ¢. Lachlan,
Murray, Darling.

Sucr. I1].—Xeropnina. Calyx quinquepartitus demum
auctus. Drupa perfecte quadriloculata.

3. Lremophila latifolia——K¥erd. Muell. in Linnea,

EXV., p. 428.

204, On the Genus Hremophita.

Stenochilus serrulatus, All.‘Cunn. in D. C., pr. xi.,
715, huc forsan pertinet. Flinders’ Range.
4, Eremophila viscida.—Endl. Annal. Wien. Mus.,
i1., 208. South Western Australia.
. Eremophila alternifolia. —R. Br., Pr. p. 518.
Murray, Darling, Spencer’s Gulf, Flinders’ Range,
Lake Torrens,
6. Lremophila Latrobei.—F¥erd. Mueller. Interior
of Eastern, tropical, and sub-tropical Australia.

. Eremophila tuberculata.—Ferd. Mueller. Hooker’s
Creek, interior of North Western Australia.

Eremophila Mitchellii—Benth. in Mitch. Trop.

Austr., p. 31. From the Gilbert River to the
Burnett River, and on the tributaries of the
Darling.

9. Lremophila Sturti.—R. Br. in Sturt’s Central
Austral., app. p. 85. Barrier and Grey Range.
Murray River, Darling River,—Mr. Dalachy and
Rev. Thos. H. Goodwin.

10. Hremophila oppositifolia.—R. Br. Prodr. Fl. N.
Holl, p. 518. Murray River, Lake Torrens,
Spencer’s Gulf,

Secr, I1V.—Puotrip1a. Calyx fructifer vix mutatus.

Or

I

oe)

Corolle labium inferum latum divisum. Drupa perfecte
quadriloculata.
ll. Hremophila polyclada.—
Pholidia polyclada, Ferd. Mueller, in Transact.
Phil., Soc.i. p. 47. From the Burdekin River
to the Murray Desert.
12. Hremophila bignoniflora—Ferd. Mueller.
Stenochilus bignoniflorus. Benth in Mitch. Trop,
Austr., p. 386. Sturt’s Creek, (towards Central

On the Genus Hremophila. 295

Australia), from the Gilbert River to the
Dawson ; tributaries of the Darling.

13. ELremophila longifolia.—Ferd. Mueller.
Stenochlus longifolius, R. Br., Prod. p. 517.

S. salicinus, Benth, l. c.

S. pubiflorus, Benth. 1. c. From Spencer’s Gulf,
Lake Torrens, and the Murray River, to the
deserts of tropical Australia.

14. Hremophila santalina.—

Pholidiopsis santalina, Ferd. Mueller, in Linnea,
xxv. p. 429. Flinder’s Range.

15. Eremophila Freelingii.—F¥erd. Mueller.
Viscidulo-pubescens, ramulis parce tuberculatis

exsulcis demum valde cicatricosis, foliis sparsis
planis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis integerrimis
non tuberculatis pedicellis calyce longioribus.
Sepalo supremo maximo ovato acuto lateralia
angusto-lanceolata amplexante corolle extus
pubescentis labio supero bidentato, labi inferi
tripartiti lacinia media ovata, lateralibus lan-
ceolatis, omnibus acuminatis et subzequilongis ;
fauce alba lanuginosa, antheris inclusis glabris,
stylo pubescente, germine glanduloso.

In deserto juxta rivum Blanche Waters prope lacum
Torrens detexit cl. G. Hawker in expeditione
Freelingil.

Folia 14-2 inch longa, }-+ inch lata longe in basin
angustata. Sepala glandulosa, puberula ciliate
parce punctata, circiter semiuncialia. Corolla
forgan albida et immaculata, unciam parum ex-
cedens, labio supero breviter et acute bidentato,

infero eidem subzquilongo, lobis «stivatione

96

On the Genus Eremophila.

imbricatis; tubi basis glabra. Anthere hippo-
erepice, loculis apice confluentibus, basi demum
divergentibus. Stylus filiformis inclusus. Stigma
minutum brevissime bilobum. Drupa ovato-glo-
bosa circiter 3 inch longa perfecte quadri locularis
tetrasperma. Putamen lignosum. Semina cylin-
drica ex apice loculi pendentia scilicet albuminosa.
Floret vere.
16. Eremophila scoparia.—Ferd. Mueller.

Pholidia scoparia, R. Br. Pr. p. 517. Rivers
Murray and Darling, Lake ‘Torrens and
Spencer’s Gulf.

17. EHremophila resinosa.—F¥erd. Mueller.

Pholidia resinosa, Endl. Annal. Wien. Mus. i.,

p- 208. South Western Australia.
18. Hremophiia Behriana.—

Pholidia Behriana, Ferd. Mueller, in Linnea xxv.,
p. 40, adnot. Ramis apice pubescentibus, foliis
parvis alternis ovatis basi cuneatis supra medium
dentatis margine ciliatis, calycis sessilis ciliati
laciniis acutissimis angustis canaliculatis hmbum
coralle attingentibus, corolle parve violacez
extus glabre labio supero bidentato, labii inferi
tripartiti laciniis acuminatis, fauce barbata, an-
theris glabris inclusis, stylo parce puberulo,
germine glanduloso.

Tumbey Bay (Wilhelmi). Gawler River (Behr.)
Fruticulus 1-2 pedalis. Folia }-5:, in. longa plana
yenosa nitentia, antice plus minusve distincte

1

dentata. Calyces 3 in. vix excedentes. Corolla
cireiter 3 in. longa.
Habitu Pseudopholidiam brevifoliam simulat, quod

genus fruetu ignoto dubium forsan ad Pholidiam

On the Genus Hremophita. 297
/];

reducendum est Duttonia (Ferd. Mueller in Hook.

Kew. Miscell., 1856) ad hasce Eremophile species

approximat, quibuscum autem vix coadunari possit,

nisi subgeneris ratione.
19. Hremophila crassifolia.—

Pholidia crassifolia, Ferd. Mueller, in Linnea,
xxv., p. 430. Spencer’s Gulf (Wilhelm).

Sect. V.—Stenocuinus. Calyx fructifer vix mutatus.
Corollz labium superum quadridentatum, inferum angustum
in divisum.

20. Lremophila Browni.—Ferd. Mueller.

Stenochilus glaber, R. Br., Pr. p. 373. Deserts
of Southern, Eastern, and Central Australia.

21. Lremophila maculata—FKerd. Mueller.

Stenochilus maculatus, Ker. Bot. Reg., 64:7.

S. curvipes, Benth in Mitch. Trop. Austr., p. 221.
Gulf of Carpentaria, Eastern tropical and extra-
tropical Australia, Australia Felix, Central and
South Australia.

22. Eremophila Grahamii.—Ferd. Mueller.

Stenochilus viscosus, Grah. in Edinb. Phil. Journal,
1829, p. 385. Interior of South Australia.

23. Hremophila racemosa.—Ferd. Mueller.

Stenochilus racemosus, Endl. Annal. Wien. Mus.

ii., 220. Interior of South Western Australia.
24. LHremophila albicans.—¥erd. Mueller.

Stenochilus albicans, Bartling in Lehm. pl.
Preiss I., p. 351. et forsan—S. subcanescens,
Bartl, 1. c. South Western Australia,

25. Eremophila incana.—Ferd. Mueller.

Stenochilus incanus, Lindl. Bot. Reg. 1839,

Miscel. n. 116. Murray Desert.

XVIL.— Contribution to the Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s
Land, (now Tasmania), with particular reference to the
Geographical Distribution of Insects. By Dr. W. F.
Ericuson. (Translated by Miss 8. A. Foae.)

Axruoucu the exertions of Robert Brown have procured for
us an extensive acquaintance with the Flora of New Holland,
not merely with respect to individuals, but also in a general
and universal sense; although we are acquainted with
the Fauna of different classes of mammalia and birds, yet
our knowledge of the entomological Fauna of this part
of the world, viewed as a whole, is extremely limited.
The most important and peculiar productions have not,
indeed, remained unnoticed and unknown; different authors,
Kirby, Marsham, Donnovan, and others, have produced
excellent descriptions of particular species ; but a thorough
knowledge of a Fauna demands not only an acquaintance
with its chief peculiarities, but also a wide survey of its
most generally distributed forms. Buisdoval has arranged
all the insects of Australia which have yet been discovered,
including those in the Parisian collection, and their deserip-
tion is to be found partly in the entomological part of the
“Voyage of the Astrolabe,’ 1882, partly in the Faune
Entomologique de L’Oceanie,” 1835; but the classification
affords no good insight into the character of this Fauna,
both on account of the paucity of its materials and their
imperfect arrangement. I trust that this present brochure
may be more successful.

Mr. Schayer, superintendent at Worlnorth, on the north-
west coast of Van Diemen’s Land, animated with the
desire of improving his residence in a country so little

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 299

known, of advancing science, and of enlarging the collec-
tions in his native town, has not left the natural productions
of his temporary residence unnoticed, but has enriched the
different Museums at home by important additions and
collections. The Entomological Cabinet has already received
three assortments of carefully collected insects, which are
very valuable, few specimens of the New Holland Fauna
having hitherto been received ; besides, these collections are
not confined to the larger and more remarkable varieties,
but they embrace also the most insignificant: in this
respect they throw great light on the subject of the New
Holland Fauna, for they show the relationship of its peculiar
forms to those of more extensive circulation. I have ex-
amined systematically all the insects which Mr. Schayer
sent to this collection, and I believe that an accurate
description of them, with reference to their geographical
distribution, would be extremely interesting. The English
have many favourable opportunities of introducing the
natural productions of New Holland into their Museums,
and, consequently, these latter afford rich materials for the
compilation of a Fauna: we can, therefore, only regret that
we have hitherto been able to obtain but small portions, and
not the whole of this valuable matter. This brochure will be
so far interesting, in that it indicates the peculiar locality
of each distinct species, for it is only by an accurate descrip-
tion of localities, that the geographical distribution of
distinct species can be ascertained: the first step in geo-
graphy, as connected with Natural History, is to ascertain
the extent and boundaries of these localities. In this
respect, how much further advanced is botany than ento-
mology, for in this latter we have hitherto been satisfied
with only the general term New Holland, or even Australia.

In a Natural-History point of view, Australasia must

29

300 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

not be considered as one entire country like Africa and
America, but it must be divided into three parts. ‘The first
embraces those islands to the north of New Holland, with
New Guinea, and New Ireland. They belong to the Indian
Archipelago, not only geographically, but also in the
character of their Fauna and Flora; they are most closely
allied to the Moluccas, having the same luxuriant, rich
vegetation ; and although they are remarkable in ornithology
as being the sole habitat of the birds of Paradise, they
present no entomological forms foreign to the Asiatic
Islands. (*) They are remarkable, as well as the Moluccas,
for their numerous Lepidoptera. (+) The second part of Aus-
tralasia comprehends all those small islands in the Pacific
Ocean which have been elevated at a more recent date: they
are covered with rich and dense vegetation, but their Fauna
is extremely poor, and will not bear any comparison with
the luxuriant growth of the vegetable world. ({) Lesson
found this vegetation so similar to that of India, that

(*). I bring forward the well-known genera of Cicindela, Therates, and Tricon-
dyla as examples.

(+). D’Urville, Voy. de Astrolabe, Entomol., pp. 23-31. De Haan, Treatise on
the Natural History of the Dutch East Indian Islands. Bezitt. Zool. EH., 8. 3.

({). Boisduval (Voy. del’ Astrolabe, Entomologie, p. 32) expresses the hope that
the time will come when its zoology will be of some importance. He says—‘‘ The
vegetation, which is already varied and luxuriant, must naturally appear earlier
than the insect world, to which it serves as food, and this again earlier than
insectivorous birds.* The ground of this opinion is a belief in the continuous
creation of new species. Until, however, experience has confirmed this view,
which appears to be founded on a visionary natural philosophy, rather than on a
plain, we must not renounce the other view, according to which the organisms
of these islands were carried thither from the West, in the course of centuries, by
winds and currents: hence the slight individuality presented by the Flora and
Fauna of these islands, the decline of their organisms to the eastward, and the
great superiority of their vegetable world ; for animals are less easily distributed
than plants. That such a distribution is not impossible may be proved by the
fact, that insects and plants have found their way from N. America to Great
Britain. Thus, Wriocaulon septangulare is by no means an European species of
this peculiarly American genus, but it is identical with an American species.
(S. Kunth, Enum. Plant., III., p. 541.)

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 301

he considered the disproportion between the Fauna and the
Flora to be the great characteristic difference between these
islands and the first-mentioned division of Australasia.

The character of organised nature on the continent of
New Holland and its dependent islands, of which Van
Diemen’s Land is the most important, is more peculiar than
that of any other part of the world. Notwithstanding
some peculiarities, New Zealand appears in general closely
connected with New Holland.

The character of an insect Fauna is much influenced by
that of the corresponding Flora, even if, as in the present
case, the former does not entirely depend on the latter.
Unfortunately we are not yet able to trace the influence
the Flora exercises on the insect Fauna: to do so we
require to have a knowledge of every plant which affords
nourishment to each species of insect, both in its first and
last stage. Of this knowledge we are now wholly deficient,
and yet it is of the greatest importance in our study of
the geographical distribution of insects, for by it alone
can we determine the connection between Flora and Fauna.
For example, were the numerous species of the genus
Paropsis (Blatthdfer) to be found only on one family or
genus of plants in New Holland, the knowledge of the
limits of this family or genus would have a double signi-
fication. Wemust hope for future elucidations of the
intimate connection between the Fauna and Flora, and
confine ourselves now to a comparison of their more distant
relations,—a comparison from which interesting results are
nevertheless obtained. In the vegetation of New Holland,
the most important families, such as Polypodiacee, Graminee,
Cyperacee, Orchidaceae, Composite, Huphorbiacee, and Papi-
lionacee, have an equal distribution, and are in the same
proportion to the rest of the Flora as in other countries.

802 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

Restiacee, Proteacee, Hpacridea, and Myrtaceae, on the
contrary, are particularly numerous. The Wyrtacee have
their principal locality here. The Lpacridee are almost
entirely peculiar to New Holland. As to Van Diemen’s
Land, notwithstanding that its geographical position, and
the greater humidity of its climate, assimilate it to the
temperate zone of the northern hemisphere, the aspect of
its vegetation, according to Robert Brown, is, on the whole,
the same as that of the continent of New Holland. Ofthe
natural families, which determine the character of vege-
tation in the latter country, some have materially decreased
in Van Diemen’s Land, but none become more numerous ;
the Epacrides, the Hucalypti, and the leafless Acacie alone
maintain an equal relative position (*).

(*). “ Flinder’s Voy. to Terr. Austral.,” 2nd, Append. IIT., p. 586. “ Robert
Brown’s Miscellaneous Writings,” by Nees Von Esenbeck, I., s. 121. In the
Journal of Botany for 1840, the younger Hooker commenced a systematic review
of the plants of Van Diemen’s Land. I think it will be imteresting to mention
here the families and genera ‘of the plants found in the same districts as the
insects I am about to describe. Carefully selected specimens have been forwarded
by Mr. Schayer to the Royal Herbarium ; for their examination and arrangement
E am indebted to Dr. Klotzsch.

The ferus are forms analogous to the Huropean genera Polypodium (two
species), Blechnum, Aspidiwm, Pteris; the grasses are similar to those of the
genera Panicum, Festuca, Bromus; the Cyperacee correspond with two Euro-
pean species of Carew ; the Restiacee belong to the genus Restio (common also
to S. Africa), aud to Anthistiria (kangaroo grass, peculiar to, N. Holland) ; of the
Xyridee there is 1 Xyris; of Juncee 1 Juncus and Luzula campestris; of
Colchiacee 1 Angularia ; of Liliacee 1 Blandfordia and 3 species of the gen.
Tulbaghia (common also to the Cape of Good Hope); of Ividee 1 species of the
gen. Sisyrinchium and 1 Cipura (the former is common to America also) ; of the
Orchidacee only forms peculiar to N. Holland, 1 Spiranthes, 5 Prasophyllum,
3 Diuris, 4 Thelymitra.

Of the small family of Stackhousiacee, which is peculiar to New Holland, 3
species of Stackhousia ; of Thymelacee the same number of Pimelea and 1 Dais ;
of Proteaceae, 1 Manglesia and 1 Banksia. The Primulacee and Latiate
which have been forwarded present only European forms, viz.: the former, 1
Anagallis and 1 Samolus (littoralis), the latter, 1 Thymus; the Scrophularinee
have 1 Veronica and 1 Muphrasia ; the Solanee 1 Solanwn; the Borraginee
2 Myosotis, which are very similar to European species, and 1 Hxharrena; the
Convolvulacee 1 Convoloulus; the Hpacridee, whieh are peculiar to New

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 303

As to the relationship of the New Holland Flora to others,
it is a known fact, that its assimilation and analogies are prin-
eipally with that of Southern Africa. Proteaca, Restiacea,
and other families, which occupy an important position in
the vegetation of New Holland, maintain a similar one at
the Cape, but diminish in importance in America. (The
Epacrides appear to answer to the Erice of Southern Africa.)
The relationship to the South American Flora is less impor-
tant, and consists chiefly in the similarity of plants of New
Holland and some peculiar to the south-westerly coast of
America, rather than with those of other parts of America :
sometimes, although but seldom,we find relationship existing
between South America and South Africa, which do not
extend to Australia, Although these facts are well known,
T mention them here, in order to point out how differently
the Faunas are connected. Here, in contradistinction to
the Floras, the relationships of New Holland to South
America are more important than to Southern Africa, and
not only to the western coast, but also to the eastern,

Holland, 9 Hpacris, 1 Sprengelia, and 3 Dracophyllwn ; the Campanulacee
2 Wahlenbergia ; the Lobeliacee 4 Lobelia; the Stylidiacee 1 Stylidiwmn ; the
Composite 4 Gnaphalium, 1 Marus, 1 Spilanthus, 5 Hurybia, 4 Senecio, 1
Humea; the Umbeliifere only 2 species of Apiwm; the Ranunculacee 3 Ranwn-
culus and 1 Clematis ; the Crucifere 1 Lepidiumn; the Hypericinee 1 Hypericum ;
the Geraniacee 3 Pelargoniwm and 1 Hrodium; the Oxalidee 1 Oxalis ; the
Violacee 2 species of Viola and 1 Hymenanthera ; the Droseracee 1 Byblis ; the
Polygalee 1 (shrubby) Polygala ; the (shrubby) Rutacee 1 Correa, 2 Boronia,
and 1 Cyria; the Caryophyllee 1 Dianthus; the Alsinee 1 Arenaria; the
Linee 1 L. usitatissimum, which is identical with our own; the Onagree 3
Epilobium ; the Myrtacee 1 Eucalyptus, 5 Leptospermum, 1 Melaleuca, 3
Reckia; the Rosacee 1 Rubus, 2 Acena, 1 Potentilla; the Papilionacee
1 Goodia (latifolia), 1 Indigofera, 1 Hedysarum, 2 Hardenbergia, 1 Physolo-
bium, 1 Zichya, and 3 Kennedya. (The four last genera present those forms so
characteristic of New Holland, which bear simple leaves, or rather they are leaf-
less, with leaf-like petioles.) The Mimosce 6 species of Acacia ; the Rhamnee,
2 Pomaderris. The Proteacce, Myrtacee, Papilionacee, Mimosee, and Rhamnee
form trees in the thick, impenetrable woods with which Van Diemen’s Land is
partly covered, The Keniedye are creepers.

304 Lhe Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

though so different in vegetation. The peculiarities of the
Faunas of these three continents are most distinctly shown
in the Vammala. Africa and America have little in common
with each other, and Australia is unlike all other countries,
although the order of pouched animals is not confined to
it alone; the genus Phalangista extends over a part of the
Indian Archipelago, but is not found in Africa: it is
America that in this respect presents so great an affinity
with New Holland. The insect world presents numerous
similar examples; among the most extraordinary is that of
the genus Zhynnus (Hymenoptera), which is peculiar to New
Holland and both the coasts of S. America, and is rich in
species on both continents. ‘The Coleoptere furnish further
proofs of the prevailing affinity of South America to New
Holland. The genus Julodis (Buprestidae) oceupies an im-
portant position in the Fauna of South Africa; answering
for, if not analogous to, the genus Stigmodera of South
America and New Holland, which, though rich in species,
is confined to these two continents. Of the Hatere the
genus Monocrepidius presents numerous species in America,
but elsewhere is to be found in New Holland only. Of the
Rhipiceride is Rhipicera common to both continents ; of the
Telephori, the genus Chauliognathus (Callianthia Dej.), is
characteristic of America, and only known besides to New
Holland. Of the Lucanide, the Lamprime are characteristic
of New Holland, and similar only to the Pholidoti, which
are peculiar to South America; thus also the small genera
Hexaphyllum, South America, and Synxdesus, New Holland,
present the highest degree of analogy: in New Holland
the Passali are almost as numerous in species as they are on
the eastern coast of America, whereas in Southern Africa
they are entirely wanting. Of the Stag-beetles (Bockhafer)
the numerous group of Stenocoride are equally characteristic

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 305

of America and New Holland, but found no where else.
Affinities between South America and New Holland are not
wanting in the family of the Rhyncophore (hiisselkafer) ;
the Cryptorhynche, but meagrely represented in other parts
of the world, are in both these continents very widely dis-
tributed; and the genera Rhinotia and Homalocerus, Aterpus
and AWyorhinus, (*) Melanterius and Chatcodermus, present
forms analogous to each other.

Affinities between New Holland and Southern Africa are
not, however, entirely wanting, although much limited by
the following laws:—Those forms which Southern Africa
possesses in common with the interior of the continent do not
all extend to the other countries of the southern hemisphere,
and least of all to New Holland. Of the remaining forms,
those of Southern Africa which are at all analogous to any
on the western coast of South America, (for this alone
presents any affinity to the Cape countries), do not appear
in New Holland. To the first category belong the above
mentioned Julodis, the greater part of the Melasome, so
numerous both in Southern Africa and in its interior, as well
the Brachycere and Clene of the Rhyncophore. These form
so interesting and characteristic a part of the South African
Fauna that their greater affinity latitudinally, as compared
with the same longitudinally, is not to be mistaken. In the
second category belong the analogies between the Velasome
peculiar to Southern Africa; as Moluris, with those of the
western coast of South America, and the greater resem-
blance which the South African Anisonyx and Lepitrix have
with the South West American Cratoscelis and Lichnia, than
with the Glaphyrus, Anthypua, and Amphicoma of the central
Fauna (ft).

(*). Lophotes Schénh. But as this name belongs already to a genus of reptiles,
the name I have mentioned may be retained.

(}). See volume the first of this Archive, 1st Part, p, 268,

306 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

The M€elasome of New Holland are very different from
those of South Afriea: the greatest similarity is to be found
among the Curculiong. 'The genus Hipporhinus is common
to both continents, but superior in South Africa as to the
number of its species. The genus dAmycterws, so rich in
species, and so characteristic of New Holland, has one
“South African analogue. Other forms common to both
South Africa and New Holland extend also over tropical
Africa and the East Indies.

The Fauna of New Holland is allied to that of Madagascar
in some few instances; viz.—in the Cefonie with a divided
clypeus, and also in the total absence of the Spanish Fly,
Lytta, so generally distributed elsewhere.

A slight affinity between New Holland and North
American forms is worthy of notice ;—for example, the
analogy between Curenum and Pasimachus ; also the genus
Notiophitus Schonh., of Curculione, of which Schénherr
mentions two North American species, to which I shall
now add one from Van Diemen’s Land.

We should misunderstand the character of the insect
Fauna of New Holland, were we to imagine that it produces
only forms peculiar to itself: on the contrary, many Euro-
pean forms occur here, no less than in vegetation. Rob.
Brown asserts his opinion, (*) that a great number of species
of plants do not owe their appearance in New Holland to
colonization, but are cotemporaneously indigenous to both
Europe and New Holland. This observation is not, in my
opinion, equally applicable to the insect world: with the ex~
ception of Colymbetes pulverosus, (+) and a few insects brought
hither from the Indian Archipelago, I know of no species
in New Holland that is not peculiar to the country,

(*) A. 0, a, O.
(+) Compare volume the fifth of this Archive, 2nd Part, p. 321.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 307

unless where its introduction can be traced to human
influence. This assertion is not contradicted by the ap-
pearance of Calosoma, Harpalus, Plerostichus, Cyphon, Inm-
nichus, Cercyon, Onthophagus, Aphodius, Tenebrio, Mordella,
Anthicus, Brontes, Graptodera, Phalacrus, Scymuus, Corylophus,
and Batrisus, for these genera are spread over the whole
world ; but the appearance of Attalus, Salpingus, Cryphalus,
Dendrophagus, Psyllioides, §¢c., is remarkable, for they are
more peculiar to the European Fauna.

Geographical peculiarities are most distinctly exhibited in
the order of the Coleoptere ; one-third of their genera
appears both in Europe and New Holland; one-fifth is-
distributed in other parts of the world, so that less than one-
half is restricted to New Holland; certainly a favourable
example of the peculiarity of this Fauna. It is not so
in other orders: about two-thirds of their genera are
common to both Kuropeand New Holland; one-sixth is
excluded from the European Fauna, but found in other parts
of the world; and only one-sixth is peculiar to New Holland.
The Diptera and Hymenoptera show a greater degree of
peculiarity than the Hemiptera, the Orthoptera show least.
The Lepidoptera are not included in my summary, none
having been forwarded by Mr. Schayer, but I believe their
relations similar to those of the last-mentioned. The affinity
of the Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land to that of New Holland
is the same as Robert Brown has assigned to the Floras
of the two countries, viz.cthat those forms which are
peculiar to this part of the world, and characteristic of it, are
common to both countries. I am not sure that the genera
Carenum, Pamborus, Ryssonotus, Tragocerus, Sc., appear in.
Van Diemen’s Land: no doubt we are still unacquainted with.
many modifications of the character of the Fauna caused by the
appearance and disappearance of genera, which are confined

2B

308 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

to particular degrees of latitude. Van Diemen’s Land, as
well as the Continent, possesses the remarkable and exten-
sive genera Diphucephala, Lamprima, Adelium, Amycterus,
Gonipterus, Stenocorus, Paropsis, Thynnus, Myrmecia, Rutilia,
Eurymela, &c. ; often a species appears throughout the whole
of the island, and only on a part of the Continent. Their
peculiarities will be shown best in a systematic account of
the insects sent by Mr. Schayer from Van Diemen’s Land.

COLEOPTERA.

¥ shall follow as much as possible the classification of
Latreille, as I am not acquainted with a better one.
The family of Cicindele is less extensive in New Holland
than in other parts of the world, and is limited, as far as
we know with certainty, to several species of the genus
Cicindela: although the collections hitherto received have
not contained a single species, still we can hardly suppose
that so universally distributed a genus should be entirely
wanting in Van Diemen’s Land, particularly as it appears
in New Zealand. ‘Twenty-nine species of the great family of
Carabi have been forwarded. ‘The discovery of a species of
Calosoma is not surprising, for the very general distribution
of this genus pre-supposed the existence of at least a few
species in New Holland; it is interesting, because the new
species is ascertained to oceupy a central position between
our own well-known and indigenous species C. sycophantes
and C. ingwsitor. Future researches must determine whether
any species of Carabus exist on the snow-clad mountains of
Van Diemen’s Land: probably they do, for their appearance
in Southern America proves that they are not limited
to the northern hemisphere, like Nedria, Elaphrus, and
Notiophilus. There is a remarkable new genus (Scopodes) of
the Truncatipenna, belonging to the group LPericalides,

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 309

which it represents in New Holland,—also by a new species.
The rest of the species belong to well-known and widely-
distributed genera. Thus Plochionus, indigenous in America
and the East Indies, (and enriched by the new species
Calleida), generally distributed, except in European Faunas,
loses its bright colouring in New Holland, where it takes
the colours of our Dromie: the specimens from Van
Diemen’s Land resemble our Dromius maculatus. Lehia
and Cymindis are spread over nearly the whole earth;
L. corticalis, (*) L. posticalis, (+) and C. Australis, ({) and
two new species of the latter genus have been forwarded:
these two have a peculiar small, short, compressed, and flat
appearance—they are found also in New Holland: according
to Boisduval, C. Australis is found also in Port Jackson.

The group of the Heteromorphide (||) is common to
America and New Holland, herein presenting a point of affi-
nity similar to that already mentioned respecting marsupial
animals. New Holland contains fewer genera than America.
This group is remarkable for its peculiar structure, which
approaches, in some respects, to that of Phalacrus. Van
Diemen’s Land has only one species Adelotopus, Hope (§),
which is quite new among the three genera from New
Holland, which we possess.

Of the genus Scarites, the only species bf New Holland,
Se. rotundipennis, Dey. (4), has been sent to us. It is the

(*) Carabus corticalis, Faby. Syst. El. I., 201, 174. Lebia corticalis, Dej.
Spec. Gén. des Coleopt., vy. 390, 60; Boisd., Faun. de l’Ocean., 18, 1.

(+) Lebia posticalis, Guérin, Voy. de la Cocquille, Zool. 2nd, IL., p. 58,
Atl. Ins. Pl., I., £8. Boisd., Faun. de ’Ocean., 19, 2

(f). Cymindis australis, Dejean, Spec. Gén. des Coleopt. IT., 449, 25.

(||). Hope, Coleopterist’s Manual, II., p. 108.

(§). Transact. of the Entomol. Soe. of Lond., I., p, 11.

(9). Spec. Gén. des Col., I., 401, 35. Boisduval, Faun. de l’Ocean., p. 21.
Dejean assigns (though not positively) the Cape as the habitat of this species.
Boisduyal, a. a. O., places it in New Holland.

30 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

only insect out of the entire group of Scaritides: it is
probable, however, that the genus Carenum (*), hitherto
thought peculiar to New Holland, but analogous to the
North American genus Pasimachus, is to be found in Van
Diemen’s Land. And it is scarcely to be supposed that the
genera Dyschirius and Clwina, especially the latter, dis-
tributed everywhere else, are wanting here.

The group of Harpaline presents in New Holland a
peculiar genus,—Promecoderus, of which Van Diemen’s
Land possesses a series of species (t). Mr. Schayer has,
however, forwarded but one: it agrees with Pr. Brunni-
cornis Dej. (£), except that it is somewhat smaller. Of
farpalus the collection contains H. Australasia, De}. (||);
and three new species.

Six out of the seven species of the group of Péerostichine
belong to the genus Plerostichus ($), (Heronia, De}j.),
and in this to the division Peci/us and Argutor, that is,
according to Dejean’s classification. To the first belong
P. chalybeus (4) P. sphodroides, (**) and two new species: te
the second P. Australis (++), and one new species. In the
seventh species I recognised Carabus curtus, Fab., which I
had seen in the Kiel Museum, but of whose proper classi-
fication I had so long been doubtful. Its habitat, colour,
and the formation of the feet seemed to place it among the

(*) I imagine that Arnidias Leach. is synonymous with Carenum, though
they are separated by Boisduval (Faun. de l’Ocean., pp. 23, 24.)

(+) Guérin (Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 188) enumerates three new species from
Van Diemen’s Land, viz., P71. gibbosus, degener., subdepressus.

(ft) Spec. Gén. des Col., FV., 28, 1. Boisduval (Faun. de lOcean., p. 39)
assigns Port Jackson, Brullé (Hist. Nat. des Ins., IV., p. 448) Kangaroo Island,
as the place of its discovery.

(\\) Spec. Gén. des Col., IV., 386, 158. Boisd., Faun. de ?Ocean., 44, 7.

(§) Compare “ My Beetles in the Brandenb. M.,” L., p. 67.

(7) Feronia (Pecilus) chalybea, Dej., Spec. Gén. des Col., TIT., 284, 26.

(*) Feronia (Pacilus) sphodroides, Dej., (in the same), 236, 27.

(tt) Feronia (Argutor) Australis, Dej., (in the same), 262, 58.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 31]

Truncatipenna, but I could not arrange it among any of the
known genera. An examination of the mouth gave me,
at length, an insight into its systematic affinity. I shall
speak of it again as the new genus Amblytelus.

The group of duchomenides numbers six new specimens
in Mr. Schayer’s collection: of these there are two new
species of Anchomenus,—one of the genus Huleptus, K1., (*)
(formerly observed in Africa only), and two different species
of Dyscolus De}., (Loxvocrepis, Esch), found in both America
and the East Indies by Dejean. It was classed with the
Truncatipenne, but incorrectly so, as an examination of the
mouth proves. The relationship to Auchomenus is so close,
that the arrangement of a species often depends on the
shape of the fourth joint of the foot. The two species
described below have one lobe (Lappen), perceptibly longer
than the other: they are, therefore, Lorocrepi. A wingless
beetle, which forms the new genus Lestignathus, has the
shape and the simple feet of the more slender of the Ancho-
ment, but it presents also a great anomaly in this sub-family
of Carabici, in its possessing strongly-defended mandibles.

The last collection contained one, but a very interesting
species of the family Dytiscus: it belongs to the genus
Hunectes,—is nearly related to, and yet specifically distinct
from, Lf. griseus. Of this genus one single species, Z.
griseus, is distributed over all the warmer parts of the
old world: two others, &. helvolus and succinctus, K1., have
a very limited distribution; and a fourth is peculiar to
New Holland.

(*) Klug founded this genus on a species brought from Madagascar: another
species was brought from 8S. Africa by Drége: I saw a third in Copenhagen, in
‘Westerman’s and the Royal Collections; it was from Guinea, and was distinguished
by its broad and flattened autenna. Our collection has received a second species
from New Holland, through Lhotzky.

312 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

The most important Staphyline were in the first collection,
and have already been described by me in the “ Gen. et
Spec. Staphyl. ;” since then we have received but one new
Aleochara. The remaining species are Conurus Australis, (*)
JSumatus (¢), Xantholinus cyanopterus (t), chloropterus (||),
Staphylinus lamo (8), Phylonthus ruficollis ({), hybri-
dus (**), pacificus (t+), Oxytelus collaris ({ f); all of
which belong to widely distributed species. The Xantho-
lide approach more nearly to those of the tropics than to
those of the northern hemisphere.

Staphylinus lanio, although closely allied to our own S¢.
maaxillosus, forms with the New Holland species St. erythro-
cephalus, and the New Zealand St. oculatus, a group peculiar
to Australia, distingwishing itself in the family (Creophilus
Leach.), to which it belongs, by its colour and its want of
down. ‘The type of this family is the above-mentioned S¢,
maxillosus.

The Buprestide of New Holland present many peculiarities,
particularly in the preponderance of the genus Stigmodera,
which is common also to South America. Its numerous
small species are very characteristic of New Holland. Van
Diemen’s Land, however, does not appear so rich in species
as the continent; as yet we have received only one small,
but new, species of Stigmodera. On the whole, the number
of Buprestide there is very small. Two new species

(*) Genera et Species Staphylinorum. 221. 3.

(+) The same. 228. 15.

({) The same. 311. 9.

(§) The same. 311. 10.

(||) The same. 354. 9.

(9) The same. 431. 5. Staphyl. ruficollis Gray. Mon. Micr, 71. 58.
(**) Gen. et Spec. Staphyl. 432. 6.

(++) The same. 501, 125.

td) The same. 789. 7

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 313

belonging to the genus Melobasis Gory (Abrobapta Dej.)
conclude the present number of our specimens.

The number of the Zateride is not quite so limited as
that of the Buprestide ; their forms are little remarkable,
though in some respects peculiar. Among those with
Jf. antenne appears the universally distributed genus
Lacon. (*): it is represented by two species, of which one
is new; the other, JL. caliginosus, has been repeatedly
described (+), and, according to Guérin, is found also in
New South Wales, (Port Jackson). MJonocrepidius Usch.,
a genus common both to New Holland and America (tf),
affords six species, all of which are new, with one exception,
M. Australasie (§) Dej. A new species of the genus
Melanoxanthus Esch. (||), whose type (£2. melanocephalus ¥.)
is distributed over the Hast Indies and Madagascar, and
of which Dejean mentions two more East India species, has
been sent from Van Diemen’s Land: it will be described
below. Another remarkable new species presents all the
characteristics of the genus Pristilophus Latr. (4). which
has been formed at the expense of Ludius Esch., although
this latter requires a yet closer definition of its limits.
Finally, there are two new genera to be mentioned, both
of which are probably peculiar to New Holland: the one,
Crepidomenus, presents great analogy to those forms which

(*) Laporte, Selb. Rev. Entomolog., IV., p.11. German Periodical of Ento-
mology, IL., p. 260.

(+) Lacon caliginosus, Germ. a.a.O., 261. 1. Adelocera caliginosa, Guérin,
Voy. de la Coequille, Zool. 2nd, II., p. 68. Atl. pl., II., f.7. Boisd., Faun. de
VOceanie, 7. 98. later caliginosus, Boisd., ditto, 105. 4.

({) Dejean in his Catalogue mentions one East Indian species. I know of no
species in the Old World which belongs to this genus.

(§) later australasie, Boisd., Faun. de Oceanie, 104. 2. A second descrip-
tion will be necessary to distinguish it from other nearly allied species.

(||) Dejean, Catal. des Col., 3e. éd., p. 103.

(§]) Annales de la Soc. Entomol. de France, II., p. 151,

314 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

Eschscholtz arranges under Luwdius, but it differs from them
in the formation of the feet, of which the third and fourth
joint (limb) have a tough sole, but no leathery appendage.
It contains three new species, all remarkable for their
colouring. The other genus, Atelopus, is closely related to
Agriotes and Dolopius ; but is distinguished by having the
fourth joint of the foot shortened, and provided with a
small appendage. The four new species belong to the
least important of the Haterida.

The small family of Rhipiceride, distinguished by having
an onychium between the claws, has one species in Van
Diemen’s Land—this is Rhipicera mystacina (*) : the points
of difference between it and the Brasilian species of the
same genus have been examined by Kirby, (a. w. a. O.),
who decided that they are too slight to require the for-
mation of a separate genus.

In the family of Cyphonides, the typical genus Cyphon has
an extensive distribution ({), and we possess species from
the different parts of America, Africa, and the East Indies.
It is interesting to find it also in the Australian Fauna:
our collection has received, however, but one new species,
which is allied to our own Cyphon lividus.

No species of the family of the Lampyride has, as yet,
been found.

The Lycide, on the contrary, have furnished principally
new species ; one of which belongs to the genus Porrostoma

(*) Boisd., Faun. de l’Oceanie, p.111. Ptilinus mystacinus, Fabr. Syst. El..
I., 328, 1. Herbst, Kaf. V., 45,1, T. 46, f.18. Polytomus mystacinus, Dahn,
Anal., 22, 8. I do not know whether, or in what way, Rhipicera femorata
Kirby, Trans. of the Linn. Soc., XII., 458, 9, differs from this species.

(+) Scivtes is widely distributed, as well in the Old World, particularly the
East Indies, asin the New. Fabricius has arranged single species among his
hopping Chrysomele.

The Insect Kauna of Van Diemews Land. 315

(Laporte): (*) three others, (one of which P. rujipennis,
is imperfectly described by Fabricius) (1) belong to dZet-
riorhynchus Guér.; but this is not materially different from
the other. ({) A fifth new species may possibly belong
to: dnarhynchus Guér. (9)

(*) Silbermann. Réyue Entomolog. IV. p. 26.

(+) Lycus rufipennis. Fab. Syst. Eleuth. II. 144,20. Generally speaking, this has
been confounded with another larger species, on which Laporte founded his genus
Porrostoma, and which was forwarded to our collection under that name by Lattreille.
But the species to which I refer was sent by Fabricius himself, who received it from
Labillardiere. As its description by Fabricius is very imperfect, I will give a more ac-
curate one below. Possibly Lycus rhipidium or septemcavus Mac Leay, (King, Nar-
rat. II. 442, 36.) may belong to that genus, but the question cannot be decided by its
description only, as that suits several New Holland species equally well.

(4) Guerin, Voy. d.1. Coquille, Zool. II. 2, p. 71, has given a classification of the
Lycus, merely however asynoptical index, not even a list of the species belonginz to the
new genera. A more detailed account, (promised with a view to further elucidations,)
did not appear. Iam still undecided in my opinion respecting several genera, but on
the whole, Ithink the classification far from good. Three divisions are made,—de-
pending on the greater or less length, and the entire want of the proboscis ; but a num-
ber of forms without the proboscis, as Calopteron Lap. (Charactus Dej.) have been in-
cluded in the second division, with those having a short proboscis. A greater or less
length of proboscis forms no generic distinction, all the three genera, whichhave a
proboscis, have one division with a longer, and one with a shorter proboscis. Lycus
presents a very distinguishing character in its shortened mandibles, almost like those
of butterflies, and it contains partly, species in which the male has broad wings, and
partly, species in which both the sexes arealike large, and have narrow wings, as L.
Serrugineus ¥F. ; the division with ashort proboscis contains Lygistopterus cardinalis,
Dej., several other Mexican, and one North American species. In this, the mandibles
are the same as in the first division A second genus is Lygistopterws, Dej.( Dictyop-
tera Guer., but it appears to me more accordant with Latreille’s views, to employ this
name after Dejean’s example for Lycus aurora, etc.) in which L. succinatus (Latreille)
represents all those having along proboscis ; L.sanguineus those with a short proboscis ;
of the latter there are many species in different parts of the world. Porrostoma differs
from these twe genera in having the antennze turned in, not at the base of the snout,
but on the fore part of the head. The long proboscis-form, which corresponds with
Porrostoma Lap. Guer :is confined to three extremely similar New Holland species ; the
short proboscis-form is distributed also over the Indian archipelago ; it was called by
Guerin the genus Metriorhynchus, but this name is now no longer applicable, so that
the two forms are united in one natural division, one family of Porrostoma.

@) According to Guerin’s definition Anarhynchus has not any proboscis ; the second
joint of the autennee is as long as it is broad ; and the third joint is at least double as
long as the second ; this last characteristic distinguishes it from Homalisus, of which
the third antenna joint is very little longer than the second. As Guerin has not des-
cribed Dictyopterus Dej,, of which I must here remark, that according to the above-
mentioned definitions, D. minutus would be an Anarhynchus and D. affinis an Homa.
lisus, 1am not certain, whether I am right in supposing the Van Diemen’s Land
species to be an Anarhynchus. It assimilatesmost with Homalisus ; it has a flexible
head, and longer feet, not atwo-plated shield behind ; it differs chiefiy in the shield

as

316 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

Of the family of Telephorida, two species have been found ;
one is a new, genuine Cantharis (*) : and the other belongs
to the genus Chanliognathus, Hents, (+) hitherto held to be
exclusively American. It has been repeatedly described ({)
under the name C. lugubris.

The family of Afelyride presents only one small beetle of
the Malachian group. It is a new species of my genus
Attalus (§), which has hitherto seemed limited to Southern
Kurope.

Several Van Diemen’s Land species of the family of Cler-
zd@ have been mentioned by Mr. Newman (4) ; one of them
called Hydnocera (nitens) is distinguished from the Ameri-
can species by the formation of the male antennz, though
it resembles them in habit. This species was forwarded
by Mr. Westwood; the others are unknown tome. The
species in our collection are very different ; one, Clerus imtri-
catus, belongs to an unimportant division of this genus,
which division differs from the typical form chiefly in its
slightly toothed claws, and by an approach in habit to
that of Opilws. A second species, Opilus patricius (**)
forms withtwo Madagascar species a small group in this
genus, which group differs from its type in the breadth

being rounded, not pointed, and in the third joint of the antenne being fully as long.
as the fourth.

(*) It appears more correct to retain the Linnzean name of this genus, for Linnzeus
is certainly the best authority as to nomenclature. I should not, however, call the
family Cantharides.

(+) Transact. Amer. Philosoph. Soc.N. Ser. III. It is identical with Callianthia Dej.
I do not know how far the extreme elongation of the maxillee is characteristic of the
numerous species. This genus is distinguished from Cantharis also by theshape of the
palpi, of the feet, and in the male by a large plate which covers the oval duct from
below.

(4) Cantharis lugubris, Faby. Syst. El. 1. 297,17. Telephorus pulchellus, MacLeay,
King, Nar. II., 442, 38. Guer. Voy. d.1. Coquille, Zool. II. 2, p.77. Callianthia pul-
che'la, Boisd. Faun. de l’Oceanie, p. 131.

(¢) Entomography, I., p. 89.

(1) The Entomologist, 1841, p. 35. (Clerus?) (Pylus,) fatwus, Hleale aspera, Hyd-
nocera nitens, and H. Malthinus.

**) his, and the species previously mentioned will be described in the periodicals of
our academy by Dr. Klug.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 317%

of the final joint of the male antenne. <A third species,
Notoxus porcatus (*) Fab., belongs to the same genus, with
which it agrees in the formation of the foot, and in
habit, but it differs in the final joint of the max. palpi
not being club-shaped.

The Piéiniores have one beautifully marked new Ptinus in
our collection: there is also a new species of Lymexylon. The
group of the Apate (nearly related to the Anobiz), which
has been broken up by Stephens (+) into a series of feebly
characterised genera, contains one new species of that genus
which still retains the name of Apyate. To this group is
united also the genus Lyctus, (ZL. canaliculatus pubescens),
whose chief characteristic is a double, instead of a treble
antenna-tip ; it is not found under bark, and in the ducts
of other insects, like those with which it has hitherto been
ranked, but it feeds on wood, like the entire family of the
Ptiniores, including the Apate ({). The genus Xylotrogus
Steph. (§), of which one species X. dwnneus, Steph. (||) has
been sent from Van Diemen’s Land, is very closely united
to Lyctus, and, asI think, separated from it on insufficient
grounds. This insect has been widely distributed in drugs
and other articles of commerce, and doubtless, this was the
way in which it was first introduced into Van Diemen’s
Land.

The family of the Si/phe is represented in Van Diemen’s
Land by the Si/pha lachrymosa of Schreiber. (4])

(*) Fabr. Syst. Eleuth I. 287,1. Not. cribripennis. Boisd. Faun. d. l’Ocean, 140,
3, might be the same insect, provided that its supposed habitat, New Guinea, be not
the real one.

(+) Stephens, Mlustr. of British Entomol., vol. 3, p. 349.

(+) In this Archive, vol. 2, Part Il, p. 46, I have pointed out therelationship of Apate
to Anobie, and Westwood (Introduc. to the Mod. Classif. of Inf. I. p. 277,) is also of
my opinion. Phloeotribus Cis. must however, be taken out of this group. The
most natural arrangement would be to embrace the Pting, Lymexyle,and Apate in
one family,of which the above-mentioned forms should represent so many different groups.

(3) Ibid 116.

(ll) Ibid 117, Part I, pl. 18. f. 4.

({) Transact. of the Linn. Soc. VI. p. 194, 20, f. 5.

318 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

The Nitidularide ave systematically as imperfectly ar-
ranged, as any division of the Coleoptera.

Stephen’s genus Curpophilus is the most important of a
small group, which is distinguished by shortened wings.
Two new species from Van Diemen’s Land belong to anew
genus of this group Brachypeplus, whose characteristics will
be found below. The Nitidularide stand in similar relation-
ship to the Trogosite, as the Apate to the Anolie. The
mouth parts are alike ; the chief difference is in the form-
ation of the foot; the Zrogosite having the first joint ex-
tremely short, so that the foot has apparently but four
joints. Our collection does not contain a real Trogosita (*),
(according to the type 7. mauritanica caraboides), but it has
received a remarkable new species related to Gymmnochila, (+),
and the type of a new genus, Myolia, which differs in the
formation of the foot, and is remarkably analogous to Z7o-
gosita, in the same manner as Lyctus to Apate. 2

It is remarkable, that out of the entire family of Mister-
ill, species of Saprinus only have hitherto been forwarded
from New Holland. Van Diemen’s Land has two, Saprinus
letus, Wv., ({) and a new, smaller species. Is it possible
that the genus ister, of which numerous species are widely
distributed in other parts of the world, can be entirely ab-
sent from New Holland ?

The family Dermestide presents Huropean forms in
two new species, one of Megatoma (||), and one of Trogo-

(*) Boisduval (Faun. de l’Ocean, 463-2) describes a Tv. Australis from V. D. Land,
which is unknown to me.

(+) Gymnochila Kl. (Tr. squamosa Griff. An. Kingd. XV. pl. 60. £3 ) is distinguished
from Tyogosita by having the eyes situate on the top of the head, and by the long lip :
Peltis squwamulosa Gebl. (Ledebour’s Journey II. App. III. 97. 3) agrees with it in the
form of the lip, but differs from it in having the eyes in the usual place: YZ, decorata
has not the elongated lip, else the three species (?) wouldagree in appearance, and in
the scaly covering of their bodies. Trog. varia F. would also belong here.

(4) In Klug’s ** Annual of Entomol.’? I. 179, 15. (Hist Cyanens. Payk, Mon. Hist.
56, 40, t. 5. f. 2.)

(||) There is still some uncertainty as to the definition of the genera Atfagenus and
Megutoma, which would be remedied by abolishing the latter name altogether :

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 319

devrma(*). Inthe family of Byrrie, the forms peculiar to our
northern hemisphere are replaced by the genus Microchates
Hope, (ft) which has enriched our collection with one new
species. The genus Limuichus is found im every zone ; one
new species from Van Diemen’s Land is extremely similar
to our Huropean JZ. versicolor, Waltl. (viparius Dej.)

Of the family of Zydrophile, the waters of Van Diemen’s
Land probably contain some species ; for it is a family dis-
tributed nearly equally throughout the different zones ; the
rivers and lakes of New Holland, however, have as yet been
but little examined ; we know of only one genus, Cercyon,
which is found everywhere.

Of the Lamellicorne :—A continent destitute of the larger
Mammalia, cannot be expected to produce the more import-
ant forms of Coprophage ; thus, while America on the one
hand, Africa and Hast India on the other, are rivals in the
number, importance, and the peculiarities of their genera ;
New Holland presents few that are valuable, and Van Die-
men’s Land possesses only Onthophagus and Aphodius, both
widely distributed, and rich in species ; of the former genus
we have six, of the latter one species, all new, and some re-
markable ;—one, Onthophagus (pronus) has an unarmed head,
but a lone, spear-shaped horn issuing from the neck-plate,
(of the male) and projecting beyond the head in a straight
direction. In another species the unarmed head (of the
male) is compensated for by longer fore legs.

Attagenus would then be a fitting name forD. pellio: Tiresias for D. serra, anda new
name must be found for the third genus, now known in England as Megatoma. Mean-
while, however, I shall employ the English definition. JZegatoma distinguishes itself
from Attagenus, by the front edge (Rande) of the Prosternum occupying (?) the mouth.
Neither Stephens nor Heer, who have adopted the generical definitions of the English,
have characterised them rightly ; hence they confine these definitions to WZ. undatum,
although D. emarginatus Payk. and D. nigripes F. belong here.

(*) The characteristics of Trogoderma are not so much the number of joints in the
clubbed antenne, as in their cavities on the under part of the neck plate, which are
wanting in Megatoma. The form of the antennz is different in the different species,
those of V.D. Land, are only three-jointed, and club-shaped.

(+) Trans. of the Entomol. Soc, of London I. p.12. The species here described is

320 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

Of the group of Zrogide,I have to mention a most remark-
ableand rare insect, it isthe Searabeus proboscideus Schrieb.(*)
from which Macleay formed the genus Mephastomus (+).
Doubtless modifications occur in the length of the horn and
the snout shaped prolongation of head-plate, not in this
male only, but in all Lamellicorn males, according to
the size and form of the individual; these being dependent
on the amount of nourishment received by the larve; the
insect, therefore, which was described by Macleay ({) as a
Jemate, having a blunter horn, a shorter snout, and a
slightly marked vertical appendage (fortsatz) must be a
less perfectly formed male: the real female is a true
Bolbocerus,viz.—B. Australasie Kirby ($),with the exception
of the sexual distinctions, it agrees accurately with
Elephastomus proboscideus, and, like this, 1s to be found in
our collection. It follows, therefore, that LH/ephastomus
must not be regarded as a distinct genus, but as an erratic
form of Bolbocerus, in which the irregular formation of the
mouth parts, especially the elongation of the palpi, depends
on the particular position of the mouth: and this again on
those parts which protect the head.

The widely distributed genus Zrov, is represented in
Van Diemen’s Land by TZrox Australasia Latyr.

The collection contains two species of the family Dynas-
tide, both of which belong to forms peculiar to New
Holland : one is a new species of the genus Cheiroplatys
Kirby (||); the second forms a distinct genus,—Pimelopus.

distinctly different from our own. To this genus belongs also without adoubt Byrrha
Australis Dej., which however is too imperfectly described by Boisduval (Faun. de
l’Ocean, p. 149) to be recognised as a third species.

(*) Transact. of the Linn. Soc. vi., p. 189.

(+) Horae. Entom. I., p. 121.—Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, xiv., pl. 40, f. 4.

(¢) Ibid, p. 122.

(2) Trans. Lin. Soc., XII, 462, 11, T. 23, f. 5.

(|) Hope, Coleopterist’s Manual, i., p. 84. Besides Geotr. truncatus, (considered to

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. B21

Van Diemen’s Land furnishes one new species of the genus
Cryptodus Macleay (*),the systematic arrangement of which
occasions so much difficulty (+).

The Melolonthe forwarded from Van Diemen’s Land all
belong to genera peculiar to New Holland. Anoplognathus
appears to have its chief habitat on the Continent:—only one
species, 4. suturalis, Boisd ({), has been sent to us from Van
Diemen’s Land. Four new genera occur between Melolentha
and Serica ; they agree with the former in having a distinetly
marked lip, with the latter in other peculiarities, particularly
in the form of the maxille, which have a palate, but a
sharpened and unarmed point. Sv/opa, containing no less
than eight new species, whose number in time will increase
materially, is easily recognized by the projecting upper
edge of the lip. Nepytis, founded on a single species, is
distinguished by having only seven antenna-joints, an
example I believe to be unparalleled in the entire division
of the Melolonthe. Scitala has eight antenna-joints, also a
rare occurrence. Ze/wra, with the usual number of nine, is
distinguished by the unusual length of the third joint.

Of the genera already known, Diphucephala affords us two
species D.splendens(Macheay) ($) and D.pulchella (Kirby:) (||)
Liparetrus (J) presents one new one, very similar to L. sylvic-
ola (Melol. sylvicola F.) Phylloctocus (**) presents Ph.
be its type,) this genus contains the species : Scai. latipes Guer. Voy. d. 1. Coquille
Zool. II. 2.p.80. Atl. Ins., pl. 3,f.1. Boisd. Faun. de 1’Ocean, 163, 3,—and probably
also Sc. porcellus Boisduval a. a. O. 164-5.

(*) Horee. Entomologice i., p. 138.

(+) Compare the sixth series of this Archive, vol. 2, p. 249.

(4) Faun. de ’ Ocean, 178-14.

(3) Cpt. King’s Narrat. of a Survey of the Intertrop. and West. Coasts of Austr. ii.,
440, 15.—Waterhouse Transact. of the Ent. Soc. of Lond. I., 220-6.

(il) Waterhouse ibid, 221-7.

(1) Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, Zoologique, II. 2, p. 90.

(**) Fischer Mem. de la Soc. Imp.des Nat. de Moscou, VI., p. 255. It isidentical with

the genus Macrothops MacLeay, but this name must be subordinate to that of Fischer
as it was given subsequently.

322 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

Macleay Fisch. (*) and one new, analagous species.

The Melitophile must be rare in Van Diemen’s Land, as
compared with the Continent; our collection does not
contain a single species.

The Lucanide present much that is romeakable!

Two species of Lamprima appear in Van Diemen’s Land, L.
Julgida Boisd. and anew one (+) : Dorcus presents D.caner-

(*) The same, t. 25, f. 2.—Macrothops preustus Dej. Boisd. Faun. de Ocean, 210-1.

(+) In Guerin’s Revue, Zool., 1841, p. 50, Mr. Reiche declares all the species of
Lamprima hitherto known, particularly those arranged by MacLeay, to be merely
varieties of one and the same species, whose general and specific characteristic is the
three-cornered shape of the one point on the front of the leg, (in the male.) I cannot
decide how far this opinion respecting MacLeay’s species is correct, for I know them but
slightly ; but after a careful examination of anumber of specimens in our own collection,
J have come to the conclusion, not only that several species are there distinguishable,
put also that all these species are different to Z. enea, (Lethr. en. F.) so carefully
described by Schreiber: they differ in the proportions of the body, in color,—which is
not nearly so varied, as it is supposed to be by the French (on Lesson’s Authority, s
Boisd. Faun. de Ocean, p. 231)—in the markings, especially those on the wing-cases
of the female, and the direction of the projection of the Mesosternum, in the following
manner :

One point on the front of the leg of the male axe-shaped.

L. Latreillei. Sterni mucrone acute prominente, viridis, nitida, capite rufo-aureo.
Mas.—Thorace sparsim subtiliter punctato.
Fem—Thorace fortiter crebreque punctato,elytris fortius crebrius-que punctulatis.

MacLeay. Hor. Ent. i, 101-2—Zamp, enea Boisd. Faun. de ?Ocean, 228-1.—Lucan
@neus Donoy. Ins of N. Holl. fig infer.

The Mandibles of the male longer than mm 3 and 4: the edge ofthe tip, particularly in
the large specimens, rimmed: the wing-cases, as compared with the neck-plate shorter
than in the other species. Donovan has figuredthis species unmistakeably, and Mac
Leay follows his authority.

(4) L. splendens n. sp.

Sterni mucrone acute prominente, viridis, capite,thorace elytrisque supra purpureo-aureis.

Fem.—wNitidissima, thorace crebre fortiterque punctato. elytris parce subtiliterque
punctulatis.

Similar to the female of the former species, excepting in colour, which is of a reddish
golden hue on the back of the neck-plate, and of a deep copper gold on the wing-cases ;
these are rather longer than those of Z. Latreillei, simple, and covered with ae
punctures scarcely visible to the naked eye. The male is not yet known.

(2) L. fulgida.

Sterni mucrone recte truncato, viridi-cuprea, thorace obsolete canaliculato.

Mas.—Viridi-auratus, subnitidus, thorace crebrius, subtiliasque punctulato.

Fem —Vividi-cuprea, nitida, tibiis, tarsisque chalybeis, thorace creberrime fortiter
punctato, elytris fortius crebriusque punctulatis.

Boisd Faun de l’Ocean, 231-2.—Lucanus enus var. Don. Ins. of N. Holland, (fig.
super.)—Lucan eneus var. Schreib. Transact. Linn. Soc., vii, p. 117, t. 19, £. 9-14—
L. aurata MacLeay Hor, Ent. 1., 100-1.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 323

oides (*) and D. obtusatus (+). Ceratoguathus Westwood (t)
and Syndesus cornutus (§ )are forms peculiar to this island.
Passalus presents only one species, P. hevaphyllus Laty. (||).

Of the family Melasoma (belonging to the Heteromere)
but one insect appears ; itis Si/pha levicollis Fabr., of which
none but Fabricius ({]) and Olivier (**) make any mention,
I must therefore form it into a separate genus Saragus. A
genus described by Dejean as Cestrinus, is nearly related to
Opatrum, but separated from it again by its crippled (small)
wines, and a few other characteristics: two species of
Cestrinus appear both in Van Diemen’s Land and on the Con-

The edge of the tip of the mandibles is not rimmed, even in the largest specimens ;
the wing-cases, as compared with the neck-plate area little longer than in LD. Latreit-
lei ; Mac Leay appears to have confounded both species with awrata and Latreilici
but Donovan’s plate is very accurate.

L. rutilans. Prosterni mucrone prominente, obtusiusculo, rubrocuprea, tho-
race obsolete canaliculato.

Mas —Subopacus, thorace crebrius subtiliusque punctato.

frem.—Nitida, thorace creberrime fortiterque punctato, elytris parcius subtiliusque
punctulatis.

The mandibles as in the last species; the male is distinguished by its color, the female
‘by the scarcely visible punctures on the wing-cases, these are a little longer as com-
_ pared with the neck.

L. enew MacLeay Hor. Ent. I., 101-3—Lucan eneus Schr. {Transact. Linn. Soc. VI,
185-7, t.20,f.1. Lethr. eneus Fab. Syst. El. I, 2, 2, from Norfolk Island : with the
exception of the spined thigh it appears to resemble mostly the following: species; it
resembles this also in the structure ofthe mandibles (compare Schreib. a. a- O, t. 19, f. 1-3.

. * Termination of one spine of the front thi¢h of the male knife-shaped.

LL. viridis (n.sp.) Prosterni mucrone recte truncato, viridis, nitidula.

Mas —-Thorace vage subtiliter punctato. The hinder thighs have also a different form
from those of other Lamprime ; they are rather longer and thicker, but equally thick
throughout, whereas in other Lamprime the point is somewhat broad. A second
species of this division would be Z. MWicardi Reiche (a. a. O )

LI. pygmea Macleay, a. a.G. 101-4, is perhaps an eighth species, unknown onthe
Continent: it belongs probably to the first division.

(*) Lucanus cancroides, Fab. Syst. El. I1.,239, 12. Oliv. Ent. I., 1, 18, 12, t. 4, f. 11
Boisd. Faun. de l’Ocean, 234, 1. Dorcus cancroides Westwood Entom. Mag, V. p. 267.

(+) Westwood Entom. Mag. V., p. 267.

(4) Ditto, p. 260.

(3) MacLeay Hor. Ent. I., p. 104. Boisd. Faun de l’Ocean, 240. Sinodendron cornu-
tum Fab. Syst. El. I., 377, 2, Lucanus parvus Donoy, Ins, of N. Holland.

(il) Boisd, Faun, de l’Ocean, 241, 1,

(W) Syst. Ent., 73-7, Syst, Eleuth, I., 338, 8,

x* Ent. IL. 11, 12, 9, t. 2. f. 15.

raat

524 Lhe Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

tinent. Upis and Tenebrio, so widely spread over the whole
earth, are the only genera of this division not peculiar
to N. Holland. Ups (and of this the insects having square
neckplates, included by Dejean under Jphthinus) has sent
one new species; Zenebrio two new species, and 7. Australis
Mae Leay ? (*). Helews has not, as yet, sent any species,
although its presence in Van Diemen’s Land may be reason-
ably supposed: of the analagous, but less remarkable genus
Cilibe Latr.(f) one new species has been forwarded.
Adelium is well known as being peculiar to New Holland: our
collection contains four species ; three of which are new, the
fourth is known as 4. abdreviatum Laty.({). Nearly allied to
Adelium is a new species of a new genus Olisthena; and
Pachyceiia also, of which the only species P. sulcicollis, (§)
Dej. is one of the commonest insects in Van Diemen’s Land.
The new genus /7/elops assimilates more with the Stenochia,
and is represented by two new species of the name of Zidanqa.

One single species of a new genus Ulodes, is related to
Boletophagus.

The remaining Heteromere belong to more widely distri-
buted forms; as Lagria grandis Schonh, (||) two new species
of Anthicus, one of Mordella. Of the family of the
Canthavides we have but one single insect Zmesidera rufi-

(*) Boisd. Faun. de l’Ocean, 254, 1.

(+) Dejean Catl. des. Coleopt. 3me, ed. p. 208, Celibe. Boisd. a. a. O. p. 262. Here be-
longs Kirby’s Heleus piceus, Transact. of the Linn. Soc. XII. p. 468, where also the
characteristics of the genus are given.

(+) Boisduval, a. a. O. 281, 11.

(2) Boisd. Faun. de Ocean, p. 246, Voy. de l’Astrolabe, Ins. pl. 7,f.5. Westwood
in his Arcana Entomologica n. III. p.44, t.12, f. 4, under the name Lepispilus sulci-
collis, Hope, has given a much more satisfactory representation of this insect, and an
analysis of its generic distinctions, but he has omitted the mention of avery character-
istic incision in the centre ofthe tongue.

(1) Synonym. Ins. IIT. App. 9.9. Lagria rufescens Latr. Boisd. Faun. del’Ocean,
286. 1.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 325
pennis Westwood,(*) which, though peculiar in form, is not
sufficiently so to warrant its generic separation from Zoni-
tis. (+) Of Hdemeridae one Edemera punctum Macleay (f)
belongs to Dejean’s genus Nacerdes ;($) two others belong
to Pseudolycus Guér.(||) one being Ps. hemopterus Guér. (4)
the other Lycus hemorrhoidalis Fabv. (**) And lastly, a new
Salpingus assimilates pretty closely to its Huropean generic
allies.

The Curculione of New Holland present mostly peculiar
forms, few being more widely distributed. Although no
species of the rich genus Bruchus have as yet been forwarded
to us, it is highly improbable that they are entirely wanting
in New Holland, because in other parts of the world they
Invariably accompany papilionaceous plants, and these
occupy an important position, both in New Holland and Van
Diemen’s Land. Three new Anthribi belong to small species;
two, to the universally distributed genus Zropideres, one of
remarkable formation assimilates in its most important
characteristics to Anthribus. One small new Rynchites, with
antenne turned in at the base of the proboscis, presents
much affinity to European forms, and is regarded by Schon-
herr as a distinct genus, Auwletes. The genera Riinotia and
Lurhynchus, both limited to New Holland, are represented,

(*)Guer, Mag.de Zool., 1841. 12 e. Livre. Ins. pl. 85. Themale antenne are nearly
as long as the body ; the third to the seventh joint rather broad. A remarkable
variety has black wing-cases, with the exception of the base, and the outer

edge.
(+) The species mentioned above has blunted palpi, a very similar species of New -

Holland agrees in this respect with Zonitis.

(+) Captain King, Narrative of a Survey, etc., II. 443, 43.

(2) It is identical with Nacerdes palliata Dej. Catl. Col. 3 ed. p. 250.

(i) Ann. de l’Soc. Ent. d. Fr. il. p. 155. Guerin mentions three other species of this
(assumed) genus, one from Port Jackson, and two from Kangaroo island.

(7) The same.

(**) I have seen its type in the collection of Fabricius, and convinced myself, that he
did not mistake it for the similarly coloured species of Porrostoma, metriorhynchus
Guer.

$26 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land,

the former by one, the latter by two new species. The trunk-
beetles with short snouts and folded (?) antenne which have
been forwarded from Van Diemen’s Land, belong exclusively
to New Holland forms. Of Gonipterus, one known species,
G. gibberus De}.(*) has been sent: of Amisallus, a second new
one: of Prostomis, Pr. scutellaris (+): of Aterpus two new
ones: (of which one, A. scoparius, is nearly related to
A, cultratus ; the other, A. rubus, is the most important of
the yet known species :) of Pelororhinus a second new one :
of Rhinarie, which I prefer, placing here, rather than with
the long-snouted beetles, also a new one; of Amycterus,
three species, two new, and one the real A. mirabilis.({)
The remaining trunk-beetles of this division, though
unimportant, form three new genera, one of these, Steri-
phus, 18 most nearly united to the European Plinthus ;
the other two Nothrodes and Mandalotus belong to the
group Otiorhynche, and have most affinity with Tyloderes :
our collection contains four species of Mandalotus, and one
each of the other two genera.

Of the trunk-beetles with folded antenne and long
snouts, the genus Orthorhinus, peculiar to New Holland,
presents us with three species, viz. O. Klugi Hope, ($) and
two new ones; the more widely spread genus Hrirhinus has
sent one remarkable new species. One small Bagous-like

(*) Boisd. Faun.de Ocean, 324,8. Schonh. Gen. et Spec. Cure. VI. 463. 5.

(+) Schonh. Gen. et Spec. Cure. I. 504.1. Curcul. scutellaris Fab. Syst. Eleuth. IT.
519.71. Oliv. Ent. V. 83, 393, 475, t. 12. f. 142, t.19, f. 420. Herbst. Beetles. VI. 312.
286, t. 84.f.10. Cwre. ewsertus Fabr. Syst. El, II. 534. 163.

(t Psalidura mirabilis Kirby, Transact. of the Linn. Soc. XII. 469, 21, t. 23, f. 9.
Amycterus mirabundus, Schonh. Gen. et Spec. Curc. II. 471. 2, Schonherr describes
the female only ; his A. mzrabilis is another somewhat larger species, of which the male
has a cork-shaped appendage to the thorax; this appendage is wanting in Kirby’s
species. <A fine specimen ofthis trunk beetle might be thus described ; Fusco squam~
alosus, thorace vitta laterali lineaque media tenui cimerieis, elytris nigro-cinereoque
tessellatis.

(2) Schonh, Gen. et Spec. Cure. III. 246. 3.) In one beautifully coloured specimen
the band of the wing-cases is snowy white in the centre, the terminating point
of the wing cases is either fawn-coloured or white.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 327

trunk-beetle presents all the characteristics ascribed by
Schonherr to his genus Notiophilus.(*) One of the most
remarkable and peculiar forms is Rachiodes spinicollis
Schonh. (+): three other less remarkable insects of this
division form an equal number of new genera; cf these
Cryptoplus is related to Anoplus ; Meriphus, with much of
the appearance of Anthonomus, is closely allied to Hrirhinus ;
and Diapelmus, with exactly the appearance of Hrirdinus ;
Dorytomus is intimately connected with Anthonomus. The
group of Cryptorhyncht appears to be very extensive, and
presents unmistakeable American forms: of thirteen new
species eight belong to Cryptorhynchus; three to Acalles ;
two, having the snout-groove not closed behind, form new
eenera, of which one, Melanteriws, corresponds to the
American genus Chalcodermus ; the other Cyllorhamphus
stands apparently ina similar relationship to Cyphorhynchus
Sch. but in reality it belongs to a different division.

We have not received any species of the group Calandre
so widely distributed elsewhere: the Cossonide have
afforded us two new species of AAyncolus.

To this family belong also the bark-scarabs of two new
species received by us, one is a Tomicus (Bostrichus Faby.)
and the other belongs to the genus Cryphalus ({), of which
hitherto, with the exception of Cr. tiie, we were acquainted
only with European, pine-inhabitine species.

The number of Latreille’s Xy/ophagi will be much reduced
by the absence of the bark-scarabs, of the Apate with Lyctus,
the Trogosite with Rhyzophagus and Nemosoma, the
Lathridi with Dasycerus Monotoma and Paussus, all of

(*) This name cannot be employed, on account ofthe similarly called Carabus genus,
we might change it to Notionomus.

(+) Gen. et Spec. Cure. III. 362. 1.
(+) Second yearly volume of these Archives, Part I, p. 61.

528 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

which have been or will be separated from them: on the
other hand, however, they will be enriched by the addition
of Sarrotrium and the analagous genera Corticus and Cowxelus ;
these have four jomts in each foot, and assimilate with
Diodesma, which Latreille has already rightly numbered
among the Xylophagi. They approach most closely to
Colydium, Synchita, and others (*) : one of the connecting
forms is Meryx rugosa, (+) anative of V. D. Land, and not
of the East Indies, as Latreille asserts. Insects having feet
similar to those of the Heteromere are not entirely excluded
from this family, as is shown in a species of a new genus,
Latometus, which maintains a central position between
Sarrotrium and Synchita.

A third species belonging to this division is nearly
related to our Cerylon histeroides ; 1 have formed a new
genus, Pycnomerus, for it and several other species, of which
some are American. A fourth new Van Diemen’s Land
species of this division belongs to Ditoma.

Van Diemen’s Land has afforded us some interesting species
of Cucujus another family of the Xy/ophagi:the most important
is a new genus, Platisus, which is most intimately connected
with Cucwjus, both in size, form, and the difference of the
foot-joints in the two sexes: it is founded on a single
species, represented in our collection by specimens of both
sexes. ‘T'wo other species of this family belong to the widely
spread, though not rich genus Brontes; a third to
Dendrophagus, its position being determined by the antenne
joints ; and lastly, we must include Sc/vanus, of which our
collection has received a new species, slightly differing in
form from its type.

(*) I hope to give afurther account of the stematicrelations of these insects in

the next volume of my “ Insects of the Mark of Brandenburg.”’
(+) Latreille Genera Crust. et Ins, III, p.17,t,11.f1.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 329

The group of Prione, in the family of Cerambycine, sends
us two species: one, a new one, belongs to the genus
Macrotoma, which 1s found in Southern Europe, the East
Indies and New Holland, but principally in Africa: the
other, described by Fabricius as Prionus arcuatus, forms a
distinct, and in many respects a remarkable new genus,
Oncinotus.

The group of Stenocoride occupies a prominent
position among the Cerambycine : the typical form, which
still retains the generic name, Stenocorus (*), has afforded us
one new species, Hope’s St. longipennis (+) and assimilis (£)
from the division having 2spined antenne, neck-plate and
wing-cases, St. elongatus ($) and rhombifer (||) from that
haying a jagged neck-plate, and S¢. scutel/aris (J) from its
having jagged neck-plate, antennz not spined, and wing-
cases rounded at the tip. Of the genera allied to Stenocorws we
have received Hope’s Zrachelorachys fumicolor (**), Meropa-
chys MacLeayi(+}), Scolecobrotus Westwood (tt), and anew
species. The group of Ca//idie@ presents one form peculiar to

(*) Hope, Transact. of the Zool, Soc. I. p.107, Newman, Annals of Natur, Hist. V,
p, 17, calls it Phoracantha, Dejean includes it under Mallocera,

(+) Hope, Proceed, of the Zool. Soc. 1840. p. 47, 3. Phoracantha hamata Newman
Entomologist, 1841. p. 3, is only a variety ; one of the specimens sent in comes very
near to it, but it is deficient in the dark, transverse marking.

(4) Hope, Proceed. of the Zool. Soc. 1840, p, 49,11. Phoracantha allapsa Newman,
Entomologist 1841, p. 4. Hope, (a, a, O, p. 47, n, 6, 7) assigns also St, Obscurus and
punctatus Don, Epit,ofthe Ins, of New Holland to Van Diemen’s Land,

(3) Boisd, Faun. de ocean, 478, 6,: Stenochorus uniguttatus, (MacLeay,) Hope,
Proceed, of the Zool, Soc., 1840, y, 49, It seems widely distributed, as Hope obtained
it from Swan River,

(ll) Hope, Proceed, of the Zool, Soc. 1840, 49, It resembles the smaller specimens of
the former species, but is distinguished by the situation of the spots, and the very
short, scarcely visible spine at the extremity of the wing-cases,

(1) Callidiwm scutellare Fabr. Syst. Eleuth, II. 538, 26, Nov. Gen. piceum, New-
man, Entomologist, 1841, p. 9. Iam surprised that Hope does not mention this
beetle, asit is not by any means rare.

(**) Hope, Proceed. of the Zool. Soc., 1840, p- 51. Hope is of opinion that his second
species also. 7%. pustulatus, comes from Van Diemen’s Land, (Hobart Town.)

(+t) Hope, ditto, p. 52.

(##) Hope, Transact. of the Zool. Soc. I. p. 109,t. 15, f. 5. Proceed. of the Zool. Soc.

330 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

V. D. Land: though resembling Hespherophanes Dej. in
appearance, it differs from it in some characteristics, and is
arranged by Newman as the genus Phacodes (*) ; one of its
species Ph. obscurus(t), was brought home by Banks, a
second is new. The group of Stenoptere affords one new
genus, Mecynopus, remarkable for the great length of its
antennz and hinder legs.

The paucity of Lamia is remarkable; it presents but one
species of the genus Zygocera, peculiar to New Holland.
Saperda is equally limited to one, (unusually small) species,
which forms the new genus /i/ena. The group of Lepture
is represented in New Holland by Séenoderus : our collections
contain only the known species S¢. abdreviatus ({) and
ceramboides (§).

Ofthe Chrysomeline. We have not received as yet a single
species of the groups Eupoda and Cassidaria ; we must not,
however, thence infer that these divisions, though represented
in New Holland by but few species, are entirely wanting in
Van Diemen’s Land : certain it is, that New Holland cannot
compare with South America in the number of its Cassidt.
Among the Chrysomele, the genus Paropsis Ol. (Notoclea

1840, p. 33. Hope brings forward also Uracanthus pallens, (Proceed. of the Zool.
Soc., 1840, p. 53.) and Newman, Amphirhoe decora. (Entomologist, 1841, p. 25.) as
natives of Van Diemen’s Land.

(*) Newman, ibid, p. 7. The third and fifth antennde joints are described as hay-
ing one spine at the tip, but this is scarcely correct.

(+) Callidium obscurum, Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. II. 333. 1. Olivier, Ent, IV. 70, 9, 7.
4,f.45. Phacodes lentiginosus, Newman, Entomologist. 1841, p.8. It is strange
that in London an insect is described as new, which must be found in Banks’ Cabinet.

(4) Cerambyaz abbreviatus. Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. II. 275, 44. Stenochorus sutwralis,
Olivier, Ent. 1V. 69,29 25, t. 3. f. 29.

(2) Leptura ceramboides, Kirby, Trans. of the Linn Soc., XII. 472, 25, t.23, f. 11.
MacLeay (King’s Narrat. II. 451, 87.) considers both insects to be one and the same
the differences being merely sexual ; but this is scarcely probable. Newman is also of
the same opinion, (Entomologist, 1841, p. 35.

Macrones evilis, is a Van Diemen’s Land insect, nearly allied to Stenoderus, Newm.
Entomologist, 1841. p. 35.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 30k

Marsh, (*) peculiar to New Holland, is of great importance
in the Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land; among seventeen
species sent in we distinguish P. morio (+), rufipes (t),
lineata (§), and notata (||), the remaining new ones are
described below ; among the smaller species, several re-
semble the Casidi, in having the wing cases ornamented
with shining, golden, silver, or mother-of-pearl coloured
markings ; which though they disappear after death, can
be restored temporarily by means of moisture.

The genus Chrysomela as hitherto described, is divided
in Dejean’s catalogue into a series of genera, of which, for
example, Zygogramma is formed merely from a certain
similarity in its markings ; it must nevertheless be divided
into several parts, these to depend on the form of the pal-
piand clams. Oretna must not be separated from Chryso-
mela, though irregular in the shape of the last palpi-joint
because this and other extreme forms will be connected by
intermediate series. Other genera will be more easily and

(*.) Olivier counts fourteen ; Marsham twenty-four ; Boisduval in the Faun de
Ocean, twenty-five ; Dejean, in his last catalogue, twenty; (thisis with the ex-
‘ception of two Siberian species that do not belong here) our own collection, though
not particularly rich in the insects from New Holland. numbers fifty-seven species, how
many more must be found in English collections to which the natural productions of
New Holland find so easy an entrance !

(+.) Chrysomela morio Fabricius Syst, Eleuth. I. 308.5. A more faintly colored variety
is not uncommon ; it isreddish brown on the upper partof the body, and has narrow
black streaks on the wing-cases,

(¢.) Chrysomela rujipes Fabricius I. c. 439. 41.

(3.) Notoclea lineata Marsham Transact. of the Linn. Soc. IX. 293.19. t.25. f 19.
The streaks on the wing-cases are more yellow than red.

(.) Paropsis notata Olivier, Entomol. V, 92, 13. 14, pl. 1,, f 14,

332 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

naturally arranged, as, for example, Australica Chevy. (*)
aiorm limited and peculiar to New Holland. Ch. Curt-
asit (+) and Ch. maculicollis ({) have been forwarded from
Van Diemen’s Land. Ancther peculiar form with two
species, Chr. constricta and pacifica has some resemblance
to our Helodes in the pointed palpi ; but differs from it in
the clams, which are toothed at the root. A third widely
distributed form is Dejean’s Phaedon, which also presents
two new species.

Of three new Colaspi, not one is peculiar to New Hol-
land ; one belongs to the typical genus Colaspis, so remark-
ably numerous in America, though deficient in other parts
of the world : the other two belong to the genus placed by
Chevrolat in Dejean’s catalogue under the name of Odonti-
onopa ; itis easily distinguishable by an appendage resem-
bling two little teeth, which is affixed to the anterior part
of the head.

Among the Cryptocephah, the form now regarded as
typical, and which is more or less universally distributed,

(*.) This genus has the palpi and the simple bands of the typical Chrysomele
but its claws are strongly toothed to within a short distance of the tips. The
antennz are compressed from the sixth joint upwards. With respect to the name we
should scarce'y imagine that another branch of Zoology contains a similar one ; and
yet Lesson has an Australasia: Entomologists however, reject this name for the insect
genus, as do ornithologists for the parrot genus (Zrichoglossus Horsf,), Hope (Col
Manual 111, p. 166.) proposesfor this Chrysomela-form the new appellation of Calomela,
a name which wou'd always remind us of calomel.

(+.) Chrysomela Curtisii, Kirby, Transact. of the Linn. Soc, XII, 473, 26, t. 23, f. 12
B oisd. Faun, de Ocean, 577, 1:

(t.) Ohrysomela maculicollis @Ury, Boisd. ibid, 578, 3.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 330

is not wanting in New Holland, though Mr. Schayer’s
collections do not contain a single species. I do not know
of any New Holland species of Dejean’s genus Pachybra-
chis, which is distinguished by the mouth not being cov-
ered by the anterior edge of the Prosternum ; in America it
is particularly rich in species, and found occasionally in
the three other continents also. On the other hand, New
Holland possesses some peculiar forms ; one of which cor-
responds with the genera Cadmus and Odontoderes of De-
jean’s catalogue, and is distinguished by its broad feet,
thickly furred on the under side, with the terminal joint
scarcely issuing from beyond the third joint, as in Cas-
sida. Here belongs also the Van Diemen’s Land Cr. Aus-
tralis Dejean (*.)

A second form is Ditropidus Chevr. whose deviations
from Cryptocephalus are as follows :—

The neckplate is deeply hollowed behind on either side ;
the central segment extends in between the wing cases, and
is cut out at the smaller extremity for the reception of the
point of the little plate. The little plate is oblong, narrow,
poimted at ecch end, not prominent. The Prosternum termi-
nates at the mouth without forming a projection, as in: the
typical Cryptocephah. The eyes are but slightly rimmed
internally. The feet short and broad ; the claw limb pro-

{*.) Cryptocephalus Australis, Boisd. de Ocean, 581, 1. Tn this description the
prevailing color of the wing-cases is said to be a pale red, whereas itis in reality of a
bright golden yellow. On this species is founded the genus Odontoderes, Chevr, I do
not know how this latter is distinguished from Cadmus, to which also Cr. rugicollis ,.
Gray An, Kingd. XV. pl. 67, f.5 ; rwbiginosus, Boisd. a. a, 0. 587, 5; erucicollis, Boisd
a. a. 0,585, 2, belong. The toothed lateral edges of the neck-plate, to which the formex
name seems to allude, belong also to most of the species of Cadmurs.

oo4 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

jecting but little from between the segments of the third
limb ; the antennze moderately long, thin, the last joimts:
rather broad. A new species from Van Diemen’s Land,
with two New Holland species, is described below.

Of Galeruca only one new, wingless species has been
found. Of Haltice three species, one of which, H. (Grap-
todera) corusca is nearly related to our H. oleracea (*),
the second is a new species belonging to Psylliodes, a genus
limited almost exclusively to Europe ; the third species is
also new, and it belongs to the genus Arsopoda,(+), which
is peculiar to the Fauna of New Holland.

The family of Hrotylidi, which wnites so naturally with
Chrysomela on the one hand, and with Coccinella and En-
domychus on the other, contains besides those forms ar-
ranged under Hrotylus, Triplar, and Languria, also Engis.
Why Dejean’s genera Encaustes and Episcapha have been
separated from this family, I cannot tell ; they agree with
it in the formation of the feet and palpi, more closely than.
Fingis does which has both simple feet and patpi and yet is:
rightly placed im this family. To Hngis assimilate three new
species, ( I do not know any others,) of a Van Diemen’s

(*.) A second species from V. D. Landis H. Australis, M. Leay ; which Dejean places:
in his catalogue (with many other species) as a variety of H. oleracea,

(+.) Waterhouse (Transact. of the Entomol, Soc. of London IL. p. 131) describes 16 species
of New Holland Hailtice, but he does not define them very accurately or systematically
One of them, H. variegata, is from V. D. Land; another is said to be nearly related to:
A.nemorum; a third belongs to Psylliodes, (Aacronema), five are Dibolie(?), but I
think these last ought more properly to be classed with Plectroscelis, Chevr., one of.
the most widely distributed forms.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land, 330

Land genus, Thallis, which differs principally im the shape
of the tongue.

The proper position of Phalacrus has yet to be dete!-
mined ; analogous forms of this genus appear to be distri-
buted over the whole earth ; a new species from Van Die-
men’s Land is described below :—

Of the family of the CoccinellimTwo varieties (*) of
Coccinella tricincta, Fab. (+) have spread from the East
Indies to Van Diemen’s Land. C. conformis Dej. ({) 1s
common to Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales.
A third species of the typical form is new. (§.) The genus
Scymnus of which three species have been forwarded, as-
sumes a larger, longer, and more flattened form in New
Holland, than elsewhere. In other respects the New Hol-
land species are not peculiar ; they have the same number
(ten) of antennze joints, which distinguishes Scymnus from
other Coccinelli, ( a circumstance, which, however, I do
not find anywhere observed,)—only Corylophus, Leach, (||)

(*.) Syst, El. 361, 33. Schonh, Syn.II. 169, 42.

(+.) @ Rather smaller than its type, the connecting plate (Binde) behind the centre
shortened, angularly bent,

b. Only halfas large, the suture (Naht) broad and black; the c. plates behind the
eentre not shortened, but more distinctly, angularly bent,
(¢.) Boisd. Faun. de l’Ocean, 604, 24,

(3.) This new species might belong to the ALicraspis of Dejean’s catalogue; I have

not however succeeded in deteimining any varieties of Coceimella, any more than of
Cheilomenes.

(\|.) Stephens Iustr. of Brit, Ent. If. p. 185.
Clypeaster, And, Latr. Regn. An, V. 162.

Cassyphus Gyll. Ins, Suec. II. p. 576, Latreille is the only entomologist who

336 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

has a similar number of antenne joints ; its species are
mostly of an exceedingly small size, and are widely distri-
buted. Van Diemen’s Land has furnished two species

described below.

The family of Endomychide presents a new genus Daulis
which is not peculiar to the Fauna of New Holland, but
common also to that of South America.

The family of the Lathridie have furnished us with two
species ; one, a real Lathridius is new and probably pecu-
liar to Van Diemen’s Land ; the other is Corticaria gib-
bosa, (Latridius gibbosus Hbst. Gyll.) without doubt, it

wandered over originally from Hurope.

In the family of Pselaphie, it is teresting to observe
how great a similarity exists between the exotic and the
indigenous species. The genus Bafrisus, whose indigenous
species live as guests in the nests of ants, appears to be the
most widely distributed. Some species from the different
parts of America and Southern Africa are already known,
and a new species from Van Diemen’s Land will be des-

cribed below. |

The new species and genera of Tasmanian Coleoptere,
forwarded by Mr. Schayer, are as follows :—

hasrightly determined its systematic position ; (a.a.o), but he is not correct in
stating that the number of antenne joints is only nine; it has ten like Scymmus,
It is with this genus that it presents the greatest similarity, particularly in the larger

species.

The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land. 307

1. Calosoma Schayert.
Supra viride, nitidum, elytris dense punctato, striatis,
subtilissime transversim rugosis punctisque impressis trip-

lice serie.—Long. 10 hn.

Statura fere C. sycophante et minimis enis individuis
zequale, supra totum laete viride nitidum. Antennee piceze.
Palpi castanei. Mandibule transversim rugose. Caput
subtiliter punctulatum. Thorax subcordatum brevis, basi
utringue profunde impressus, cmnium subtilissime parce
punctulatus. Elytra confertim punctato striata, interstitiis
rugis subtilibus transversis imbricatis, 4, 8, 12 punctorum
majorum serie interruptis. Corpus infra jam piceum jam
castaneum, viridirelucens. Pedes picei, maris validi, fem-
ine sat graciles, tibiis intermediis maris fortius, femine le-
vissime arenatis.

1. Scopodes.

Fam. Carabi. ‘Trib. Pericalide.

Labrum elongatum, mandibulas obtegens.

Palpi filiformes.

Mentum dente medio nullo, lobis lateralibus brevissimis.
Tarsi postici elongati.

A small beetle resembling an Elaphrus in its large and

protuberant eyes, but distinguished abso by its having front
plates and the mandibles almost entirely covered by the

308 The Insect Fauna of Van Diemen’s Land.

labrum ; these characteristics place it in the group of the
Pericalide (Hope, Col. Manuel, IT. p. 105.) The missing
tooth in the rim of the mentum assimilate it with the
Pericalus and Beleoptenus, (Nycteis Lap.) but it differs
from these and all other genera of the same group in the
shortness of the lateral segments of the chin, the size of the
eyes, the shape of the neckplate, the length of the hmder
feet, &c., and it forms a distinct and very peculiar genus.
The labrum is rather longer than broad, a little notched at
each lateral tip, and almost entirely covering the mandi-
bles. The lateral segments of the chin are short and small,
bent inwards : the anterior space smooth.

Comparatively speaking, the maxillary palpi are short; the
second joint is rather short—the third very short, the fourth
as long as (all) the rest put together, and pointed; of the
labial palpi, the second joint is rather long and thick, cyl-
indrical, the third rather shorter and thinner, pomted. The
antennz are short, reaching only to the base of the wing-
cases ; the first joint is rather thick, the second and third are
thinner than the following ones, which are rather com-
pressed. The head is broader than the neck-plate, the
eyes are very convex and protuberant. The neck-plate is
narrow and narrowing posteriorly, it is provided laterally,
in front, with a tooth-shaped, angular projection, and at the
hinder part, immediately before the base, with a very pro-
minent sharp tooth, The wing-cases are rather broad, flat,
slanting towards the tip, and somewhat hollowed. The
feet are simple, thin, the hinder feet half as long again as
the thighs ; in the male the fore feet are rather broad.

bo
oe

CONT EA Ts.

On Norfolk Island, its character and productions. By Chas.
Toogood Downing, Esq, M.D

Hobart Town considered with regard to its defence. By
Aug. Frederick Smith, Esq., Lieut. H. M. 99th Regiment...

On the Science of Astronomy among the Ancient Jews. By
Mr. Phineas? Moss) i385. cocoate cc ee, ee a ea

On two Alpine Eurybie of the Australian Continent. By
Ferdinand Mueller, M.D., Government Botanis$ of Vic-
GOTIaS AUCs; CLC Re ort ne eee iene ere ea

On Australian and Tasmanian Umbelliferous Plants. By the
SAME ALS eee eat enon sation ct tance ace Seek Rees emt tare

Vocabulary of Dialects of Aboriginal Tribes of Tasmania.. By
Joseph Milligan, Hsq., F.LS., ‘Sec. B.S.T., &

Cente ccecnettseesre

On the Dialects and Language of the Aborigines of Tasmaia
Ries Ty ATG SAME (Tata en gece sueete ecto han cent galt as Bea ce ene

On the Introduction of Salmon into Tasmania. Report of Sub-
Conimittee of: Royal-Socieby ai) Gea. eae cs oe de ae

On the Genus Eremophila. By Ferdinand Mueller, M.D., Ph.
D., Government Botanist of Victoria, Director of Botanic
Gardens Melbourne, M.I.C.L.A., &e., &. 0.000. ccccccsecseenceee :

Contribution to the Insect Fanua of (V.D.Land) Tasmania,
with reference to the Geographical Distribution of Insects.
By Dr. W.F. Erichson, (Translated by Miss S. A. Fogg.)

Page.

213

2015

298

Date Due

ee
Fiore see mae
ae ene ey
sie gheo TRAD e 000 4

emg
ae p= tae NM ht PRE
lat Re ET a

mie

VO ARNT

Te ne Re ONT ar